The United Nations has become increasingly prominent as the undeclared war intensifies between globalism and national sovereignty. In theory, the UN has one foot in each camp. In actuality the UN is a primary driver of globalist agendas that steal power from national governments and the citizens they are supposed to represent.

Almost 200 countries are, in theory, sovereign nations within the UN’s General Assembly. The General Assembly is like the House of Commons in Canada or the House of Representatives in the Congress.

The signing of the UN Charter took place in San Francisco in June of 1945. The signing ceremony was a major ritual during the year of transitions away from the Second World War.

The Preamble of the UN Charter emerges from the process of ending World War II. It is meant to inspire hope and commitment in the global mission adopted by the UN. The international organization was created with the goals of promoting peace and countering any continuation of murderous armed hostilities.

Looking back at the Charter of the United Nations from the perspective of 2025, how should we see the role of the UN 80 years later? Has the organization lived up to its mission statement or has the UN veered so far from its founding principles that it is time to consider eliminating it altogether? If the UN was to be replaced by another entity, who could initiate such a project with credibility?

We Do Hereby Establish an International Organization to be known as the United Nations.

Preamble

WE THE PEOPLES OF THE UNITED NATIONS DETERMINED

to save succeeding generations from the scourge of war, which twice in our lifetime has brought untold sorrow to mankind, and

to reaffirm faith in fundamental human rights, in the dignity and worth of the human person, in the equal rights of men and women and of nations large and small, and

to establish conditions under which justice and respect for the obligations arising from treaties and other sources of international law can be maintained, and

to promote social progress and better standards of life in larger freedom,

AND FOR THESE ENDS

to practice tolerance and live together in peace with one another as good neighbours, and

to unite our strength to maintain international peace and security, and

to ensure, by the acceptance of principles and the institution of methods, that armed force shall not be used, save in the common interest, and

to employ international machinery for the promotion of the economic and social advancement of all peoples,

HAVE RESOLVED TO COMBINE OUR EFFORTS TO ACCOMPLISH THESE AIMS.

Accordingly, our respective Governments, through representatives assembled in the city of San Francisco, who have exhibited their full powers found to be in good and due form, have agreed to the present Charter of the United Nations and do hereby establish an international organization to be known as the United Nations.

.

 

.

The UN’s number one priority is supposed to “save succeeding generations from the scourge of war.”

The United Nations and Current Wars

How is the UN doing in preventing war and promoting peace?

NATO and the puppet government of Ukraine are facing Russia in ongoing acts of high-tech warfare. And the UN stands by.

Israel and the United States are in the second year of a ruthless genocide targeting indiscriminately the Palestinian people trapped inside the open-air Israeli prison of Gaza. Meanwhile it seems that Iran and the Donald Trump Government-In-Waiting are preparing along with Israel and the USA for regional or world war. And the UN stands by.

The judicial institutions of the UN have intervened in Gaza and the West Bank, but United Nations has failed to organize an international intervention to protect the human targets of genocide from the predations of those seeking to annihilate and displace them.

What is the role, if any, of the United Nations in the proxy wars unfolding in Syria? It seems the UN is standing by.

How is the UN doing when it comes to

“ensuring the acceptance of principles and the institution of methods, that armed force shall not be used, save in the common interest, and

to employ international machinery for the promotion of the economic and social advancement of all peoples.”

The United Nations is clearly failing to fulfill its mandate to promote peace and hold back warfare. The UN is failing to “promote the economic and social advancement of all peoples.” This failure is becoming more marked as the technology of warfare becomes more lethal and invasive. The UN’s failure is also becoming more marked when it comes to the growing merger of economic and military warfare.

Why has the Unites Nations moved so far away from its first responsibility to provide a secure environment for humanity not subject to the increasing devastation wrought by the waging of many forms of warfare on increasingly large population groups? Where is there any significant indications that the United Nations is active in guarding against the growing incursions of biological warfare, chemical warfare, psychological warfare, geo-engineering warfare, and economic warfare?

How does the growth of spyware and the surveillance state increase the vulnerability of individuals and groups to infiltration and warfare by governments, corporations, and various forms of mercenary armies. It seems the UN has become just a spectator on the sidelines as the evolution of warfare continues to rapidly unfold.

The UN does not have a good record when it comes to the principle in its Charter that “armed force shall not be used.” To reiterate

THE UN FAILS MISERABLY WHEN IT COMES TO STOPPING WARs AND PROMOTING PEACE

But, ON THE OTHER HAND

The UN Is Trying to Score Big Time By Gaining Support as the Main Agency to Protect “the Environment,” “Public Health,” and “Corporate Sustainability.”

.

.

The United Nations is Seeking to Expand Enormously Its Network of “Public-Private” Partnerships, Especially When it Comes to the Intersection of “Environmental Protection” and “Corporate Sustainability.”

As long as the United Nations cannot live up to upholding the terms of its own Charter when it comes to preventing war and advancing peace, the international organization should not water down its role. The UN should not be creating new complexes of jurisdictions for itself in seeking to BIND “States as well as private and public institutions, companies, and citizens.” Any such attempt is highly suspect.

Citizens have no direct representation at the United Nations. Why should the UN have the power to BIND people who have no say in the decision-making? Why should citizens accept to be bound by UN dictates in so-called “PACTS” created in their absence?

See the post below created along the way to the formulation of the Pact on 23 September, 2024

.

.

The opportunism of UN officials is showing up in their zeal to regulate all manner of governments, institutions, companies and citizens even when they seem to have given up on enforcing the UN’s own Charter.

In my previous essay I looked into the preoccupation of some UN officials in expanding into the fields of “environmentalism” and “public health” to help the international organization to cast a wide jurisdictional net. I highlighted the speciousness and outright fraud of UN institutions in their role in bringing about the regimes of illusion enwrapping global warming and COVID-19.

I looked at the role of powerful groups of wealthy and influential people in the Club of Rome and in the Rockefeller dynasty who were instrumental in launching the environmental movement in ways that served power. Please see this.

The following video by the UN’s PR spin doctors is indicative of more recent steps in selling the international organization as if it is worthy of credibility. The UN simply has not earned such credibility through its incapacity or unwillingness to enforce the UN’s Charter.

To my way of thinking this kind of smily-face advertising does not do credit to the United Nations and the real magnitude of the existential issues that the global organization and all of humanity are facing at this juncture in history.

The UN, it seems, has been taken hostage by people who appear to be using the organization selfishly. They push ahead with their initiatives without achieving genuine consensus won through engagement with grass-roots social organizers.

In my own context here in Canada, I think of the kind of shallow “environmentalism” flaunted by Justin Trudeau compared to the genuine social conscience displayed in the grass roots movement led by the Truckers’ Freedom Convoy.

Trudeau and his media backers have gone to great trouble to criminalize the Truckers valid responses to the mandating of the clot shots whose lethal and injurious impacts are becoming readily apparent to anyone who takes the time to look.

What is the continuing role of the UN’s World Health Organization’s in providing the cover for the biological warfare entailed in trying to jab the entire population of the world?

It seems the trivialization and exploitation of the UN as a toy of privilege and careerism available to the wealthy and well placed, is out of hand. What, one might ask, do the starving Palestinians targeted for murder by the governments of Israel and the United States, have to say about the UN’s “Sustainable Development Goals”?

What are we to make, for instance, of the following indicator of the quest for “Sustainable Development Goals” by the “World Leaders” Who Adopted a UN “Pact for the Future.”

.

.

Is the United Nations even redeemable nowadays? Has the time come to abandon the organization whose leaders can mount all kinds of flowery campaigns to engage in “sustainable development.” Do these UN officials show their irrelevance by continuing to watch on from the sidelines as the horrendous genocidal spectacle continues to unfold in Gaza?

In the light of what we have been seeing in Gaza for more than a year now, what is to be made of a statement like that of Maria Fernando Espinosa in the film, One Pact, One Planet. She points to

“A Pact That Can Become the Foundation for a new Social Contract for Humanity”

.

Disengaging Entirely from the UN Debacle?

Dr. Rima Laibow is calling on Donald Trump to move beyond removing the United States from the World Health Organization. She wants Trump to remove the United States from the United Nations altogether. She refers to an enactment that may be put before Congress. The enactment is known as The Disengaging Entirely from the UN Debacle Act.

.

To play this video click here, and then click the second infowars window

The questions raised are not only for the citizens and government of the United States. The questions apply to the leadership of all countries and to the entire global population.

The Abuse of the USA’s Veto Power at the UN

The failure of the United Nations when it comes to Gaza has to do with the UN’s concentration of authority over issues of war and peace, life and death in the Security Council. This concentration of power relates especially to the veto power over the outcome of Security Council voting. This veto power is vested in the countries deemed to be the top “winners” of the Second World War.

Those countries are Great Britain, France, Russia, China, and the United States. As the backer and first ally of Israel deeply involved in the genocidal annihilation of the Palestinians in Gaza and the West Bank, the US government vetoed any and all efforts to put in place an agreement to stop the mass murder.

The character of the United Nations as an organization dominated by the winners of the Second World War goes back to the first mentions of the existence of the United Nations in instituting the Atlantic Charter of 1941. The United Nations became the name of the alliance starting with the USA, Great Britain and the Soviet Union against Germany, Italy and Japan. This orientation around the winners of the Second World War found its way into the way of structuring the veto powers vested in the Security Council.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

This article was originally published on Looking out at the World from Canada.

Dr. Anthony Hall is currently Professor of Globalization Studies at the University of Lethbridge in Alberta Canada. He has been a teacher in the Canadian university system since 1982. Dr. Hall, has recently finished a big two-volume publishing project at McGill-Queen’s University Press entitled “The Bowl with One Spoon”.

He is a Research Associate of the Centre for Research on Globalization (CRG).

All images in this article are from the author


Appendix

On the 70th anniversary of the UN, an Ode to the Preamble of the UN Charter

Trudeau’s Superficial Approach to Environmentalism is Noted Above. See Trudeau Kidding Around Below with Mark Critch at the State Broadcaster, the CBC.

Below is the key note address by Prof. Michel Chossudovsky to the Kuala Lumpur 2018 July Venue organized by the The Institute of Advanced Islamic Studies Malaysia. and the International Movement for a Just World (JUST)

The world is at a dangerous crossroads. The United States and its allies have launched a military adventure which threatens the future of humanity.

The ultimate objective is World conquest under the cloak of “human rights” and “Western democracy”.

America’s hegemonic project in the post 9/11 era is the “Globalization of War” whereby the U.S.-NATO  military machine –coupled with covert intelligence operations, economic sanctions and the thrust of “regime change”— is deployed in all major regions of the world.  The threat of pre-emptive nuclear war is also used to black-mail countries into submission.

This “Long War against Humanity” is carried out at the height of the most serious economic crisis in modern history.

It is intimately related to a process of global financial restructuring, which has resulted in the collapse of national economies and the impoverishment of large sectors of the World population.

 

VIDEO. THE GLOBALIZATION OF WAR

 

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

All images in this article are from IAIS Malaysia


The Globalization of War: America’s “Long War” against Humanity

Michel Chossudovsky

The “globalization of war” is a hegemonic project. Major military and covert intelligence operations are being undertaken simultaneously in the Middle East, Eastern Europe, sub-Saharan Africa, Central Asia and the Far East. The U.S. military agenda combines both major theater operations as well as covert actions geared towards destabilizing sovereign states.

ISBN Number: 978-0-9879389-0-9
Year: 2015
Pages: 240 Pages

Price: $9.40

Click here to order.

“A total demolition of the previous forms of existence is underway: how one comes into the world, biological sex, education, relationships, the family, even the diet that is about to become synthetic.” — Silvia Guerini, radical ecologist, in ‘From the ‘Neutral’ Body to the Posthuman Cyborg: A Critique of Gender Ideology’ (2023)  

We are currently seeing an acceleration of the corporate consolidation of the entire global agri-food chain. The big data conglomerates, including Amazon, Microsoft, Facebook and Google, have joined traditional agribusiness giants, such as Corteva, Bayer, Cargill and Syngenta, in a quest to impose their model of food and agriculture on the world. [1]  

Image source

The Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation and big financial institutions, like BlackRock and Vanguard, are also involved, whether through buying up huge tracts of farmland,  pushing biosynthetic (fake) food and genetic engineering technologies or more generally facilitating and financing the aims of the mega agri-food corporations. [2]  

The billionaire interests behind this try to portray their techno-solutionism as some kind of humanitarian endeavour: saving the planet with ‘climate-friendly solutions’, ‘helping farmers’ or ‘feeding the world’. But what it really amounts to is repackaging and greenwashing the dispossessive strategies of imperialism.  

It involves a shift towards a ‘one world agriculture’ under the control of agritech and the data giants, which is to be based on genetically engineered seeds, laboratory created products that resemble food, ‘precision’ and ‘data-driven’ agriculture and farming without farmers, with the entire agrifood chain, from field (or lab) to retail, being governed by monopolistic e-commerce platforms determined by artificial intelligence systems and algorithms.  

Those who are pushing this agenda have a vision not only for farmers but also for humanity in general.  

The elites through their military-digital-financial (Pentagon/Silicon Valley/Big Finance) complex want to use their technologies to reshape the world and redefine what it means to be human. They regard humans, their cultures and their practices, like nature itself, as a problem and deficient.        

Farmers are to be displaced and replaced with drones, machines and cloud-based computing. Food is to be redefined and people are to be fed synthetic, genetically engineered products. Cultures are to be eradicated, and humanity is to be fully urbanised, subservient and disconnected from the natural world.  

What it means to be human is to be radically transformed. But what has it meant to be human until now or at least prior to the (relatively recent) Industrial Revolution and associated mass urbanisation?  

To answer this question, we need to discuss our connection to nature and what most of humanity was involved in prior to industrialisation — cultivating food.  

Many of the ancient rituals and celebrations of our forebears were built around stories, myths and rituals that helped them come to terms with some of the most fundamental issues of existence, from death to rebirth and fertility. These culturally embedded beliefs and practices served to sanctify their practical relationship with nature and its role in sustaining human life.  

As agriculture became key to human survival, the planting and harvesting of crops and other seasonal activities associated with food production were central to these customs.  

Humans celebrated nature and the life it gave birth to. Ancient beliefs and rituals were imbued with hope and renewal and people had a necessary and immediate relationship with the sun, seeds, animals, wind, fire, soil and rain and the changing seasons that nourished and brought life. Our cultural and social relationships with agrarian production and associated deities had a sound practical base.  

People’s lives have been tied to planting, harvesting, seeds, soil and the seasons for thousands of years.  

Silvia Guerini, whose quote introduces this article, notes the importance of deep-rooted relationships and the rituals that re-affirm them. She says that through rituals a community recognises itself and its place in the world. They create the spirit of a rooted community by contributing to rooting and making a single existence endure in a time, in a territory, in a community.  

Professor Robert W Nicholls explains that the cults of Woden and Thor were superimposed on far older and better-rooted beliefs related to the sun and the earth, the crops and the animals and the rotation of the seasons between the light and warmth of summer and the cold and dark of winter.  

Humanity’s relationship with farming and food and our connections to land, nature and community has for millennia defined what it means to be human.  

Take India, for example. Environmental scientist Viva Kermani says that Hinduism is the world’s largest nature-based religion that:  

“… recognises and seeks the Divine in nature and acknowledges everything as sacred. It views the earth as our Mother and hence advocates that it should not be exploited. A loss of this understanding that earth is our mother, or rather a deliberate ignorance of this, has resulted in the abuse and the exploitation of the earth and its resources.”  

Kermani notes that ancient scriptures instructed people that the animals and plants found in India are sacred and, therefore, all aspects of nature are to be revered. She adds that this understanding of and reverence towards the environment is common to all Indic religious and spiritual systems: Hinduism, Buddhism and Jainism.  

According to Kermani, the Vedic deities have deep symbolism and many layers of existence. One such association is with ecology. Surya is associated with the sun, the source of heat and light that nourishes everyone; Indra is associated with rain, crops, and abundance; and Agni is the deity of fire and transformation and controls all changes.  

She notes that the Vrikshayurveda, an ancient Sanskrit text on the science of plants and trees, contains details about soil conservation, planting, sowing, treatment, propagating, how to deal with pests and diseases and a lot more.  

Like Nicholls, Kermani provides insight into some of the profound cultural, philosophical and practical aspects of humanity’s connection to nature and food production.  

This connection resonates with agrarianism, a philosophy based on cooperative labour and fellowship, which stands in stark contrast to the values and impacts of urban life, capitalism and technology that are seen as detrimental to independence and dignity. Agrarianism, too, emphasises a spiritual dimension as well as the value of rural society, small farms, widespread property ownership and political decentralisation.  

The prominent proponent of agrarianism Wedell Berry says:  

“The revolution which began with machines and chemicals now continues with automation, computers and biotechnology.”  

For Berry, agrarianism is not a sentimental longing for a time past. Colonial attitudes, domestic, foreign and now global, have resisted true agrarianism almost from the beginning — there has never been fully sustainable, stable, locally adapted, land-based economies.  

However, Berry provides many examples of small (and larger) farms that have similar output as industrial agriculture with one third of the energy.  

In his poem ‘A Spiritual Journey’, Berry writes the following:  

“And the world cannot be discovered by a journey of miles,
no matter how long,
but only by a spiritual journey,
a journey of one inch,
very arduous and humbling and joyful,
by which we arrive at the ground at our feet,
and learn to be at home.”

But in the cold, centralised, technocratic dystopia that is planned, humanity’s spiritual connection to the countryside, food and agrarian production are to be cast into the dustbin of history.  

Silvia Guerini says [3]:  

“The past becomes something to be erased in order to break the thread that binds us to a history, to a tradition, to a belonging, for the transition towards a new uprooted humanity, without past, without memory… a new humanity dehumanised in its essence, totally in the hands of the manipulators of reality and truth”.  

This dehumanised humanity severed from the past is part of the wider agenda of transhumanism. For instance, we are not just seeing a push towards a world without farmers and everything that has connected us to the soil but, according to Guerini, also a world without mothers.  

She argues that those behind test-tube babies and surrogate motherhood now have their sights on genetic engineering and artificial wombs, which would cut women out of the reproductive process. Guerini predicts that artificial wombs could eventually be demanded, or rather marketed, as a right for everyone, including transgender people. It is interesting that the language around pregnancy is already contested with the omission of ‘women’ from statements like ‘persons who can get pregnant’.  

Of course, there has long been a blurring of lines between biotechnology, eugenics and genetic engineering. Genetically engineered crops, gene drives and gene editing are now a reality, but the ultimate goal is marrying artificial intelligence, bionanotechnology and genetic engineering to produce the one-world transhuman.    

This is being pushed by powerful interests, who, according to Guerini, are using a rainbow, transgenic left and LGBTQ+ organisations to promote a new synthetic identity and claim to new rights. She says this is an attack on life, on nature, on “what is born, as opposed to artificial” and adds that all ties to the real, natural world must be severed.  

It is interesting that in its report Future of Food, the UK supermarket giant Sainsburys celebrates a future where we are microchipped and tracked and neural laces have the potential to see all of our genetic, health and situational data recorded, stored and analysed by algorithms that could work out exactly what food (delivered by drone) we need to support us at a particular time in our life. All sold as ‘personal optimisation’.  

Moreover, it is likely, according to the report, that we will be getting key nutrients through implants. Part of these nutrients will come in the form of lab-grown food and insects.  

A neural lace is an ultra-thin mesh that can be implanted in the skull, forming a collection of electrodes capable of monitoring brain function. It creates an interface between the brain and the machine.  

Sainsburys does a pretty good job of trying to promote a dystopian future where AI has taken your job, but, according to the report, you have lots of time to celebrate the wonderful, warped world of ‘food culture’ created by the supermarket and your digital overlords.  

Technofeudalism meets transhumanism — all for your convenience, of course.  

But none of this will happen overnight. And whether the technology will deliver remains to be seen. Those who are promoting this brave new world might have overplayed their hand but will spend the following decades trying to drive their vision forward.  

But arrogance is their Achilles heel.  

There is still time to educate, to organise, to resist and to agitate against this hubris, not least by challenging the industrial food giants and the system that sustains them and by advocating for and creating grass-root food movements and local economies that strengthen food sovereignty.  

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

One Month Before Global Research’s Anniversary

Renowned author Colin Todhunter specialises in development, food and agriculture. He is a Research Associate of the Centre for Research on Globalization (CRG).  

Notes

[1] See Food, Dispossession and Dependency: Resisting the New World Order.  

[2] See Sickening Profits: The Global Food System’s Poisoned Food and Toxic Wealth  

[3] A debt of gratitude is owed to Paul Cudenec and his article Truth, reality, tradition and freedom: our resistance to the great uprooting on the Winter Oak website, which provides quotes from and insight into the work of Silvia Guerini. 

 

The book is available in pdf.

You can download it in docsend. See below

 

ISBN: 978-0-9879389-3-0,  Year: 2022,  PDF Ebook,  Pages: 164, 15 Chapters

Price: $11.50 FREE COPY! Click here (docsend) and download.

Kindly support the eBook project by making a donation through Global Research’s DonorBox “Worldwide Corona Crisis” Campaign Page

 

 


 

 

 

The Worldwide Corona Crisis 

Global Coup d’État Against Humanity 

by

Michel Chossudovsky

Global Research, 2022


 

About the Author

 

Michel Chossudovsky is an award-winning author, Professor of Economics (Emeritus) at the University of Ottawa, Founder and Director of the Centre for Research on Globalization (CRG), Montreal, Editor of Global Research.

He has undertaken field research in Latin America, Asia, the Middle East, sub-Saharan Africa and the Pacific and has written extensively on the economies of developing countries with a focus on poverty and social inequality. He has also undertaken research in Health Economics (UN Economic Commission for Latin America and the Caribbean (ECLAC),  UNFPA, CIDA, WHO, Government of Venezuela, Johns Hopkins International Journal of Health Services (1979, 1983)).

He is the author of 13 books including The Globalization of Poverty and The New World Order (2003), America’s “War on Terrorism” (2005),  and The Globalization of War, America’s Long War Against Humanity (2015).

He is a contributor to the Encyclopaedia Britannica. His writings have been published in more than 20 languages. In 2014, he was awarded the Gold Medal for Merit of the Republic of Serbia for his writings on NATO’s war of aggression against Yugoslavia. He can be reached at [email protected].


Reviews

This is an in-depth resource of great interest if it is the wider perspective you are motivated to understand a little better, the author is very knowledgeable about geopolitics and this comes out in the way Covid is contextualized, Dr. Mike Yeadon

In this war against humanity in which we find ourselves, in this singular, irregular and massive assault against liberty and the goodness of people, Chossudovsky’s book is a rock upon which to sustain our fight. –Dr. Emanuel Garcia

In fifteen concise science-based chapters, Michel traces the false covid pandemic, explaining how a PCR test, producing up to 97% proven false positives, combined with a relentless 24/7 fear campaign, was able to create a worldwide panic-laden “plandemic”; that this plandemic would never have been possible without the infamous DNA-modifying Polymerase Chain Reaction test – which to this day is being pushed on a majority of innocent people who have no clue. His conclusions are evidenced by renown scientists. -Peter Koenig 

Professor Chossudovsky exposes the truth that “there is no causal relationship between the virus and economic variables.” In other words, it was not COVID-19 but, rather, the deliberate implementation of the illogical, scientifically baseless lockdowns that caused the shutdown of the global economy. David Skripac

A reading of  Chossudovsky’s book provides a comprehensive lesson in how there is a global coup d’état under way called “The Great Reset” that if not resisted and defeated by freedom loving people everywhere will result in a dystopian future not yet imagined. Pass on this free gift from Professor Chossudovsky before it’s too late.  You will not find so much valuable information and analysis in one place. –Edward Curtin

 仕組まれたコロナ危機:「世界の初期化」を目論む者たち

Reviewed in Japan 🇯🇵 on November 18, 2022

“It’s a great book that I want people all over Japan to read. When I read this book, the various events explained in chronological order all fall into place and context, and they came close with a sense of reality. It’s terrifying. My heart became pounding and painful as I read on. We must carefully determine the reverse side of the goodwill of the people who organized the COVID-19 pandemic. What can we do as a grassroots person? It’s a tough question.

… そのあとに本書を読むと、時系列に説明されている様々な出来事が、ことごとく腑に落ち、現実味をもって迫ってきました。恐ろしいです。読み進めるうちに胸がドキドキ苦しくなりました。コロナ禍を仕組んだ人びとの善意の裏の顔をしっかりと見極めなければなりません。私自身はワクチンを一度も打ちませんでしたが、だから良かったという単純な話ではありません。個人的には、打った仲のよい友達との話に断絶を感じていますし、多くの方々が不幸を味わっています。これこそ、コロナ禍を仕掛けた人々の狙いなのです。草の根の一人として、何ができるでしょうか?難しい問題です。

 


 

This book is dedicated to my life-long partner Micheline Ladouceur, who is acting in solidarity with the future of all humanity

 


Acknowledgements

I am indebted to Jezile Torculas for her support and advice pertaining to the editing and production of the book. My thanks to Tatuo Uwama who took the initiative of translating the manuscript into Japanese. Credits also to Teresa Balisacan for assisting in the layout and design of the book cover.

A debt of gratitude to Felicity Arbuthnot, who has been a source of inspiration for many years; to my daughter Maya, who has provided me with an understanding and insight on the devastating impacts of the COVID-19 crisis on the younger generation; to Ariel Noyola Rodríguez, my thanks for his video productions; Michael Welch for outstanding Global Research radio programs.

I am also indebted to the collective of Global Research authors and friends who, in the course of the last few years, have contributed to a detailed understanding of the corona crisis which is affecting people’s lives worldwide.

My thanks to Peter Koenig, Manlio Dinucci, David Skripac, Dr. Denis Rancourt, Dr. Stephen Frost, F. William Engdahl, Christine Massey, Dr. Rudolf Haensel, Edward Curtin, Richard Gale, Dr. Gary Null, Colin Todhunter, Michael Whitney, Prof. Anthony J. Hall, Dr. Pascal Sacré, Dr. Reiner Fuellmich, Dr. Paul Craig Roberts, Prof. Raul Villegas, Shane Quinn, Stephen Lendman, Mark Taliano, Dr. Jacques Pauwels, Prof. Claudia von Werlhof, Caoimhghin Ó Croidheáin, Carla Stea, Bonnie Faulkner, Timothy A. Guzman, Robert Burrowes, Dr. Gary G. Kohls, Dr. Nicole Delépine, Richard Delgado, Emanuel Pastreich, Mathias Chang, Stephen Sefton, Dr. Chandra Muzzafar, for their writings, support and encouragement.

I remain indebted to the late Padre Miguel d’Escoto Brockmann for having provided me with a critical understanding on the contradictions prevailing within the United Nations system.

 


 

Table of Contents

 

Preface 

 

Chapter I

Introduction. Destroying Civil Society. The Fear Campaign

Chapter II

The Corona Timeline

Chapter III

What Is COVID-19, SARS-CoV-2: How Is It Tested? How Is It Measured? 

Chapter IV

Engineered Economic Depression

Chapter V

The Enrichment of the Super Rich. The Appropriation and Redistribution of Wealth 

Chapter VI

The Impacts on Mental Health

Chapter VII

Corrupt Science: “There Is No Cure”. Suppression of Hydroxychloroquine (HCQ), a Cheap and Effective Drug 

Chapter VIII

Big Pharma’s COVID “Vaccine”

Chapter IX 

The 2009 H1N1 Swine Flu Pandemic. Was It a Dress Rehearsal?

Chapter X

Freedom of Expression. Categorizing The Protest Movement as “Anti-Social Psychopaths”

Chapter XI

The Worldwide CoVax Operation and the Nuremberg Code. Crimes Against Humanity, Genocide

Chapter XII

“Global Coup d’État” and the “Great Reset”. Global Debt and Neoliberal “Shock Treatment”

Chapter XIII 

“Digital Tyranny” and the QR Code 

Chapter XIV

The COVID-19 Endgame: Eugenics and the Depopulation Agenda

Chapter XV

The Road Ahead: Building a Worldwide Movement Against “Corona Tyranny”

 


 

Preface 

 

“Hell is empty, and all the demons are here.” —William Shakespeare, Tempest, 1610

 

The COVID-19 crisis is destroying people’s lives. My responsibility as an author is to reveal the truth, break the tide of media disinformation and reach out worldwide to as many people as possible.

We are dealing with an exceedingly complex process. In the course of the last two and a half years, I have analyzed almost on a daily basis the timeline and evolution of the COVID-19 crisis.

From the very outset in January 2020, people worldwide were led to believe and accept the existence of a rapidly progressing and dangerous epidemic. Media disinformation was instrumental in sustaining the COVID-19 narrative.

At the time of writing, protest movements have erupted in numerous countries. The entire planet is in state of economic and social chaos. A worldwide crisis in food and agriculture is unfolding with famines erupting in all major regions of the world (see Chapter IV). 

From the very outset in January 2020, scientific lies and falsehoods have been used to sustain the legitimacy of the COVID-19 policy mandates including lockdowns, the imposition of the face mask, social distancing and the suppression of fundamental human rights. 

The decision-making process is controlled by the financial establishment. A structure of “Global Governance” is unfolding which undermines democracy and the institutions of civil society. The same instructions are transmitted simultaneously to corrupt politicians in a large number of countries. The United Nations system is also complicit in the conduct of this diabolical endeavor.

The pandemic was announced on March 11, 2020. On that same day, lockdown instructions were transmitted to 193 member states of the United Nations, essentially requiring the confinement of the labor force and the “closure” of the economic and social  landscape as a means to “combating the virus”. 

More than 7 billion people worldwide are directly or indirectly affected by the corona crisis and the destructive mandates implemented by morally depraved national governments.  

The mRNA Vaccine

Starting in late 2020, people worldwide were led to believe that Big Pharma’s COVID-19 vaccine injections were the “solution”. And that “a new normal” would be restored once the entire population of the planet of almost 8 billion people had been fully vaccinated with several doses. 

How is it that a vaccine for the novel SARS-CoV-2 virus, which under normal conditions would have taken years to develop, was promptly launched in early November 2020? The mRNA “vaccine” announced by Big Pharma — with Pfizer in the lead — is based on an experimental gene-editing mRNA technology which has a bearing on the human genome.1  

Were the standard animal lab tests using mice or ferrets conducted?

Or did Pfizer “go straight to human “guinea pigs”“? Human tests began in late July and early August 2020.2 “Three months is unheard of for testing a new vaccine. Several years is the norm.”3

 

Copyright Large + JIPÉM, permission to use

This caricature by Large + JIPÉM  explains our predicament:

Mouse No. 1: “Are You Going to Get Vaccinated”

Mouse No. 2: “Are You Crazy, They Haven’t Finished the Tests on Humans”

The COVID-19 vaccine project is profit-driven. It is supported by corrupt politicians serving the interests of Big Pharma. It is by far the largest vaccination programme in world history geared towards injecting (in several doses) the entire population of planet Earth (7.9 billion people). 

The evidence amply documented is that the mRNA vaccine has resulted in an upward worldwide tide in mortality and morbidity. 

Reports confirm that the COVID-19 vaccines are killing our children. In the UK, “the worst figures in terms of all-cause deaths are among double-vaccinated teenagers.”4

 

Book Description and Outline

The introductory chapter focuses on the fear campaign, the deliberate destabilization of civil society and the insidious role of media propaganda.  

A detailed review of the history of the COVID-19 crisis, examining the timeline of major events is outlined in Chapter II. 

Chapter III focuses on the nature of the SARS-CoV-2 virus as well as on the flawed Reverse Transcription Polymerase Chain Reaction (RT-PCR) Test which from the outset was established by national governments to generate “fake data” with a view to justifying excessive and socially repressive policy mandates. 

The broad economic and social consequences of this crisis including the process of worldwide impoverishment and redistribution of wealth in favor of the super rich billionaires are examined in Chapters IV and V. Economic chaos has been instrumental in triggering the most serious global debt crisis in world history. 

The devastating impacts of the lockdown policies on mental health including the rise in suicides and drug abuse are examined in Chapter VI. 

Chapter VII examines the suppression of hydroxychloroquine (HCQ), a cheap and effective drug.

Big Pharma’s vaccination programme was envisaged already months before the alleged outbreak of the novel coronavirus in Wuhan in late 2019. Chapter VIII reviews what is best described as “a killer vaccine”.  The latter part of the chapter focuses on the ID2020 Digital Identity Project and the imposition of the so-called vaccine passport.

Chapter IX recalls the circumstances of the 2009 H1N1 Swine Flu pandemic, which turned out to be a scam. Was it a “dress rehearsal” for things to come? 

Chapter X focuses on the derogation of freedom of expression and the authoritarian policies used to repress the protest movement and ensure social compliance. 

Chapter XI focuses on crimes against humanity and the Nuremberg Code. 

Chapter XII analyses the World Economic Forum’s proposed “Great Reset” which if adopted would consist in establishing a system of global governance, scrapping the welfare state and imposing massive austerity measures on an impoverished population. The official emblem of the WEF’s “Great Reset” is “Own Nothing, Be Happy”.

Chapter XIII entitled Digital Tyranny focuses on the worldwide QR Verification Code project which lays the groundwork for the establishment of a global digital data bank of almost 8 billion people. Peter Koenig describes the QR code as “an all-electronic ID – linking everything to everything of each individual (records of health, banking, personal and private, etc.).”

Chapter XIV focusses on Eugenics and Depopulation Agenda

Chapter XV entitled The Road Ahead: Building a Worldwide Movement Against Corona Tyranny formulates the contours of a worldwide movement which forcefully challenges the legitimacy of the financial elites, Big Pharma, et al., as well as the corrupt structures of political authority at the national level. 

A word on methodology: our objective is to refute the “Big Lie” through careful analysis consisting of:

  • a historical overview of the COVID crisis with precise data, concepts and definitions; 
  • quotations from official documents and peer-reviewed reports, numerous sources and references are indicated;
  • scientific analysis and detailed review of “official” data, estimates and definitions; and
  • analysis of the impacts of WHO “guidelines” and government policies on economic, social and public health variables.

My objective as an author is to inform people worldwide and refute the official narrative which has been used as a pretext and a justification to destabilize the economic and social fabric of entire countries, followed by the imposition of the “deadly” COVID-19 “vaccine”.  

This crisis affects humanity in its entirety: almost 8 billion people.

We stand in solidarity with our fellow human beings and our children Worldwide. 

Truth is a powerful instrument. 

Michel Chossudovsky,

Global Research, Montreal, August 2022

 

Endnotes

1 F. William Engdahl, November 15, 2020. What’s Not Being Said About the Pfizer Coronavirus Vaccine. “Human Guinea Pigs”? https://www.globalresearch.ca/what-not-said-pfizer-coronavirus-vaccine/5729461

2 Ibid.

3 Ibid. 

4 The Expose, July 29, 2022.  Shocking: UK Government Admits COVID Vaccinated Children Are 4423% More Likely to Die of Any Cause & 13,633% More Likely to Die of COVID-19 Than Unvaccinated Children. https://www.globalresearch.ca/print-version-of-covid-book/5780283

 


 

Chapter I

Introduction

Destroying Civil Society. The Fear Campaign

 

“It is time for everyone to come out of this negative trance, this collective hysteria, because famine, poverty, mass unemployment will kill and destroy the lives of many more people than SARS-CoV-2!” —Dr. Pascal Sacré1

“I’m seeing patients that have facial rashes, fungal infections, bacterial infections.  … In February and March [2020] we were told not to wear masks. What changed? The science didn’t change. The politics did. This is about compliance. It’s not about science…” —Dr. James Meehan2

“Once the Lie becomes the Truth, there is no moving backwards. Insanity prevails. The world is turned upside down.”  –Michel Chossudovsky

“We’re being locked-down for an infection fatality rate of less than 0.2%.” —Dr. Richard Schabas3

We are at the crossroads of one of the most serious crises in world history. We are living history, yet our understanding of the sequence of events since January 2020 has been blurred. Worldwide, people have been misled both by their governments and the media as to the causes and devastating consequences of the COVID-19 “pandemic.”

The unspoken truth is that the novel coronavirus provides a pretext and a justification to powerful financial interests and corrupt politicians to precipitate the entire world into a spiral of mass unemployment, bankruptcy, extreme poverty and despair. 

This is the true picture of what is happening. It is the result of a complex decision-making process. 

“Planet lockdown” is an encroachment on civil liberties and the “right to life”.

Entire national economies are in jeopardy. In some countries, martial law has been declared.

Small and medium-sized capital are slated to be eliminated. Big capital prevails.

A massive concentration of corporate wealth is ongoing. 

It’s a diabolical “New World Order” in the making.  

Red zones, the face mask, social distancing, the closing down of schools, colleges and universities, no more family gatherings, no birthday celebrations, music, the arts; no more cultural events, sports events are suspended, no more weddings, “love and life” is banned outright.

And in several countries, Christmas and New Year family reunions (2021-2022) were illegal.

Closing down the global economy is presented to us as a means to combating the virus. That’s what they want us to believe. If the public had been informed that COVID-19 is “similar to seasonal Influenza”, the fear campaign would have fallen flat.

The pandemic was officially launched by the WHO on March 11, 2020 leading to the lockdown and closure of the national economies of 190 (out of 193) countries, member states of the United Nations. The instructions came from above, from Wall Street, the World Economic Forum (WEF), the billionaire foundations.

The March 11, 2020 pandemic was preceded by a WHO Public Health Emergency of International Concern (PHEIC) on January 30, 2020 which was followed in February 2020 by the destabilization of financial markets.

The video below was initially published by Vimeo more than a year ago, prior to the launching of the vaccine. It was taken down on March 5, 2022 as an act of censorship directed against Global Research. Watch below or click here.

 

 

On January 30, there were 83 “COVID-19 confirmed cases” outside China, out of a total population of 6.4 billion. In the days preceding the February financial crash, there were 1,076 “COVID-19 confirmed cases” outside China (see our analysis in Chapter II).

This diabolical project based on scanty and flawed estimates is casually described by the corporate media as a “humanitarian” endeavour; the “international community” has a “responsibility to protect” (R2P).  

Image: copyright CODEPINK, permission to use

In the words of Diana Johnstone, it’s “the global pretext”. An unelected “public-private partnership” under the auspices of the World Economic Forum (WEF) has come to the rescue of planet Earth’s 7.9 billion people. The closure of the national economies of 193 member states of the United Nations is presented as a means to “killing the virus”.

Sounds absurd. Closing down the real economy of planet Earth is not the “solution” but rather the “cause” of a diabolical process of worldwide destabilization and impoverishment. 

The national economy combined with political, social and cultural institutions is the basis for the “reproduction of real life”: income, employment, production, trade, infrastructure, and social services.

Destabilizing the economy of planet Earth cannot constitute a “solution” to combating the virus. But that is the imposed “solution” which they want us to believe in. And that is what they are doing.

It’s the destruction of people’s lives. It’s the destabilization of civil society. 

The lies are sustained by a massive media disinformation campaign — 24/7, incessant and repetitive “COVID alerts” in the course of more than two and a half years. It’s a process of social engineering. 

What they want is to hike up the numbers so as to justify the lockdown. COVID death statistics are “fabricated” (see Chapter III).

COVID-19 is portrayed as the “killer virus”. 

Destroying Civil Society 

People are frightened and puzzled. “Why would they do this?”

Empty schools, empty airports, bankrupt grocery stores.

In France, “churches were threatened with Kalashnikovs over COVID-19 outbreak” (April 2020).4

The entire urban services economy is in crisis. Shops, bars and restaurants are driven into bankruptcy. International travel and holidays are suspended.  Streets are empty. In several countries, bars and restaurants are required to take names and contact information to support effective contact tracing if necessary.5

Cultural Lockdown

At the same time, starting in March 2020, the worldwide closure of national economies was accompanied by a cultural lockdown affecting music and artistic events. Empty museums, no more operas, no more symphonies, concert halls are closed down worldwide. So-called digital stay at home platforms were put forth. In the US, museums announced closure on March 12, 2020 starting with the New York Metropolitan Museum of Art. In France, the Louvre, Versailles and the Eiffel Tower were closed down on March 13, 2020, two days after the lockdown.

Free Speech Is Suppressed

The lockdown narrative is supported by media disinformation, online censorship, social engineering and the fear campaign.

Medical doctors who question the official narrative are threatened. They lose their jobs. Their careers are destroyed. Those who oppose the government lockdown are categorized as “anti-social psychopaths”.6

Peer-reviewed psychological “studies” are currently being carried in several countries using sample surveys. Accept the “big lie” and you are tagged as a “good person” with “empathy” who understands the feelings of others.

Express reservations regarding social distancing, the wearing of face mask and the mRNA vaccine, and you will be tagged (according to “scientific opinion”) as a “callous and deceitful psychopath” (see Chapter XI).

In colleges and universities, the teaching staff is pressured to conform and endorse the official COVID narrative. Questioning the legitimacy of the lockdown or the vaccine in online “classrooms” could lead to dismissal.

Numerous medical doctors and scientists who have opposed the COVID consensus or the vaccine have been arrested. In December 2020, “Jean-Bernard Fourtillan, a retired university professor known for his opposition to the COVID-19 vaccine was arrested “by law enforcement officers under military command, and forcibly placed in solitary confinement at the psychiatric hospital of Uzès.” Fourtillan is known as a  “longtime critic of vaccines that use dangerous adjuvants””.7

Google, Facebook and Twitter: Marketing the Big Lie

The opinions of prominent scientists who question the lockdown, face mask or social distancing are “taken down” by Google:

YouTube doesn’t allow content that spreads medical misinformation that contradicts the World Health Organization (WHO) or local health authorities‘ medical information about COVID-19, including on methods to prevent, treat or diagnose COVID-19, and means of transmission of COVID-19.” (emphasis added)8
 
They call it “fact-checking”, without acknowledging that both the WHO and the national health authorities contradict their own data and concepts.

Similarly, Twitter has confirmed that “it will remove all posts that suggest there are ‘adverse impacts or effects of receiving vaccinations'” …

Twitter will memory-hole any posts that “invoke a deliberate conspiracy” or “advance harmful, false, or misleading narratives” about vaccines.”

Screenshot from Twitter

 

March 11, 2020: Engineered Economic Depression. Global Coup d’Etat?

Destabilizing in one fell swoop the national economies of 193 countries is an act of “economic warfare”. This diabolical agenda undermines the sovereignty of nation-states. It impoverishes people worldwide. It leads to a spiraling dollar-denominated global debt.

The powerful structures of global capitalism, Big Money coupled with its intelligence and military apparatus are the driving force. Using advanced digital and communications technologies, the lockdown and economic closure of the global economy is unprecedented in world history.

This simultaneous intervention in approximately 193 countries derogates democracy. It undermines the sovereignty of nation-states worldwide, without the need for military intervention. It is an advanced form of “economic warfare” which overshadows other forms of warfare including conventional (Iraq-style) theater wars (see Chapters IV and V).

 

“Global Governance” Scenarios. World Government in the Post-COVID Era? 

The March 11, 2020 lockdown project uses lies and deception to ultimately impose a worldwide totalitarian regime, entitled “Global Governance” (by unelected officials). In the words of David Rockefeller:

“…The world is now more sophisticated and prepared to march towards a world government. The supranational sovereignty of an intellectual elite and world bankers is surely preferable to the national auto-determination practiced in past centuries.” (quoted by Aspen Times, August 15, 2011, emphasis added)9

Image: David Rockefeller (By william vazquez, visual waves inc licensed under CC BY 4.0)

The Global Governance scenario imposes an agenda of social engineering and economic compliance:

It constitutes an extension of the neoliberal policy framework imposed on both developing and developed countries. It consists in scrapping “national auto-determination” and constructing a worldwide nexus of pro-US proxy regimes controlled by a “supranational sovereignty” (world government) composed of leading financial institutions, billionaires and their philanthropic foundations (see Chapter XIII). 

 

Simulating Pandemics

Rockefeller’s “Lock Step Scenario”

The Rockefeller Foundation proposes the use of “scenario planning” as a means to carry out “Global Governance”.10

In the Rockefeller’s 2010 report entitled “Scenarios for the Future of Technology and International Development Area”, scenarios of Global Governance and the actions to be taken in the case of a worldwide pandemic are contemplated.11

More specifically, the report envisaged (p. 18) the simulation of a Lock Step scenario including a global virulent influenza strain.

“The Lock Step scenario describes “a world of tighter top-down government control and more authoritarian leadership, with limited innovation and growing citizen pushback.” In “2012” (i.e. two years after the report’s publication), [as part of the simulation] an “extremely virulent and deadly” strain of influenza originating with wild geese brings the world to its knees, infecting 20 percent of the global population and killing 8 million people in just seven months – “the majority of them healthy young adults.” (Helen Buyniski, February 2020)12

The 2010 Rockefeller report was published in the immediate wake of the 2009 H1N1 swine flu pandemic (see Chapter IX).

The Clade X Tabletop Simulation

On May 15, 2018, a tabletop simulation of a pandemic entitled Clade X was conducted under the auspices of the Johns Hopkins Center for Health Security.  

Clade X was described by its organizers as a day-long pandemic tabletop exercise the purpose of which “was to illustrate high level strategic decisions in the United States and the world … to prevent a pandemic” (emphasis added).13  It was “played by individuals prominent in the fields of national security or epidemic response”.  

Bill Gates Had Foreknowledge 

“In the case of biological threats, that sense of urgency is lacking… The world needs to prepare for pandemics in the same serious way it prepares for war.” (Bill Gates quoted in Business Insider, April 17, 2018)

 

The October 2019 “Event 201”

Clade X was followed by another tabletop simulation entitled Event 201 (also under the auspices of the Johns Hopkins Center for Health Security).14

Event 201 pertained to a coronavirus epidemic entitled nCoV-2019.  It was held on October 18, 2019, less than three months before the announcement by the Chinese authorities in early January 2020 of a new coronavirus entitled 2019-nCoV (subsequently renamed SARS-CoV-2): 

“Statement about nCoV and our pandemic exercise

January 24, 2020 – In October 2019, the Johns Hopkins Center for Health Security hosted a pandemic tabletop exercise called Event 201 with partners, the World Economic Forum and the Bill & Melinda Gates Foundation. Recently, the Center for Health Security has received questions about whether that pandemic exercise predicted the current novel coronavirus outbreak in China.

To be clear, the Center for Health Security and partners did not make a prediction during our tabletop exercise. For the scenario, we modeled a fictional coronavirus pandemic, but we explicitly stated that it was not a prediction. Instead, the exercise served to highlight preparedness and response challenges that would likely arise in a very severe pandemic. We are not now predicting that the nCoV-2019 outbreak will kill 65 million people. 

Although our tabletop exercise included a mock novel coronavirus, the inputs we used for modeling the potential impact of that fictional virus are not similar to nCoV-2019.” (emphasis added)15

The Event 201 pandemic exercise on October 18, 2019 also addressed how to deal with social media and so-called “misinformation”. 

Many features of the 201 “simulation exercise” did in fact correspond to what actually happened when the WHO Director-General launched a global public health emergency on January 30, 2020.

In the Event 201 scenario, a 15% collapse of financial markets had been “simulated”. It was not “predicted” according to the organizers and sponsors of the event, which included the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation as well as the World Economic Forum.16

It is worth noting that the sponsors of Event 201 — including the WEF and the Gates Foundation — have been actively involved from the very outset in coordinating (and financing) the COVID-19-related policies including the RT-PCR test, the lockdown procedures as well as the mRNA vaccine. The evidence suggests that these policies had been planned and envisaged at a much earlier date. 

 

The Scenario 201 Players

Among the 201 Johns Hopkins tabletop scenario “players” were key personalities holding advisory or senior positions in a number of core organizations. Less than three months later, these 201 “players” became actively involved in the policy response to the COVID-19 pandemic. 

The following prominent individuals from global business, government, and public health were exercise players tasked with leading the policy response to a fictional outbreak scenario in the Event 201 pandemic tabletop exercise.”17

Some of the key players in Scenario 201; from left to right: Dr. Gao Fu (by 中国新闻网, licensed under CC BY 3.0), Jane Halton (by WHO/Peter Williams), and Dr. Stephen Redd (by U.S. Government, licensed under the Public Domain)

The entities directly or indirectly “represented” by the “players” included the WHO, Johns Hopkins, the Global Alliance on Vaccines and Immunization (GAVI, Dr. Timothy Grant Evans), US Intelligence, the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation (Dr. Chris Elias), the Coalition for Epidemic Preparedness Innovations (CEPI, Chairwoman Jane Halton), the World Economic Forum (WEF), the UN Foundation, the US Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC, Stephen Redd), China’s Center for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC, Director Dr. George Fu Gao), Big Pharma (Adrian Thomas), the World Bank and Global Banking, the Airline and Hotel industries. For more details, click here.

It is worth noting that China’s CDC Director Dr. George Fu Gao played a central role in overseeing the COVID-19 outbreak in Wuhan in early 2020, acting in close liaison with the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation, Johns Hopkins, et al. Dr. Gao Fu is an Oxford graduate with links to Big Pharma. He was also for several years a fellow of the Wellcome Trust. 

Dr. Stephen Redd (CDC) played a key role in the 2009 H1N1 vaccination campaign in the US, which turned out to be fake (see  Chapter IX).

 

nCoV-2019

It is also worth noting that the WHO initially adopted a similar acronym (to designate the coronavirus) to that of the Johns Hopkins Pandemic Event 201 Exercise (nCoV-2019). “…The new virus was initially named 2019-nCoV by [the] WHO.”18

“On Feb 11, 2020, WHO renamed the disease as coronavirus disease 2019 (COVID-19). That same day, the Coronavirus Study Group (CSG) of the International Committee on Virus Taxonomy posted a manuscript on bioRxiv in which they suggested designating 2019-nCoV as severe acute respiratory syndrome coronavirus 2 (SARS-CoV-2) on the basis of a phylogenetic analysis of related coronaviruses.” (Lancet)19

The selection of the name SARS-CoV-2 is explained in Chapter III in relation to the so-called Drosten report.

Intelligence and “The Art of Deception”

The COVID crisis is a sophisticated instrument of the power elites. It has all the features of a carefully planned intelligence operation using “deception and counter-deception”. Leo Straus “viewed intelligence as a means for policymakers to attain and justify policy goals, not to describe the realities of the world.” And that is precisely what they are doing in relation to COVID-19.20

 

“The Global Pretext” 

Confirmed by prominent scientists as well as by official public health bodies including the World Health Organization (WHO) and the US Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC), COVID-19 is a public health concern but it is NOT a dangerous virus.

The COVID-19 crisis is marked by a public health “emergency” under WHO auspices which is being used as a pretext and a  justification to trigger a worldwide process of economic, social and political restructuring. The tendency is towards the imposition of a totalitarian state.

Social engineering is being applied. Governments are pressured into extending the lockdown despite its devastating economic and social consequences.

There is no scientific basis for implementing the closing down of the global economy as a means to resolving a public health crisis. Both the media and the governments are involved in spreading disinformation.

The fear campaign has no scientific basis. Your governments are LYING. In fact, they are lying to themselves. 

 

Endnotes

1 Dr. Pascal Sacré, August 7, 2020. COVID-19: Closer to the Truth: Tests and Immunity. https://www.globalresearch.ca/covid-19-closer-to-the-truth-tests-and-immunity/5720160

2 John C. A. Manley, October 6, 2020. Medical Doctor Warns that “Bacterial Pneumonias Are on the Rise” from Mask Wearing. https://www.globalresearch.ca/medical-doctor-warns-bacterial-pneumonias-rise-mask-wearing/5725848

3 Dr. Richard Schabas, January 19, 2021. We’re Being Locked-down for an Infection Fatality Rate of Less than 0.2%? Dr. Richard Schabas to Ontario Premier Doug Ford. https://www.globalresearch.ca/were-being-locked-down-infection-fatality-rate-less-than-0-2/5734799

4 Lucy Williamson, April 22, 2020. Coronavirus: The church threatened with Kalashnikovs over Covid-19 outbreak. https://www.bbc.com/news/av/world-europe-52389953

5 WHO, September 9, 2020. Tracking COVID-19: Contact Tracing in the Digital Age. https://www.who.int/news-room/feature-stories/detail/tracking-covid-19-contact-tracing-in-the-digital-age

6 Prof Michel Chossudovsky, October 6, 2020. The Vaccinated vs. the Unvaccinated: Those Who Refuse the Vaccine and the “Official” Covid-19 Narrative are Categorized as “Psychopaths”. https://www.globalresearch.ca/collective-narcissism-and-the-dark-triad-those-who-protest-against-the-official-covid-19-narrative-are-categorized-as-psychopaths-is-it-a-witch-hunt/5722151

7 Jeanne Smits, December 11, 2020. Accomplished pharma prof thrown in psych hospital after questioning official COVID narrative. https://www.lifesitenews.com/news/accomplished-pharma-prof-thrown-in-psych-hospital-after-questioning-official-covid-narrative/

8 Youtube Help, n.d. COVID-19 medical misinformation policy. https://support.google.com/youtube/answer/9891785?hl=en

9 Will Kesler, August 15, 2011. Beware New World Order. https://www.aspentimes.com/news/beware-new-world-order/

10 Prof Michel Chossudovsky, May 1, 2020. Global Capitalism, “World Government” and the Corona Crisis. https://www.globalresearch.ca/global-capitalism-world-government-and-the-corona-crisis/5712312

11 The Rockefeller Foundation and the Global Business Network, May 2010. Scenarios for the Future of Technology and International Development. https://www.nommeraadio.ee/meedia/pdf/RRS/Rockefeller%20Foundation.pdf

12 Helen Buyniski, February 5, 2020. VIDEO: The “Lock Step” Simulation Scenario: “A Coronavirus-like Pandemic that Becomes Trigger for Police State Controls”. https://www.globalresearch.ca/all-sectors-us-establishment-lock-step-deep-states-latest-bio-war/5702773

13 Johns Hopkins Center for Health Security, n.d. CLADE X EXERCISE. https://www.centerforhealthsecurity.org/our-work/events/2018_clade_x_exercise/

14 Johns Hopkins Center for Health Security, n.d. Event 201. https://www.centerforhealthsecurity.org/event201/

15 Johns Hopkins Center for Health Security, January 24, 2020. Statement about nCov and our pandemic exercise. https://www.centerforhealthsecurity.org/news/center-news/2020/2020-01-24-Statement-of-Clarification-Event201.html

16 Prof Michel Chossudovsky, March 1, 2020. COVID-19 Coronavirus: A Fake Pandemic? Who’s Behind It? Global Economic, Social and Geopolitical Destabilization. https://www.globalresearch.ca/covid-19-coronavirus-a-fake-pandemic-whos-behind-it-global-economic-and-geopolitical-destabilization/5705063

17 Johns Hopkins Center for Health Security, n.d. Event 201 Players. https://www.centerforhealthsecurity.org/event201/players/

18 Shibo Jiang, Zhengli Shi, et al., February 19, 2020. A distinct name is needed for the new coronavirus. https://www.thelancet.com/journals/lancet/article/PIIS0140-6736(20)30419-0/fulltext

19 Ibid.

20 Prof Michel Chossudovsky, November 12, 2020. The Covid “Pandemic”: Destroying People’s Lives. Engineered Economic Depression. Global “Coup d’Etat”? https://www.globalresearch.ca/the-second-wave-destroying-peoples-lives-global-coup-detat/5728207


 

Chapter II

The Corona Timeline

 

This chapter provides a detailed timeline and history of the corona crisis starting in August 2019.

August 1, 2019: Glaxo-Smith-Kline (GSK) and Pfizer announced the establishment of a corporate partnership in Consumer Health Products including vaccines. 

September 19, 2019: Meeting of the ID2020 Alliance

The ID2020 Alliance held their summit in New York entitled “Rising to the Good ID Challenge”. The focus was on the establishment of a vaccine with an embedded digital passport under the auspices of GAVI (Alliance for Vaccine Identity). The stated objective was the creation of a global digital database.1

“With the opportunity for immunization to serve as a platform for digital identity, the program harnesses existing birth registration and vaccination operations to provide newborns with a portable and persistent biometrically-linked digital identity. The program will also explore and assess several leading infant biometric technologies to offer a persistent digital identity from birth … 

“We are implementing a forward-looking approach to digital identity that gives individuals control over their own personal information, while still building off existing systems and programs.”2

October 18, 2019: Event 201. The 201 Pandemic Simulation Exercise

The coronavirus was initially named 2019-nCoV by the WHO, the same name (with the exception of the placement of the date) as that adopted at the October 18, 2019 201 simulation exercise under the auspices of the Johns Hopkins Bloomberg School of Health, Center for Heath Security (an event sponsored by the Gates Foundation and World Economic Forum). Event 201:

“In October 2019, the Johns Hopkins Center for Health Security hosted a pandemic tabletop exercise called Event 201 with partners, the World Economic Forum and the Bill & Melinda Gates Foundation. …  For the scenario, we modeled a fictional coronavirus pandemic, but we explicitly stated that it was not a prediction. (emphasis added, see Chapter I).3

December 12, 2019: The Wuhan Municipal Health Commission

When the advisory claims this date to be the earliest original onset date of the 59 patients with unexplained viral pneumonia.(Timeline and Early Chronology)4

December 31, 2019: First cases of pneumonia of unknown cause detected in Wuhan, Hubei Province and reported to the WHO.  “A total of 44 cases were reported: 11 patients are severely ill, while the remaining 33 are in stable condition.”5

January 1, 2020: Chinese health authorities closed the Huanan Seafood Wholesale Market in Wuhan following Western media reports claiming that wild animals sold there may have been the source of the virus. This initial assessment was subsequently refuted by Chinese scientists.

January 7, 2020: The Chinese authorities (allegedly) “identified a new type of virus” which (according to reports) was isolated on January 7, 2020. No specific details were provided regarding the process of isolation of the virus. According to scientific reports, the identity as well as the process of isolation of the virus had not been undertaken (for further details, see Chapter III). The number of cases was exceedingly low. “44 cases of pneumonia even though viral-specific nucleic acids were found on only 15 patients”. No evidence of an unfolding epidemic in China.6

January 11, 2020: The Wuhan Municipal Health Commission announces the first death caused by the coronavirus.

January 22, 2020: WHO — Members of the WHO Emergency Committee “expressed divergent views on whether this event constitutes a PHEIC [Public Health Emergency of International Concern] or not”. The Committee meeting was reconvened on January 23, 2020, overlapping with the World Economic Forum meetings in Davos (January 21-24, 2020). The small number of cases in China did not justify a PHEIC.7

The meeting of the Emergency Committee convened by the WHO Director-General under the International Health Regulations (IHR) (2005) expressed divergent views on whether this event constitutes a PHEIC or not. At that time, the advice was that the event did not constitute a PHEIC, but the Committee members agreed on the urgency of the situation and suggested that the Committee should be reconvened in a matter of days to examine the situation further. (WHO, Statement on the meeting of the International Health Regulations (2005) Emergency Committee regarding the outbreak of novel coronavirus (2019-nCoV))8

January 21-24, 2020: Consultations at the World Economic Forum, Davos, Switzerland

The consultations were held under the auspices of the Coalition for Epidemic Preparedness Innovations (CEPI) for the development of a vaccine program. CEPI is a WEF-Gates partnership. With support from CEPI, Seattle-based Moderna will manufacture an mRNA vaccine against 2019-nCoV:

“The Vaccine Research Center (VRC) of the National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases (NIAID), part of NIH, collaborated with Moderna to design the vaccine.”9 

The evidence suggests that the 2019-nCoV vaccine project was already underway in 2019 (see Chapter VIII). It was officially announced at Davos, two weeks after the January 7, 2020 announcement by the Chinese authorities, and barely a week prior to the official launching of the WHO’s worldwide Public Health Emergency on January 30, 2020.

The WEF-Gates-CEPI vaccine announcement precedes the WHO’s Public Health Emergency of International Concern (PHEIC). See WEF video

Dominant financial interests, billionaire foundations and international financial institutions played a key role in launching the WHO PHEIC.

In the week preceding this historic WHO decision, the PHEIC was the object of “consultations” at the World Economic Forum (WEF) in Davos (January 21-24). The WHO Director-General Dr. Tedros was present at Davos. Were these consultations instrumental in influencing the WHO’s historic decision on January 30? 

Was there a conflict of interest as defined by the WHO? The WHO’s largest donor is the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation which, together with the WEF and CEPI, had already announced in Davos the development of a COVID-19 vaccine prior to the historic January 30 launching of the PHEIC.10

The WHO Director-General had the backing of the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation, Big Pharma and the World Economic Forum (WEF). There are indications that the decision for the WHO to declare a Global Health Emergency was taken on the sidelines of the WEF in Davos (January 21-24) overlapping with the January 22 meeting of the Emergency Committee in Geneva.

January 28, 2020: The US Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) confirmed (without firm evidence) that the novel coronavirus had been isolated (see Chapter III).11

January 30, 2020: The WHO’s Public Health Emergency of International Concern (PHEIC)

The first stage of this crisis was launched by the WHO on January 30th. While officially it was not designated as a “pandemic”, it nonetheless contributed to spearheading the fear campaign.

From the very outset, the estimates of “confirmed positive cases” have been part of a “Numbers Game”.

In some cases, the statistics were simply not mentioned and in other cases, the numbers were selectively inflated with a view to creating panic.

Not mentioned by the media, the number of “confirmed cases” based on faulty estimates (RT-PCR) used to justify this far-reaching decision was ridiculously low.

The worldwide population outside China is of the order of 6.4 billion. On January 30, 2020, outside China there were:

“83 cases in 18 countries, and only 7 of them had no history of travel in China.” (See WHO, January 30, 2020)12

On January 29, 2020, the day preceding the launching of the PHEIC (recorded by the WHO), there were five cases in the US, three in Canada, four in France, and four in Germany.13

There was no “scientific basis” to justify the launching of a worldwide public health emergency.

 

Screenshot from WHO, January 29, 2020

 

Those low numbers (not mentioned by the media) did not prevent the launching of a worldwide fear campaign.

 

January 31, 2020: President Trump’s Decision to Suspend Air Travel with China

On the following day (January 31, 2020), Trump announced that he would deny entry to the US of both Chinese and foreign nationals “who have traveled in China in the last 14 days”. This immediately triggered a crisis in air travel, transportation, US-China trade relations as well as freight and shipping transactions.

Whereas the WHO “[did] not recommend any travel or trade restrictions,” the five so-called “confirmed cases” in the US were sufficient to “justify” President Trump’s January 31st, 2020 decision to suspend air travel with China while precipitating a hate campaign against ethnic Chinese throughout the Western world.

This historic January 31st decision paved the way for the disruption of international commodity trade as well as for the imposition of worldwide restrictions on air travel. It was eventually instrumental in spearheading the bankruptcy of major airlines. 

“Fake media” immediately went into high gear. China was held responsible for “spreading infection” worldwide.

Early February 2020: The acronym of the coronavirus was changed from nCoV-2019 (its name under the October Event 201 Johns Hopkins Simulation Exercise) to SARS-CoV-2. COVID-19 indicates the disease triggered by SARS-CoV-2.

February 20-21, 2020: Worldwide COVID data outside China. The Diamond Princess cruise ship

While China reported a total of 75,567 cases of COVID-19 (February 20), the confirmed cases outside China were abysmally low and the statistics based, in large part, on the RT-PCR test used to confirm the “worldwide spread of the virus” were questionable to say the least. Moreover, out of the 75,567 cases in China, a large percentage had recovered. And recovery figures were not acknowledged by the media.

On the day of Dr. Tedros’s historic press conference (February 20, 2020), the recorded number of confirmed cases outside China was 1,073 of which 621 were passengers and crew on the Diamond Princess Cruise Ship (stranded in Japanese territorial waters).

From a statistical point of view, the WHO decision pointing to a potential “spread of the virus worldwide” did not make sense.

On February 20th, 57.9% of the worldwide COVID-19 “confirmed cases” were from the Diamond Princess, hardly representative of a worldwide “statistical trend”. The official story is as follows:

  • A Hong Kong-based passenger who had disembarked from the Diamond Princess in Hong Kong on January 25 developed pneumonia and was tested positive for the novel coronavirus on January 30.
  • He was reported to have travelled on January 10 to Shenzhen on mainland China (which borders on Hong Kong’s new territories).
  • The Diamond Princess arrived in Yokohama on February 3. A quarantine was imposed on the cruiser, see NCBI study.14
  • Many passengers fell sick due to the confinement on the boat.
  • All the passengers and crew on the Diamond Princess undertook the PCR test.
  • The number of confirmed cases increased to 691 on February 23.15

Source: Nakazawa, E., Ino, H., et al. (Published on NCBI)

 

Read carefully: From the standpoint of assessing worldwide statistical trends, the data doesn’t add up. Without the Diamond Princess data, the so-called confirmed cases worldwide outside China on February 20, 2020 were of the order of 452, out of a population of 6.4 billion. 

Examine the WHO graph below. The blue indicates the confirmed cases on the Diamond Princess (international conveyance which arrived in Yokohama on February 3, 2020), many of whom were sick, confined to their rooms for more than two weeks (quarantine imposed by Japan). All passengers and crew took the RT-PCR test (which does not detect or identify SARS-CoV-2).

Needless to say, this so-called data was instrumental to spearheading the fear campaign and the collapse of financial markets in the course of the month of February 2020 (see Chapter IV).

 

Source: WHO, February 2020

Source: WHO, February 2020

 

February 20th, 2020: Director General of WHO intimates that the COVID-19 pandemic is imminent 

At a press conference on the 20th of February, Thursday afternoon (CET), in a briefing in Geneva, the WHO Director-General Dr. Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus said that he was

“concerned that the chance to contain the coronavirus outbreak was “closing”” …

“I believe the window of opportunity is still there, but that the window is narrowing.”16

There were only 1,076 cases outside China (including the Diamond Princess Cruise Ship):

 

Excerpt from the WHO Director-General’s opening remarks, February 20th, 2020 (Source: WHO)

Note: The WHO graph above, showing data for February 20, 2020, indicates 1,073 cases; however, the WHO press conference indicated 1,076 cases.

 

These “shock and awe” statements contributed to heightening the fear campaign, despite the fact that the number of confirmed cases outside China was exceedingly low. 

Image: WHO data recorded on February 20, 2020,  at the outset of the so-called COVID Financial Crash. (Source: WHO)

February 20-21, 2020 marks the beginning of the 2020 Financial Crash (See Chapter IV).

Excluding the Diamond Princess, the WHO recorded on February 20 a total of 452 so-called “confirmed cases” worldwide outside China, for a population of 6.4 billion — 15 in the US, 8 in Canada, 9 in the UK (see table on the right). Those are the figures used to justify Dr. Tedros’s warnings, “the window is narrowing”

A larger number of cases outside China was recorded in South Korea (153 cases according to WHO) and Italy (recorded by national authorities).

The statement by Dr. Tedros (based on flawed concepts and statistics) set the stage for the February financial collapse (see Chapter IV).

February 24, 2020: Moderna Inc. supported by CEPI announced that its experimental mRNA COVID-19 vaccine, known as mRNA-1273was ready for human testing.17

February 28, 2020: A WHO vaccination campaign was announced by WHO Director-General Dr. Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus:18

“More than 20 vaccines are in development globally, and several therapeutics are in clinical trials. We expect the first results in a few weeks”. 

It is worth noting that the campaign to develop vaccines was initiated prior to the decision of the WHO to launch a Global Public Health Emergency. It was first announced at the WEF meeting at Davos (January 21-24) by CEPI.

Early March 2020: China. More than 50% of the infected patients recovered. A total of 49,856 patients had recovered from COVID-19 and were discharged from hospitals in China. 

The WHO recorded a total of 80,304 confirmed cases in China on March 3, 2020. What this means is that the total number of “confirmed infected cases” in China was at 30,448. Namely, 80,304 minus 49,856 = 30,448. No evidence of a pandemic in China.

These developments concerning “recovery” were not reported by the Western media.

March 5, 2020: WHO Director-General confirmed that, outside China, there were 2,055 cases reported in 33 countries. Around 80% of those cases were from three countries (South Korea, Iran and Italy).19

March 7, 2020: USA. The number of “confirmed cases” (infected and recovered) in the United States in early March was of the order of 430, rising to about 600 (March 8). A rapid rise in COVID positive cases was recorded in the the course of the month of March. 

Compare these figures to those pertaining to Influenza B virus. The CDC estimated for 2019-2020 (for the US) “at least 15 million virus flu illnesses… 140,000 hospitalizations and 8,200 deaths”. (The Hill)20

March 7, 2020: China. No pandemic in China. Reported new cases in China fell to double digit. 99 cases recorded on March 7. All of the new cases outside Hubei province were categorized as “imported infections” (from foreign countries). The reliability of the data remains to be established:

99 newly confirmed cases including 74 in Hubei Province, … The new cases included 24 imported infections — 17 in Gansu Province, three in Beijing, three in Shanghai and one in Guangdong Province.21

March 11, 2020: The historic COVID-19 pandemic lockdown, “closing down” of approximately 190 national economies  (Chapter IV)

The WHO Director-General had already set the stage in his February 21st Press Conference.22

 “The world should do more to prepare for a possible coronavirus pandemic.” The WHO had called upon countries to be “in a phase of preparedness”.

The WHO officially declared a worldwide pandemic at a time when there were 118,000 confirmed cases and 4,291 deaths worldwide (including China). (March 11, 2020, according to press conference)23 What do these “statistics” tell you?

Image: Total cases on March 12, 2020 (Source: WHO)

The number of confirmed cases outside China (6.4 billion population) was of the order of 44,279 and 1,440 deaths (figures recorded by the WHO for March 11 on March 12, see table on the right). These are the figures used to justify the lockdown and the closing down of approximately 190 national economies.24

(The number of deaths outside China mentioned in Tedros’s press conference was 4,291).

In the US recorded on March 11, 2020, there were, according to Johns Hopkins, 1,335 “cases” and 29 deaths (“presumptive” plus PCR confirmed).

No evidence of a pandemic on March 11, 2020.

Immediately following the March 11, 2020 WHO announcement, the fear campaign went into high gear. (The economic and financial impacts are reviewed in Chapter IV)

March 16, 2020: Moderna mRNA-1273 was tested in several stages with 45 volunteers in Seattle, Washington State. The vaccine program started in early February:

“We don’t know whether this vaccine will induce an immune response, or whether it will be safe. That’s why we’re doing a trial,” Jackson stressed. “It’s not at the stage where it would be possible or prudent to give it to the general population.” (AP, March 16, 2020)25

March 18, 2020: Lockdown in the United States

November 8, 2020: The COVID-19 mRNA “vaccine” was launched. (Chapter VIII)

Mid to late December 2020: Worldwide implementation of the mRNA vaccine program.

January 2021 (onwards): Rising trend in vaccine-related deaths and adverse events documented by official data as well as by the Pfizer Confidential Report (see Chapter VIII).

March 2021: Fictional Exercise Scenario of a Deadly Monkeypox Virus Pandemic

A Tabletop Simulation of a “fictional exercise scenario involving an unusual strain of monkeypox virus” was presented at the March 2021 Munich Security Conference. It was sponsored by the Nuclear Threat Initiative’s (NTI) program of  “Strengthening Global Systems to Prevent and Respond to High-Consequence Biological Threats”. (See Chapter XIII)

Two of the participants of the Johns Hopkins Event 201 October 2019 Tabletop Simulation of a novel coronavirus were present: Dr. George Gao Fu, head of China’s CDC and Dr. Chris Elias, President of the Global Development Division of the Gates Foundation.26

May-June 2021: The Delta Variant and “a Fourth Wave” were announced.

The alleged dangers of the Delta variant were used to speed up the vaccination program as well as the imposition of the vaccine passport.

August-September 2021: The Imposition of a Vaccine Passport in Several Western countries

October 2021: Release of the Pfizer Confidential Report under freedom of information (FOI)

This report confirms the impacts (death and adverse events) of the Pfizer-BioNTech mRNA vaccine (see Chapter VIII).27

November 2021: The Omicron variant was allegedly detected in South Africa. The fear campaign triggered a renewed crisis in air travel, coupled with disruptions in commodity trade.

November 2021-January 2022: Distribution of billions of COVID antigen and home test kits worldwide which contributed to doubling the number of so-called “COVID-19 confirmed cases” in the course of six months. More than a billion home and antigen tests in the US, 291 million in Canada.28 

December 24, 2021: The COVID-19 Christmas Omicron lockdown

No large Christmas reunions, the imposition of stay at home mandates, partial closure of bars and restaurants (leading to more bankruptcies), cancellation of sports and cultural events. The unspoken objective is to isolate human beings — prevent people from socializing and meeting up with their loved ones. 

January-February 2022: Partial Lockdowns. Discriminatory Practices directed against the Unvaccinated

In many countries, the unvaccinated were confined to their homes, prevented from traveling, fired from their jobs, prevented from attending schools and universities. They were accused of being extremists and psychopaths. These social divisions are creating conflicts within families and local communities, literally contributing to the disruption of social life, with devastating impacts on economic activity (see Chapter XI).

Canada’s Freedom Convoy 2022 

January-Early February 2022: Mass protest movement in Canada against the vaccine mandate.

 


Freedom Convoy 2022, Ottawa, February 2022. (Copyright Global Research)

March 2022: The launching of the WHO Pandemic Treaty 

In March 2022, the WHO launched an Intergovernmental Negotiating Body (INB) with a mandate to create “A Pandemic Treaty”, i.e. a global health governance entity which if adopted would override the authority of WHO member states (see Chapter XIII). 

China’s COVID Zero Tolerance Mandate imposed on Shanghai 

Starting on March 28, 2022The COVID Zero Tolerance Mandate was imposed on Shanghai, a port city of 26 million people. Initially in Shanghai then extended to major Chinese cities in the course of the following months (April-July 2022) (see Chapter IV).

May 13, 2022: The WHO announces a Monkeypox Outbreak

According to the WHO:

Since 13 May 2022, cases of monkeypox have been reported to [the] WHO from 12 Member States that are not endemic for monkeypox virus, across three WHO regions. Epidemiological investigations are ongoing,  … As of 21 May, 92 laboratory confirmed cases, and 28 suspected cases of monkeypox with investigations ongoing, have been reported to WHO from 12 Member States” (see Chapter XIII)

June-July 2022: The seventh wave. Alleged “imminent danger” of the Omicron BA-4 and BA-5 sub-variants.

July 23, 2022: The Monkeypox Public Health Emergency of International Concern (PHEIC)

The WHO Director-General declared a Public Health Emergency of International Concern (PHEIC) pertaining to the monkeypox virus

Dr. Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus took this decision unilaterally against a majority vote of International Health Regulations (2005) (IHR) Emergency Committee.

“We have an outbreak that has spread around the world rapidly through new modes of transmission… Although I [Tedros] am declaring a public health emergency of international concern, for the moment this is an outbreak that is concentrated among men who have sex with men, especially those with multiple sexual partners.”29    (See Chapter XIII)

 

Endnotes

1 PYMNTS, September 18, 2019. How To Build A Global Digital Identity Network. https://www.pymnts.com/news/consumer-authentication/2019/how-to-build-a-global-digital-identity-network/

2 PYMNTS, September 19, 2019. ID2020 Alliance Unveils Digital ID Program. https://www.pymnts.com/news/biometrics/2019/id2020-alliance-unveils-digital-id-program/

3 Johns Hopkins Center for Health Security, n.d. Event 201. https://www.centerforhealthsecurity.org/event201/

4 Chiron Return, September 30, 2021. Timeline and Early Chronology of Covid-19 “Pandemic”, PCR Assay and Sequencing. https://www.globalresearch.ca/early-chronology-covid-pcr-assay-sequencing/5757189

5 Ibid.

6 Ibid.

7 WHO, January 23, 2020. Statement on the first meeting of the International Health Regulations (2005) Emergency Committee regarding the outbreak of novel coronavirus (2019-nCoV). https://www.who.int/news/item/23-01-2020-statement-on-the-meeting-of-the-international-health-regulations-(2005)-emergency-committee-regarding-the-outbreak-of-novel-coronavirus-(2019-ncov)

8 Ibid.

9 National Institutes of Health, March 16, 2020. NIH clinical trial of investigational vaccine for COVID-19 begins. https://www.nih.gov/news-events/news-releases/nih-clinical-trial-investigational-vaccine-covid-19-begins

10 WHO, January 30, 2020. Statement on the second meeting of the International Health Regulations (2005) Emergency Committee regarding the outbreak of novel coronavirus (2019-nCoV). https://www.who.int/news/item/30-01-2020-statement-on-the-second-meeting-of-the-international-health-regulations-(2005)-emergency-committee-regarding-the-outbreak-of-novel-coronavirus-(2019-ncov)

11 CDC, December 29, 2020. SARS-CoV-2 Viral Culturing at CDC. https://www.cdc.gov/coronavirus/2019-ncov/lab/grows-virus-cell-culture.html

12  WHO, January 30, 2020. Statement on the second meeting of the International Health Regulations (2005) Emergency Committee regarding the outbreak of novel coronavirus (2019-nCoV). https://www.who.int/news/item/30-01-2020-statement-on-the-second-meeting-of-the-international-health-regulations-(2005)-emergency-committee-regarding-the-outbreak-of-novel-coronavirus-(2019-ncov)

13 WHO, January 29, 2020. Novel Coronavirus (2019-nCoV) Situation Report – 9. https://www.who.int/docs/default-source/coronaviruse/situation-reports/20200129-sitrep-9-ncov-v2.pdf?sfvrsn=e2c8915_2

14 Eisuke Nakazawa, Hiroyasu Ino, et al., March 24, 2020. Chronology of COVID-19 Cases on the Diamond Princess Cruise Ship and Ethical Considerations: A Report From Japan. https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC7156812/

15 Ibid.

16 WHO, February 20, 2020. WHO Director-General’s opening remarks at the media briefing on COVID-19 on 20 February 2020. https://www.who.int/director-general/speeches/detail/who-director-general-s-opening-remarks-at-the-media-briefing-on-covid-19-on-20-february-2020

17 WEF, February 13, 2020. Update: Coronavirus (COVID-19) | DAVOS 2020. https://www.weforum.org/videos/update-wuhan-coronavirus-covid-19-davos-2020

18 WHO, February 28, 2020. WHO Director-General’s opening remarks at the media briefing on COVID-19 – 28 February 2020. https://www.who.int/director-general/speeches/detail/who-director-general-s-opening-remarks-at-the-media-briefing-on-covid-19—28-february-2020

19 WHO, March 5, 2020. WHO Director-General’s opening remarks at the media briefing on COVID-19 – 5 March 2020. https://www.who.int/director-general/speeches/detail/who-director-general-s-opening-remarks-at-the-media-briefing-on-covid-19—5-march-2020

20 Joseph Guzman, January 27, 2020. Coronavirus is spreading — but the flu is a greater threat to Americans. https://thehill.com/changing-america/well-being/longevity/480089-coronavirus-sparks-panic-as-flu-poses-greater-threat-to

21 Xinhua, March 7, 2020. Xinhua Headlines: China’s new COVID-19 cases drop to double-digit figures since Jan. 21. http://www.xinhuanet.com/english/2020-03/07/c_138853686.htm

22 WHO, February 21, 2020. Coronavirus Disease (COVID-19) Press Conference. https://www.who.int/docs/default-source/coronaviruse/transcripts/who-audio-emergencies-coronavirus-full-press-conference-21feb2020-final.pdf?sfvrsn=954f8ec7_2

23 WHO, March 11, 2020. WHO Director-General’s opening remarks at the media briefing on COVID-19 – 11 March 2020. https://www.who.int/director-general/speeches/detail/who-director-general-s-opening-remarks-at-the-media-briefing-on-covid-19—11-march-2020

24 WHO, March 12, 2020. Coronavirus disease 2019 (COVID-19) Situation Report – 52. https://www.who.int/docs/default-source/coronaviruse/situation-reports/20200312-sitrep-52-covid-19.pdf

25 The Associated Press, March 16, 2020. COVID-19 vaccine test begins as volunteer patient administered 1st shot. https://www.cbc.ca/news/health/coronavirus-vaccine-1.5499244

26 Prof. Michel Chossudovsky, August 4, 2022. Worldwide Monkeypox Health Emergency (PHEIC): For Bill Gates, It’s “Moneypox”: Simulation of Fictitious Monkeypox Virus Pandemic in March 2021, Goes Live in May 2022. https://www.globalresearch.ca/bill-gates-warns-smallpox-terror-attacks-urges-leaders-use-germ-games-prepare/5781195?utm_campaign=magnet&utm_source=article_page&utm_medium=related_articles

27 Prof. Michel Chossudovsky, August 13, 2022. Bombshell Document Dump on Pfizer Vaccine Data. https://www.globalresearch.ca/bombshell-document-dump-pfizer-vaccine-data/5763397

28 Prof. Michel Chossudovsky, July 19, 2022. Biggest Lie in World History: There Never Was A Pandemic. The Data Base is Flawed. The Covid Mandates including the Vaccine are Invalid. https://www.globalresearch.ca/biggest-lie-in-world-history-the-data-base-is-flawed-there-never-was-a-pandemic-the-covid-mandates-including-the-vaccine-are-invalid/5772008

29 WHO, July 23, 2022. WHO Director-General’s statement at the press conference following IHR Emergency Committee regarding the multi-country outbreak of monkeypox – 23 July 2022. https://www.who.int/director-general/speeches/detail/who-director-general-s-statement-on-the-press-conference-following-IHR-emergency-committee-regarding-the-multi–country-outbreak-of-monkeypox–23-july-2022

 


 

Chapter III

What Is COVID-19, SARS-CoV-2:

How Is It Tested? How Is It Measured?

 

“The PCR is a process. It does not tell you that you are sick.”  —Dr. Kary Mullis, Nobel Laureate and Inventor of the RT-PCR, passed away in August 2019.

“…All or a substantial part of these positives could be due to what’s called false positives tests.” —Dr. Michael Yeadon, distinguished scientist, former Vice President and Chief Science Officer of Pfizer

“This misuse of the RT-PCR technique is applied as a relentless and intentional strategy by some governments to justify excessive measures such as the violation of a large number of constitutional rights, … under the pretext of a pandemic based on a number of positive RT-PCR tests, and not on a real number of patients.” —Dr. Pascal Sacré, Belgian physician specialized in critical care and renowned public health analyst.

“I have seen massive efforts made to deliberately inflate Covid death numbers by relabelling cancer patients and stroke victims and all manner of normal regular deaths as Covid, in fact virtually anyone getting into an ambulance. The methods used to do so were totally flawed, PCR tests for example being run on 45 cycles we all know to be worthless, yet people are being euthanised on this basis and sometimes only on the basis of a chest x-ray alone.” —John O’Looney, Funeral Director, Milton Keynes, U.K.

 

Introduction

Media lies coupled with a systemic and carefully engineered fear campaign have sustained the image of a killer virus which is relentlessly spreading to all major regions of the world. 

Several billion people in more than 190 countries have been tested (as well as retested) for COVID-19.  

At the time of writing, more than 500 million people worldwide have been categorized as “COVID-19 confirmed cases (“cumulative cases”).

The alleged pandemic is said to have resulted in more than 5.8 million COVID-19-related deaths.

Both sets of figures — morbidity and mortality — are invalid. A highly organized COVID testing apparatus (part of which is funded by the billionaire foundations) was established with a view to driving up the numbers of “COVID-19 confirmed cases”, which are then used as a justification to impose the “vaccine” passport coupled with the repeal of fundamental human rights. 

From the outset of this crisis in January 2020, all far-reaching policy decisions upheld and presented to the public as a “means to saving lives” were based on flawed and invalid RT-PCR positive cases.

These invalid COVID-19 “estimates” have been used to justify confinement, social distancing, wearing of the face mask, the prohibition of social gatherings, cultural and sports events, the closure of economic activity, as well as the enforcement of the mRNA “vaccine” launched in November 2020. 

There is no such thing as a “COVID-19 confirmed case”. Firmly acknowledged both by scientific opinion and the World Health Organization, the RT-PCR test used to “detect” the spread of the virus (as well as its variants) is not only flawed but TOTALLY INVALID. 

The fear campaign is relentlessly spearheaded by political statements and media disinformation. A closer examination of official reports from national health authorities as well as peer-reviewed articles provides a totally different picture. 

In this chapter, we will be focusing on the following issues:

1.  The features of the SARS-CoV-2 virus as outlined by the WHO, the CDC and peer-reviewed reports. Is it a dangerous virus?

2. The Reverse Transcription Polymerase Chain Reaction (RT-PCR) Test used to “detect/identify” SARS-CoV-2.

3. The reliability of the estimates of mortality and morbidity pertaining to the alleged COVID-19 infection.

 

The Features of SARS-CoV-2

Lies through omission: the media has failed to reassure the broader public.

Below is the official WHO definition of COVID-19 followed by that of the CDC:

Coronaviruses are a large family of viruses which may cause illness in animals or humans.  In humans, several coronaviruses are known to cause respiratory infections ranging from the common cold to more severe diseases such as Middle East Respiratory Syndrome (MERS) and Severe Acute Respiratory Syndrome (SARS). The most recently discovered coronavirus causes coronavirus disease COVID-19.

“The most common symptoms of COVID-19 are fever, dry cough, and tiredness. … These symptoms are usually mild and begin gradually. Some people become infected but only have very mild symptoms. Most people (about 80%) recover from the disease without needing hospital treatment. Around 1 out of every 5 people who gets COVID-19 becomes seriously ill and develops difficulty breathing.”1

 

Similar to Influenza According to the CDC

COVID-19 versus Influenza (Flu) Virus A and Virus B (and subtypes) 

Rarely mentioned by the media or by politicians: The CDC (which is an agency of the US government) confirms that COVID-19 is similar to Influenza:

Influenza (Flu) and COVID-19 are both contagious respiratory illnesses, but they are caused by different viruses. COVID-19 is caused by infection with a new coronavirus (called SARS-CoV-2) and flu is caused by infection with influenza viruses. Because some of the symptoms of flu and COVID-19 are similar, it may be hard to tell the difference between them based on symptoms alone, and testing may be needed to help confirm a diagnosis. Flu and COVID-19 share many characteristics, but there are some key differences between the two.”2

If the public had been informed and reassured that COVID is “similar to Influenza”, the fear campaign would have fallen flat.

The lockdown and closure of the national economy would have been rejected outright.

According to Dr. Wolfgang Wodarg, pneumonia is “regularly caused or accompanied by coronaviruses”.3

Immunologists broadly confirm the CDC definition. COVID-19 has similar features to a seasonal influenza coupled with pneumonia.

According to Anthony Fauci (Head of NIAID), H. Clifford Lane, and Robert R. Redfield (Head of CDC) in the New England Journal of Medicine:

“…the overall clinical consequences of Covid-19 may ultimately be more akin to those of a severe seasonal influenza (which has a case fatality rate of approximately 0.1%) or a pandemic influenza (similar to those in 1957 and 1968) rather than a disease similar to SARS or MERS, which have had case fatality rates of 9 to 10% and 36%, respectively.”4

How convenient: The above article was first published in the NEJM on March 26, 2020, exactly ten days after the declaration of a national emergency by President Trump on March 16, 2020. Had this authoritative peer-reviewed text been brought to the attention of the American public, the lockdown mandate would have fallen flat. 

Fauci speaks to the White House press corps on COVID-19 in April 2020, watched by President Donald Trump (left) and Vice President Mike Pence (right). (By The White House, licensed under the Public Domain)

Dr. Anthony Fauci is lying to himself. In his public statements, he says that COVID is “ten times worse than seasonal flu”.5

He refutes his peer-reviewed report quoted above. From the outset, Fauci has been instrumental in waging a fear and panic campaign across America.6 

 

The Reverse Transcription Polymerase Chain Reaction (RT-PCR) Test

The slanted methodology applied under WHO guidance for detecting the alleged spread of the virus is the Reverse Transcription Polymerase Chain Reaction (RT-PCR) test, which has been routinely applied all over the world since February 2020.

The RT-PCR test has been used worldwide to generate millions of erroneous “COVID-19 confirmed cases”, which are then used to sustain the illusion that the alleged pandemic is real.

This assessment based on erroneous numbers has been used in the course of the last two and a half years to spearhead and sustain the fear campaign.

And people are now led to believe that the COVID-19 “vaccine” is the “solution”. And that “normality” will be restored once the entire population of planet Earth has been vaccinated.

“Confirmed” is a misnomer. A “confirmed RT-PCR positive case” does not imply a “COVID-19 confirmed case”.

Positive RT-PCR is not synonymous with the COVID-19 disease! PCR specialists make it clear that a test must always be compared with the clinical record of the patient being tested, with the patient’s state of health to confirm its value [reliability]. (Dr. Pascal Sacré)7

The procedure used by the national health authorities is to categorize all RT-PCR positive cases as “COVID-19 confirmed cases” (with or without a medical diagnosis). Ironically, this routine process of identifying “confirmed cases” is in derogation of the CDC’s own guidelines:

“Detection of viral RNA may not indicate the presence of infectious virus or that 2019-nCoV is the causative agent for clinical symptoms. The performance of this test has not been established for monitoring treatment of 2019-nCoV infection. This test cannot rule out diseases caused by other bacterial or viral pathogens.”8 (emphasis added)

The methodology used to detect and estimate the spread of the virus is flawed and invalid.

 

False Positives

The earlier debate at the outset of the crisis focused on the issue of “false positives.”

Acknowledged by the WHO and the CDC, the RT-PCR test was known to produce a high percentage of false positives. According to Dr. Pascal Sacré:

“Today, as authorities test more people, there are bound to be more positive RT-PCR tests. This does not mean that COVID-19 is coming back, or that the epidemic is moving in waves. There are more people being tested, that’s all.”9

The debate on false positives (acknowledged by health authorities) points to so-called errors without necessarily questioning the overall validity of the RT-PCR test as a means to detecting the alleged spread of the SARS-CoV-2 virus.

 

The PCR Test Does Not Detect the Identity of the Virus

The RT-PCR test does not identify/detect the virus. What the PCR test identifies are genetic fragments of numerous viruses (including influenza viruses types A and B and coronaviruses which trigger common colds).

The results of the RT-PCR test cannot “confirm” whether an individual who undertakes the test is infected with SARS-CoV-2.

The following diagram summarizes the process of identifying positive and negative cases. All that is required is the presence of “viral genetic material” for it to be categorized as “positive”. The procedure does not identity or isolate COVID-19. What appears in the tests are fragments of the virus.10

 

 
 
A positive test does not mean that you have the virus and/or that you could transmit the virus.

According to Dr. Kary Mullis, inventor of the PCR technique, 

“The PCR detects a very small segment of the nucleic acid which is part of a virus itself.”

Image: Dr. Kary Mullis, American biochemist and Nobel laureate. (By Dona Mapston/Flickr, licensed under CC BY-SA 3.0)

According to renowned Swiss immunologist Dr. B. Stadler:

So if we do a PCR corona test on an immune person, it is not a virus that is detected, but a small shattered part of the viral genome. The test comes back positive for as long as there are tiny shattered parts of the virus left. Even if the infectious viri are long dead, a corona test can come back positive, because the PCR method multiplies even a tiny fraction of the viral genetic material enough [to be detected].11

Dr. Pascal Sacré concurs, “These tests detect viral particles, genetic sequences, not the whole virus.”12

“In an attempt to quantify the viral load, these sequences are then amplified several times through numerous complex steps that are subject to errors, sterility errors and contamination.”

 

The WHO’s “Customized” RT-PCR COVID-19 “Test” 

Two important and related issues.

The PCR test does not identify the virus as outlined above. Moreover, the WHO in January 2020 did not possess an isolate and purified sample of the novel 2019-nCoV virus. 

What was contemplated in January 2020 was a “customization” of the PCR test by the WHO, under the scientific guidance of the Berlin Virology Institute at Charité Hospital.

Dr. Christian Drosten and his colleagues at the Berlin Virology Institute undertook a study entitled “Detection of 2019 novel coronavirus (2019-nCoV) by real-time RT-PCR”.13

 

Screenshot from Eurosurveillance 

 

The title of the Berlin Virology Institute study is an obvious misnomer. The PCR test cannot “detect” the 2019 novel coronavirus. (See Dr. Kary Mullis, Dr. B. Stadler, Dr. Pascal Sacré quoted above).

Moreover, the study published by Eurosurveillance acknowledges that the WHO did not possess an isolate and purified sample of the novel 2019-nCoV virus: 

[While]… several viral genome sequences had been released,… virus isolates or samples [of 2019-nCoV] from infected patients were not available …”14

The Drosten, et al. team then recommended to the WHO that in the absence of an isolate of the 2019-nCoV virus, a similar 2003 SARS-CoV should be used as a “proxy” (point of reference) of the novel virus:

“The genome sequences suggest presence of a virus closely related to the members of a viral species termed severe acute respiratory syndrome (SARS)-related CoV, a species defined by the agent of the 2002/03 outbreak of SARS in humans [3,4].

We report on the the establishment and validation of a diagnostic workflow for 2019-nCoV screening and specific confirmation [using the RT-PCR test], designed in absence of available virus isolates or original patient specimens. Design and validation were enabled by the close genetic relatedness to the 2003 SARS-CoV, and aided by the use of synthetic nucleic acid technology.” (Eurosurveillance, January 23, 2020, emphasis added).15

What this ambiguous statement suggests is that the identity of 2019-nCoV was not required and that “COVID-19 confirmed cases” (aka infection resulting from the 2019 novel coronavirus) would be validated by “the close genetic relatedness to the 2003 SARS-CoV.” 

What this means is that a coronavirus detected 19 years ago (2003 SARS-CoV) is being used to “validate” the identity of a so-called “novel coronavirus” first detected in China’s Hubei Province in late December 2019.

The recommendations of the Drosten study (generously supported and financed by the Gates Foundation) were then transmitted to the WHO. They were subsequently endorsed by the Director-General of the WHO, Dr. Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus.

The WHO did not have in its possession the “virus isolate” required to identify the virus. It was decided that an isolate of the new coronavirus was not required. 

The Drosten, et al. article pertaining to the use of the RT-PCR test worldwide (under WHO guidance) was challenged in a November 27, 2020 study by a group of 23 international virologists, microbiologists, et al.

It stands to reason that if the PCR test uses the 2003 SARS-CoV virus as “a point of reference”, there can be no “confirmed” COVID-19 cases of the novel virus 2019-nCoV (subsequently renamed SARS-CoV-2) or of its variants.

 

Has the Identity of the 2019-nCoV Been Confirmed? Does the Virus Exist? 

While the WHO did not possess an isolate of the virus, is there valid and reliable evidence that the 2019 novel coronavirus had been isolated from an “unadulterated sample taken from a diseased patient”?16

The Chinese authorities announced on January 7, 2020 that “a new type of virus” had been “identified” “similar to the one associated with SARS and MERS” (related report, not original Chinese government source). The underlying method adopted by the Chinese research team is described below:

We prospectively collected and analysed data on patients with laboratory-confirmed 2019-nCoV infection by real-time RT-PCR and next-generation sequencing.

Data were obtained with standardised data collection forms shared by WHO and the International Severe Acute Respiratory and Emerging Infection Consortium from electronic medical records.17 (emphasis added)

The above study (quotation above as well as other documents consulted) suggests that China’s health authorities did not undertake an isolation/purification of a patient’s specimen. Using “laboratory-confirmed 2019-nCoV infection by real-time RT-PCR” (as quoted in their study) is an obvious misnomer, i.e. the RT-PCR test cannot under any circumstances be used to identify the virus. The isolate of the virus by the Chinese authorities is unconfirmed.18

 

Freedom of Information Pertaining to the Isolate of SARS-CoV-2

A detailed investigative project by Christine Massey entitled Freedom of Information Requests: Health/Science Institutions Worldwide “Have No Record” of SARS-COV-2 Isolation/Purification provides documentation concerning the identity of the virus. The responses to these requests from 127 entities in 25 countries confirm that there is no record of isolation/purification of SARS-CoV-2 “having been performed by anyone, anywhere, ever.”19

 

The Threshold Amplification Cycles. The WHO Admits that the Results of the RT-PCR “Test” Are Totally Invalid

The RT-PCR test was adopted by the WHO on January 23, 2020 as a means to detecting the SARS-CoV-2 virus, following the recommendations of the Berlin Virology research group (quoted above).

Exactly one year later on January 20, 2021, the WHO retracts. They don’t say “we made a mistake”. The retraction is carefully formulated (see original WHO document here).20

The contentious issue pertains to the number of amplification threshold cycles (Ct). According to Pieter Borger, et al.:

The number of amplification cycles [should be] less than 35; preferably 25-30 cycles. In case of virus detection, >35 cycles only detects signals which do not correlate with infectious virus as determined by isolation in cell culture…(Critique of Drosten Study)21

The World Health Organization (WHO) tacitly admits one year later that ALL PCR tests conducted at a 35 cycle amplification threshold (Ct) or higher are INVALID. But that is what they recommended in January 2020, in consultation with the Virology team at Charité Hospital in Berlin.

If the test is conducted at a 35 Ct threshold or above (which was recommended by the WHO), genetic segments of the SARS-CoV-2 virus cannot be detected, which means that ALL the so-called “COVID-19 confirmed cases” tabulated worldwide in the course of the last two and a half years are invalid.

According to Pieter Borger, Bobby Rajesh Malhotra, Michael Yeadon, et al., the Ct > 35 has been the norm “in most laboratories in Europe & the US”.22

 

The WHO’s Mea Culpa

Below is the WHO’s carefully formulated “retraction”.

“WHO guidance Diagnostic testing for SARS-CoV-2 states that careful interpretation of weak positive results is needed (1). The cycle threshold (Ct) needed to detect virus is inversely proportional to the patient’s viral load. Where test results do not correspond with the clinical presentation, a new specimen should be taken and retested using the same or different NAT technology. (emphasis added)

WHO reminds IVD users that disease prevalence alters the predictive value of test results; as disease prevalence decreases, the risk of false positive increases (2). This means that the probability that a person who has a positive result (SARS-CoV-2 detected) is truly infected with SARS-CoV-2 decreases as prevalence decreases, irrespective of the claimed specificity.”23

 

“Invalid Positives” Is the Underlying Concept 

This is not an issue of “weak positives” and “risk of false positive increases”. What is at stake is a “flawed methodology” which leads to invalid estimates of “COVID-19 confirmed cases”.

What this admission of the WHO confirms is that the estimate of COVID positive from a PCR test (with an amplification threshold of 35 cycles or higher) is invalid. In which case, the WHO recommends retesting, “a new specimen should be taken and retested…”

The WHO calls for “retesting”, which is tantamount to saying “we screwed up”.

That recommendation is pro-forma. It won’t happen. Several billion people worldwide have already been tested, starting in early February 2020.

From the outset, the PCR test has routinely been applied at a Ct amplification threshold of 35 cycles or higher. What this means is that the PCR methodology as applied worldwide has in the course of the last two and a half years led to the compilation of faulty and misleading COVID-19 estimates, which according to the WHO (January 20, 2021) are based on an invalid methodology.  

And these are the statistics which are used to measure the progression of the so-called “pandemic”. Above an amplification cycle of 35 or higher, the test will not detect fragments of the virus. Therefore, the official “COVID numbers” (COVID-19 confirmed cases) are meaningless.

It follows that there is no scientific basis for confirming the existence of a pandemic, which in turn means that the lockdown/economic measures which have resulted in social panic, mass poverty and unemployment (allegedly to curtail the spread of the virus) have no justification whatsoever. According to scientific opinion:

“if someone is tested by PCR as positive when a threshold of 35 cycles or higher is used (as is the case in most laboratories in Europe & the US), the probability that said person is actually infected is less than 3%, the probability that said result is a false positive is 97%  

3. The number of amplification cycles (less than 35; preferably 25-30 cycles);

In case of virus detection, >35 cycles only detects signals which do not correlate with infectious virus as determined by isolation in cell culture [reviewed in 2]; if someone is tested by PCR as positive when a threshold of 35 cycles or higher is used (as is the case in most laboratories in Europe & the US), the probability that said person is actually infected is less than 3%, the probability that said result is a false positive is 97%” (emphasis added) (Pieter Borger, Bobby Rajesh Malhotra, Michael Yeadon, Clare Craig, Kevin McKernan, et al. Critique of Drosten Study)24

As outlined above, “the probability that said result is a false positive is 97%”, it follows that using the >35 cycles detection will indelibly contribute to “hiking up” the number of “fake positives”.

The WHO’s mea culpa confirms that the COVID-19 PCR test procedure as applied is meaningless.

 

The CDC Orders the Withdrawal of the PCR Test

The WHO’s historic retraction is followed six months later by a mea culpa on the part of the CDC. On July 21, 2021, the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) calls for the withdrawal of the PCR test as a valid method for detecting and identifying SARS-CoV-2: 

“After December 31, 2021, CDC will withdraw the request to the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) for Emergency Use Authorization (EUA) of the CDC 2019-Novel Coronavirus (2019-nCoV) Real-Time RT-PCR Diagnostic Panel, the assay first introduced in February 2020 for detection of SARS-CoV-2 only.”

In preparation for this change, CDC recommends clinical laboratories and testing sites that have been using the CDC 2019-nCoV RT-PCR assay select and begin their transition to another FDA-authorized COVID-19 test.

CDC encourages laboratories to consider adoption of a multiplexed method that can facilitate detection and differentiation of SARS-CoV-2 and influenza viruses. (emphasis added)25

Read carefully: what this CDC directive tacitly admits is that the PCR test does not effectively differentiate between “SARS-CoV-2 and influenza viruses”. We have known this from the outset.

As of January 1, 2022, the CDC has withdrawn its endorsement of the RT-PCR test in the US.

If the PCR test is invalid as intimated by both the CDC and the WHO, more than 574 million so-called “COVID-19 confirmed cases” (July 2022) as well as more than 6.3 million alleged COVID-related deaths (July 2022) collected and tabulated worldwide since the outset of the alleged pandemic are totally meaningless.

 

The Falsification of Death Certificates 

Inasmuch as the PCR test is invalid, it follows that the estimates of “COVID-19 confirmed cases” including the detection of variants of SARS-CoV-2 are totally invalid. This in turn means that the methodology pertaining to establishing COVID-19-related deaths worldwide is also invalid.

It is worth noting that in a December 2020 report, the CDC reported that 94% of the deaths attributed to COVID have “comorbidities” (i.e. deaths due to other causes).26

For six percent of the deaths, COVID-19 was the only cause mentioned. For deaths with conditions or causes in addition to COVID-19, on average, there were 2.6 additional conditions or causes per death. The number of deaths with each condition or cause is shown for all deaths and by age groups.

“They’re writing COVID on all the death certificates,” according to Michael Lanza, Funeral Director at Staten Island, NY.

“Funeral directors doubt legitimacy of deaths attributed to pandemic, fear numbers are ‘padded.'” (Project Veritas)27

Moreover, had the CDC used the criteria in its Medical Examiners’ and Coroners’ Handbook on Death Registration and Fetal Death Reporting Revision 2003: 

” … the COVID-19 fatality count would have been approximately 90.2% lower” (See H. Ealy, M. McEvoy, and et al., August 09, 2020)28

US Fatalities With At Least 1 Comorbidity. (Source: CDC via IPAK PHPI

 

COVID-19: The “Underlying Cause of Death” and the CDC’s “More Often Than Not” Clause 

While the CDC acknowledged the issue of comorbidities, it nonetheless enacted totally invalid instructions with regard to the death certificates.

Barely a week following the historic March 11, 2020 lockdown, specific guidelines were introduced by the CDC pertaining to  death certificates (and their tabulation in the National Vital Statistics System (NVSS)).29

Will COVID-19 be the underlying cause of death? This concept is fundamental.30

The underlying cause of death is defined by the WHO as

“the disease or injury that initiated the train of events leading directly to death”.  

What the CDC recommended with regard to statistical coding and categorization is that COVID-19 is expected to be the underlying cause of death “more often than not.”

The CDC combines these two criteria: “underlying cause of death” and “more often than not”.

Will COVID-19 be the underlying cause of death? 

“The underlying cause depends upon what and where conditions are reported on the death certificate. However, the rules for coding and selection of the underlying cause of death are expected to result in COVID-19 being the underlying cause more often than not.”31

The above directive is categorical.

The CDC Concepts and Justifications

The certifier is not allowed to report coronavirus without identifying a specific strain. And the guidelines recommend that COVID-19 must always be indicated.

 

Screenshot from National Vital Statistics System

The certifier cannot depart from the CDC criteria. COVID-19 is imposed. Read carefully the CDC criteria.32

There are no loopholes.

These CDC directives have contributed to categorizing COVID-19 as the recorded “cause of death”. Two fundamental concepts prevail throughout:

  1. The “underlying cause of death”
  2. The “More Often than Not” clause which falsifies the cause of death 

And these criteria are imposed despite the fact that the RT-PCR test used to corroborate the “cause of death” provides misleading results as acknowledged by both the WHO and the CDC.

In practice, as outlined above, “probable COVID-19” or “likely COVID-19” will be considered as the “underlying cause of death” without the conduct of a PCR test and without performing an autopsy. 

The criteria establishing the “underlying” cause of death in the US are based on “the more often than not” clause (see above) established nationally by the CDC.

Canada: Flawed “Estimates” of the Cause of Death

In Canada, the criteria differ from one province to another. Categorizing the cause of death in Canada’s Province of Quebec has been the object of gross manipulation.33

According to a directive from Quebec’s Ministry of Health (April 2020):

“If the presumed cause of death is Covid-19 (with or without a positive test) an autopsy should be avoided and death should be attributed to Covid-19 as the probable cause of death. In addition, deaths whose probable cause is Covid-19 are considered natural, and are not subject to a coroner’s notice.“ (emphasis from the original document)34

The directive does not allow the counting of comorbidities. Applied on April 16, 2020, this directive was conducive to an immediate sharp increase in the number of deaths attributed to COVID-19:

44.9% of total deaths in Quebec were attributed to COVID-19 (week of 11-18 April 2020) (see table below).

According to Montreal’s La Presse, “April [2020] was the deadliest month”. But did La Presse consult the directives of the Ministry of Health?

Below are the (daily) causes of death for Quebec corresponding to the week of April 12 to 18, 2020 (immediately following the government directive) measured according to the criteria issued by the Ministry of Health.35 There were virtually no COVID cases or deaths recorded in March 2020. 

Table below: Causes of Deaths, Daily Average 

 

 

Source: Copyright La Presse 

Are these figures the result of the so-called deadly pandemic? Or are they the result of the Ministry of Health’s “guidelines” based on erroneous criteria?

  • “presumed” case pertaining to COVID
  • “with or without a positive test”
  • “probable” cause of death
  • “autopsy should be avoided” in the case of COVID-19
  • deaths of which the probable cause is COVID-19 are considered natural, and are not the object of a notice to the coroner

According to Mr. Paul G. Brunet of the Council for the Protection of the Sick (CPM):

“… We realized through the denunciations by some of the doctors that people did not die from COVID, but from dehydration, malnutrition, abandonment, laments Mr. Brunet. So what did the thousands of people in CHSLDs [old persons nursing homes] and private residences really die of?” (quoted in La Presse, translated from French)

 

Test, Test, Test: Invalid Data and the “Numbers Game”

People are frightened. They are encouraged to do the PCR test, which increases the number of fake positives. Governments are involved in increasing the number of PCR tests with a view to inflating the estimates of so-called “COVID-19 confirmed cases”.

Moreover, starting in late 2021, several billion antigen and home test kits were distributed worldwide. More than a billion test kits were distributed in the US.

In Canada, which has a population of 38.5 million people, the federal government ordered (late 2021, early 2022) the delivery of 291 million COVID-19 antigen home testing kits. This decision has not only contributed to spearheading the fear campaign, it has created a situation of social chaos. It has contributed to pushing up the numbers of so-called “confirmed cases”.36 These tests are not routinely accompanied by a medical diagnosis of the patient.

 


Annex to Chapter III

Full text of the WHO directive dated January 20, 202137

 

Screenshot from WHO

 

Nucleic Acid Testing (NAT) Technologies that Use Polymerase Chain Reaction (PCR) for Detection of SARS-CoV-2

Product type: Nucleic acid testing (NAT) technologies that use polymerase chain reaction (PCR) for detection of SARS-CoV-2

Date: 13 January 2021                                                                      

WHO-identifier: 2020/5, version 2

Target audience: laboratory professionals and users of IVDs.

Purpose of this notice: clarify information previously provided by WHO. This notice supersedes WHO Information Notice for In Vitro Diagnostic Medical Device (IVD) Users 2020/05 version 1, issued 14 December 2020.

Description of the problem: WHO requests users to follow the instructions for use (IFU) when interpreting results for specimens tested using PCR methodology.

Users of IVDs must read and follow the IFU carefully to determine if manual adjustment of the PCR positivity threshold is recommended by the manufacturer.

WHO guidance Diagnostic testing for SARS-CoV-2 states that careful interpretation of weak positive results is needed (1). The cycle threshold (Ct) needed to detect virus is inversely proportional to the patient’s viral load. Where test results do not correspond with the clinical presentation, a new specimen should be taken and retested using the same or different NAT technology.

WHO reminds IVD users that disease prevalence alters the predictive value of test results; as disease prevalence decreases, the risk of false positive increases (2). This means that the probability that a person who has a positive result (SARS-CoV-2 detected) is truly infected with SARS-CoV-2 decreases as prevalence decreases, irrespective of the claimed specificity.

Most PCR assays are indicated as an aid for diagnosis, therefore, health care providers must consider any result in combination with timing of sampling, specimen type, assay specifics, clinical observations, patient history, confirmed status of any contacts, and epidemiological information.

Actions to be taken by IVD users:

  1. Please read carefully the IFU in its entirety.
  2. Contact your local representative if there is any aspect of the IFU that is unclear to you.
  3. Check the IFU for each incoming consignment to detect any changes to the IFU.
  4. Provide the Ct value in the report to the requesting health care provider.

 

Notes

1. Diagnostic testing for SARS-CoV-2. Geneva: World Health Organization; 2020, WHO reference number WHO/2019-nCoV/laboratory/2020.6.

2. Altman DG, Bland JM. Diagnostic tests 2: Predictive values. BMJ. 1994 Jul 9;309(6947):102. doi: 10.1136/bmj.309.6947.102.


Endnotes

1 WHO, March 8, 2020. Media Statement: Knowing the risks for COVID-19. https://www.who.int/indonesia/news/detail/08-03-2020-knowing-the-risk-for-covid-19

2 CDC, n.d. Similarities and Differences between Flu and COVID-19. https://www.cdc.gov/flu/symptoms/flu-vs-covid19.htm#table

3 Prof Michel Chossudovsky, April 5, 2020. Fake Coronavirus Data, Fear Campaign. Spread of the COVID-19 Infection. https://www.globalresearch.ca/fake-coronavirus-data-fear-campaign-spread-of-the-covid-19-infection/5708643

4 Anthony Fauci, Clifford Lane, et al., March 26, 2020. Covid-19 — Navigating the Uncharted. https://www.nejm.org/doi/full/10.1056/NEJMe2002387#

5 Ronald Bailey, March 11, 2020. COVID-19 Mortality Rate ‘Ten Times Worse’ Than Seasonal Flu, Says Dr. Anthony Fauci. https://reason.com/2020/03/11/covid-19-mortality-rate-ten-times-worse-than-seasonal-flu-says-dr-anthony-fauci/

6 Ibid.

7 Dr. Pascal Sacre, November 5, 2020. The COVID-19 RT-PCR Test: How to Mislead All Humanity. Using a “Test” To Lock Down Society. https://www.globalresearch.ca/covid-19-rt-pcr-how-to-mislead-all-humanity-using-a-test-to-lock-down-society/5728483

8 CDC, July 21, 2021. CDC 2019-Novel Coronavirus (2019-nCoV) Real-Time RT-PCR Diagnostic Panel. https://www.fda.gov/media/134922/download

9 Dr. Pascal Sacre, November 5, 2020. The COVID-19 RT-PCR Test: How to Mislead All Humanity. Using a “Test” To Lock Down Society. https://www.globalresearch.ca/covid-19-rt-pcr-how-to-mislead-all-humanity-using-a-test-to-lock-down-society/5728483

10 Joseph Hadaya, Max Schumm, et al., April 1, 2020. Testing Individuals for Coronavirus Disease 2019 (COVID-19). https://jamanetwork.com/journals/jama/fullarticle/2764238

11 Beda M Sadler, July 2, 2020. Coronavirus: Why Everyone Was Wrong. It is Not a “New Virus”. “The Fairy Tale of No Immunity”. https://www.globalresearch.ca/coronavirus-why-everyone-wrong/5718049

12 Dr. Pascal Sacre, August 7, 2020. COVID-19: Closer to the Truth: Tests and Immunity. https://www.globalresearch.ca/covid-19-closer-to-the-truth-tests-and-immunity/5720160

13 Victor M Corman, Olfert Landt, et al., January 23, 2020. Detection of 2019 novel coronavirus (2019-nCoV) by real-time RT-PCR. https://www.eurosurveillance.org/content/10.2807/1560-7917.ES.2020.25.3.2000045

14 Ibid.

15 Ibid.

16 Christine Massey, August 4, 2021. The Identity of the Virus: Health/Science Institutions Worldwide “Have No Record” of SARS-COV-2 Isolation/Purification. https://www.globalresearch.ca/foi-reveal-health-science-institutions-around-world-have-no-record-sars-cov-2-isolation-purification-anywhere-ever/5751969

17 Chaolin Huang, Yeming Wang, et al., January 24, 2020. Clinical features of patients infected with 2019 novel coronavirus in Wuhan, China. https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC7159299/

18 Fan Wu, Su Zhao, et al., February 3, 2020. A new coronavirus associated with human respiratory disease in China. https://www.nature.com/articles/s41586-020-2008-3

19 Christine Massey, August 4, 2021. The Identity of the Virus: Health/ Science Institutions Worldwide “Have No Record” of SARS-COV-2 Isolation/Purification. https://www.globalresearch.ca/foi-reveal-health-science-institutions-around-world-have-no-record-sars-cov-2-isolation-purification-anywhere-ever/5751969

20 WHO, January 20, 2021. Nucleic acid testing (NAT) technologies that use polymerase chain reaction (PCR) for detection of SARS-CoV-2. https://www.who.int/news/item/20-01-2021-who-information-notice-for-ivd-users-2020-05

21 Pieter Borger, Bobby Rajesh Malhotra, et al., November 27, 2020. Review report Corman-Drosten et al. Eurosurveillance 2020. https://cormandrostenreview.com/report/

22 Ibid.

23 WHO, September 11, 2020. Diagnostic testing for SARS-CoV-2. https://www.who.int/publications/i/item/diagnostic-testing-for-sars-cov-2

24 Pieter Borger, Bobby Rajesh Malhotra, et al., November 27, 2020. Review report Corman-Drosten et al. Eurosurveillance 2020. https://cormandrostenreview.com/report/

25 CDC, July 21, 2021. Lab Alert: Changes to CDC RT-PCR for SARS-CoV-2 Testing. https://www.cdc.gov/csels/dls/locs/2021/07-21-2021-lab-alert-Changes_CDC_RT-PCR_SARS-CoV-2_Testing_1.html

26 CDC, January 20, 2022. Conditions Contributing to COVID-19 Deaths, by State and Age, Provisional 2020-2021. https://data.cdc.gov/NCHS/Conditions-Contributing-to-COVID-19-Deaths-by-Stat/hk9y-quqm

27 Project Veritas, April 30, 2020. BREAKING: Funeral Directors in COVID-19 Epicenter Doubt Legitimacy of Deaths Attributed to Pandemic, Fear Numbers are ‘Padded’. https://www.projectveritas.com/news/breaking-funeral-directors-in-covid-19-epicenter-doubt-legitimacy-of-deaths/

28 H. Ealy, M. McEvoy, et al., July 24, 2020. Covid-19: Questionable Policies, Manipulated Rules of Data Collection and Reporting. Is It Safe for Students to Return to School? https://www.globalresearch.ca/covid-fatalities-wer-90-2-lower-how-would-you-feel-about-schools-reopening/5720264

29 National Vital Statistics System, March 24, 2020. New ICD code introduced for COVID-19 deaths. https://www.cdc.gov/nchs/data/nvss/coronavirus/Alert-2-New-ICD-code-introduced-for-COVID-19-deaths.pdf?fbclid=IwAR2XckyC93jfKqvOue5EdPlNA8LlKKgz4vPZTU1whI4vXLSOADSjsL9XY-M

30 Ibid.

31 Ibid.

32 Ibid.

33 Prof Michel Chossudovsky, February 14, 2021. Quebec: Falsification of Mortality Data Pertaining to Covid-19. https://www.globalresearch.ca/quebec-falsification-of-mortality-data-pertaining-to-covid-19/5737290

34 See this: https://amol.ca/wp-content/uploads/2020/04/19_avril_20-AU-00603_LET_Opatrny-Codirecteurs_Orientations_ministerielle….pdf

35 Ibid.

36 Prof. Michel Chossudovsky, July 19, 2022. Biggest Lie in World History: There Never Was A Pandemic. The Data Base is Flawed. The Covid Mandates including the Vaccine are Invalid. https://www.globalresearch.ca/biggest-lie-in-world-history-the-data-base-is-flawed-there-never-was-a-pandemic-the-covid-mandates-including-the-vaccine-are-invalid/5772008

37 WHO, January 20, 2021. Nucleic acid testing (NAT) technologies that use polymerase chain reaction (PCR) for detection of SARS-CoV-2. https://www.who.int/news/item/20-01-2021-who-information-notice-for-ivd-users-2020-05

 


 

Chapter IV

Engineered Economic Depression

 

Introduction

Economics 101. The March 11, 2020 lockdown applied simultaneously in 190 countries has resulted in: 

“The confinement of the labor force” coupled with

“The paralysis of the workplace”.  

The predictable impact: 

The most serious economic crisis in world history.

The Economics Profession

The economics profession  focusing on the “market mechanism” has casually ignored this fundamental causal relationship. 

The consensus among both neoclassical as well as “progressive” political economists and social scientists is that “V the virus”, namely SARS-CoV-2 is responsible for the downfall of economic activity.

A similar position was adopted by trade union organizations including the AFL-CIO: the confinement of the labor force was viewed as a means to “protect” labor rights. 

When workers are confined in their homes, prevented from going to their workplace, “the common sense impact” is obvious: the lockdown is conducive to worldwide economic and social chaos. 

According to mainstream economists and financial analysts, the economic crisis commenced in early March 2022 coinciding with the onslaught of the war in Ukraine.  

That position is mistaken.

The ongoing economic and social crisis which is affecting humanity worldwide has its roots in January 2020 following the WEF meetings in Davos and the launching of a Public Health Emergency of International Concern (PHEIC) by the WHO (January 30, 2020). 

Distinct Phases and Consequences

There are several distinct phases in the engineered destabilization of the global economy which are examined in this chapter:

  • Late January 2020: the Trump administration announced (Jan 31, 2020) that the U.S. will deny entry to foreign nationals “who have traveled in China in the last 14 days”.1 Trump’s decision immediately triggered a crisis in air travel and transportation which is still ongoing. China-US trade as well as the tourism industry were disrupted.
  • February 20, 2020: The WHO Director-General Dr. Tedros’s warning that a pandemic was imminent served to trigger the most serious financial crash since 1929.
  • The March 11, 2020 lockdown was conducive to the “closing down” of approximately 193 national economies, with devastating economic and social consequences.
  • November-December 2020: A partial lockdown as well as the launching of the COVID-19 vaccine
  • November 2021-January 2022: The Omicron variant was used to justify a partial lockdown, the launching of the vaccine passport, the enforcement of restrictive measures directed against the unvaccinated.
  • April-July 2022: The application of a lockdown mandate under China’s Zero Tolerance COVID Mandate in Shanghai and major urban areas in China.

 

The Disruption of US-China Trade 

Trump’s decision on January 31, 2020 was taken immediately following the announcement of the WHO Director-General’s decision to launch a Public Health Emergency of International Concern (PHEIC) (January 30, 2020). In many regards, this was an act of “economic warfare” against China.

And then, following Trump’s January 31, 2020 decision to curtail air travel and transportation to China, a campaign was launched in Western countries against China as well as against ethnic Chinese. The Economist reported that “The coronavirus spreads racism against and among ethnic Chinese.”2

“Britain’s Chinese community faces racism over coronavirus outbreak.”

According to the South China Morning Post (Hong Kong): “Chinese communities overseas are increasingly facing racist abuse and discrimination amid the coronavirus outbreak. Some ethnic Chinese people living in the UK say they experienced growing hostility because of the deadly virus that originated in China.”3

 

US-China Trade. America’s Dependence on “Made in China”

The impacts on bilateral US-China trade relations at the outset of the corona crisis were devastating: US commodity imports from China declined by 28.3% in the course of the first three months of the corona crisis.

Following the March 11, 2020 lockdown and (partial) closure of economic activity worldwide, the decline of US imports from China in March 2020 was of the order of 36.5% (in relation to March 2019).4  Moreover, resulting from the deep-seated financial crisis which started in February 2020, the value of (announced) Chinese direct investment projects in the US had fallen by about 90% (Financial Times).5

While the US has an advanced and diversified high technology economy (in both civilian and military production), its manufacturing base is weak. America is an import-led economy (resulting from offshoring) heavily dependent on commodity imports from the People’s Republic of China.

Moreover, despite America’s financial dominance and the powers of the dollar, there are serious failures in the structure of America’s “real economy” which have been exacerbated by the corona crisis.

Political and geopolitical factors have also played a key role including the anti-Chinese campaign launched in February 2020 as well as threats by Washington, claiming that China was responsible for “spreading the virus”.

While the US economy entered into a deep-seated crisis starting with the February 2020 financial crash and the March 2020 lockdown, China’s national economy had recovered. China’s exports increased significantly in the course of 2021. 

Bilateral US-China trade relations are nonetheless in jeopardy, marked by a significant reduction of Chinese imports from the US. While China’s exports to the United States increased in 2021, China’s monthly trade surplus with the United States increased by 31.1% (Time, January 14, 2022).6

In April 2022, there was a dramatic turnaround in China’s economy, marked by the adoption of a COVID-19 Zero Tolerance Mandate, (with millions of people confined to their homes) leading to a partial closing down of Shanghai’s financial sector coupled with a paralysis of commodity trade out the world’s largest port (see analysis below).

 

The February 2020 Corona Financial Crash

Speculative trade and financial fraud played a key role. On Thursday afternoon, 20th of February, in Geneva (CET Time), the WHO Director-General Dr. Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus held a press conference. I am “concerned”, he said, “that the chance to contain the coronavirus outbreak” is “closing” …

“I believe the window of opportunity is still there, but that the window is narrowing.”7

These “shock and awe” statements contributed to triggering panic, despite the fact that the number of confirmed cases outside China was exceedingly low: 1,076 cases for a population of 6.4 billion (excluding the Diamond Princess, there were 452 so-called “confirmed cases” worldwide) (see Chapter II).

The statement by Dr. Tedros (based on flawed concepts and statistics) set the stage for the February financial collapse triggered by inside information, foreknowledge, derivative trade, short-selling and a galore of hedge fund operations.

COVID-19 was narrowly identified as the catalyst of the financial crash.

Who was behind this catalyst?

Who was behind the fear campaign which contributed to triggering chaos and uncertainty on financial markets?

The small number of “COVID-19 confirmed cases” outside China (1,076) did not in any way point to an unfolding worldwide epidemic. But this did not prevent the markets from plummeting.

The markets had been manipulated. Whoever had foreknowledge (“inside information”) of the WHO Director-General’s February 20, 2020 statement would have reaped significant monetary gains.

Was there a conflict of interest (as defined by the WHO)?8 The WHO is partly funded by the Gates Foundation. Bill Gates has “60% of his assets invested in equities [including stocks and index funds]”, according to a September 2019 CNBC report.9

The stock market crash initiated on February 20th referred to as the 2020 Coronavirus Crash (February 20-April 7, 2020) was categorized as:

“the fastest fall in global stock markets in financial history, and the most devastating crash since the Wall Street Crash of 1929.”

The cause of the financial crash was (according to “analysts”) V the Virus, namely, the “massive spread” of the epidemic outside China. But that was an outright lie. There were only 1,076 cases worldwide for a population of 6.4 billion outside China (see Chapter III). Media disinformation played a key role in spearheading the fear campaign.

 

Insider Trading and Financial Fraud

The possibility of financial fraud and “insider trading” (which is illegal) was casually dispelled by financial analysts and media reports. 

Without the human hand, there is no causal relationship between a microscopic virus and the complex gamut of financial variables. 

The “killer virus” fear campaign coupled with Dr. Tedros’s timely “warnings” of the need to implement a worldwide pandemic indelibly served the interests of Wall Street’s institutional speculators and hedge funds. The financial crash led to a major shift in the distribution of money wealth (see analysis in Chapter V).

In the week following the February 20-21 WHO announcement, the Dow Jones collapsed by 12% (CNBC, February 28, 2020).10 According to analysts, the plunge of the DJIA was the result of the worldwide spread of the virus. A nonsensical statement in contradiction with the (small) number of WHO COVID positive estimates (1,076 outside China), most of which were based on the faulty PCR test. 

On Monday, February 24, upon the reopening of stock markets, there was an unprecedented plunge in the Dow Jones  attributable to the “impending dangers” that “COVID was spreading worldwide creating uncertainties in financial markets”.  

“Stocks fell sharply on Monday (February 24) as the number of coronavirus cases outside China surged, stoking fears of a prolonged global economic slowdown from the virus spreading. The Dow Jones Industrial Average closed 1,031.61 points lower, or 3.56%, at 27,960.80.” (CNBC) (emphasis added)

 

Dow Jones Industrial Average December 2019 – March 2020 (Source: Bloomberg Data)

 

Also on February 24, Trump requested a $1.25 billion emergency aid.

 

Screenshot from Al Jazeera

 

According to BBC, worldwide stock markets saw sharp falls “because of concerns about the economic impact of the virus”, suggesting that the virus was “the invisible hand” responsible for the decline of financial markets.

COVID-19 was narrowly identified as the catalyst of the financial crash.

Who was behind the fear campaign which contributed to triggering chaos and uncertainty on financial markets coupled with bankruptcies and a massive redistribution of money wealth? 

March 11, 2020: The COVID-19 Pandemic, Lockdown, Closing Down of 190 National Economies

On March 11, 2020, the WHO officially declared a worldwide pandemic at a time when the number of confirmed cases outside of China (6.4 billion population) was of the order of 44,279 and 1,440 deaths (figures recorded for March 11 by the WHO on March 12, 2020).11 

The “science” behind this worldwide lockdown decision was based on “a mathematical model” by Dr. Neil Ferguson of Imperial College, London, as a means to avoiding a “predicted” 600,000 deaths in the UK.

Ferguson’s “model” (which borders on ridicule) was used by the financial establishment as a justification to trigger economic and social chaos worldwide. Ferguson’s endeavors were generously funded by the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation.

Immediately following the March 11, 2020 WHO announcement, the fear campaign went into high gear. As in the case of the February 20-21, 2020 crash, the March 11, 2020 statement by the WHO Director-General had set the stage.

Stock markets crashed worldwide. On the following morning, the Dow (DJIA) plummeted by 9.99%  (a decline of 2,352.60 to close at 21,200.62). Black Thursday, March 12, 2020 was “the Dow’s worst day” since 1987.12 Financial fraud was the trigger. A massive transfer of financial wealth had taken place in favor of America’s billionaires (see chapter V).

“Stay at Home” confinement instructions were transmitted to 193 member states of the United Nations. Politicians are the instruments of powerful financial interests. Was this far-reaching decision justified as a means to combating the virus?

The decision was based on a flawed lockdown model designed by Imperial College London. 

“Confinement of the labour force” coupled with paralysis of the “workplace” (productive, commercial activities, etc.)  indelibly leads to a deep-seated worldwide economic depression. 

Unprecedented in history, applied almost simultaneously in a large number countries, entire sectors of the world economy were destabilized. Small and medium-sized enterprises were driven into bankruptcy. Unemployment and poverty are rampant.

In several developing countries, famines have erupted (see analysis below). The social impacts of these measures are devastating. The health impacts (mortality and morbidity) including the destabilization of the national healthcare system (in numerous countries) far surpass those attributed to COVID-19.

 

Economic Warfare

The instructions came from above, from Wall Street, the World Economic Forum, and the billionaire foundations. This diabolical project is casually described by the corporate media as a “humanitarian” public health endeavor.  The “international community” has a “Responsibility to Protect” (R2P).  An unelected “public-private partnership” under the auspices of the World Economic Forum (WEF) has come to the rescue of planet Earth’s 7.9 billion people. The closure of the global economy was presented as a means to “killing the virus”.

Sounds absurd. Closing down the real economy of planet Earth is not the “solution” but rather the “cause” of a process of worldwide destabilization and impoverishment, which in turn has an impact on patterns of morbidity and mortality. In this regard, what must be addressed is the causal relationship between economic variables (e.g.  purchasing power, unemployment) and the state of health of the population.  

The national economy combined with political, social and cultural institutions is the basis for the “reproduction of real life”: income, employment, production, trade, infrastructure, and social services.

Destabilizing the economy of planet Earth cannot constitute a “solution” to combating the virus. But that was the imposed “solution” which they want us to believe in. And that is what they are doing.

 

The Lockdown and the Process of Engineered Bankruptcy

There is an important relationship between the “real economy” and “Big Money”, namely the financial establishment.

What is ongoing is a process of concentration of wealth, whereby the financial establishment (i.e. the multi-billion dollar creditors) are slated to appropriate the real assets of both bankrupt companies as well as state assets.

The “real economy” constitutes “the economic landscape” of real economic activity: productive assets, agriculture, industry, goods and services, trade, investment, employment as well as social and cultural infrastructure including schools, hospitals, universities, museums, etc. The real economy at the global and national levels is being targeted by the lockdown and closure of economic activity. 

The lockdown instructions transmitted to national governments have been conducive to the destabilization of “the national economic landscape” of numerous countries, which consists of a complex economic and social structure

The “stay at home” lockdown prevents people from going to work. From one day to the next, it creates mass unemployment (worldwide). In turn, the lockdown is coupled with the closure of the entire sectors of the national economy.

The lockdown immediately contributes to the disengagement of human resources (labor) which in turn brings productive activity to a standstill.

The channels of supply and distribution are frozen, which eventually leads to potential shortages in the availability of commodities. In turn, several hundred million workers worldwide lose their jobs and their earnings.

While national governments have set up various “social safety nets” for the unemployed, the payment of wages and salaries by the employer is disrupted which in turn leads to a dramatic worldwide collapse in purchasing power.

It’s a payments crisis. Wages and salaries are not paid. Impoverished households are unable to purchase food, pay their rent or monthly mortgage. Personal and household debts (including credit card debts) go fly high. It’s a cumulative process.

This globalization of poverty leads to a decline in consumer demand which then backlashes on the productive system, leading to a further string of bankruptcies. Inevitably, the structure of international commodity trade is also affected. 

 

Global Indebtedness

The Global Money financial institutions are the “creditors” of the real economy which is in crisis. The closure of the global economy starting in March 2020 has triggered a process of global indebtedness. Unprecedented in world history, a multi-trillion bonanza of dollar-denominated debts is hitting simultaneously the national economies of more than 190 countries.

The creditors will also seek to acquire ownership and/or control of “public wealth” including the social and economic assets of the state through a massive indebtedness project under the surveillance of creditor institutions including the IMF, the World Bank, the regional development banks, etc. 

Under the so-called “new normal”, Great Reset put forth by the World Economic Forum (WEF), the creditors (including the   billionaires) are intent upon buying out important sectors of the real economy as well as taking over bankrupt entities (see Chapter XIII).13

 

Crisis of the Global Economy. The Evidence

In the sections below, we briefly review the dramatic impacts of the closure of the global economy focusing on bankruptcies, global poverty, unemployment, the outbreak of famines as well as the collapse of the educational system. 

Most of the figures quoted below are from the UN, governments and related sources, which tend to underestimate the seriousness of this ongoing global crisis, which is literally destroying people’s lives. 

Indebtedness in all sectors of economic activity worldwide is the driving force.

What is presented below is but the tip of the iceberg.  

 

Bankruptcies

The wave of bankruptcies triggered by the closure of the world economy affects both small and medium-sized enterprises (SME) as well as large corporations. The evidence confirms that small and medium-sized enterprises are literally being wiped out.

According to a 2020 survey by the International Trade Centre, quoted by the OECD, pertaining to SMEs in 132 countries:

two-thirds of micro and small firms report that the crisis strongly affected their business operations, and one-fifth indicate the risk of shutting down permanently within three months. Based on several surveys in a variety of countries, McKinsey (2020) indicates that between 25% and 36% of small businesses could close down permanently from the disruption in the first four months of the pandemic. (OECD Report, emphasis added)14

According to Bloomberg:

Over half of Europe’s small and medium-sized businesses say they face bankruptcy in the next year if revenues don’t pick up, underscoring the breadth of damage wrought by the Covid-19 crisis.

One in five companies in Italy and France anticipate filing for insolvency within six months, according to a McKinsey & Co. survey in August of more than 2,200 SMEs in Europe’s five largest economies.”15

The surveys tend to underestimate the magnitude of this unfolding catastrophe. The numbers are much larger than what is being reported.

In the US, the bankruptcy process is ongoing. According to a group of academics in a letter to Congress:

“We anticipate that a significant fraction of viable small businesses will be forced to liquidate, causing high and irreversible economic losses. “Workers will lose jobs even in otherwise viable businesses. …

A run of defaults looks almost inevitable. At the end of the first quarter of this year, U.S. companies had amassed nearly $10.5 trillion in debt — by far the most since the Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis began tracking the figure at the end of World War II. “An explosion in corporate debt,” Mr. Altman said.” (NYT, June, 16, 2020)16

With regard to small businesses in the US:

almost 90% of small businesses experienced a strong (51%) or moderate (38%) negative impact from the pandemic; 45% of businesses experienced disruptions in supply chains; 25% of businesses has less than 1-2 months cash reserves.“ (OECD)17

The results of a survey of over 5,800 small businesses in the United States:

… shows that 43% of responding businesses are already temporarily closed. On average, businesses reduced their employees by 40%. Three-quarters of respondents indicate they have two months or less in cash in reserve. … (OECD) 

In a 2020 survey,18 

 “half of all US small business owners in the entire country believe that they may soon be forced to close down for good. Not even during the Great Depression of the 1930s did we see anything like this”.19

It should be noted that since the March 2020 lockdown (in both the US and Canada), both small and medium-sized enterprises as well as large corporations have received numerous handouts and loans under so-called emergency lending, which has contributed to delaying the actual filing of bankruptcy (in the US, see Chapter VII and Chapter XI). Worldwide, the filing of bankruptcy has been conveniently postponed following what the World Bank described as “trillions of dollars of financial support from governments” which are generously funded by Big Money creditors.

 

Global Unemployment

A massive worldwide contraction in employment is ongoing. In an August 2020 report, the International Labour Organization (ILO) confirms that:

The COVID-19 crisis has severely disrupted economies and labour markets in all world regions, with estimated losses of working hours equivalent to nearly 400 million full-time jobs in the second quarter of 2020, most of which are in emerging and developing countries…(ILO, 2020a). …

Among the most vulnerable are the 1.6 billion informal economy workers, representing half of the global workforce, who are working in sectors experiencing major job losses or have seen their incomes seriously affected by lockdowns.

The COVID‐19 crisis is disproportionately affecting 1.25 billion workers in at-risk jobs, particularly in the hardest-hit sectors such as retail trade, accommodation and food services, and manufacturing (ILO, 2020b). Most of these workers are self-employed, in low-income jobs in the informal sector…  Young people, for example, are experiencing multiple shocks including disruption to education and training, employment and income, in addition to greater difficulties in finding jobs.20

The ILO does not in any way explain the political causes of mass unemployment, resulting from actions taken by national governments, allegedly with a view to resolving the COVID pandemic. Moreover, the ILO tends to underestimate both the levels as well as the dramatic increase in unemployment. 
 

Global Unemployment Is Slated to Rise in 2022-23

The pandemic is presented as the cause of unemployment. According to the ILO:

Global unemployment is expected to remain above pre-COVID-19 levels until at least 2023. The 2022 level is estimated at 207 million, compared to 186 million in 2019.21 

The ILO acknowledges that the overall impact on employment is not revealed by the above projections of global unemployment, “because many people have left the labour force”.  

What is at stake is that large sectors of the labor force are the victims of bankruptcies as well as discriminatory policy mandates which have marginalized them from the labour market. 

National governments remain under the control of global creditors. What is contemplated for the post-COVID era is the implementation of massive austerity measures including the cancellation of workers’ benefits and social safety nets.

 

Unemployment in the US

In the US, “more than 30 million people, over 15% of the workforce, applied for unemployment benefits… ” in the immediate wake of the March 2020 lockdown. (CSM, May 6, 2020)22

Announced in early December 2020, “More than 10 million Americans are projected to lose their unemployment benefits the day after Christmas [2020] unless Congress acts to extend key pandemic-related programs – a prospect that as of now looks uncertain at best.” (US News and World Report)23

The cliff edge looms as coronavirus cases surge around the country and applications for unemployment benefits rise with states and localities reimposing virus-related restrictions. The lapse is also set to occur as protections for renters, student loan borrowers and homeowners expire – a potential devastating confluence of events for both individuals, whose savings have been ravaged by the pandemic, and the economy at large, which is gradually clawing its way back from the coronavirus-induced recession.

When the programs lapse at the end of December [2020], an estimated 12 million people could lose jobless benefits, according to the Century Foundation. (US News and World Report)24
 
During the most severe Main Street economic collapse in US history — with over one-fourth of working-age Americans jobless — an additional calamity looms:

According to Census Bureau estimates, 30 to 40 million Americans face possible eviction in 2021-22 for lack of income to pay rent or service mortgages.

Without federal aid or an extended rent moratorium, a calamity of biblical proportions may unfold in the coming months. (Stephen Lendman)25

 

Unemployment in the European Union (EU)

Unemployment across the whole of the European Union is expected to rise to nine percent in 2020, in the wake of the Coronavirus pandemic and subsequent lockdowns enforced by national governments”.26

According to official EU figures:

Greece, Spain and Portugal … have once again seen large rises in youth unemployment since the start of the pandemic. Greece saw a surge from 31.7 percent in March [2020] to 39.3 percent in June [2020], while Spain and Portugal had similar increases, from 33.9 percent to 41.7 percent and 20.6 percent to 27.4 percent, respectively.27

 

Unemployment in Latin America

In Latin America, the average unemployment rate was estimated at 8.1 percent at the end of 2019. The ILO states that it could rise by a modest 4 to 5 percentage points to 41 million unemployed.28

In absolute numbers, these rates imply that the number of people who are looking for jobs but are not hired rose from 26 million before the pandemic to 41 million in 2020, as announced by ILO experts.

These estimates of the ILO and the World Bank are misleading. According to the Inter American Development Bank (IDB), the increase in unemployment for the Latin American region was of the order of 24 million in 2020, with job losses in Colombia of the order of 3.6 million, Brazil 7.0 million and Mexico 7.0 million.29

Even these figures tend to underestimate the dramatic increase in unemployment. And the situation has evolved in 2021-22, following partial lockdowns which have triggered a renewed wave of bankruptcies. 

According to a survey conducted by the Instituto Nacional de Estadística y Geografía (INEGI), the increase in unemployment in Mexico was of the order of 12.5 million in April 2020, i.e. in the month following the March 11, 2020 lockdown and closure of the national economy.30

 

The Outbreak of Famines

Poverty and chronic undernourishment is a pre-existing condition.

First, there is a long-term historical process of macroeconomic policy reform and global economic restructuring which has contributed to depressing the standard living worldwide in both the developing and developed countries.

Second, these pre-existing historical conditions of mass poverty have been exacerbated and aggravated by the imposition of the COVID lockdown.

With large sectors of the world population already well below the poverty line prior to the March 2020 COVID-19 lockdown, the recent hikes in the prices of basic food staples are devastating. 

According to the World Food Programme (WFP), “690 million people do not have enough to eat while 130 million additional people risk being pushed to the brink of starvation.” (November 2020 statement)

These figures are questionable. Both the FAO and the WFP have failed to address the central role of the lockdown and closure of national economies as a “shock mechanism” which simultaneously triggers mass poverty coupled with the destabilization of agricultural production in both developing and developed countries, in all major regions of the world. 

The underlying causality is simply not addressed. Climate and conflict analysis take precedence:

“We are seeing a catastrophe unfold before our very eyes. Famine – driven by conflict, and fuelled by climate shocks and the COVID-19 hunger pandemic – is knocking on the door for millions of families.” (David Beasley, Executive director of the WFP)

 

The FAO Report

Famines have erupted in at least 25 developing countries according to the FAO. It’s an incomplete study: most of Asia and Latin America, Europe, the Middle East and North America are not included (see map below): 

“The UN’s Food and Agriculture Organization (FAO) and World Food Programme (WFP) identifies 27 countries that are on the frontline of impending COVID-19-driven food crises, as the pandemic’s knock-on effects aggravate pre-existing drivers of hunger.

No world region is immune, from Afghanistan and Bangladesh in Asia, to Haiti, Venezuela and Central America, to Iraq, Lebanon, Sudan and Syria in the Middle East to Burkina Faso, Cameroon, Liberia Mali, Niger, Nigeria, Mozambique, Sierra Leone and Zimbabwe in Africa.

The joint analysis by FAO and WFP warns these “hotspot countries” are at high risk of – and in some cases are already seeing – significant food security deteriorations in the coming months, including rising numbers of people pushed into acute hunger.”

Source: FAO, April 2020

The COVID-19 pandemic has potentially far-reaching and multifaceted indirect impacts on societies and economies, which could last long after the health emergency is over. These could aggravate existing instabilities or crises, or lead to new ones with repercussions on food security, nutrition and livelihoods.

With over two billion people, or 62 percent of all those working worldwide, employed in the informal economy according to ILO data, millions of people face a growing risk of hunger. Earnings for informal workers are estimated to have declined by 82 percent, with Africa and Latin America to face the largest decline (ILO 2020). (FAO, p. 6)31

 

Global Famine. Acute Hunger in 80 Countries

A World Food Programme (WFP) November 2021 report points to Global Famine and “Acute Hunger in 80 Countries”

Global hunger continues to rise at an alarming rate: our latest estimates show that 282.7 million people across 80 countries are experiencing extreme levels of acute hunger. This represents an increase of around 110 percent compared to 2019 (when 135 million people in 58 countries were classified as acutely food insecure).

This “guesstimate” of 287.7 million cases of acute hunger borders on ridicule and “fake statistics”. Mass poverty is extensive worldwide. The “estimate” is based on the following concept, which is put forth by the World Food Programme (a UN body) as a humanitarian and compassionate criterion:

“one meal a day, the basic needed to survive – costing US$0.43 per person per day”. (WFP, p 1)

Ask Bill Gates, who is actively buying up bankrupt family farms: “how much did your lunch cost”?

The recent hikes in food prices are contributing in a very real sense to “eliminating the poor” through “starvation deaths”. In the words of Henry Kissinger:

“Control oil and you control nations; control food and you control the people.”

In this regard, Kissinger had intimated, in the context of the “1974 National Security Study Memorandum 200: Implications of Worldwide Population Growth for U.S. Security and Overseas Interests,” that the recurrence of famines could constitute a de facto instrument of population control. It’s part of the WEF’s eugenics agenda.  

 

Famine and Despair in India 

The social and economic impacts of the March 11, 2020 lockdown in India were devastating, triggering a wave of famine and despair. “Millions of people who lost their income now face increased poverty and hunger, in a country where even before the pandemic 50 percent of all children suffered from malnourishment”.32

In late November 2020, the largest general strike in the country’s history was carried out against the Modi government with more than 200 million workers and farmers. According to the Mumbai University and College Teachers’ Union: 

This strike is against the devastating health and economic crisis unleashed by COVID-19 and the lockdown on the working people of the country. This has been further aggravated by a series of anti-people legislations on agriculture and the labour code enacted by the central government. Along with these measures, the National Education Policy (NEP) imposed on the nation during the pandemic will further cause irreparable harm to the equity of and access to education.33

According to Left Voice:

“The pandemic has spread from major cities such as Delhi, Mumbai, and other urban centers to rural areas where public health care is scarce or non-existent. The Modi government has handled the pandemic by prioritizing the profits of big business and protecting the fortunes of billionaires over protecting the lives and livelihoods of workers.”34

 

“Food Insecurity” in the US 

Undernourishment and so-called “food insecurity” are not limited to developing countries.

The terminology is not quite the same. “Famine” in America which today is a reality is rarely mentioned. Neither is the lockdown (confinement of the labor force) acknowledged as a mechanism which has triggered so-called “food insecurity”.

The US Department of Agriculture defines “food insecurity” as “a household-level economic and social condition of limited or uncertain access to adequate food”. 

“Hunger” is defined as “an individual-level physiological condition that may result from food insecurity”. “Famine” does appear in the USDA glossary. 

Recent estimates by Feeding America suggest that one in seven Americans representing 45 million people in 2020, including 15 million children, experienced “food insecurity”:

Before the start of the pandemic, the overall food insecurity rate had reached its lowest point since it began to be measured in the 1990s, but those improvements were being upended by the pandemic.35

According to Stephen Lendman:

“Around one in four US households experienced food insecurity this year [2020]— over 27% of households with children.

A Northwestern University Institute for Policy Research study estimates the number of food insecure households with children at nearly 30%.  Black families are twice as food insecure as their white counterparts. Latino households are also disproportionately affected.”36

 

The Billionaires’ “Solution to Global Famine”? 

In a bitter irony, the World Food Programme (WFP) has announced that the billionaire philanthropists (including the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation, the Rockefeller Foundation, et al.), who have enriched themselves in the course of the COVID-19 crisis, have generously come to the rescue of 42 million people affected by famine.

Bear in mind, this process of global impoverishment is the direct consequence of billionaire enrichment invariably conducted through fake science and fraudulent transactions (see Chapter V).

According to Oxfam, “For every new billionaire created during the pandemic. … millions of people were pushed into extreme poverty”.

“Billionaires gathered in Davos have enjoyed an obscene surge in their fortunes over the last two years. The pandemic and now the steep rise in food and energy prices have been a bonanza for the wealthiest, while millions of people face hunger and poverty as the cost living shoots up.” (Oxfam)

 

Education: The Impacts on Our Children

The very foundations of civil society are threatened. UNICEF estimates that 1.6 billion children and adolescents were affected by the closure of schools worldwide.37

“As the COVID-19 pandemic has spread across the globe, a majority of countries have announced the temporary closure of schools, impacting more than 91 per cent of students worldwide… Never before have so many children been out of school at the same time…”

Colleges and universities are also paralysed. Students are denied the right to education. While UNESCO confirms that more than one billion learners are affected, it offers no concrete solution or critique. The official narrative of the so-called “public/private partnership” imposed on national governments has been adopted at face value.38

School closures were carried out in 132 countries. See diagram below (UNESCO, May 2020).

 

Screenshot from UNESCO

The above review of the economic and social impacts points to a complex process. Large sectors of the world population have been precipitated into poverty and despair. The various agencies of the United Nations quoted above tend to skim the surface. The underlying causes are simply not addressed.

 

The Global Travel and Tourism Economy

Prior to the corona crisis, travel and tourism represented a major share of the global economy: approximately ten percent of global GDP with an estimated workforce of more than 320 million jobs worldwide.39

Travel and tourism industry, which includes airlines, airport facilities, land transportation, hotels, resorts, restaurants, museums, concert halls, parks, and a variety of urban services, has been precipitated into bankruptcy resulting in mass unemployment.

The economic and social impacts are devastating particularly in countries which have a sizeable tourist economy (e.g. Italy, France, Switzerland, Thailand, Vietnam, Mexico, Cuba, The Dominican Republic, Peru, and Panama, among others).

The estimated loss of jobs in the tourism industry is estimated to be of the order of 100 million worldwide (November 2020 report, see also IMF report).40

Job Losses in the US

According to the World Travel and Tourism Council (WTTC), a “staggering 9.2 million jobs could be lost in the U.S. … if barriers to global travel remain in place”. The WTTC estimates that more than half of all jobs supported by the sector in the U.S. in 2019 are slated to be lost. Between 10.8 million and 13.8 million jobs within the Travel and Tourism sector “are at serious risk”.41

While the restrictions on air travel coupled with the March 11, 2020 lockdown triggered the demise of smaller regional airlines, in the course of the 2020-2022, a large number of national flag carriers have been precipitated into a de facto bankruptcy situation, including Aero-Mexico, Avianca, and South African Airlines, among others. According to a report, “43 commercial airlines have failed since January 2020, … completely ceasing or suspended operations” in 2020. There was also a backlash on the production of civilian aircraft.42

Trump’s suspension of air travel to China on January 31, 2020 based on five COVID-19 confirmed positive cases in the U.S. played a key role in setting the stage for the air travel and tourism crisis, which at the time of writing is still ongoing.

The lockdown has also undermined the largest transport infrastructure project in Europe, namely the underground tunnel between the UK and continental Europe. The Eurostar was precipitated into a situation of de facto bankruptcy.

All of these disruptions in international travel are presented to public opinion as a means to combating the killer virus. It’s a big lie.

Bankrupt hotel chains and major airlines in all likelihood will be “picked up” at rock-bottom prices by the multi-billionaires.

 

The Shanghai 2022 COVID Zero Tolerance Mandate. The Destabilization of China’s Export Economy?   

Starting in late March, early April 2022, the Chinese government ordered the lockdown pertaining to Shanghai, a port city of 26 million people.

The confinement of Shanghai’s labour force was carried out under a “COVID Zero Tolerance Mandate”: “At least 38,000 medical workers from across China have been deployed to aid Shanghai … in the fight against the Omicron variant…” (Global Times)43

Image: Dr. George Gao Fu (by 中国新闻网, licensed under CC BY 3.0)

Visibly, China’s health authorities had endorsed the Fauci-Gates “fake science” lockdown consensus without batting an eyelid. China’s Center for Disease Control and Prevention (CCDC) is headed by Dr. George Gao Fu, a colleague of Anthony Fauci, et al. Anthony Fauci is Dr. Gao Fu’s mentor. 

China’s Zero Tolerance COVID Mandate was a “copy and paste” of the March 11, 2020 lockdown (based on “fake science”) sponsored by Anthony Fauci, Bill Gates, et al. under the auspices of the WHO (in close consultation with the World Economic Forum). China’s Zero Tolerance COVID Mandate is predicated on a fear campaign.

In mid-July 2022, China’s health authorities announced that several major urban areas had been instructed to implement the COVID Zero Tolerance Mandate as a means to combating the “highly-transmissible Omicron BA.5 subvariant”.

The labour force was confined in a large number of industrial cities thereby leading to economic and social chaos as well as a dramatic decline in economic activity. According to Reuters:

The BA.5 [subvariant] lineage, spreading fast in many other countries, has been detected in cities such as Xian in the province of Shaanxi and Dalian in Liaoning province, … It was first found in China on May 13 in a patient who had flown to Shanghai from Uganda, the China Center for Disease Prevention and Control said, with no local infections linked to the case that month.44

Did that “patient” from Uganda take the PCR test upon his return to China? Variants and sub-variants cannot under any circumstances be detected by the PCR test (the original SARS-CoV-2 virus cannot be detected by the PCR test, see Chapter III).

A large number of urban areas were closed down in major regions of China. On July 11, 2022, China’s National Heath Commission confirmed the following data for mainland China45:

  • a total of 352 new domestically transmitted COVID infections recorded on July 10,
  • 46 new symptomatic cases, and
  • 306 new asymptomatic cases.

46 new symptomatic cases out of a population of 1.45 billion people does not justify closing down China’s major urban areas.

 

Economic Destabilization: Shanghai and the Global Economy 

The impacts of these measures put forth by China’s National Health Commission and China’s CCDC have precipitated China’s supply chains into jeopardy.

“COVID Zero Tolerance” has contributed to destabilizing Shanghai’s financial sector as well as its buoyant export economy. It has also contributed to undermining domestic transport and commodity supply lines.

Since mid-April 2022 (coinciding with the lockdown of Shanghai), the Yuan (CNY) declined abruptly against the US dollar (USD).

 

Chinese Yuan Renminbi to US Dollar Exchange Rate Chart (Source: Xe)

 

The volume of commodity trade in and out of the Port of Shanghai (and other major port cities) has subsided, which inevitably has a bearing on the availability of “Made in China” commodities worldwide.

 

Made in China goods (By ThiNguyen2021, licensed under CC BY-SA 4.0)

 

“Made in China” is the backbone of retail trade which indelibly sustains household consumption in virtually all major commodity categories from clothing, footwear, to hardware, electronics, mobile phones, TV sets, toys, jewelries, household fixtures, food, etc. Ask the American consumer: the list is long.

Importing from China is a lucrative multi-trillion dollar operation. It is the source of tremendous profit and wealth in the US because consumer commodities imported from China’s low wage economy are often sold at the retail level more than ten times their factory price.

Global commodity trade at wholesale and retail levels is in crisis. The potential impacts in all major regions of the world are devastating — worldwide scarcities of essential consumer goods coupled with inflationary pressures.

These developments also affect China’s sovereignty as a nation-state with a weakened economy, not to mention its Belt and Road initiative.

In the context of the current crisis, including Washington’s “Pivot to Asia”, there are serious geopolitical implications which have a direct bearing on the confrontation between China and the US.

For further details see Michel Chossudovsky, The Shanghai “COVID Zero Tolerance Mandate”. Engineered Depression of China’s Economy?

Automobile Industry at a Standstill: Engineered Shortage in the Production of Semi-conductors?  

The automobile industry worldwide experienced a 15% decline in production in 2020. The decline in 2021-22 is significant, largely affecting production in Japan, South Korea and China.

This decline has been accentuated by a shortage in the availability of semi-conductors:

“Automakers, which rely on dozens of chips to build a single vehicle, have been particularly hard hit, forced to halt production lines globally as they await chip supplies. The debacle is likely to cost the auto industry $450 billion in global sales … In September 2021 Toyota was forced to slash production at 14 factories in Japan over a lack of semiconductors. Some of the cuts will continue into October due to a lack of components from Southeast Asia, Toyota has said.” (Washington Post, September 2021)46

Semi-conductors constitute a strategic commodity, used in a variety of sectors including electronics, medical devices, electronic and communications networks, etc. 

There are indications of possible manipulations, which have led to artificial shortages of semi-conductors affecting a number of key sectors of the global economy.

There are geopolitical implications. The world’s largest semi-conductor producer is the Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Company (TSMC).

 

Global “Supply Chain Disruptions” and Demand Relations 

The lockdowns from March 11, 2020 onwards have triggered a process of worldwide economic destabilization which directly affects both “supply” and “demand” relations. It’s the most serious economic crisis in world history affecting simultaneously more than 190 countries.

“Supply” pertains to the production of goods and services, namely the activities of the “real economy”.

“Demand” pertains to the ability of households given their purchasing power to acquire essential goods and services.

Both supply and demand relations are in jeopardy.

Worldwide, large sectors of industry, agriculture and urban services stand idle. The lockdown policies initiated in March 2020 have triggered bankruptcies and unemployment, which in turn have been conducive to a process of disengagement of human resources (labor) and productive assets from the economic landscape.

On the supply side, a massive contraction in the production and availability of goods and services (commodities) is unfolding. Entire sectors of the global economy are “not producing”, scarcities of certain commodities and services have emerged. In turn, the channels of transportation by land and sea (e.g. container trade) have been disrupted since March 2020.

On the demand side, mass unemployment and poverty triggered by the lockdown policies has contributed to an unprecedented collapse in purchasing power (of families and households worldwide), which in turn has led to the collapse in the demand for goods and services. Poverty is rampant, large sectors of the world population do not have money to buy food and essential consumer goods.

Contraction of production (supply) coupled with the collapse of purchasing power (demand) is conducive to a deep-seated worldwide economic depression coupled with inflationary pressures. 

In turn, the collapse in purchasing power resulting from mass unemployment has led to a mounting personal debt crisis including the inability to meet monthly rent and mortgage payments. This process eventually leads to a confiscation of real assets.

In the US, 68 percent of those who were behind on rent (May 2021 figures) had become unemployed as a result of the lockdown.47

These developments are casually blamed on the “pandemic’s economic fallout” without analyzing how the failed lockdown policies were instrumental in triggering economic chaos and unemployment worldwide.

 

The Fiscal Crisis of the Nation-State

State-funded public sector activities including health, education, culture, sports and the arts are in jeopardy. Meanwhile, in the US, the Biden administration has favored a massive increase in military and security-related expenditures as well as biotechnology with generous handouts to Big Pharma and the Military-Industrial Complex.

Since the onset of the corona crisis, the public debt in country after country has gone fly high largely precipitated by economic chaos.

Bankrupt companies no longer pay taxes. Unemployed workers (without earnings) no longer pay taxes. Tax dollars are no longer coming into the coffers of the state.

The increase in global unemployment and poverty coupled with bankruptcies have led to an unprecedented fiscal crisis.

In turn, government revenue has been redirected to funding corporate handouts.

The private appropriation of wealth has precipitated a global debt crisis. In country after country, the public debt has skyrocketed.

 

Massive Austerity Measures, Global Insolvency 

Generous handouts and social safety nets have been used by national governments as a means to enforcing compliance and acceptance of the COVID-19 mandates. These handouts (including loans at 0%) are eventually slated to be abolished and replaced by the most drastic austerity measures in world history.

An unpayable multi-trillion dollar public debt is unfolding worldwide, coupled with a process which we might describe as “global insolvency”.

The creditors of the state are “Big Money”. Ultimately, they call the shots.

The enrichment of the billionaire class has also contributed to the destabilization of the nation-state (see Chapter V).

What is also unfolding is the “privatization of the nation-state” including the progressive demise of the “welfare state” and its public institutions (education, health, culture).

 

Endnotes

1 Allison Aubrey, January 31, 2020. Trump Declares Coronavirus A Public Health Emergency And Restricts Travel From China. https://www.npr.org/sections/health-shots/2020/01/31/801686524/trump-declares-coronavirus-a-public-health-emergency-and-restricts-travel-from-c

2 The Economist, February 17, 2020. The coronavirus spreads racism against—and among—ethnic Chinese. https://www.economist.com/china/2020/02/17/the-coronavirus-spreads-racism-against-and-among-ethnic-chinese

3 Wallis Wang, February 13, 2020. Britain’s Chinese community faces racism over coronavirus outbreak. https://www.scmp.com/video/world/3050436/britains-chinese-community-faces-racism-over-coronavirus-outbreak

4 Prof Michel Chossudovsky, November 5, 2020. The Corona Pandemic and Trump’s Trade War against China: America’s Dependence on “Made in China”. Potential Disruption of the US Economy. https://www.globalresearch.ca/the-corona-pandemic-and-trumps-trade-war-against-china-americas-dependence-on-made-in-china-potential-disruption-of-the-us-economy/5713552

5 Financial Times, May 11, 2020. US-China economic decoupling accelerates in first quarter of 2020. https://www.ft.com/content/115fc14f-4a8a-45da-8688-c59605a5191a

6 Joe Mcdonald, January 14, 2022. China’s Trade Surplus Hit Record in 2021—With Exports Jumping 30% Amid Pandemic Demand. https://time.com/6139334/china-record-trade-surplus-2021/

7 WHO, February 20, 2020. WHO Director-General’s opening remarks at the media briefing on COVID-19 on 20 February 2020. https://www.who.int/director-general/speeches/detail/who-director-general-s-opening-remarks-at-the-media-briefing-on-covid-19-on-20-february-2020

8 WHO, n.d. Declarations of Interest. https://www.who.int/about/ethics/declarations-of-interest

9 Maggie Fitzgerald, September 17, 2019. More than 60% of Bill Gates’ wealth is invested in stocks. https://www.cnbc.com/2019/09/17/bill-gates-gave-away-35-billion-this-year-but-net-worth-didnt-drop.html

10 Fred Imbert, Maggie Fitzgerald, et al., February 28, 2020. Stock market Friday recap: Dow loses 3,500 points on week, closes off lows, Fed pledges support. https://www.cnbc.com/2020/02/28/stock-market-live-updates-dow-loses-3200-points-and-counting-on-week-bond-yields-collapsing.html

11 WHO, March 12, 2020. Coronavirus disease 2019 (COVID-19) Situation Report – 52. https://www.who.int/docs/default-source/coronaviruse/situation-reports/20200312-sitrep-52-covid-19.pdf

12 Pipa Stevens, Maggie Fitzgerald, et al., March 12, 2020. Stock market live Thursday: Dow tanks 2,300 in worst day since Black Monday, S&P 500 bear market. https://www.cnbc.com/2020/03/12/stock-market-today-live.html

13 WEF, n.d. The Great Reset. https://www.weforum.org/great-reset/

14 OECD, July 15, 2020. Coronavirus (COVID-19): SME policy responses. https://www.oecd.org/coronavirus/policy-responses/coronavirus-covid-19-sme-policy-responses-04440101/

15 See this: https://www.bloomberg.com/news/articles/2020-10-22/half-of-europe-s-smaller-businesses-risk-bankruptcy-within-year

16 See this: https://www.nytimes.com/2020/06/18/business/corporate-bankruptcy-coronavirus.html

17 OECD, July 15, 2020. Coronavirus (COVID-19): SME policy responses. https://www.oecd.org/coronavirus/policy-responses/coronavirus-covid-19-sme-policy-responses-04440101/

18 Michael Snyder, December 10, 2020. 48% Of U.S. Small Businesses Fear that They May be Forced to “Shut Down Permanently” Soon. https://www.globalresearch.ca/48-us-small-businesses-fear-forced-shut-down-permanently-soon/5732050

19 Chuck Casto, November 25, 2020. Alignable: 48% Of Small Businesses Risk Closing in Q4, New Poll Says. https://www.alignable.com/forum/alignable-48-of-small-businesses-risk-closing-for-good-new-poll

20 ILO, September 23, 2020. COVID-19 leads to massive labour income losses worldwide. https://www.ilo.org/global/about-the-ilo/newsroom/news/WCMS_755875/lang–en/index.htm

21 ILO, January 17, 2022. ILO downgrades labour market recovery forecast for 2022. https://www.ilo.org/global/about-the-ilo/newsroom/news/WCMS_834117/lang–en/index.htm

22 Ned Temko, May 6, 2020. No jobs, so what future? Half the world’s workforce on the edge. https://www.csmonitor.com/World/2020/0506/No-jobs-so-what-future-Half-the-world-s-workforce-on-the-edge

23 Claire Hansen, December 2, 2020. Some 12 Million to Lose Unemployment Aid After Christmas With Stimulus Still Uncertain. https://www.usnews.com/news/national-news/articles/2020-12-02/some-12-million-to-lose-unemployment-aid-after-christmas-with-stimulus-still-uncertain

24 Ibid.

25 Stephen Lendman, December 2, 2020. Millions of Americans Vulnerable to Eviction. https://www.globalresearch.ca/millions-americans-vulnerable-eviction/5730985

26 Statista, January 2022. Unemployment rate in selected European countries as of November 2021. https://www.statista.com/statistics/1115276/unemployment-in-europe-by-country/

27 James Poulter, September 15, 2020. Europe Is Facing a Youth Unemployment Crisis. https://www.vice.com/en/article/v7gknm/europe-is-facing-a-youth-unemployment-crisis

28 ILO, July 1, 2020. ILO: Sharp rise in unemployment in Latin America and the Caribbean leaves millions without income. https://www.ilo.org/caribbean/newsroom/WCMS_749692/lang–en/index.htm

29 Semana, August 19, 2020. Colombia, el tercer país que más empleos perdió en América Latina. https://www.semana.com/empresas/confidencias-on-line/articulo/empleos-que-mas-se-perdieron-en-america-latina-segun-el-bid/296265/

30 Forbes, June 3, 2020. Desempleo en México alcanza a casi 25% de la población: Heath. https://www.forbes.com.mx/economia-desempleo-mexico-casi-25-poblacion-heath/

31 FAO and WFP, July 2020. FAO-WFP early warning analysis of acute food insecurity hotspots. https://www.fao.org/3/cb0258en/CB0258EN.pdf

32 Global Research News, December 4, 2020. India: Largest Strike in World History : Over 200 Million Workers and Farmers Protest against Poverty and Unemployment Triggered by Covid Lockdown. https://www.globalresearch.ca/india-largest-strike-in-world-history-over-200-million-workers-and-farmers-paralyze-india/5731395

33 Ibid. 

34 Ibid.

35 Feeding America, March 2021. The Impact of the Coronavirus on Food Insecurity in 2020 & 2021. https://www.feedingamerica.org/sites/default/files/2021-03/National%20Projections%20Brief_3.9.2021_0.pdf

36 Stephen Lendman, October 3, 2020. Covid Crisis Has Triggered Mass Unemployment in America: Over One Million UI Claims in the US for 28 Straight Weeks. https://www.globalresearch.ca/over-one-million-ui-claims-us-28-straight-weeks/5725527

37 Jason Miks and John McIlwaine, April 20, 2020. Keeping the world’s children learning through COVID-19. https://www.unicef.org/coronavirus/keeping-worlds-children-learning-through-covid-19

38 UNESCO, n.d. Education: From disruption to recovery. https://en.unesco.org/covid19/educationresponse

39 Adam Behsudi, December 2020. Tourism-dependent economies are among those harmed the most by the pandemic. https://www.imf.org/external/pubs/ft/fandd/2020/12/impact-of-the-pandemic-on-tourism-behsudi.htm

40 Margaux MacDonald, Roberto Piazza, et al., September 2, 2020. A Simple Guide to Estimating the Impact of COVID-19 on Travel and Hospitality Activity. PDF Link

41 World Travel and Tourism Council, November 11, 2020. U.S. looks set to lose 9.2 million jobs in 2020 due to COVID-19 and travel restrictions, says WTTC. https://wttc.org/Portals/0/Documents/Press%20Releases/US-looks-set-to-lose-9-million-jobs-in-2020-due-to-COVID-19-and-travel-restrictions.pdf

42 Abigail Ng, October 8, 2020. Over 40 airlines have failed so far this year — and more are set to come. https://www.cnbc.com/2020/10/08/over-40-airlines-have-failed-in-2020-so-far-and-more-are-set-to-come.html

43 Global Times, April 4, 2022. Over 38k medical workers deployed to aid Shanghai in Omicron battle, the highest number since Wuhan in early 2020. https://www.globaltimes.cn/page/202204/1257497.shtml

44 Roxanne Liu & Ryan Woo, July 11, 2022. Update 3-Shanghai plans more COVID testing amid fresh curbs across China. https://ca.news.yahoo.com/1-shanghai-braces-more-mass-040242739.html

45 Ibid.

46 Jeanne Whalen, September 23, 2021. Semiconductor shortage that has hobbled manufacturing worldwide is getting worse. https://www.washingtonpost.com/us-policy/2021/09/23/chip-shortage-forecast-automakers/

47 Sarah Treuhaft, Michelle Huang, et al., September 16, 2021. Rent Debt in America: Stabilizing Renters Is Key to Equitable Recovery. https://nationalequityatlas.org/rent-debt-in-america

 

 

Chapter V

The Enrichment of the Super Rich

The Appropriation and Redistribution of  Wealth 

 

“V the Virus” is said to be responsible for the wave of bankruptcies and unemployment. That’s a lie. There is no causal relationship between the virus and economic variables.

The decision-making process must be addressed. It’s the powerful financiers and billionaires who are behind this project which has contributed to the destabilization (worldwide) of the real economy.

Since early February 2020, the Super Rich have cashed in on billions of dollars. In a matter of four months, coinciding with the March 11, 2020 lockdown, the total wealth held by billionaires around the world has grown from $8 trillion to more than $10 trillion.

There are three distinct phases which are directly related to the corona crisis. Each of which is marked by major shifts in the distribution of global wealth.

  1. The financial crisis initiated on February 20 was conducive to a dramatic redistribution of wealth and ownership of financial assets. Foreknowledge, inside information and speculative trade played a key role. Was there foreknowledge and/or inside information of WHO’s Dr. Tedros’s February 20th statement? (See Chapter IV)
  2. The March 11 lockdown and closing down of the national economies of 190 UN member states, which triggered corporate as well as SME bankruptcies worldwide. The March 11 event also marked the plunge of stock markets worldwide, starting on Black Thursday March 12, 2020 (see Chapter IV).
  3. The third stage of billionaire enrichment pertains to the implementation in 2021-2022 “partial lockdowns”, policy mandates and restrictive measures which contributed to triggering a renewed wave of bankruptcies and economic chaos.

The redistribution of wealth in favor of the billionaire class is confirmed by an IPS study resulting from the March 2020 closing down of the global economy.1

At the global level, billionaires were big winners during the COVID-19 pandemic. 

According to a UBS 2020 report, roughly 2,189 global billionaires have an estimated wealth of $10.2 trillion.2

This is an estimated increase of $1.5 trillion during the 2020 pandemic based on both UBS and Forbes billionaire data from 2019.  

The UBS report raises the question: are the billionaires “innovators” or “disruptors”?

When the storm passes, a new generation of billionaire innovators looks set to play a critical role in repairing the damage. Using the growing repertoire of emerging technologies, tomorrow’s innovators will digitize, refresh and revolutionize the economy. 

Let us be under no illusions, these corrupt billionaires are “impoverishers”.

 

“Financial Weapons of Mass Destruction” (FWMD)

While the UBS and Forbes report (quoted above) fail to explain how the COVID-19 pandemic contributed to this massive redistribution of wealth, they nonetheless confirm that “collective billionaire wealth has grown at its fastest rate over any period over the past decade.”3

In fact, it is the largest redistribution of global wealth in world history. It is predicated on a systematic process of worldwide impoverishment. It is an act of economic warfare.

The billionaires were not only the recipients of generous “government stimulus packages” (i.e. handouts), the bulk of their financial gains from the outset of the COVID fear campaign in early February 2020 was the result of insider trading, derivative trade and the manipulation of both financial and commodity markets.

Warren Buffett rightfully identifies these speculative instruments (supported by sophisticated algorithms) as “Financial Weapons of Mass Destruction”.

On March 18, 2020 (coinciding with the lockdown in the US), US billionaires had a combined wealth of $2.947 trillion. By October 8, 2020, their wealth had surged to $3.8 trillion — a monetary increase of $850 billion, a rise of their combined wealth of the order of more than 28 percent (see IPS study).4

This estimate does not account for the increase in wealth during the period preceding March 18, 2020 which was marked by a series of stock market crashes.5 

And commencing in late 2020, the billionaire class was involved in sustaining a second wave lockdown involving the partial closure of the world economy. 

The table below identifies the increase in personal wealth of the five richest US billionaires (March 18 – June 17, 2020). (Not outlined in the table is the wealth of US billionaires which increased by another $266 billion from June to October 2020).

 

Source: Institute for Policy Studies

 

Billionaire wealth growth (March 2020 – March 2021) resulting from the implementation of the March 2020 lockdown, Chuck Collins (in an incisive study published by Inequality.org) estimates billionaire wealth growth over a full year, based on Forbes data compiled in this report by ATF and IPS.6,7

March 18 [2020] is used as the unofficial beginning of the crisis because by then most federal and state economic restrictions responding to the virus were in place. March 18 was also the date that Forbes picked to measure billionaire wealth for the 2020 edition of its annual billionaires’ report, which provided a baseline that ATF and IPS compare periodically with real-time data from the Forbes website. PolitiFact has favorably reviewed this methodology.8

Source: Forbes data analyzed by Americans for Tax Fairness and Institute for Policy Studies

Source: Institute for Policy Studies

Source: Forbes data analyzed by Americans for Tax Fairness and Institute for Policy Studies

 

The Enrichment of Big Pharma

The Forbes report underscores the enrichment of the CEOs of both Western and China’s Big Pharma conglomerates involved in the COVID vaccine as well as in the lucrative sale (worldwide) of face masks and medical supplies.9

These include Moderna CEO Stéphane Bancel and BioNTech co-founder Uğur Şahin.

China’s Big Pharma is a full-fledged partner in this process of enrichment. The CEOs of several China-based pharmaceutical companies include Tianjin’s CanSino Biologics, Inco, Shenzhen’s Contec Medical Systems, and Sansure Biotech, which makes COVID-19 tests, as well as China’s vaccine conglomerate Sinovac. 

Among China’s Big Pharma multi-billionaires is Li Jianquan, president of Chinese medical products manufacturer Winner Medical. Several of the products related to the COVID pandemic, including face masks, are produced by Winner Medical. 

Li Jianquan has a net worth of 6.8 billion (for details, see Forbes Report).10

For the complete list of billionaires in 2020-2021, consult the Forbes list.11

 

The Geopolitics of Global Wealth

In 2022, Forbes reported a reshuffle of worldwide billionaire wealth to the detriment of Russia and China. 34 fewer billionaires in Russia (compared to 2021) and “87 fewer Chinese billionaires on the list”:

America still leads the world, with 735 billionaires worth a collective $4.7 trillion, including Elon Musk, who tops the World’s Billionaires list for the first time. China (including Macau and Hong Kong) remains number two, with 607 billionaires worth a collective $2.3 trillion.”

For the full list of the 2022 world’s billionaires, see Forbes real-time billionaires rankings.

 

Billionaire Enrichment and the Demise of the Family Farm 

The ongoing demise of family-owned agriculture has been exacerbated by the lockdown policies.

Bill Gates is using the money appropriated during the financial crisis to extend his corporate control in a variety of economic activities, “buying devalued assets at fire-sale prices” including the acquisition of farmland (see Robert F. Kennedy, Jr. on Neo-feudalism).12

According to The Land Report (February 2021), Bill and Melinda Gates are now America’s largest farm owners to the detriment of family farming, which over the years has been driven into bankruptcy.

The Gates portfolio consists of “242,000 acres of American farmland and nearly 27,000 acres of other land across Louisiana, Arkansas, Nebraska, Arizona, Florida, Washington and 18 other states” (see the analysis by Robert F. Kennedy, Jr.).13

See the map below indicating a total of 268,984 acres accruing to the Gates. This is tantamount to the de facto expropriation of thousands of family farms over a vast area of the United States.

This process spearheaded by mounting debts and bankruptcies commenced prior to the pandemic and will in all likelihood continue under the so-called “new normal”.

 

This graph is based on a 2021 report by The Land Report

 

Billionaire Wealth Is Not the Result of Economic Growth

This enrichment of a social minority is not based on the creation of  “new wealth” resulting from real economic growth. Quite the opposite. It is the result of an engineered global economic depression.

The process of billionaire enrichment feeds on economic and social chaos. It relies heavily on the “fear campaign” and the worldwide destabilization of both financial markets and the real economy.

It has been instrumental in triggering an unprecedented process of redistribution of income and wealth. Large sectors of the world population have been driven into extreme poverty. 

Billionaire enrichment involves the acquisition of economic and financial assets at rock bottom prices, the takeover of bankrupt enterprises in major sectors of economic activity, the manipulation of markets (bonds, equities, commodities, currency markets, etc.) including the use of speculative instruments, derivative trade, involving “foreknowledge” and “inside information” (see Chapter IV).

 

Endnotes

1 Chuck Collins, October 8, 2020. U.S. Billionaire Wealth Is Up $850 Billion Since March 18th. https://ips-dc.org/u-s-billionaire-wealth-up-850-billion/

2 UBS, 2020. Riding the storm: Market turbulence accelerates diverging fortunes. https://www.ubs.com/content/dam/static/noindex/wealth-management/ubs-billionaires-report-2020-spread.pdf

3 Ollie A. Williams, October 6, 2020. Billionaire Wealth Hits $10 Trillion For First Time Ever Thanks To Government Stimulus: UBS. https://www.forbes.com/sites/oliverwilliams1/2020/10/06/billionaire-wealth-hits-10-trillion-for-first-time-ever-thanks-to-government-stimulous/?sh=49cd0e6549ba

4 Chuck Collins, October 8, 2020. U.S. Billionaire Wealth Is Up $850 Billion Since March 18th. https://ips-dc.org/u-s-billionaire-wealth-up-850-billion/

5 Prof Michel Chossudovsky, November 7, 2020. The Covid-19 Roadmap: Towards Global Economic Chaos and Societal Destruction. https://www.globalresearch.ca/the-covid-19-roadmap-towards-economic-chaos-and-societal-destruction/5725602

6 Chuck Collins, March 23, 2021. Who Are the 10 Biggest Pandemic Profiteers? https://inequality.org/great-divide/10-biggest-pandemic-profiteers/

7 Americans for Tax Fairness and IPS, March 18, 2021. Billionaires Data. https://docs.google.com/spreadsheets/d/15n35QH3mq7jxxLmOnrcn2LGtMSssi-x1aCU9_2V9YVM/edit#gid=1259834744

8 Nusaiba Mizan, October 12, 2020. Biden says billionaires gained $800 billion, but study looks at growth since market bottomed out. https://www.politifact.com/factchecks/2020/oct/12/joe-biden/biden-says-billionaires-gained-800-billion-study-l/

9 Giacomo Tognini, April 6, 2021. Meet The 40 New Billionaires Who Got Rich Fighting Covid-19. https://www.forbes.com/sites/giacomotognini/2021/04/06/meet-the-40-new-billionaires-who-got-rich-fighting-covid-19/?sh=278895b117e5

10 Ibid. 

11 See this: https://www.forbes.com/billionaires/

12 Robert F. Kennedy Jr., February 4, 2021. Bill Gates and Neo-Feudalism: A Closer Look at Farmer Bill. https://www.globalresearch.ca/bill-gates-neo-feudalism-closer-look-farmer-bill/5736504 

13 Ibid.


 

Chapter VI

The Impacts on Mental Health 

 

“If we don’t stand up against this lockdown madness right now, we are complicit in the soul murder of our children! Yet the majority of parents and educators in kindergartens and schools … silently accept that corrupt governments are driving their children into madness or even suicide and thus strangling the future of all of us. –Rudolf Haensel,  September 2021

“Smiling as a facial expression has existed since the dawn of mankind. It is an inherent feature of human beings. Coupled with mandatory social distancing, the Covid mask hides our faces and prevents us from expressing our feelings while meeting and interacting with our fellow human beings. The mandates create an aura of social despair. Smiling and laughter reduces stress, encourages dialogue, exchange, solidarity, conflict resolution. Smiling also constitutes a means to confronting the Covid-19 fear campaign.” –Michel Chossudovsky, May 2022

“There has been another cost that we’ve seen, particularly in high schools. We’re seeing, sadly, far greater suicides now than there are deaths from COVID. We’re seeing far greater deaths from drug overdose,” –Dr. Robert Redfield, former director of the CDC, July 14, 2020

 

Introduction

Physical Distancing, Corona, Covid-19

The coronavirus mental health predicament of several billion people worldwide is the result of

  • social engineering including confinement, isolation, social distancing and the mask,
  • the incessant 24/7 fear campaign waged by the media and the governments,
  • the spike in unemployment, mass poverty and despair triggered by the worldwide destabilization of national economies.

Image: Pixabay License/No attribution required

Psychiatrists have addressed the “negative impacts” on mental health pertaining to the factors mentioned above. Confirmed by peer-reviewed reports, the lockdowns have also been conducive to triggering depression, uncertainty, and anxiety. 

“There is concern the Coronavirus Disease (COVID)-19 pandemic is having a negative impact on the mental health of the general population through a range of suggested mechanisms: fear, uncertainty, and anxiety; social distancing/isolation; loneliness; and economic repercussions.”1

The overall picture of the impacts of the corona crisis on mental health is yet to be fully addressed. Our analysis will focus on the following issues for which data is available:

  1. the dramatic increase in suicides worldwide in countries where the lockdown was imposed,
  2. the increase in mortality attributable to drug overdose (cocaine, opioids),
  3. the rise in alcoholism resulting from a hike in alcohol consumption.

 

Worldwide Rise in Suicides

The WHO has failed to report on suicide deaths since the beginning of the pandemic. Similarly, at the time of writing, the reported suicide statistics in the US pertaining to 2021-22 are not available. Our analysis is largely based on case study reports. 

Suicides in the US

In 2019, suicides were the tenth leading cause of death in the US, 47,511 Americans died by suicide.2 The estimated number of suicide attempts in 2019 was of the order of 1.38 million.3

The evidence is scanty. 

A CDC-sponsored peer-reviewed report (Mark É. Czeisler, Rashon I. Lane, Emiko Petrosky, et al.) confirms that the loss of employment and purchasing power in the immediate aftermath of the March 2020 lockdown played a key role specifically  among “vulnerable” social and low income groups, in triggering a wave of depression and anxiety, which resulted in what they describe as “suicide ideation” (thinking about different ways to die).4

The authors confirm that:  

Symptoms of anxiety disorder and depressive disorder increased considerably in the United States during April–June of 2020 compared with the same period in 2019 (1,2). ….

The percentage of respondents who reported having seriously considered suicide in the 30 days before completing the survey (10.7%) was significantly higher among respondents aged 18–24 years (25.5%), minority racial/ethnic groups (Hispanic respondents [18.6%], non-Hispanic black [black] respondents [15.1%]), self-reported unpaid caregivers for adults (30.7%), and essential workers (21.7%).5

Another study confirms that ‘social distancing/isolation and loneliness‘ resulting from the lockdown policies are factors which may have contributed to suicide:  

“Secondary consequences of social distancing may increase the risk of suicide,” researchers noted in an April 10, 2020 paper published by the American Medical Association.6

“It is important to consider changes in a variety of economic, psycho-social, and health-associated risk factors.” (See FEE)

Essentially, researchers warned forced isolation could prove to be “a perfect storm” for suicide. (emphasis added)7

The central issue — which is not addressed by the peer-reviewed reports — is how the engineered loss of employment and purchasing power resulting from the lockdown coupled with confinement leads to depression and despair.8

Anxiety and depression resulting from unemployment and loss of income is a worldwide phenomenon, unprecedented in world history. Country by country, one can observe similar tendencies. Low-income developing countries such as India are experiencing a situation of total despair affecting large sectors of an impoverished population.  

Suicides in India

The lockdown in India has been conducive to a spike in suicides which is a consequence of “severe hardship … as entire livelihoods have come undone, amid an escalating job crisis”.9

“It should come as little surprise then that the spectre of suicide has raised its ugly head, with spikes in reports of people, who see no change in fortune on the horizon, taking their own lives.”

The Brookings Institute has also addressed the role of the corona crisis in triggering suicides in India:

Anecdotal evidence for India, meanwhile, suggests increases in rural suicides. India instituted one of the world’s strictest lockdowns amidst high rates of poverty. … Lockdowns resulted in millions of more Indians entering poverty and exacerbated one of the highest suicide rates in the world. The additional numbers of suicides are estimated to be well into the thousands.10

Suicides in Japan

While the overall number of suicides had declined steadily in recent years, 2020 marked the first time within the past decade that suicide numbers were rising again. (Statista)11  
 
 
 
Notice the surge in suicide rates immediately following the lockdown (Source: Ministry of Health, Welfare and Labor/Graphic: Jason Kwok and Natalie Croker, CNN)
 

This sudden upward trend was triggered by COVID-19 lockdown policies. In 2020, approximately 21,000 people committed suicide in Japan,12

“Far more Japanese people are dying of suicide, likely exacerbated by the economic and social repercussions of the pandemic, than of the COVID-19 disease itself. …  Provisional statistics from the National Police Agency show suicides surged to 2,153 in October [2020] alone, marking the fourth straight month of increase.” CBS November 2020 report (emphasis added)13

The above report confirms that suicides among women in Japan increased dramatically in the wake of the March 2020 lockdown. In October 2020 (compared to October of the previous year), female suicides had increased by 83% (in comparison to male suicides which increased by 22% over the same time period).14

Suicides Among Japan’s Schoolchildren

A 2021 report by Japan’s Ministry of Education confirms that suicide among Japanese schoolchildren had hit a record high during the 2020 school year.

“Japan recorded 415 suicides among schoolchildren aged 6 to 18 during the 2020 school year — the highest number since records began in 1974…. The figure was 31% higher than the previous school year, when 317 schoolchildren died.”15 

The report from the Ministry of Education suggests that “the pandemic has caused changes in the school and family environment and had an impact on children’s behavior”.

 

Deaths Resulting from Drug Overdose

The main drug opioid categories (CDC) are as follows:

  • illegal heroin
  • synthetic opioids such as fentanyl
  • so-called “pain relievers” including oxycodone (OxyContin®), hydrocodone (Vicodin®)
  • codeine
  • morphine
  • etc. 

The drugs listed above are “chemically-related and interact with opioid receptors on nerve cells in the body and brain” (CDC).

Recorded in 2020, the corona crisis has contributed to a significant increase in both opioid and cocaine sales in the US. 

According to the CDC:

Synthetic opioids ([categorized by the CDC as] primarily illicitly manufactured fentanyl) appear to be the primary driver of the increases in overdose deaths, increasing 38.4 percent from the 12-month period leading up to June 2019 compared with the 12-month period leading up to May 2020.  …

Overdose deaths involving cocaine also increased by 26.5 percent. … Overdose deaths involving psychostimulants, such as methamphetamine [produced by GSM], increased by 34.8 percent. The number of deaths involving psychostimulants now exceeds the number of cocaine-involved deaths.16 (CDC December 2020 Report) (emphasis added)

The US Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) reported in December 2020 that the pandemic may have contributed to “a rise in deadly drug overdoses.” While the data is incomplete, the CDC report confirms a sizeable increase in the number of deaths attributable to drug overdose (related to consumption of cocaine and opioids):

Drug overdoses were linked to more than 81,000 people’s deaths between June 2019 and May 2020, according to the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, jumping 18 percent compared to the previous 12-month period. Such deaths rose 20 percent or more in 25 states and the District of Columbia, the report said.17 (PBS report)

The  CDC graph based on both the predicted as well as reported values (i.e. numbers) of deaths attributed to drug overdoses reveals that the monthly count started to accelerate in February 2020.18

Screenshot from CDC

 

In April, 2020, 2,146 people died of opioid overdose, followed by 3,388 deaths in May 2020 marking the largest monthly increases since 2015 when the federal government began collecting this data.17 (Quoted in PBS report)

The following graph indicates the US monthly data. In the months prior to the corona crisis (July 2019 to January 2020), the monthly drug overdose death count was substantially below 1,000.

The hike starts in February (coinciding with the financial crash). Following the mid-March lockdown, drug overdose deaths went fly high.

In May 2020, the overdose death count was in excess of 3,000, i.e. a more than three-fold increase in relation to the drug overdose deaths recorded prior to the corona crisis. In the US, the recorded monthly drug overdose deaths in 2020 have more than tripled.17

 

Graph based on CDC data quoted above. Source: PBS

 

More recent CDC data confirms that the increase in deaths attributable to drug overdose has continued to increase:

From 71,130 deaths in 2019 (end of December 2019) to 92,478 in 2020 (end of December 2020), namely an increase of 21,348 deaths in the course of 2020 in relation to 2019.19

This upward trend has continued in the course of 2021.

In the twelve-month period finishing in June 2021, the number of recorded drug overdose deaths reached almost 100,000 fatalities (end of June 2021: 98,022).20

Opioid-related Deaths in Canada

The tendency in Canada is consistent with that observed in the US. A dramatic increase in opioid-related deaths was recorded in Ontario following the March 17, 2020 lockdown emergency which was coupled with unemployment following the closing down of economic activity:

The number of opioid-related deaths increased quickly in the weeks following the state of emergency declaration in Ontario on March 17, 2020. Overall, there was a 38.2% increase in opioid-related deaths in the first 15 weeks of the COVID-19 pandemic (695 deaths; average of 46 deaths weekly) compared to the 15 weeks immediately prior (503 deaths; average of 34 deaths weekly).21

It is worth noting that in the course of the pandemic, fentanyl (pharmaceutical opioid) accounted for 87% of opioid-related deaths (87.2% [N=538 of 617]) compared to the pre-pandemic cohort (79.2% [N=399 of 504]).22

 

Source: Public Health Ontario

 

The following graph provides a clear-cut picture of the dramatic rise in opioid overdose emergency visits in Ottawa starting from January 2020 through December 2020.

 

 Source: Public Health Ontario

 

The Production and Trade in Opioids

According to UN sources, Afghanistan currently produces 94% percent of the world’s opium supply, which is transformed into heroin, morphine as well as pharmaceutical opioids. The heroin trade is protected.23 US military presence in Afghanistan plays a key role. It’s a multi-billion dollar operation involving both the drug cartels (illegal heroin) and (indirectly) Big Pharma which is involved in the sale and distribution of pharmaceutical opioids.24

Several Big Pharma companies involved in the marketing of the COVID-19 vaccine including Pfizer and Johnson & Johnson are also involved in the highly profitable (and legal) sale of pharmaceutical opioids, which in the course of the corona crisis (2020-2021) have become one of the main sources of drug overdose.

Corrupt Big Pharma Companies

Local communities across America took a stance against the Pharma giants with regard to opioids. In 2019-20, a multi-billion dollar opioid settlement was reached with Purdue Pharma on behalf of thousands of US cities and counties. 

“In October [2020], Oxycontin-maker Purdue admitted to enabling the supply of drugs “without legitimate medical purpose”, paying doctors and others illegal kickbacks to prescribe the drugs, among other claims. It agreed to pay $8.3bn.” (BBC, February 4, 2021)25

At the height of the corona crisis (November 2020):

“Four major Big Pharma distributors (Johnson & Johnson, McKesson, Cardinal Health, Amerisource Bergen) involved in the production (J&J) and distribution of prescription opioids “reached a tentative multi-billion settlement with counties and cities that sued them for damages”.26 

The settlement was referred to as the “Opioid Epidemic.” What is its relationship to the corona crisis? In a bitter irony, Johnson & Johnson, which has been the object of a prescription opioids class action lawsuit, is also a major distributor of the COVID-19 vaccine. 

These same Big Pharma distributors benefited from the spike in the sales of opioids resulting from the lockdown, which in turn contributed to a significant increase in drug overdose deaths in the course of 2020-2021 (see graphs above).

In a bitter irony, the spike in drug overdose has led to increased profits for Big Pharma.

While Big Pharma is the object of a multi-billion dollar civil lawsuit on the fraudulent distribution of prescription opioids, several of these corrupt companies are now entangled in promoting the COVID-19 vaccine initiative. According to Bloomberg, “more than 400,000 Americans have died over the last two decades from [drug] overdose”.27

And now, since the onset of the corona crisis in February 2020, monthly deaths resulting from drug overdose have more than tripled (see graph above). 

 

Alcoholism

Drug abuse and alcoholism are often related.

Drug and alcohol abuse have increased with COVID, and so has suicide. Help hotlines are flooded and certain statistics — online alcohol sales increased in the U.S. by over 200% — paint a dark picture.”

“Addiction is skyrocketing,” says addiction therapist Cindi Brand, who worked formerly with CAMH.

The pandemic has increased all forms of anxiety and stress even … Social distancing means people with addiction issues “can’t possibly get the help they need right now,” she says. (emphasis added)28

Increase in Sales of Alcohol

An upward trend in alcoholism during the corona crisis in the US is confirmed by a significant increase in the sale of alcohol. According to a Nielsen study, the stay at home orders in March 2020 resulted in “a 54% increase in national sales of alcohol for the week ending March 21, 2020, compared with one year before; online sales increased 262% from 2019.”29

A RAND corporation sample survey study conducted with the support of the National Institute of Alcohol Abuse and Alcoholism (NIAAA) consisted in comparing adults’ drinking habits in 2019 with those prevailing during the corona crisis (2020):

“American adults have sharply increased their consumption of alcohol during the shutdown triggered by the coronavirus pandemic, with women increasing their heavy drinking episodes (four or more drinks within a couple of hours) by 41%

A national survey found that the overall frequency of alcohol consumption increased by 14% among adults over age 30, compared to the same time last year. The increase was 19% among all adults aged 30 to 59, 17% among women, and 10% among for non-Hispanic white adults.” (Rand Corporation)30

While the Rand Corporation study on drinking habits reveals an increase in the consumption of alcohol, the results must be interpreted with caution. The recorded increase in the actual sale of alcohol (54%) was significantly higher than the estimated increase in drinking, based on the Rand sample survey. Concurrently, however, during lockdown, consumption of alcohol has largely been taking place in homes, rather than in (closed) bars and restaurants.31 

According to Michael Pollard, lead author of the study at RAND, “People’s depression increases, anxiety increases, [and] alcohol use is often a way to cope with these feelings.”32

 

Endnotes

1 Stefania Chiappini,  Amira Guirguis, et al., July 29, 2020. COVID-19: The Hidden Impact on Mental Health and Drug Addiction. https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC7403495/

2 American Foundation for Suicide Prevention, n.d. Suicide Statistics. https://afsp.org/suicide-statistics/

3 National Institute of Mental Health, n.d. Suicide. https://www.nimh.nih.gov/health/statistics/suicide#part_154969

4 Mark É. Czeisler, Rashon I. Lane, et al., August 14, 2020. Mental Health, Substance Use, and Suicidal Ideation During the COVID-19 Pandemic — United States, June 24–30, 2020. https://www.cdc.gov/mmwr/volumes/69/wr/mm6932a1.htm

5 Ibid.

Mark A. Reger, Ian H. Stanley, et al., April 10, 2020. Suicide Mortality and Coronavirus Disease 2019—A Perfect Storm? https://jamanetwork.com/journals/jamapsychiatry/fullarticle/2764584?guestAccessKey=c40eefb2-c634-47ed-b3c3-f00b005e3cf2&utm_

7 Jon Miltimore, November 24, 2020. Suicide Claimed More Lives in October Than 10 Months of COVID-19 in Japan, Report Shows. https://fee.org/articles/suicide-claimed-more-lives-in-october-than-10-months-of-covid-19-in-japan-report-shows/

Mark A. Reger, Ian H. Stanley, et al., April 10, 2020. Suicide Mortality and Coronavirus Disease 2019—A Perfect Storm? https://jamanetwork.com/journals/jamapsychiatry/fullarticle/2764584?guestAccessKey=c40eefb2-c634-47ed-b3c3-f00b005e3cf2&utm_

9 Times Now Digital, September 14, 2020. Amid COVID-19 outbreak, India’s suicide epidemic remains unaddressed – these graphs show how. https://www.timesnownews.com/india/article/amid-covid-19-outbreak-indias-suicide-epidemic-remains-unaddressed-these-graphs-show-how/652188

10 Carol Graham, November 17, 2020. The human costs of the pandemic: Is it time to prioritize well-being? https://www.brookings.edu/research/the-human-costs-of-the-pandemic-is-it-time-to-prioritize-well-being/

11 Statista, March 2021. Total number of suicides committed in Japan from 2011 to 2020. https://www.statista.com/statistics/622065/japan-suicide-number/

12 L. Kettenhofen, November 30, 2021. Suicide in Japan – statistics & facts. https://www.statista.com/topics/5259/suicide-in-japan/

13 Lucy Craft, November 13, 2020. Suicide claimed more Japanese lives in October than 10 months of COVID. https://www.cbsnews.com/news/japan-suicide-coronavirus-more-japanese-suicides-in-october-than-total-covid-deaths/

14 Ibid.

15 Emiko Jozuka, October 14, 2021. Child suicides in Japan are at a record high. https://edition.cnn.com/2021/10/14/asia/suicide-children-japan-intl-hnk/index.html

16 CDC, December 17, 2020. Overdose Deaths Accelerating During COVID-19. https://www.cdc.gov/media/releases/2020/p1218-overdose-deaths-covid-19.html

17 Laura Santhanam, December 28, 2020. What’s behind the historic spike in drug overdose deaths under COVID-19. https://www.pbs.org/newshour/health/whats-behind-the-historic-spike-in-drug-overdose-deaths-under-covid-19

18 CDC, January 12, 2022. Provisional Drug Overdose Death Counts. https://www.cdc.gov/nchs/nvss/vsrr/drug-overdose-data.htm#data-tables

19 Ibid.

20 Deidre McPhillips, November 17, 2021. Drug overdose deaths top 100,000 annually for the first time, driven by fentanyl, CDC data show. https://edition.cnn.com/2021/11/17/health/drug-overdose-deaths-record-high/index.html

21 Ontario Drug Policy Research Network, The Office of the Chief Coroner for Ontario/Ontario Forensic Pathology Service, et al., November 2020. Preliminary Patterns in Circumstances Surrounding Opioid-Related Deaths in Ontario during the COVID-19 Pandemic. https://www.publichealthontario.ca/-/media/documents/o/2020/opioid-mortality-covid-surveillance-report.pdf?la=en

22 Ibid.

23 Prof Michel Chossudovsky, June 14, 2005. The Spoils of War: Afghanistan’s Multibillion Dollar Heroin Trade. https://www.globalresearch.ca/the-spoils-of-war-afghanistan-s-multibillion-dollar-heroin-trade/91

24 MarketWatch, January 13, 2022. Opioids Drugs Market Size, Share 2022 Global Analysis Covers COVID-19 Impact | Detailed Insights on Upcoming Trends, Growth Rate and Future Forecast to 2025. https://www.marketwatch.com/press-release/opioids-drugs-market-size-share-2022-global-analysis-covers-covid-19-impact-detailed-insights-on-upcoming-trends-growth-rate-and-future-forecast-to-2025-2022-01-13

25 BBC, February 4, 2021. McKinsey agrees $573m opioid settlement in US. https://www.bbc.com/news/business-55939224

26 KHN Morning Briefing, November 6, 2020. 4 Drug Companies Agree To $26 Billion Opioid Settlement. https://khn.org/morning-breakout/4-drug-companies-agree-to-26-billion-opioid-settlement/

27 Jef Feeley, February 4, 2021. McKinsey to Pay $573 Million to Resolve U.S. Opioid Claims. https://www.bloomberg.com/news/articles/2021-02-04/mckinsey-said-to-agree-to-550-million-opioid-claim-settlement-kkq6xumb

28 Liz Braun, October 1, 2020. Drug and alcohol use rising during COVID. https://torontosun.com/news/local-news/drug-and-alcohol-use-rising-during-covid

29 NielsenIQ, May 7, 2020. Rebalancing the ‘COVID-19 effect’ on alcohol sales. https://nielseniq.com/global/en/insights/analysis/2020/rebalancing-the-covid-19-effect-on-alcohol-sales/

30 RAND, September 29, 2020. Alcohol Consumption Rises Sharply During Pandemic Shutdown; Heavy Drinking by Women Rises 41%. https://www.rand.org/news/press/2020/09/29.html

31 Sasha Pezenik, September 30, 2020. Alcohol consumption rising sharply during pandemic, especially among women. https://abcnews.go.com/US/alcohol-consumption-rising-sharply-pandemic-women/story?id=73302479

32 Ibid.  


 

Chapter VII

Corrupt Science: “There Is No Cure”

Suppression of Hydroxychloroquine (HCQ), 

A Cheap and Effective Drug 

 

There was an ongoing battle to suppress hydroxychloroquine (HCQ), a cheap and effective drug for the treatment of COVID-19. The campaign against HCQ was carried out through slanderous political statements, media smears, not to mention an authoritative peer-reviewed “evaluation” published on May 22 by The Lancet, which was based on fake figures and test trials.

The study was allegedly based on data analysis of 96,032 patients hospitalized with COVID-19 between Dec 20, 2019, and April 14, 2020 from 671 hospitals worldwide. The database had been fabricated. The objective was to kill the hydroxychloroquine (HCQ) cure on behalf of Big Pharma.

While The Lancet article was retracted, the media casually blamed “a tiny US-based company” named Surgisphere whose employees included “a sci-fi writer and adult content model” for spreading “flawed data” (Guardian). This Chicago-based outfit was accused of having misled both the WHO and national governments, inciting them to ban HCQ. None of those trial tests actually took place.

 

Screenshot from The Lancet

 

While the blame was placed on Surgisphere, the unspoken truth (which neither the scientific community nor the media has acknowledged) is that the study was coordinated by Harvard professor Mandeep Mehra under the auspices of Brigham and Women’s Hospital (BWH), which is a partner of the Harvard Medical School.

When the scam was revealed, Dr. Mandeep Mehra, who holds the Harvey Distinguished Chair of Medicine at Brigham and Women’s Hospital, apologized:

“I have always performed my research in accordance with the highest ethical and professional guidelines. However, we can never forget the responsibility we have as researchers to scrupulously ensure that we rely on data sources that adhere to our high standards.

It is now clear to me that in my hope to contribute this research during a time of great need, I did not do enough to ensure that the data source was appropriate for this use. For that, and for all the disruptions – both directly and indirectly – I am truly sorry.” (emphasis added)

Mandeep R. Mehra, MD, MSC (official statement on BWH website)1

But that “truly sorry” note was just the tip of the iceberg. Why?

The studies respectively on Gilead Sciences’ remdesivir and on hydroxychloroquine (HCQ) were conducted simultaneously by Brigham and Women’s Hospital (BWH).

While The Lancet report (May 22, 2020) coordinated by Dr. Mandeep Mehra was intended “to kill” the legitimacy of HCQ as a cure of COVID-19, another important (related) study was being carried out (concurrently) at BWH pertaining to remdesivir on behalf of Gilead Sciences, Inc.

Dr. Francisco Marty, a specialist in Infectious Disease and Associate Professor at Harvard Medical School, was entrusted with coordination of the clinical trial tests of the antiviral medication remdesivir under Brigham’s contract with Gilead Sciences, Inc2:

“Brigham and Women’s Hospital began enrolling patients in two clinical trials for Gilead’s antiviral medication remdesivir. The Brigham is one of multiple clinical trial sites for a Gilead-initiated study of the drug in 600 participants with moderate coronavirus disease (COVID-19) and a Gilead-initiated study of 400 participants with severe COVID-19.

… If the results are promising, this could lead to FDA approval, and if they aren’t, it gives us critical information in the fight against COVID-19 and allows us to move on to other therapies.”

While Dr. Mandeep Mehra was not directly involved in the Gilead Remdesivir BWH study under the supervision of his colleague Dr. Francisco Marty, he nonetheless had contacts with Gilead Sciences, Inc:

“He participated in a conference sponsored by Gilead in early April 2020 as part of the Covid-19 debate” (France Soir, May 23, 2020)3

What was the intent of his (failed) study? To undermine the legitimacy of hydroxychloroquine?

According to France Soir, in a report published after The Lancet retraction:

The often evasive answers produced by Dr Mandeep R. Mehra, … professor at Harvard Medical School, did not produce confidence, fueling doubt instead about the integrity of this retrospective study and its results. (France Soir, June 5, 2020)4

Was Dr. Mandeep Mehra in conflict of interest? (That is a matter for BWH and the Harvard Medical School to decide upon)

 

Who Were the Main Actors? 

Dr. Anthony Fauci, portrayed as “America’s top infectious disease expert,” played a key role in smearing the HCQ cure which had been approved years earlier by the CDC as well as providing legitimacy to Gilead’s remdesivir.

Dr. Fauci has been the head of the National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases (NIAID) since the Reagan administration. He is known to act as a mouthpiece for Big Pharma.

Dr. Fauci launched remdesivir in late June (see details below). According to Fauci, remdesivir is the “corona wonder drug” developed by Gilead Sciences, Inc. It’s a $1.6 billion dollar bonanza.

 

Gilead Sciences, Inc: History

Gilead Sciences, Inc is a multi-billion dollar bio-pharmaceutical company which is now involved in developing and marketing remdesivir. Gilead has a long history. It has the backing of major investment conglomerates including the Vanguard Group and Capital Research & Management Co, among others. It has developed ties with the US government.

In 1999, Gilead Sciences, Inc developed Tamiflu (used as a treatment of seasonal influenza and bird flu). At the time, Gilead Sciences, Inc was headed by Donald Rumsfeld (1997-2001), who later joined the George W. Bush administration as Secretary of Defense (2001-2006). Rumsfeld was responsible for coordinating the illegal and criminal wars on Afghanistan (2001) and Iraq (2003).

Rumsfeld maintained his links to Gilead Sciences, Inc throughout his tenure as Secretary of Defense (2001-2006). According to CNN Money (2005): “The prospect of a bird flu outbreak … was very good news for Defense Secretary Donald Rumsfeld [who still owned Gilead stocks] and other politically connected investors in Gilead Sciences.”5

Anthony Fauci has been in charge of the NIAID since 1984, using his position as “a go-between” the US government and Big Pharma. During Rumsfeld’s tenure as Secretary of Defense, the budget allocated to bio-terrorism increased substantially, involving contracts with Big Pharma including Gilead Sciences, Inc. Anthony Fauci considered that the money allocated to bio-terrorism in early 2002 would:

“accelerate our understanding of the biology and pathogenesis of microbes that can be used in attacks, and the biology of the microbes’ hosts — human beings and their immune systems. One result should be more effective vaccines with less toxicity.” (Washington Post, February 7, 2022)6

In 2008, Dr. Anthony Fauci was granted the Presidential Medal of Freedom by President George W. Bush “for his determined and aggressive efforts to help others live longer and healthier lives.”7

Dr. Anthony S. Fauci, listens Thursday, June 19, 2008, as he is announced as a recipient of the 2008 Presidential Medal of Freedom, at ceremonies in the East Room of the White House. (White House photo by Shealah Craighead)

 

The 2020 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Remdesivir Project

We will be focusing on key documents (and events).

Chronology (February-June 2020)

February 21, 2020: Initial release pertaining to NIH-NIAID remdesivir placebo test trial

April 10: The Gilead Sciences, Inc study published in the NEJM on the “Compassionate Use of Remdesivir”

April 29: NIH released study on remdesivir (report published on May 22 in NEJM)

May 22: The BWH-Harvard Study on Hydroxychloroquine coordinated by Dr. Mandeep Mehra published in The Lancet

May 22: Remdesivir for the Treatment of COVID-19 — Preliminary Report, National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases, National Institutes of Health, New England Journal of Medicine (NEJM) 

June 5: The (fake) Lancet Report (May 22) on HCQ is retracted

June 29: Fauci announcement. The $1.6 billion remdesivir HHS agreement with Gilead Sciences, Inc

 

April 10, 2020: The Gilead Sciences, Inc study published in the NEJM on the “Compassionate Use of Remdesivir”

A Gilead-sponsored report was published in New England Journal of Medicine in an article entitled “Compassionate Use of Remdesivir for Patients with Severe COVID-19”. It was co-authored by an impressive list of 56 distinguished medical doctors and scientists, many of whom were recipients of consulting fees from Gilead Sciences, Inc.

Gilead Sciences, Inc. funded the study which included several staff members as co-authors.

“The testing included a total of 61 patients [who] received at least one dose of remdesivir on or before March 7, 2020; 8 of these patients were excluded because of missing postbaseline information (7 patients) and an erroneous remdesivir start date (1 patient) … Of the 53 remaining patients included in this analysis, 40 (75%) received the full 10-day course of remdesivir, 10 (19%) received 5 to 9 days of treatment, and 3 (6%) fewer than 5 days of treatment.” (NEJM, April 10, 2020)8

The NEJM article states that “Gilead Sciences, Inc began accepting requests from clinicians for compassionate use of remdesivir on January 25, 2020.”

From whom, from where? According to the WHO (January 30, 2020), there were 86 cases in 18 countries outside China of which 5 were in the US, 5 in France and 3 in Canada.

Several prominent physicians and scientists have cast doubt on the Compassionate Use of Remdesivir study conducted by Gilead, focusing on the small size of the trial. Ironically, the number of patients in the test is less than the number of co-authors: “53 patients” versus “56 co-authors.”

Below we provide excerpts from scientific statements on the Gilead NEJM project (Science Media Centre) published immediately following the release of the NEJM article9:

‘Compassionate use’ is better described as using an unlicensed therapy to treat a patient because there are no other treatments available. Research based on this kind of use should be treated with extreme caution because there is no control group or randomisation, which are some of the hallmarks of good practice in clinical trials.” (Prof Duncan Richard, Clinical Therapeutics, University of Oxford)

 “It is critical not to over-interpret this study. Most importantly, it is impossible to know the outcome for this relatively small group of patients had they not received remdesivir.” (Dr Stephen Griffin, Associate Professor, School of Medicine, University of Leeds)

 “The research is interesting but doesn’t prove anything at this point: the data are from a small and uncontrolled study.” (Simon Maxwell, Professor of Clinical Pharmacology and Prescribing, University of Edinburgh)

“The data from this paper are almost uninterpretable. It is very surprising, perhaps even unethical, that the New England Journal of Medicine has published it. It would be more appropriate to publish the data on the website of the pharmaceutical company that has sponsored and written up the study. At least Gilead have been clear that this has not been done in the way that a high quality scientific paper would be written.” (Prof Stephen Evans, Professor of Pharmacoepidemiology, London School of Hygiene & Tropical Medicine)

“It’s very hard to draw useful conclusions from uncontrolled studies like this particularly with a new disease where we really don’t know what to expect and with wide variations in outcomes between places and over time. One really has to question the ethics of failing to do randomisation – this study really represents more than anything else, a missed opportunity.” (Prof Adam Finn, Professor of Paediatrics, University of Bristol)

To review the complete document of Science Media Centre pertaining to expert assessments, click here.

 

April 29, 2020: The National Institutes of Health (NIH) Study on Remdesivir

On April 29 following the publication of the Gilead Sciences, Inc study in the NEJM on April 10, a press release of the National Institutes of Health (NIH) on remdesivir was released. The full document was published on May 22, by the NEJM under the title: Remdesivir for the Treatment of COVID-19 — Preliminary Report (NEJM). 

The study had been initiated on February 21, 2020. The title of the April 29 press release was: “Peer-reviewed data shows remdesivir for COVID-19 improves time to recovery.”

It’s a government-sponsored report which includes preliminary data from a randomized trial involving 1,063 hospitalized patients. The results of the trial labelled Adaptive COVID-19 Treatment Trial (ACTT) are preliminary, conducted under the helm of Dr. Fauci’s National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases (NIAID):

An independent data and safety monitoring board (DSMB) overseeing the trial met on April 27 to review data and shared their interim analysis with the study team. Based upon their review of the data, they noted that remdesivir was better than placebo from the perspective of the primary endpoint, time to recovery, a metric often used in influenza trials. Recovery in this study was defined as being well enough for hospital discharge or returning to normal activity level.

Preliminary results indicate that patients who received remdesivir had a 31% faster time to recovery than those who received placebo (p<0.001). Specifically, the median time to recovery was 11 days for patients treated with remdesivir compared with 15 days for those who received placebo. Results also suggested a survival benefit, with a mortality rate of 8.0% for the group receiving remdesivir versus 11.6% for the placebo group (p=0.059). (emphasis added)10

In the NIH’s earlier February 21, 2020 report (released at the outset of the study), the methodology was described as follows:

… A randomized, controlled clinical trial to evaluate the safety and efficacy of the investigational antiviral remdesivir in hospitalized adults diagnosed with coronavirus disease 2019 (COVID-19) …

Numbers. Where? When? 

The February 21 report confirmed that the first trial participant was “an American who was repatriated after being quarantined on the Diamond Princess cruise ship” that docked in Yokohama (Japanese Territorial Waters) (see Chapter II). “Thirteen people repatriated by the US State Department from the Diamond Princess cruise ship” were selected as patients for the placebo trial test.

Ironically, at the outset of the study, 58.7% of the “confirmed cases” worldwide (542 cases out of 924) (outside China) were on the Diamond Princess Cruise Ship from which the initial trial placebo patients were selected.

Where and When: The trial test in the 68 selected sites? That came at a later date because on February 19 (WHO data), the US had recorded only 15 positive cases (see table below).

“A total of 68 sites ultimately joined the study—47 in the United States and 21 in countries in Europe and Asia.” (emphasis added)

In the final May 22 NEJM report entitled Remdesivir for the Treatment of COVID-19 — Preliminary Report

There were 60 trial sites and 13 subsites in the United States (45 sites), Denmark (8), the United Kingdom (5), Greece (4), Germany (3), Korea (2), Mexico (2), Spain (2), Japan (1), and Singapore (1). Eligible patients were randomly assigned in a 1:1 ratio to receive either remdesivir or placebo. Randomization was stratified by study site and disease severity at enrollment.11

The Washington Post applauded Anthony Fauci’s announcement (April 29)12:

“The preliminary results, disclosed at the White House by Anthony S. Fauci, …  fall short of the magic bullet or cure… But with no approved treatments for Covid-19,[Lie] Fauci said, it will become the standard of care for hospitalized patients …

The data shows that remdesivir has a clear-cut, significant, positive effect in diminishing the time to recovery,” Fauci said. 

“The government’s first rigorous clinical trial of the experimental drug remdesivir as a coronavirus treatment delivered mixed results to the medical community Wednesday — but rallied stock markets and raised hopes that an early weapon to help some patients was at hand.

The preliminary results, disclosed at the White House by Anthony Fauci, chief of the National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases, which led the placebo-controlled trial found that the drug accelerated the recovery of hospitalized patients but had only a marginal benefit in the rate of death.

… Fauci’s remarks boosted speculation that the Food and Drug Administration would seek emergency use authorization that would permit doctors to prescribe the drug.

In addition to clinical trials, remdesivir has been given to more than 1,000 patients under compassionate use. [Also refers to the Gilead study published on April 10 in the NEJM]

The study, involving [more than] 1,000 patients at 68 sites in the United States and around the world [??], offers the first evidence [??] from a large [??], randomized [??] clinical study of remdesivir’s effectiveness against COVID-19.”

The NIH placebo test study provided “preliminary results.” While the placebo trial test was “randomized”, the overall selection of patients at the 68 sites was not fully randomized. See the full report.13

 

May 22, 2020: The Controversial (Retracted) Lancet Report on Hydroxychloroquine (HCQ)

It is worth noting that the full report of the NIH-NIAID entitled Remdesivir for the Treatment of COVID-19 — Preliminary Report was released on May 22, 2020 in the NEJM, on the same day as the controversial Lancet report on hydroxychloroquine.

Immediately following its publication, the media went into high gear, smearing the HCQ cure, while applauding the NIH-NIAID report on remdesivir released on that same day.

Remdesivir, the only drug cleared to treat COVID-19, sped the recovery time of patients with the disease, … “It’s a very safe and effective drug,” said Eric Topol, founder and director of the Scripps Research Translational Institute. “We now have a definite first efficacious drug for Covid-19, which is a major step forward and will be built upon with other drugs, [and drug] combinations.”14

When the Lancet HCQ article by Bingham-Harvard was retracted on June 5, it was too late, it received minimal media coverage. Despite the retraction, the HCQ cure “had been killed.”

 

June 29, 2020: Fauci Green Light. The $1.6 Billion Remdesivir Contract with Gilead Sciences, Inc

Dr. Anthony Fauci granted the “green light” to Gilead Sciences, Inc. on June 29, 2020.

The semi-official US government NIH-NIAID-sponsored report (May 22) entitled Remdesivir for the Treatment of COVID-19 — Preliminary Report (NEJM) was used to justify a major agreement with Gilead Sciences, Inc. (A final report was released on November 5, 2020)

The report was largely funded by the National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases (NIAID) headed by Dr. Anthony Fauci and the National Institutes of Health (NIH).

On June 29, based on the findings of the NIH-NIAID report published in the NEJM, the Department of Health and Human Services (HHS) announced on behalf of the Trump Adminstration an agreement to secure large supplies of the remdesivir drug from Gilead Sciences, Inc. for the treatment of COVID-19 in America’s private hospitals and clinics.

The earlier Gilead study based on scanty test results published in the NEJM (April 10) of 53 cases (and 56 co-authors) was not highlighted. The results of this study had been questioned by several prominent physicians and scientists.

Who will be able to afford remdesivir? 500,000 doses of remdesivir are envisaged at $3,200 per patient, namely $1.6 billion (see the study by Elizabeth Woodworth).15

The drug was also approved for marketing in the European Union under the brand name Veklury.

If this contract is implemented as planned, it represents for Gilead Sciences, Inc. and the recipient US private hospitals and clinics a colossal amount of money.

According to the Trump Administration’s HHS Secretary Alex Azar (June 29, 2020):

“To the extent possible, we want to ensure that any American patient who needs remdesivir can get it. [at $3200] The Trump Administration is doing everything in our power to learn more about life-saving therapeutics for COVID-19 and secure access to these options for the American people.”

 

Remdesivir versus Hydroxychloroquine (HCQ)

Careful timing:

The Lancet study (published on May 22, 2020 and subsequently retracted) was intended to undermine the legitimacy of hydroxychloroquine as an effective cure to COVID-19, with a view to sustaining the $1.6 billion agreement between the HHS and Gilead Sciences, Inc. on June 29. The legitimacy of this agreement rested on the May 22 NIH-NIAID study in the NEJM which was considered “preliminary.”16

What Dr. Fauci failed to acknowledge is that chloroquine had been “studied” and tested 15 years ago by the CDC as a drug to be used against coronavirus infections. And that hydroxychloroquine has been used in the course of 2020 in the treatment of COVID-19 in several countries.

According to the (2005) Virology Journal, Chloroquine is a potent inhibitor of SARS coronavirus infection and spread.”17 It was used in the SARS-1 outbreak in 2002. It had the endorsement of the CDC. 

HCQ is not only effective, it is “inexpensive” when compared to remdesivir at an estimated “$3,120 for a US patient with private insurance.”

 

Concluding Remarks

The Gilead Sciences, Inc. remdesivir study (50+ authors) was published in the New England Journal of Medicine on April 10, 2020.

It was followed by the NIH-NIAID Remdesivir for the Treatment of COVID-19 — Preliminary Report on May 22, 2020 in the NEJM.  And on that same day, May 22, the report on hydroxychloroquine coordinated by BWH-Harvard Dr. Mehra was published by the Lancet (which was subsequently retracted).

Harvard Medical School and the BWH bear responsibility for having hosted and financed the Lancet report on HCQ coordinated by Dr. Mandeep Mehra.

Is there conflict of interest? BWH was simultaneously involved in a study on remdesivir in a contract with Gilead Sciences, Inc.

While the Lancet report coordinated by Harvard’s Dr. Mehra was retracted, it nonetheless served the interests of Gilead Sciences, Inc.

It is important that an independent scientific and medical assessment be undertaken, respectively of the Gilead Sciences, Inc New England Journal of Medicine (NEMJ) peer-reviewed study (April 10, 2020) as well as the NIH-NIAID study also published in the NEJM (May 22, 2020).

 

Endnotes

1 Brigham and Women’s Hospital, May 22, 2020. No Improvement in Death Rate for COVID-19 Patients who Received Hydroxychloroquine. https://www.brighamandwomens.org/about-bwh/newsroom/press-releases-detail?id=3592

2 Brigham and Women’s Hospital, March 30, 2020. Two Remdesivir Clinical Trials Underway at Brigham and Women’s Hospital. https://www.brighamhealthonamission.org/2020/03/26/two-remdesivir-clinical-trials-underway-at-brigham-and-womens-hospital/

3 Xavier Azalbert & Eric Gyssler, June 5, 2020. From coincidences to coincidences, the Boston connexion serves Remdesivir? https://www.francesoir.fr/politique-monde/coincidences-coincidences-boston-connexion-serves-remdesivir

4 Ibid.

5 Nelson D. Schwartz, October 31, 2005. Rumsfeld’s growing stake in Tamiflu Defense Secretary, ex-chairman of flu treatment rights holder, sees portfolio value growing. https://money.cnn.com/2005/10/31/news/newsmakers/fortune_rumsfeld/

6 George F. Will, February 7, 2002. War and Health. https://www.washingtonpost.com/archive/opinions/2002/02/07/war-and-health/c1e5dfb2-c373-45ef-87d1-eb89f0db557c/

7 George W Bush Library, March 30, 2020. https://twitter.com/gwblibrary/status/1244601539227942914?lang=en

8 Jonathan Grein, Norio Ohmagari, et al, June 11, 2020. Compassionate Use of Remdesivir for Patients with Severe Covid-19. https://www.nejm.org/doi/full/10.1056/NEJMoa2007016#article_references

9 Prof. Stephen Evans & Prof. Adam Finn, April 11, 2020. Expert reaction to a study about compassionate use of remdesivir for patients with severe COVID-19. https://www.sciencemediacentre.org/expert-reaction-to-a-study-about-compassionate-use-of-remdesivir-for-patients-with-severe-covid-19/

10 National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases, February 25, 2020. NIH Clinical Trial of Remdesivir to Treat COVID-19 Begins. https://www.niaid.nih.gov/news-events/nih-clinical-trial-remdesivir-treat-covid-19-begins

11 John H. Beigel, Kay M. Tomashek, et al., November 5, 2020. Remdesivir for the Treatment of Covid-19 — Final Report. https://www.nejm.org/doi/full/10.1056/NEJMoa2007764?query=recirc_mostViewed_railB_article

12 Laurie Mcginley & Christopher Rowland, April 29, 2020. Gilead’s remdesivir improves recovery time of coronavirus patients in NIH trial. https://www.seattletimes.com/nation-world/gileads-remdesivir-improves-recovery-time-of-coronavirus-patients-in-nih-trial/

13 Ibid.

14 Matthew Herper, May 22, 2020. Covid-19 study details benefits of treatment with remdesivir, and also its limitations. https://www.statnews.com/2020/05/22/covid-19-study-details-benefits-of-treatment-with-remdesivir-and-also-its-limitations/

15 Elizabeth Woodworth, August 27, 2020. Remdesivir for Covid-19: $1.6 Billion for a “Modestly Beneficial” Drug? https://www.globalresearch.ca/remdesivir-covid-19-1-6-billion-modestly-beneficial-drug/5717690

16 Mandeep R. Mehra, Sapan S. Desai, et al., May 29, 2020. Hydroxychloroquine or chloroquine with or without a macrolide for treatment of COVID-19: a multinational registry analysis. https://www.thelancet.com/pdfs/journals/lancet/PIIS0140-6736(20)31180-6.pdf

17 Martin J. Vincent, Eric Bergeron, et al., August 22, 2005. Chloroquine is a potent inhibitor of SARS coronavirus infection and spread. https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC1232869/

 


 

Chapter VIII

Big Pharma’s COVID “Vaccine”

 

Our Children Are the Victims

Student at the Lycée Valabre de Luynes-Gardannem, Aix-en-Provence, 16 years old Sofia Benharira  passed away on September 21 [2021] yes, 7 days after having received the deadly Pfizer vaccine. Two Heart Attacks, Thrombosis. May She Rest in Peace.

***

“Her daughter’s 13-year-old friend who did not want to take the COVID-19 vaccine. “Her Heart Stopped. She is in Critical Care. This is happening here right now in Halifax, Nova Scotia, Because she wanted to play soccer. 

She did not want to take the Vaccine. But when our Premier mandated the vaccine for children playing sport.  …. 

“I am disgusted with our government.”

(Powerful voice of a Canadian mother)

***

“Yesterday evening, we got news from France of a young man, 22 years old who died nine hours after having being vaccinated. He wanted to travel on a holiday to Greece. “He just wanted to live said his father. … he was my only son, and he died, killed by a crap vaccine that was never validated or properly tested”. 

The mainstream media provided its own interpretation quoting “authoritative medical sources”.

“It  wasn’t the vaccine which triggered Maxime Beltra‘s death. He died from an allergic reaction, they said: “a probable serious food allergy, according to medical sources”.

Now isn’t that a piece of authoritative fake news, quoting hospital officials. Today Our thoughts are with Maxime Beltra and his family.

***

“If you permit this to go ahead [vaccine], I guarantee, there will be avoidable deaths of perfectly healthy children and severe illnesses in ten times as many. And for no possible benefit. Knowing what I know from 40 years training and practice in toxicology, biochemistry and pharmacology, to participate in this extraordinary abuse of innocent children in our care can be classified in no other way than Murder.” —Dr. Michael Yeadon, prominent scientist, former Vice President of Pfizer

“Three doctors from Ontario died after the hospital where they worked started administering the fourth booster shot to their staff. Is it a coincidence or are they victims of this diabolical worldwide vaccination campaign?” —Mark Taliano, author, Research Associate of the Centre for Research on Globalization

“This vaccine campaign will go down as the biggest scandal in medical history, … moreover, it will be known as the biggest crime ever committed on humanity.” —MP Christine Anderson, Member of the European Parliament, July 2022

 

Yes, It’s a killer vaccine. That message should be loud and clear. This is happening all over the world: children and adolescents are dying. Crimes against humanity, crimes against our children. 

Health authorities are routinely instructed to categorize vaccine-related deaths and injuries to COVID-19: “The vaccinated are dying of COVID.” It’s a boldface lie. 

 

Introduction

The vaccine was launched on November 9, 2020, barely six months after the March 11, 2020 lockdown. These two interrelated policy mandates constitute the strategic pillars of the COVID crisis:

  • The lockdown was an act of economic and social warfare directed against all humanity.
  • Amply documented (starting in early 2021) the mRNA COVID-19 vaccine is a poisonous substance which has resulted in a sustained upward trend in vaccine-related mortality and morbidity.

Peer-reviewed reports confirm the causes of vaccine-related deaths and injuries including, among others, blood clots, thrombosis, myocarditis and fertility.

The impacts of the vaccine are also documented by a secret Pfizer report which was released under freedom of information (see analysis below).

Video: Impact of COVID vaccinations on mortality (December 2020 – April 2021, selected countries), click here to watch.

The latest official figures at the time of writing (April 3, 2022) point to approximately: 

69,053 COVID-19 injection-related deaths and 10,997,126 injuries for the EU, US and UK combined for a population of 830 million people.1

But only a small fraction of the victims or families of the deceased will go through the tedious process of reporting vaccine-related deaths and adverse events to the national health authorities. 

Moreover, the health authorities are actively involved in obfuscating the deaths and injuries resulting from the “unapproved” and “experimental” COVID-19 “vaccine”.

Based on historical data (Electronic Support for Public Health–Vaccine Adverse Event Reporting System (ESPH-VAERS) p. 6)

“Adverse events from drugs and vaccines are common, but underreported. … less than 0.3% of all adverse drug events and 1-13% of serious events are reported to the Food and Drug Administration (FDA). Likewise, fewer than 1% of vaccine adverse events are reported. (emphasis added)2

These are official statistics based on a formal process of registration of deaths and injuries. The actual number of deaths and injuries triggered by the mRNA vaccine is much higher.

Multiply the figures by the relevant parameter to get the REAL numbers; we are talking about very high numbers.

 

The mRNA “Vaccine”. Hidden Agenda? 

The vaccine does not save lives nor does it contain the pandemic because there is no pandemic. It’s a money-making operation for Big Pharma in the hundreds of billions of dollars.

Moreover, it’s not a one-time vaccine jab. Several doses are contemplated over several years.

It is applied worldwide and enforced by powerful financial Interest. Not a single country, with the exception of Burundi, Tanzania and Haiti, had the courage to refuse the mRNA vaccine.

While there is no reliable evidence, it is worth noting that the presidents of Tanzania and Burundi died under mysterious circumstances.

Haiti was the only country in the Western hemisphere which categorically refused to implement the mRNA vaccine.

In a bitter irony, immediately following president Jovenel Moise’s assassination on July 7, 2021, president Joe Biden promptly sent half a million vaccine doses (and more to come, courtesy of Uncle Sam) delivered by COVAX to Port-au-Prince six days after Moise’s passing.3

This first shipment to Haiti was part of a US Aid Program consisting of 500 million doses of the “killer vaccine” which was slated to be sent to a large number of developing countries.  

 

Big Money for Big Pharma

The US government ordered 100 million doses of the vaccine in the immediate wake of the March 11, 2020 lockdown. The EU purchased more than 1.8 billion doses, which represents four times the population of the European Union. It’s Big Money for Big Pharma, generous payoffs to corrupt politicians at the expense of taxpayers.

The objective is ultimately to make money, by vaccinating the entire planet of 7.9 billion people for SARS-CoV-2.

The COVID vaccine requires at least three doses. This is the largest vaccine project in world history and the biggest money-making operation for Big Pharma.

Worldwide, people are led to believe that the corona vaccine is a solution. And that “normality” will then be restored.

 

The mRNA Vaccine Is “Unapproved” and “Experimental” 

How is it that a vaccine for the SARS-CoV-2 virus, which under normal conditions would take years to develop, was promptly launched on the 9th of November 2020?

Moreover, the vaccine announced by Pfizer, Moderna Inc, AstraZeneca and Johnson & Johnson (J&J) is based on an experimental gene-editing mRNA technology which has a bearing on the human genome.

Coupled with the mRNA vaccine initiative is the development of a so-called digital passport which is currently being imposed on entire populations (see analysis below).

And why do we need a vaccine for COVID-19 when the WHO, the US Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) as well as numerous scientists have confirmed unequivocally that COVID-19 is “similar to seasonal influenza”? (See analysis in Chapter III)

Four major companies including Pfizer Inc, Moderna Inc, AstraZeneca and Johnson & Johnson (J&J) are involved in marketing the experimental mRNA vaccine with the relentless support of national governments.  

In the US, the “green light” to market the experimental mRNA vaccine was granted back in December 2020, despite the fact that according to the FDA, the vaccine is an “unapproved product”.

The FDA, in an ambiguous statement, has provided a so-called Emergency Use Authorization (EUA) to the Pfizer-BioNTech vaccine, namely “to permit the emergency use of the unapproved product, … for active immunization…”4 (See below)

 

Screenshot from the FDA

 

There is something fishy and “contradictory” in this statement. The experimental Pfizer mRNA vaccine is both “unapproved” and “permitted”.

I have checked this statement with a prominent lawyer. It is blatantly illegal to market an “unapproved product”.

In the US, the Pfizer-Moderna vaccine was categorized by the CDC as an “investigational drug”. “The emergency use” clause is there to justify the launching of what might be described as an “illegal drug”.

There is an ongoing fear campaign but there is no “emergency” which justifies “emergency use”. Why?

  1. Both the WHO and the CDC have confirmed that COVID-19 is “similar to seasonal influenza”; it is not a killer virus. 
  2. The PCR test used to estimate “confirmed positive cases” is flawed. Since March 2020, the COVID-19 “numbers” have been manipulated, hiked up.
  3. The overall validity of the PCR test (and estimates) as applied since January 2020 has been questioned (January 2021) by the WHO (see our analysis in Chapter III).

 

Pfizer Has a Criminal Record: “Fraudulent Marketing” of an “Unapproved Product”

Flashback to 2009. In a historic US Department of Justice decision in September 2009, Pfizer Inc. pleaded guilty to criminal charges.5 It was “the largest health care fraud settlement” in the history of the US Department of Justice:

American pharmaceutical giant Pfizer Inc. and its subsidiary Pharmacia & Upjohn Company Inc. … have agreed to pay $2.3 billion, the largest health care fraud settlement in the history of the Department of Justice, to resolve criminal and civil liability arising from the illegal promotion of certain pharmaceutical products, … ” (September 2, 2009)6

Screenshot from the Department of Justice

 

To view the C-Span video, click here.

 

Déjà Vu: Flash Forward to 2020-2022

How on earth can you trust a Big Pharma vaccine conglomerate which pleaded guilty to criminal charges by the US Department of Justice including “fraudulent marketing” and “felony violation of the Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act”?

I should mention, however, that in 2009, Pfizer was so to speak “put on probation” by the US Department of Justice.7 It was obliged to enter into “a corporate integrity agreement” with the Inspector General of the Department of Health and Human Services (DHHS). That agreement provided for “procedures and reviews to … avoid and promptly detect” misconduct on the part of Pfizer Inc.  

Johnson & Johnson and “the Opioid Epidemic” 

At the height of the corona crisis, barely covered by the media, coinciding with the launch of the COVID-19 vaccine in early November 2020, Johnson & Johnson (and its three distributors) (involved in the marketing of prescription opioids)  “reached a tentative multi-billion settlement with counties and cities that sued them for damages”.8 The class action lawsuit was “the largest federal court case in American history” (for further details, see Chapter VI pertaining to “The Impacts on Mental Health”).

Are these legal antecedents relevant to an understanding of Big Pharma’s vaccine initiative?

Johnson & Johnson is currently involved in the production and marketing of a COVID adenovirus viral vector vaccine which also entails genetic therapy (the above J&J class-action lawsuit is one among several lawsuits against J&J).

 

Human Guinea Pigs

In relation to the COVID vaccine, “fraudulent marketing” is an understatement. The mRNA vaccine announced by Pfizer, Moderna, Johnson & Johnson and AstraZeneca is an “unapproved drug” based on the “experimental” gene-editing mRNA technology which has a bearing on the human genome.9

Moreover, the standard animal lab tests using mice or ferrets were not conducted. Pfizer “went straight to human ‘guinea pigs’.”10

“Human tests began in late July and early August [2020]. Three months is unheard of for testing a new vaccine. Several years is the norm.” (F. William Engdahl, Global Research, November 2020)11

Dr. Michael Yeadon, former Vice President of Pfizer, has taken a firm stance

“All vaccines against the SARS-COV-2 virus are by definition novel. No candidate vaccine has been… in development for more than a few months.”

“If any such vaccine is approved for use under any circumstances that are not EXPLICITLY experimental, I believe that recipients are being misled to a criminal extent.”12

In early December 2020,  Dr. Michael Yeadon together with Dr. Wolfgang Wodarg “filed an application with the EMA“, the European Medicines Agency responsible for EU-wide drug approval, for the immediate suspension of all SARS-CoV-2 vaccine studies, in particular the Pfizer-BioNtech study on BNT162b (EudraCT number 2020-002641-42).13

 

History of the SARS-CoV-2 Vaccine Project 

There are many contradictions. The analysis below addresses the earlier stages of the vaccine project as well as the role of the 201 simulation of a coronavirus pandemic under the auspices of the Johns Hopkins School of Medicine held in New York on October 18, 2019 (see Chapter I).

The COVID vaccine is a multi-billion dollar Big Pharma operation which will contribute to increasing the public debt of more than 150 national governments.

Supported by the fear campaign, money — rather than public health — is the driving force behind this initiative.

The GSK-Pfizer Partnership 

Five months before the onset of the COVID-19 crisis, two of the largest worldwide Pharma conglomerates decided to join hands in a strategic relationship. In August 2019, GSK confirmed the formation of a major partnership with Pfizer entitled the Consumer Health Joint Venture.14

While the relationship is said to be limited to “trusted consumer health brands”, the agreement envisaged joint financial procedures including joint multi-billion dollar investment projects. While it does not constitute a merger, the GSK-Pfizer alliance implies selective integration and de facto collusion in many of the two companies’ activities including the vaccine market.

The completion of the joint venture with Pfizer marks the beginning of the next phase of our transformation of GSK. This is an important moment for the Group, laying the foundation for two great companies, one in Pharmaceuticals and Vaccines and one in Consumer Health.” (GSK, August 1, 2019, emphasis added)15

This GSK-Pfizer relationship also encompasses a network of partner pharmaceutical companies, research labs, virology institutes, military and biotech entities, etc. many of which are currently involved in the COVID vaccine initiative.  

At present, a handful of multi-national companies including GSK and Pfizer control 80% of the global vaccine market. Under the agreement between the two companies, GSK-Pfizer is slated to play a dominant and coordinated role in regards to the COVID-19 vaccine.

 

The October 2019 Coronavirus Event 201 Simulation Exercise. Development of an “Effective Vaccine”

The coronavirus was initially named nCoV-19 by CEPI and the WHO — exactly the same name as that adopted in the WEF-Gates-Johns Hopkins Event 201 (2019-nCov) pertaining to a coronavirus simulation exercise held in mid-October 2019. It was only later that COVID-19 was identified by the WHO not as a virus but as a disease: coronavirus disease (COVID-19), the virus was identified as “severe acute respiratory syndrome” coronavirus 2 (SARS-CoV-2). 

The Event 201 Johns Hopkins simulation (examined in Chapter I) addressed the development of an effective vaccine in response to millions of cases in the October 2019 simulation of an outbreak of a novel coronavirus entitled 2019-nCoV. The simulation announced a scenario in which the entire population of the planet would be affected:

“We ran a massive viral pandemic simulation.., 65 million deaths worldwide.”

“During the initial months of the pandemic, the cumulative number of cases [in the simulation] increases exponentially, doubling every week. And as the cases and deaths accumulate, the economic and societal consequences become increasingly severe.”

The scenario ends at the 18-month point, with 65 million deaths. The pandemic is beginning to slow due to the decreasing number of susceptible people. The pandemic will continue at some rate until there is an effective vaccine or until 80-90 % of the global population has been exposed. From that point on, it is likely to be an endemic childhood disease.16

To watch the World Economic Forum video, The 201 Johns Hopkins Simulation, click here.

 

The Central Role of the Coalition for Epidemic Preparedness Innovations (CEPI)

The lead entity for the novel coronavirus vaccine initiative is the Coalition for Epidemic Preparedness Innovations (CEPI), an organization sponsored and financed by the World Economic Forum (WEF) and the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation.

Two weeks after the virus had been formally identified by the People’s Republic of China (Jan 7, 2020), a vaccine for the novel coronavirus was announced by CEPI at the Davos World Economic Forum on January 20-24, 2020.

Note the chronology: The development of the 2019-nCoV vaccine was announced at the Davos World Economic Forum (WEF) a week prior to the official launching by the WHO of a Worldwide Public Health Emergency (January 30, 2020) at a time when the number of “confirmed cases” worldwide (outside China) was 83 (see Chapter II).

The pandemic was launched by the WHO on March 11, 2020. And five days later, barely covered by the media, the first tests involving human volunteers were conducted by Moderna in Seattle on March 16, 2020.

The evidence suggests that the vaccine project was initiated at a much earlier stage. According to Richard Hatchett, CEO of the Coalition for Epidemic Preparedness Innovations (CEPI), the project to develop a vaccine commenced not only prior to the discovery and identification of the coronavirus (January 7, 2020) but several months prior to the October 2019 simulation exercise (see interview with Richard Hatchett below).17

CEPI, on behalf of the Gates Foundation and the WEF, was seeking a “monopoly” role in the vaccination business the objective of which was a “global vaccine project”, in partnership with a large number of “candidates”.

The CEO Stéphane Bancel of Moderna Inc. described the features of the mRNA vaccine at a World Economic Forum press conference in Davos (January 2020). “We inject instructions … mRNA is a platform.” He confirmed that research was already well underway in collaboration with the NIS and CEPI. Click here to view the video.

Image: Moderna CEO Stephane Bancel (Licensed under GFDL, free to use)

On January 31, 2020, the day following the WHO’s official launching of the global public health emergency (PHEIC) and Trump’s decision to curtail air travel with China, CEPI announced its partnership with CureVac AG, a German-based biopharmaceutical company.

A few days later, in early February 2020, CEPI “announced that major vaccine manufacturer GSK would allow its proprietary adjuvants — compounds that boost the effectiveness of vaccines — to be used in the response” (the pandemic was officially launched on March 11, 2020).18

There were many “potential vaccines in the pipeline” with “dozens of research groups around the world racing to create a vaccine against COVID-19”.

 

The COVID-19 Global Vaccination Program 

CEPI (on behalf of Gates-WEF, which funded the 201 simulation exercise) played a key role in a large-scale worldwide vaccination program in partnership with biotech companies, Big Pharma, government agencies as well as university laboratories.  

Screenshot from CEPI’s Twitter

 

The foregoing statement by CEPI was made nearly two months prior to the official declaration of a pandemic on March 11, 2020. The number of confirmed cases outside China on January 30, 2020 was 83. 

“We’re having conversations with a broad array of potential partners”. And critical to those conversations is: What’s the plan to make very large quantities of vaccine within a time frame that is potentially relevant to what people seem to be increasingly certain will be a pandemic, if it isn’t already there? …” [Richard Hatchett, CEPI CEO in an interview with stat.news.com] (emphasis added)19 

 

Prior Knowledge of the COVID Pandemic. The mRNA Vaccine Was Already in the Pipeline

Of significance, Hatchett confirmed that the project to develop a vaccine commenced not only prior to the discovery and identification of the coronavirus (January 7, 2020) but several months prior to the October 2019 201 simulation exercise.

“We did that in the last year or so [early 2019]…  We are using the information that we have collected and have that team now thinking about opportunities for scaling vaccines of various different types. That is a work in progress. For some of the technologies the tech transfer [to a manufacturer] may be something that could be done in a time frame that was pertinent to the epidemic, potentially.

I think it is going to be really important to engage those folks who have access to really substantial production capacity. And having the big producers at the table — because of their depth, because of their experience, because of their internal resources — would be very, very important.

The candidate vaccines will be very, very quick. Dr. Anthony Fauci, director of NIAID [who has been spreading panic on network TV], is out in public as saying he thinks the clinical trial for the Moderna vaccine may be as early as the spring [2020]. (emphasis added)20

Did CEPI Director Richard HatchettDr. Anthony Fauci who heads NIAID, and Moderna’s CEO Stéphane Bencel have “prior knowledge” of the outbreak of the COVID-19 pandemic? 

Hatchett’s statements suggest that they had already been working on an mRNA vaccine in early 2019. Moreover, on December 12, 2019, two weeks prior to the official confirmation of the existence of a so-called “novel coronavirus” by the Chinese health authorities, Moderna Inc. together with the National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases (NIAID) had already “sent mRNA coronavirus vaccine candidates” to a lab investigator at the University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill (see Joseph Mercola, July 10, 2021).21

The CEPI-sponsored vaccine conglomerates had already planned their investments well in advance of the global worldwide health emergency (declared by the WHO on January 30, 2020).

Moderna announced on February 24, 2020 the development of “an experimental (messenger) mRNA COVID-19 vaccine, known as mRNA-1273″. “The initial batch of the vaccine has already been shipped to US government researchers from the National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases (NIAID)” headed by Dr. Antony Fauci.

In the words of Fauci:

“Finding a safe and effective vaccine to prevent infection with SARS-CoV-2 is an urgent public health priority…This Phase 1 study, launched in record speed, is an important first step toward achieving that goal.”22

Below are excerpts from the statement by Moderna which indicates “foreknowledge” as well as its collaboration with Anthony Fauci’s NIAID as early as January 13, 2020:23

Moderna’s Work on a Potential Vaccine Against COVID-19

Moderna is proud to be among the many groups working to respond to this continuing global health emergency. This page summarizes key milestones in our work to advance our vaccine candidate (mRNA-1273) and responds to frequently asked questions.

Timeline of our response through March 16, 2020

On January 11, 2020, the Chinese authorities shared the genetic sequence of the novel coronavirus.

On January 13, 2020, the U.S. National Institutes of Health (NIH) and Moderna’s infectious disease research team finalized the sequence for mRNA-1273, the Company’s vaccine against the novel coronavirus. At that time, the National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases (NIAID), part of NIH, disclosed their intent to run a Phase 1 study using the mRNA-1273 vaccine in response to the coronavirus threat and Moderna mobilized toward clinical manufacture.  Manufacture of this batch was funded by the Coalition for Epidemic Preparedness Innovations (CEPI).

On February 7, 2020, the first clinical batch, including fill and finishing of vials, was completed, a total of 25 days from sequence selection to vaccine manufacture. The batch then proceeded to analytical testing for release.

On February 24, 2020, the clinical batch was shipped from Moderna to the NIH for use in their Phase 1 clinical study.

On March 4, 2020, the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) completed its review of the Investigational New Drug (IND) application filed by the NIH for mRNA-1273 and allowed the study to proceed to begin clinical trials.

On March 16, 2020, the NIH announced that the first participant in its Phase 1 study for mRNA-1273 was dosed, a total of 63 days from sequence selection to first human dosing.

While Moderna Inc. initially stated that the first clinical trials would commence in late April (2020), tests involving human volunteers started in mid-March 2020 in Seattle (bear in mind the pandemic was officially launched on March 11, 2020).24 

Researchers in Seattle gave the first shot to the first person in a test of an experimental coronavirus vaccine Monday — leading off a worldwide hunt for protection even as the pandemic surges.  …

Some of the study’s carefully chosen healthy volunteers, ages 18 to 55, will get higher dosages than others to test how strong the inoculations should be. Scientists will check for any side effects and draw blood samples to test if the vaccine is revving up the immune system, looking for encouraging clues like the NIH earlier found in vaccinated mice.

“We don’t know whether this vaccine will induce an immune response, or whether it will be safe. That’s why we’re doing a trial,” Jackson stressed. “It’s not at the stage where it would be possible or prudent to give it to the general population.” (FOX news local)25

 

The COVID Vaccine and the ID2020 Digital Identity Platform

While CEPI had announced the launching of a global vaccine at the Davos World Economic Forum, another important and related endeavor was underway. It’s called the ID2020 Agenda which, according to Peter Koenig, constitutes “an electronic ID program that uses generalized vaccination as a platform for digital identity”: 

“The ID2020 Agenda harnesses existing birth registration and vaccination operations to provide newborns with a portable and persistent biometrically-linked digital identity.” (Peter Koenig, March 12, 2020)26 

The founding partners of ID2020 are Microsoft, the Rockefeller Foundation and the Global Alliance for Vaccines and Immunization (GAVI) (an initiative of the Gates Foundation).

GAVI and its partners (WHO, UNICEF, World Bank, and the IMF) have been actively involved in the implementation (financing) of the global vaccine project entitled COVAX. 

The key entities involved in coordinating COVAX are the Vaccine Alliance (GAVI), the Coalition for Epidemic Preparedness Innovations (CEPI) and the World Health Organization (WHO). All three entities receive financial support from the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation.  

 

Screenshot from WHO

 

It is worth noting that the ID2020 Alliance held their summit in New York, entitled “Rising to the Good ID Challenge”, on September 19, 2019, exactly one month prior to the nCov-2019 simulation exercise entitled Event 201 at Johns Hopkins in New York:

Is it just a coincidence that ID2020 is being rolled out at the onset of what the WHO calls a Pandemic? – Or is a pandemic needed to ‘roll out’ the multiple devastating programs of ID2020? (Peter Koenig, March 2020)27

ID2020 is part of a “world governance” project which, if applied, would roll out the contours of what some analysts have described as a global police state encompassing through vaccination (embedded microchip) the personal details of several billion people worldwide.

According to Dr. David Martin (quoted by Makia Freeman)

“This is not a vaccine … using the term vaccine to sneak this thing under public health exemptions … This is a mRNA packaged in a fat envelope that is delivered to a cell. It is a medical device designed to stimulate the human cell into becoming a pathogen creator. It is not a vaccine! Vaccines actually are a legally defined term … under public health law … under CDC and FDA standards, and a vaccine specifically has to stimulate both an immunity within the person receiving it, but it also has to disrupt transmission.”28 

 

Hidden COVID-19 Vaccine Injuries: The Microscopic Blood Clots

Many people who are vaccinated will not be immediately aware of the injuries incurred. The latter in many cases of “adverse events” are not discernible nor are they recorded. While “big blood clots” resulting from the vaccine are revealed and reported by those vaccinated, an important study by Canada’s Dr. Charles Hoffe suggests that the mRNA vaccine generates “microscopic blood clots”.

“The blood clots we hear about which the media claim are very rare are the big blood clots which are the ones that cause strokes and show up on CT scans, MRI, etc.

The clots I’m talking about are microscopic and too small to find on any scan. They can thus only be detected using the D-dimer test.” 

“These people have no idea they are even having these microscopic blood clots. The most alarming part of this is that there are some parts of the body like the brain, spinal cord, heart and lungs which cannot re-generate. When those tissues are damaged by blood clots they are permanently damaged.

“These shots are causing huge damage and the worst is yet to come.”29

Watch below his interview with Laura Lynn Tylor Thompson (also available on Rumble channel).

 

Do We Know What’s Inside the Pfizer Vaccine Vial?

The causes of vaccine-related deaths and injuries have not been addressed by the health authorities.

What is inside the vaccine vial? National health authorities have not made public the results of their lab exams. It is unclear as to whether those lab exams of the vaccine vials have been conducted.

Below is a review of the analysis and laboratory research conducted by the independent La Quinta Columna Spanish team.

Graphene Oxide Nano-particles

According to lab exams conducted by the Spanish La Quinta Columna research team, graphene oxide nano-particles have been detected in the vial of the Pfizer mRNA vaccine.30

The preliminary results of their research (analysis by electron microscopy and spectroscopy) are far-reaching. Graphene oxide is a toxin which triggers thrombi and blood coagulation. It also has an impact on the immune system. Graphene oxide accumulated in the lungs can have devastating impacts.

Watch the interview with Ricardo Delgado Martin of La Quinta Columna.

 

The results of the Spanish study, yet to be fully confirmed and ascertained, suggest that the recorded vaccine-related deaths and “adverse events” could be the result of graphene oxide nano-particles contained in the COVID vaccine vial.

Similarly, we call upon the national health authorities of the 193 member states of the UN which are currently vaccinating their people to conduct their own study and analysis of the vaccine vial. And if graphene oxide is detected, the vaccination program should immediately be discontinued.

See summary of their report entitled “Graphene Oxide Detection in Aqueous Suspension, Observational study in Optical and Electron Microscopy”. Read the full study (English).31

Also of significance (acknowledged by national health authorities), graphene oxide nano-particles are also contained in face masks.32

 

The Electromagnetic Properties of the mRNA Vaccine

What is triggering the electromagnetic effects which have been detected in people who have been vaccinated?

These effects have been amply documented and confirmed by independent sources including those vaccinated. The national health authorities have failed to provide an explanation.

See the study conducted by the European Forum for Vaccine Vigilance.33

Below are two videos produced by the Spanish Research team at La Quinta Columna.

Watch the video below.

 

Watch the video below.

 

Big Pharma. Pfizer’s Near Global Monopoly

Hundreds of billions of dollars are at stake. This is the largest and most dangerous and expensive vaccine project in world history which is slated to be financed by tax dollars worldwide, putting an obvious strain on the public debt of numerous countries.

The vaccine program is accompanied by a “timeline” consisting of recurrent mRNA inoculations over several years. As documented above, it will have devastating impacts on mortality and morbidity worldwide.

What is at stake is a multi-billion dollar Big Money operation for Big Pharma with Pfizer in the lead.

Pfizer-BioNTech (allied with Moderna Inc.) is in the process of consolidating its worldwide (near monopoly) position by pushing out its major competitors including AstraZeneca and Johnson & Johnson (J&J).

Pfizer has been pressuring politicians to endorse their mRNA vaccine. Its political lobbying is also directed against its Big Pharma competitors. According to The Bureau of Investigative Journalism report:

One official who was present in the unnamed country’s negotiations described Pfizer’s demands as “high-level bullying” and said the government felt like it was being “held to ransom” in order to access life-saving vaccines.34

Ironically, in the EU, the reported deaths and injuries were used by the European Commission to cancel the renewal of the contract with AstraZeneca, despite the fact that there were substantially more deaths and injuries associated with the Pfizer-BioNTech vaccine.

In April 2021, the EU Commission confirmed that it would “end AstraZeneca and J&J vaccine contracts at expiry”. “The Pfizer shot will take precedence”. Never mind your followup dose with AstraZeneca, the health authorities have instructed people to get their second or third jab with Pfizer or Moderna (thereby visibly violating medical norms).

Having sidelined its competitors, Pfizer-BioNTech has jacked up the price of the vaccine vial. Pfizer has literally cornered both the EU and US markets.

A near global vaccine monopoly is in the making by a company which has a criminal record with the US Department of Justice. 

The Secret Pfizer Report 

The confidential Pfizer Report released as part of a freedom of information (FOI) procedure provides data on deaths and adverse events recorded by Pfizer from the outset of the vaccine project in December 2020 to the end of February 2021, namely a very short period (at most two and a half months).

“By February of 2021, Pfizer had already received more than 1,200 reports of deaths allegedly caused by the vaccine and tens of thousands of reported adverse events, including 23 cases of spontaneous abortions out of 270 pregnancies and more than 2,000 reports of cardiac disorders.”35

The Pfizer BioNTech vaccine was launched in the US on the 14th of December after the granting of Emergency Use Authorization on December 11, 2020.

Report Prepared by: Worldwide Safety Pfizer

The information contained in this document is proprietary and confidential. Any disclosure, reproduction, distribution, or other dissemination of this information outside of Pfizer, its Affiliates, its Licensees, or Regulatory Agencies is strictly prohibited. Except as may be otherwise agreed to in writing, by accepting or reviewing these materials, you agree to hold such information in confidence and not to disclose it to others (except where required by applicable law), nor to use it for unauthorized purposes.”36

In a twisted irony, the data revealed in this “insider report” refutes the official vaccine narrative peddled by the governments and the WHO. It also confirms the analysis of numerous medical doctors and scientists who have revealed the devastating consequences of the mRNA “vaccine”.

What is contained in Pfizer’s “confidential” report is detailed evidence on the impacts of the “vaccine” on mortality and morbidity. This data which emanates from the “horse’s mouth” can now be used to confront as well as formulate legal procedures against Big Pharma, the governments, the WHO and the media.

In a court of law, the evidence contained in this Big Pharma confidential report (coupled with the data on deaths and adverse events compiled by the national authorities in the EU, UK and US) is irrefutable: because it is their data and their estimates and not ours.

Bear in mind: its data is based on reported and recorded cases, which constitute a small percentage of the actual number of vaccine-related deaths and adverse events.

This is a de facto mea culpa on the part of Pfizer (Yes, it is a killer vaccine).

Pfizer was fully aware that the mRNA vaccine which it is marketing worldwide would result in a wave of mortality and morbidity. This is tantamount to a crime against humanity on the part of Big Pharma.

Pfizer knew from the outset that it was a killer vaccine.37

It is also a mea culpa and treason on the part of corrupt national governments worldwide which are being threatened and bribed by Big Pharma.

At the time of writing, no attempt has been made by the governments to call for the withdrawal of the killer vaccine.

People are told that the vaccine is intended to save lives.

“Killing is good for business”: It is a multi-billion dollar operation worldwide. And Pfizer already has a criminal record (2009) with the US Department of Justice on charges of “fraudulent marketing”.

 

Concluding Remarks: The Vaccine Passport

The data from official sources as well as those quoted in the Pfizer report confirm unequivocally that the COVID-19 “vaccine” has resulted in an upward trend in vaccine-related mortality and morbidity.

The studies of Dr. Charles Hoffe, the Spanish research team (La Quinta Columna), the confidential Pfizer Report as well as numerous other studies unequivocally confirm that the mRNA “vaccine” is a “killer vaccine”.

So why are governments pressuring people to get vaccinated?

Heads of state and heads of government worldwide are being pressured, bribed, co-opted and/or threatened by powerful financial interests into accepting the COVID vaccine consensus.

The vaccine passport is the endgame, which constitutes a transition towards digital tyranny and depopulation (see Chapters XIII and XIV).

 

Endnotes

1 Doctors for COVID Ethics, June 22, 2022. J’Accuse! The Gene-based “Vaccines” Are Killing People. Governments Worldwide Are Lying to You the People, to the Populations They Purportedly Serve. https://www.globalresearch.ca/jaccuse-governments-worldwide-lying-you-people-populations-they-purportedly-serve/5750650

2 The Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality (AHRQ), U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, 2010. Electronic Support for Public Health–Vaccine Adverse Event Reporting System (ESP:VAERS). https://digital.ahrq.gov/sites/default/files/docs/publication/r18hs017045-lazarus-final-report-2011.pdf

3 Captaindaretofly, August 26, 2021. Several Anti-Covid-19 Vaccine Presidents Assassinated, Mainstream Media Silent, COVID-19 Jabs “Coincidentally” Rolled Out Just Days Later. https://www.globalresearch.ca/several-anti-covid-19-vaccine-presidents-assassinated-mainstream-media-silent-covid-19-jabs-coincidentally-rolled-out-just-days-later/5754040

4 FDA, January 3, 2022. Comirnaty and Pfizer-BioNTech COVID-19 Vaccine. https://www.fda.gov/emergency-preparedness-and-response/coronavirus-disease-2019-covid-19/comirnaty-and-pfizer-biontech-covid-19-vaccine#additional

5 US Department of Justice, September 2, 2009. Justice Department Announces Largest Health Care Fraud Settlement in Its History: Pfizer to Pay $2.3 Billion for Fraudulent Marketing. https://www.justice.gov/opa/pr/justice-department-announces-largest-health-care-fraud-settlement-its-history

6 Ibid.

7 Ibid.

8 KHN Morning Briefing, November 6, 2020. 4 Drug Companies Agree To $26 Billion Opioid Settlement. https://khn.org/morning-breakout/4-drug-companies-agree-to-26-billion-opioid-settlement/

9 F. William Engdahl, October 17, 2021. What’s Not Being Said About the Pfizer Coronavirus Vaccine. “Human Guinea Pigs”? https://www.globalresearch.ca/what-not-said-pfizer-coronavirus-vaccine/5729461

10 Ibid.

11 Ibid. 

12 See this: threadreaderapp.com/…/1302725167588798467

13 Dr. Wolfgang Wodarg and Dr. Michael Yeadon, December 1, 2020. Petition/Motion For Administrative/Regulatory Action Regarding Confirmation Of Efficacy End Points And Use Of Data In Connection With The Following Clinical Trial(S). https://2020news.de/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Wodarg_Yeadon_EMA_Petition_Pfizer_Trial_FINAL_01DEC2020_EN_unsigned_with_Exhibits.pdf

14 GSK, August 1, 2019. GSK completes transaction with Pfizer to form new world-leading Consumer Healthcare Joint Venture. https://www.gsk.com/en-gb/media/press-releases/gsk-completes-transaction-with-pfizer-to-form-new-world-leading-consumer-healthcare-joint-venture/

15 Ibid.

16 Center for Health Security, n.d. The Event 201 scenario. https://www.centerforhealthsecurity.org/event201/scenario.html

17 Helen Branswell, February 6, 2020. In effort to develop coronavirus vaccine, outbreak expert sees ‘hardest problem’ of his career. https://www.statnews.com/2020/02/06/cepi-coronavirus-vaccine-development/

18 GSK, February 3, 2020. CEPI and GSK announce collaboration to strengthen the global effort to develop a vaccine for the 2019-nCoV virus. https://cepi.net/news_cepi/cepi-and-gsk-announce-collaboration-to-strengthen-the-global-effort-to-develop-a-vaccine-for-the-2019-ncov-virus/

19 Helen Branswell, February 6, 2020. In effort to develop coronavirus vaccine, outbreak expert sees ‘hardest problem’ of his career. https://www.statnews.com/2020/02/06/cepi-coronavirus-vaccine-development/

20 Ibid. 

21 Joseph Mercola, July 11, 2021. NIAID, Moderna Had COVID Vaccine Candidate in December 2019. https://www.globalresearch.ca/niaid-moderna-covid-vaccine-candidate-december-2019/5749713

22 National Institutes of Health, March 16, 2020. NIH clinical trial of investigational vaccine for COVID-19 begins. https://www.nih.gov/news-events/news-releases/nih-clinical-trial-investigational-vaccine-covid-19-begins

23 Moderna, Inc. 2020. Moderna’s Work on a Potential Vaccine Against COVID-19. https://www.sec.gov/Archives/edgar/data/1682852/000119312520074867/d884510dex991.htm

24 Mark Prvulovic, February 24, 2020. Moderna’s New COVID-19 Vaccine Ready for Human Trials; Stock Up 15%. https://www.fool.com/investing/2020/02/24/modernas-new-covid-19-vaccine-ready-for-human-tria.aspx

25 Associated Press, March 16, 2020. Coronavirus vaccine test opens as volunteer in Seattle gets 1st shot. https://www.q13fox.com/news/coronavirus-vaccine-test-opens-as-volunteer-in-seattle-gets-1st-shot

26 Peter Koenig, March 12, 2020. The Coronavirus Vaccine: The Real Danger is “Agenda ID2020”. Vaccination as a Platform for “Digital Identity”. https://www.globalresearch.ca/coronavirus-causes-effects-real-danger-agenda-id2020/5706153

27 Ibid.

28 Makia Freeman, November 13, 2021. The mRNA COVID Vaccine Is Not a Vaccine. https://www.globalresearch.ca/mrna-covid-vaccine-not-vaccine/5734464

29 Brian Shilhavy, July 14, 2021. Canadian Doctor: 62% of His Patients Vaccinated for COVID Have Permanent Heart Damage. “Microscopic Blood Clots”. https://www.globalresearch.ca/canadian-doctor-62-patients-vaccinated-covid-have-permanent-heart-damage/5750198

30 Ricardo Delgado and Prof Michel Chossudovsky, July 17, 2021. Video: Graphene Oxide: A Toxic Substance in the Vial of the COVID-19 mRNA Vaccine? https://www.globalresearch.ca/video-graphene-oxide-a-toxic-substance-in-the-vial-of-the-covid-19-mrna-vaccine/5750340

31 Prof. Dr. Pablo Campra Madrid, June 28, 2021. Graphene Oxide Detection in Aqueous Suspension, Observational study in Optical and Electron Microscopy. https://www.docdroid.net/Ov1M99x/official-interim-report-in-english-university-of-almeria-pdf

32 Prof Michel Chossudovsky, July 14, 2021. Face Masks Contain Graphene, A Poisonous Substance. https://www.globalresearch.ca/face-masks-contain-graphene-a-poisonous-substance/5749855

33 Mamer and Amar Goudjil, January 23, 2022. Study on Electromagnetism of Vaccinated Persons. https://www.globalresearch.ca/study-electromagnetism-vaccinated-persons-luxembourg/5749516

34 Madlen Davies, Rosa Furneaux, et al., February 23, 2021. ‘Held to ransom’: Pfizer demands governments gamble with state assets to secure vaccine deal. https://www.thebureauinvestigates.com/stories/2021-02-23/held-to-ransom-pfizer-demands-governments-gamble-with-state-assets-to-secure-vaccine-deal

35 Prof. Michel Chossudovsky, August 13, 2022. Bombshell Document Dump on Pfizer Vaccine Data. https://www.globalresearch.ca/bombshell-document-dump-pfizer-vaccine-data/5763397

36 Pfizer, 2021. Cumulative Analysis of Post-Authorization Adverse Event Reports of PF-07302048 (BNT162B2) Received Through 28-Feb-2021. https://phmpt.org/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/5.3.6-postmarketing-experience.pdf

37 Ibid.


 

Chapter IX

The 2009 H1N1 Swine Flu Pandemic.

Was It a Dress Rehearsal?

 

Introduction

Remember the 2009 H1N1 “Pandemic” when Obama’s Council of Advisors on Science and Technology compared the H1N1 swine flu pandemic to the 1918 Spanish flu pandemic while reassuring the public that the latter was more deadly. (CBC: Get swine flu vaccine ready: U.S. advisers). For further details, see Michel Chossudovsky, August 2009 Study on H1N1 Pandemic.1

Based on incomplete and scanty data, the WHO Director-General Margaret Chan predicted with authority that “as many as 2 billion people could become infected over the next two years — nearly one-third of the world population.” (World Health Organization as reported by the Western media, July 2009)

A worldwide public health emergency was unfolding on an unprecedented scale. 4.9 billion doses of H1N1 swine flu vaccine  envisaged by the World Health Organization (WHO).

A report by President Obama’s Council of Advisors on Science and Technology “considered the H1N1 pandemic ‘a serious health threat’ to the U.S. — not as serious as the 1918 Spanish flu pandemic but worse than the swine flu outbreak of 1976.”

“It’s not that the new H1N1 pandemic strain is more deadly than previous flu threats, but that it is likely to infect more people than usual because so few people have immunity.” (Get swine flu vaccine ready: U.S. advisers)

It was a multi-billion bonanza for Big Pharma supported by the WHO’s Director-General Margaret Chan. 

Image: Margaret Chan, Director-General, World Health Organization (WHO), Geneva, is captured during the session ‘Raising Healthy Children’ at the Annual Meeting 2011 of the World Economic Forum in Davos, Switzerland, January 28, 2011. (Copyright World Economic Forum swiss-image.ch/Photo by Remy Steinegger / Licensed under CC BY-SA 2.0)

In a subsequent statement, Dr. Chan confirmed that:

“Vaccine makers could produce 4.9 billion pandemic flu shots per year in the best-case scenario”, Margaret Chan, Director-General, World Health Organization (WHO), quoted by Reuters, 21 July 2009).2

Swine flu could strike up to 40 percent of Americans over the next two years and as many as several hundred thousand could die if a vaccine campaign and other measures aren’t successful.” (Official Statement of Obama Administration, MSNBC News, 24 July 2009).3

Déjà Vu: Neil Ferguson

At the very outset of the H1N1 crisis in April 2009, Professor Neil Ferguson of Imperial College, London was advising Bill Gates and the WHO:  

“‘We might expect up to 30 per cent — 40 per cent of the population to become ill in the next six months if this truly turns into a pandemic,'” said Professor Neil Ferguson, a member of the World Health Organisation (WHO) taskforce which decided to raise its alert over the virus to level four.”(emphasis added)

That was the same Neil Ferguson (generously supported by the Gates Foundation) who designed the coronavirus lockdown model (launched on March 11, 2020). As we recall, that March 2020 mathematical model was based on “predictions” of 600,000 deaths in the UK.

There was no H1N1 pandemic affecting two billion people.

Millions of doses of swine flu vaccine had been ordered by national governments from Big Pharma.

Millions of vaccine doses were subsequently destroyed — a financial bonanza for Big Pharma, an expenditure crisis for national governments.

There was no investigation into who was behind this multi-billion dollar fraud. Several critics confirmed that the H1N1 pandemic was “fake”.

The Parliamentary Assembly of the Council of Europe (PACE), a human rights watchdog, is publicly investigating the WHO’s motives in declaring a pandemic. Indeed, the chairman of its influential health committee, epidemiologist Wolfgang Wodarg, has declared that the “false pandemic” is “one of the greatest medicine scandals of the century.”

Even within the agency, the director of the WHO Collaborating Center for Epidemiology in Munster, Germany, Dr. Ulrich Kiel, has essentially labeled the pandemic a hoax. “We are witnessing a gigantic misallocation of resources [$18 billion so far] in terms of public health,” he said.

They’re right. This wasn’t merely overcautiousness or simple misjudgment. The pandemic declaration and all the Klaxon-ringing since reflect sheer dishonesty motivated not by medical concerns but political ones.

Unquestionably, swine flu has proved to be vastly milder than ordinary seasonal flu. It kills at a third to a tenth the rate, according to US Centers for Disease Control and Prevention estimates. Data from other countries like France and Japan indicate it’s far tamer than that.(

(Michael Fomento, Forbes, February 10, 2010)5

NIAID Director Anthony Fauci had endorsed the 2009 H1N1 vaccine on behalf of Big Pharma:

About 60 million people, most of them children, received the vaccine... It was subsequently revealed that the vaccine, GSK’s PandemrixTD, can cause narcolepsy and cataplexy … Narcolepsy affects a person’s sleeping cycle, leaving them unable to sleep for more than 90 minutes at a time, and causing them to fall unconscious during the day. The condition damages mental function and memory, and can lead to hallucinations and mental illness” (International Business Times, 03 February 2014)

 

GSK in Canada 

GSK’s ArepanrixTD (broadly similar to PambremixTD with a different name) was applied in Canada (see here).7

The WHO’s H1N1 pandemic was declared on June 11, 2009. GSK was on contract with the Canadian government. The GSK’s ArepandrixTM vaccine was delivered to Canada’s health authorities within less than four months.  

GSK President Paul Lucas who was invited by Canada’s Senate boasted that “45% of Canadians had received protection from the H1N1 virus by being vaccinated with GSK’s ArepanrixTM” (Canada’s Senate Standing Committee on Social Affairs, Science and Technology, October 9, 2009).8

There was no protection. Many people in Canada fell sick after receiving the H1N1 ArepanrixTD vaccine. In the UK and the EU, the victims of the GSK vaccine were duly compensated. It was a “similar” vaccine with a different name (PambremixTD):

[British] Patients who suffered brain damage as a result of taking a swine flu vaccine are to receive multi-million-pound payouts from the UK government.

The government is expected to receive a bill of approximately £60 million, with each of the 60 victims expected to receive about £1 million each. (International Business Times, emphasis added)9

In a bitter irony, it was the UK government (rather than GSK) that paid for the vaccine- induced brain damages in children.

Despite ample evidence, in Canada, no compensation was paid.

 

In Memory of a Little Girl Named Amina Abudu

GSK’s Vaccine killed a little girl named Amina Abudu:

A vaccine was rushed to market, and the five year old was among millions of Canadians to get the shot, … Five days later, Amina’s older brother found her lying unconscious in the bathroom of the family’s east-end Toronto home. She was dead.

The parents’ lawyer, Jasmine Ghosn, alleged the preventive drug was brought out quickly and without proper testing … as the federal government exerted “intense pressure” on Canadians to get immunized. (National Post, November 2019)10

 

Copyright Adam Abudu, permission to use

On record, GSK acknowledged that the ArepanrixTD applied in Canada was “similar” to GSK’s PandemrixTM applied in the UK and the EU, which led to brain damage in children.

PandemrixTD (2009) causes narcolepsy, which is categorized as “a chronic neurological disorder that affects the brain’s ability to control sleep-wake cycles.” While PandemrixTM was subsequently withdrawn, ArepanrixTD (which is similar or identical to PandremrixTM) applied in Canada prevailed.

All the evidence was casually dispelled. An eleven years lawsuit against GSK was initiated by Amina’s parents in the Ontario Superior Court and then in the Court of Appeal.

I spoke to Amina’s father Adam Abudu who provided me with a number of legal documents as well as the texts of the judgment.

Below is the concluding statement of the Ontario Superior Court in December 2019 (emphasis added):

No matter how much I may sympathize with the grief Ms. Hyacenth and Mr. Adam have been forced to live with because of the loss of their daughter, the evidence does not support any finding of a breach of the standard of care by GSK or any finding that the death was caused or contributed to by the Arepanrix vaccine.

The pain of the loss of a child may dissipate but does not disappear. I sincerely hope that the effort and energy Ms. Hyacenth and Mr. Adam have put into finding a cause for Amina’s death will help dissipate their pain. I hope that the knowledge that Amina’s passing has not gone unnoticed by GSK, public health authorities or the courts gives them some comfort.

Understandably they have fought long and hard for answer to a question that would overwhelm any parent in these circumstances: Why did my child die? I deeply regret having to answer the question by saying that, after 10 years of investigation, we do not know. The state of scientific and medical knowledge remains limited and imperfect. A court must, however, base its decisions on the evidence before it. That evidence does not establish on a balance of probabilities that Arepanrix caused or contributed to Amina’s very unfortunate death. As a result, I must dismiss the plaintiffs’ action.

(Ontario Superior Court, J Koehnen, December 10, 2019)

“Frivolous Justice”

Note the hideous tone of the above statement by “trial judge” Markus Koehnen, a former litigation partner with McMillan LLP, a major corporate Toronto law firm:

“I sincerely hope effort and energy Ms. Hyacenth and Mr. Adam have put into finding a cause for Amina’s death will help dissipate their pain.”

That is what you call “Frivolous Justice”.

The above judgment (which failed to acknowledge and analyze methodically the evidence) was then submitted to the Court of Appeal in December 2020 (more than 11 years after Amina’s passing in 2009) and then to Canada’s Supreme Court which refused to hear the case.

Amina Abudu’s passing — Her legacy will live:

For the millions of children worldwide whose lives are currently threatened by Big Pharma’s COVID mRNA “vaccine”.

The underlying criminality largely directed against children goes back to the WHO’s Director-General Margaret Chan’s landmark decision to declare an H1N1 pandemic, based on “fake science”. There was no pandemic, and SEVERAL billion doses of a dangerous and “fake vaccine” were distributed. Was this deliberate?

“Nevermind the kids”… that’s “collateral damage” for Big Pharma which made billions of dollars selling the H1N1 vaccine.

Confirmed by the British Medical Journal: “The World Health Organization’s handling of the swine flu pandemic was deeply marred by secrecy and conflict of interest with drug companies”:

“The BMJ found that WHO guidelines on the use of antiviral drugs were prepared by experts who had received consulting fees from the top two manufacturers of these drugs, Roche and GlaxoSmithKline, or GSK.

The report also reveals that at least one expert on the secret, 16-member “emergency committee” formed last year to advise the WHO on whether and when to declare a pandemic received payment during 2009 from GSK.

Announcing that swine flu had become a global pandemic automatically triggered latent contracts for vaccine manufacture with half-a-dozen major pharmaceutical companies, including GSK. The WHO has refused to identify committee members, arguing that they must be shielded from industry pressure. “The WHO’s credibility has been badly damaged,” BMJ editor Fiona Godlee said in an editorial.” (AFP, June 4, 2010, emphasis added)

 

Was the 2009 H1N1 Pandemic a “Dress Rehearsal”?

The same powerful financial actors including Big Pharma and the billionaire philanthropists including the Gates Foundation were behind the H1N1 scam.

What were the lessons learned “for them”?

  • The pandemic was fake and the dangers of the H1N1 vaccine were revealed in court cases in the UK and the EU.
  • In contrast to today’s ongoing COVID Crisis, the fraud was revealed because segments of the mainstream media reported on H1N1 and informed the public.
  • There was no cohesive propaganda apparatus coupled with online censorship.
  • There was no organized fear campaign.
  • There were divisions within the WHO.
  • Scientists and medical doctors were not unduly pressured to endorse the WHO decision.

Dr. Wolfgang Wodarg, who revealed the fraud behind H1N1 and brought it to the attention of the European Parliament, is now actively involved together with Dr. Michael Yeadon in the campaign against the COVID-19 vaccine.

Endnotes

1 Prof Michel Chossudovsky, August 25, 2009. Remember the “Fake” 2009 H1N1 Swine Flu Pandemic: Manipulating the Data to Justify a Worldwide Public Health Emergency. https://www.globalresearch.ca/the-h1n1-swine-flu-pandemic-manipulating-the-data-to-justify-a-worldwide-public-health-emergency/14901

2 Katie Reid and Laura MacInnis, May 19, 2009. WHO sees 4.9 billion pandemic flu shots in best-case. https://www.reuters.com/article/healthNews/idUSTRE54H1XO20090519

3 MSNBC News, July 24, 2009. Swine flu could sicken over 2 billion in 2 years. https://www.nbcnews.com/id/wbna32122776

4 NDTV, April 28, 2009. Deadly flu could infect 40 per cent of UK population: Report. ndtv.com/…/deadly-flu-could-infect-40-per-cent-of-uk-population-report-392997

5 See this: https://www.forbes.com/2010/02/05/world-health-organization-swine-flu-pandemic-opinions-contributors-michael-fumento.html#4fd9f96548e8 (Article was unpublished)


 

Chapter X

Categorizing The Protest Movement as “Anti-Social Psychopaths”

 

“The tools of psychology are dangerous in the hands of the wrong men. Modern educational methods can be applied in therapy to streamline man’s brain and change his opinions so that his thinking conforms with certain ideological systems.” —Joost A. M. Meerloo, The Rape Of The Mind, 1956.

“Coercive psychological systems are behavioral change programs which use psychological force in a coercive way to cause the learning and adoption of an ideology or designated set of beliefs, ideas, attitudes, or behaviors.”The Late Dr. Margaret Singer

“The intense pressure to conform is an attempt to cement a community of believers. Strict rules of belonging are imposed, and those who disagree are excluded. This community has invented its own rite of passage: a form of baptism, of purification in the name of salvation, with “the vaccine” worshipped as the saviour.”Prof. Maximilian Forte, July 2022

Introduction

The  imposition of the MRNA vaccine has relied on coercive persuasion and brainwashing tactics, coupled with media propaganda and the fear campaign.  The objective of national governments is to ensure “Acceptance”. Dr. Margaret Singer quoted above, refers to coercive influence, anxiety and stress-producing tactics over continuous periods of time“.

From the very outset of the pandemic, a diabolical process was undertaken which consisted in “identifying” and “categorizing” all those who are opposed to the governments’ management of the coronavirus pandemic including the lockdowns and the vaccine mandate.  

According to so-called “peer-reviewed psychological studies” (commissioned by corporate foundations on behalf of the Globalist elites) the opponents of the covid consensus have been categorized as “anti-social psychopaths”.  

The unvaccinated have been prevented from travelling, fired from their jobs, prevented from attending schools and universities. They are categorized and accused (according to “scientific opinion) of being extremists and psychopaths. 

What has unfolded is a social divide between the vaccinated and the unvaccinated.

These social divisions are creating conflicts within families and local communities, literally contributing to the disruption of social life, with devastating impacts on economic activity. 

Supported by media propaganda, the campaign is proceeding unabated. Those who refuse to get the killer “vaccine” are categorized as “anti-social psychopaths”.

What prevails is a “divide and rule” scenario which is being enforced simultaneously in numerous countries. 

This chapter reviews several psychological studies undertaken with a view to undermining the protest movement against the COVID-19 mandates and the vaccine.

 

“Scientific Studies”: Categorizing COVID Opponents as “Anti-social Psychopaths” 

What is the nature and thrust of these “scientific studies”? 

Protest against the “official truth”, criticize government mandates, express reservations regarding the lockdown, social distancing, the wearing of face mask, the vaccine, etc. and you will be tagged (according to “scientific opinion”) as a “callous and deceitful psychopath”

Accept the “official narrative” and vaccine mandate you are tagged as a “good person” with “empathy” who understands the feelings of others. 

A so-called peer-reviewed “empirical report” describes those who refuse to wear the face mask or abide by social distancing as having “anti-social personality disorders”. 

Those who “do not adhere to measures to prevent the spread of COVID-19” are tagged as “anti-social”.  

The findings of the Brazilian study involving a “sample” of 1,578 adults was published in the journal Personality and Individual Differences under the title COVID-19 pandemic over time: Do antisocial traits matter?1

 

Screenshot from ScienceDirect

 

“Empathy” versus “Anti-social Traits” 

The statistical “methodology” of this study is straightforward. It is intended to serve as a model. It consists in categorizing a so-called sample of adults from all major regions of Brazil into two distinct groups. It examines:

“..the relationships between antisocial traits and compliance with COVID-19 containment measures. The sample consisted of 1578 Brazilian adults aged 18–73 years … and a questionnaire about compliance with containment measures.2

Latent profile analyses indicated a two-profile solution:

the antisocial pattern profile which presented higher scores in Callousness, Deceitfulness, Hostility, Impulsivity, Irresponsibility, Manipulativeness, and Risk-taking, as well as lower scores in “Affective resonance” (processes of social interaction) and the empathy pattern profile which presented higher scores in Affective resonance …” 

The antisocial and empathy groups showed significant differences. … Our findings indicated that antisocial traits, especially lower levels of empathy and higher levels of Callousness, Deceitfulness, and Risk-taking, are directly associated with lower compliance with containment measures. These traits explain, at least partially, the reason why people continue not adhering to the containment measures even with increasing numbers of cases and deaths. (emphasis added)3

The research methodology is built around three main questions4:

  • “Do you think it is necessary to avoid approaching people as much as possible until the coronavirus situation is controlled?” (social distancing),
  • “Do you think it is necessary to wash your hands and/or use alcohol gel as many times a day until the coronavirus situation is controlled?” (hygiene),
  • “Do you think it is necessary to use face mask (that protects nose and mouth) in Brazil?” (face mask)

Yes/No Categorization

Answer Yes to these three questions: you are categorized as having “Empathy” (i.e. the ability to understand and share the feelings of others).

Answer No to all three questions: you are categorized (according to the study) as having “higher levels of Callousness, Deceitfulness, Hostility, Impulsivity, Irresponsibility, Manipulativeness, and Risk-taking” (as quoted above).

It all sounds very scientific. The unspoken objective of these psycho-studies is to provide governments with a mandate to intimidate as well as to enforce compliance, while smearing the alleged psychopaths who refuse to conform to the official narrative, which is an outright lie.  
 

“The Dark Triad” and “Collective Narcissism” 

According to Eric W. Dolan (PsyPost), the above study consisted in identifying “a measure of maladaptive personality traits…”.  Dolan also refers to a related study focusing on:

“the “Dark Triad” of narcissism, psychopathy, and Machiavellianism associated with ignoring preventative COVID-19 measures.”

The study conducted in Poland is entitled: 

Adaptive and maladaptive behavior during the COVID-19 pandemic: The roles of Dark Triad traits, collective narcissism, and health beliefs5

The study refers to the practice of “collective narcissism”, namely a common belief and practice by a so-called “In-Group” (aka protest movement, collective of dissident medical doctors, scientists) directed against the official coronavirus “truth” (aka the Big Lie). Collective narcissism is embedded in what psychologists call the Dark Triad.

 

Screenshot from ScienceDirect

The study is based on “a nationally representative sample from Poland (N = 755)”. It examines “the relationships between the Dark Triad traits (i.e. psychopathy, Machiavellianism, and narcissism) and collective narcissism (i.e. agentic and communal) … Participants characterized by the Dark Triad traits engaged less in prevention …”6

“The results point to the utility of health beliefs in predicting behaviors during the pandemic, explaining (at least in part) problematic behaviors associated with the dark personalities (i.e., Dark Triad, collective narcissism). …

The traits, such as the Dark Triad (i.e., narcissism, Machiavellianism, psychopathy) and collective narcissism … may have implications for how one copes with the virus…  For example, individuals characterized by the Dark Triad traits may be less likely to follow governmentally-enforced restrictions related to COVID-19.7

The term “agentic” quoted above refers to “goal-achievement”.

And here is the methodology:

“We measured the Dark Triad traits (Wave 2) … [also with reference to] the Dark Triad Dirty Dozen scale (Jonason & Webster, 2010). The scale consists of four items assessing individual differences in psychopathy (e.g. “I tend to lack remorse”), narcissism (e.g. “I tend to seek prestige or status”), and Machiavellianism (e.g. “I tend to manipulate others to get my way”). Participants indicated their agreement with each item (1 = strongly disagree, 5 = strongly agree). We averaged responses to create indices of each trait.”8

Sounds scientific. What are the conclusions?

“We advanced the scope of the model by illustrating the relevance of dark personality traits in predicting both adaptive and maladaptive behaviors in response to the pandemic by person-focused (i.e. the Dark Triad traits) and group-focused (i.e. collective narcissism) personality traits.” 

To read the full report, click here, emphasis added)9

The psychological definition of Dark Triad Traits comprises the combined personality traits of narcissism, Machiavellianism, and psychopathy. “They are called “dark” because of their “malevolent qualities“.”Illustration by Global Research

The Dark Triad Dirty Dozen (DTDD) consists of a broader “personality inventory” which assesses and measures the three personality components of the Dark Triad.

Illustration by Global Research

In substance, what this “scientific report” confirms is that people, who question the COVID-19 official narrative including the vaccine mandate, have “malevolent personality disorders”. They are said to suffer from the Dirty Dozen “Dark Triad Traits” (DTDD). 

 

The Anti-COVID Protest Movement Is Identified as “Collective Narcissism”

When they act contiguously within an In-Group or a Protest movement, they are tagged as applying “collective narcissism”.

The framework of the above study is also envisaged for other countries in partnership with the Warsaw group. Another related study is entitled “Who complies with the restrictions to reduce the spread of COVID-19?: Personality and perceptions of the COVID-19 situation”10

Strong words. “Peer-reviewed”?

 

Towards an Inquisitorial Environment. Digital Witch Hunt

Psychology is being used in a pernicious way to provide legitimacy to police state measures. The mandate is to “go after” those who allegedly have “malevolent personality disorders”.

It’s an inquisitorial doctrine, which could eventually evolve towards a Digital Witch Hunt. In contrast to the Spanish Inquisition, the contemporary inquisitorial system has almost unlimited capabilities of spying on and categorizing individuals who are opposed to the COVID-19 consensus. 

People are tagged and labeled, their emails, cell phones are monitored, detailed personal data are slated to be entered into a giant Big Brother data bank of 7.9 billion people under WHO auspices. 

Anti-vaccine scientists and medical doctors are categorized. They are the object of censorship, and in some cases they are arrested and sent for treatment in a psychiatric ward. 

Once this digital cataloging has been completed, people are locked into watertight compartments. Their profiles are established and entered into a computerized data bank. 

Meanwhile, the citizenry is galvanized into supporting the tenets of “Global Governance”. 

Painting by Francisco Goya depicting an auto de fé, an act of public penance carried out between the 15th and 19th centuries of condemned heretics and apostates imposed by the Inquisition, based on 1800-1810 first-hand accounts. (By QAHsJoGPh6kFeQ at Google Cultural Institute, licensed under the Public Domain)

 

Are the Billionaires Mentally Deranged? 

These empirical psychology studies are meant to be used against citizens who oppose the COVID-19 policy mandates implemented by their governments. In turn these governments obey orders from higher up. 

We might beg the question: Are the billionaires, “philanthropists”, corrupt politicians, et al., who are the unspoken architects of both the COVID-19 vaccine and the lockdown policies mentally deranged? 

Their personality traits are not the motive of scientific investigation. They are psychopaths. Money and enrichment is the driving force.

 

Endnotes

1 Fabiano Koich Miguel, Gisele Magarotto Machado, et al., January 1, 2021. Compliance with containment measures to the COVID-19 pandemic over time: Do antisocial traits matter? https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/S0191886920305377

2 Ibid.

3 Ibid.

4 Ibid.

Bartłomiej Nowak, Paweł Brzóska, et al., December 1, 2020. Adaptive and maladaptive behavior during the COVID-19 pandemic: The roles of Dark Triad traits, collective narcissism, and health beliefs. https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/S0191886920304219

6 Ibid.

7 Ibid.

8 Ibid.

9 Ibid.

10 Marcin Zajenkowski, Peter K. Jonason, et al., November 1, 2020. Who complies with the restrictions to reduce the spread of COVID-19?: Personality and perceptions of the COVID-19 situation. https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/S0191886920303883


 

Chapter XI

The Worldwide COVAX Operation 

and The Nuremberg Code.

Crimes Against Humanity, Genocide

 

“We, the survivors of the atrocities committed against humanity during the Second World  War, feel bound to follow our conscience. …

Another holocaust of greater magnitude is taking place before our eyes. We call upon you to stop this ungodly medical experiment on humankind immediately. It is a medical experiment to which the Nuremberg Code must be applied.” —Rabbi Hillel Handler, Hagar Schafrir, Sorin Shapira, Mascha Orel, Morry Krispijn et al, see complete text here

 

The mRNA “Vaccine” vs. Nuremberg 

The vaccine is being applied and imposed worldwide. The target population is 7.9 billion. Several doses are contemplated. It is the largest vaccination program in world history (see Chapter VIII).

“Never before has immunization of the entire planet been accomplished by delivering a synthetic mRNA into the human body”.1

Image: “Very good meeting with @BillGates on the margins of #Rotary convention. Discussed on @WHO & @gatesfoundation collaborative initiatives focused on Primary health care. His commitment to helping the needy is beyond words.” (By Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus/Facebook)

The WHO “guidelines” for establishing a Worldwide Digital Informations System for issuing so-called “Digital Certificates for COVID-19” are generously funded by the Rockefeller and Bill and Melinda Gates foundations.” (see Chapter XIII)

Focusing on the experimental nature of the mRNA vaccine and its devastating health impacts, legal analysts have raised the issue of the historic Nuremberg Nazi Doctors’ Trial” (1946-47) in which Nazi doctors were charged for war crimes, specifically in the conduct of medical experiments on both prisoners in the concentration camps and civilians.

The Medical Case, U.S.A. vs. Karl Brandt, et al. (also known as the Doctors’ Trial), was prosecuted in 1946-47 against 23 doctors and administrators accused of organizing and participating in war crimes and crimes against humanity in the form of medical experiments and medical procedures inflicted on prisoners and civilians.3

Karl Brandt, the lead defendant, was the senior medical official of the German government during World War II; other defendants included senior doctors and administrators in the armed forces and SS (see Harvard Documents).4

 

Letter to Heinrich Himmler concerning x-ray and surgical sterilization (Taken from Nuremberg Trials Project of Harvard Law)

 

Resulting from the verdict on August 19, 1947, the Nuremberg Code was enacted. Reviewed below are the Ten Principles of the Nuremberg Code.5 Several of these principles – in relation to the mRNA vaccine and the vaccine passport – have been blatantly violated.

The first principle of the “Nuremberg Code” states that “the voluntary consent of the human subject is absolutely essential,” and that is precisely what is being denied in relation to the “vaccine” (see sentences in bold below).6

1. The voluntary consent of the human subject is absolutely essential.

This means that the person involved should have legal capacity to give consent; should be so situated as to be able to exercise free power of choice, without the intervention of any element of force, fraud, deceit, duress, over-reaching, or other ulterior form of constraint or coercion; and should have sufficient knowledge and comprehension of the elements of the subject matter involved as to enable him to make an understanding and enlightened decision. This latter element requires that before the acceptance of an affirmative decision by the experimental subject there should be made known to him the nature, duration, and purpose of the experiment; the method and means by which it is to be conducted; all inconveniences and hazards reasonably to be expected; and the effects upon his health or person which may possibly come from his participation in the experiment.

2. The experiment should be such as to yield fruitful results for the good of society, unprocurable by other methods or means of study, and not random and unnecessary in nature.

3. The experiment should be so designed and based on the results of animal experimentation and a knowledge of the natural history of the disease or other problem under study that the anticipated results will justify the performance of the experiment.

4. The experiment should be so conducted as to avoid all unnecessary physical and mental suffering and injury.

5. No experiment should be conducted where there is an a priori reason to believe that death or disabling injury will occur; except, perhaps, in those experiments where the experimental physicians also serve as subjects.

6. The degree of risk to be taken should never exceed that determined by the humanitarian importance of the problem to be solved by the experiment.

7. Proper preparations should be made and adequate facilities provided to protect the experimental subject against even remote possibilities of injury, disability, or death.

8. The experiment should be conducted only by scientifically qualified persons. The highest degree of skill and care should be required through all stages of the experiment of those who conduct or engage in the experiment.

9. During the course of the experiment the human subject should be at liberty to bring the experiment to an end if he has reached the physical or mental state where continuation of the experiment seems to him to be impossible.

10. During the course of the experiment the scientist in charge must be prepared to terminate the experiment at any stage, if he has probably cause to believe, in the exercise of the good faith, superior skill and careful judgment required of him that a continuation of the experiment is likely to result in injury, disability, or death to the experimental subject.

(emphasis added)

 

Nuremberg and the COVID Crisis

Starting in December 2020, entire populations in a large number of countries are under threat to comply and get vaccinated.

With reference to the Nuremberg Code, they are unable:

to exercise free power of choice, without the intervention of any element of force, fraud, deceit, duress, over-reaching, or other ulterior form of constraint or coercion” (Nuremberg principle 1 above).

Amply documented, there is an upward trend in mRNA vaccine deaths and injuries worldwide and the health authorities are fully aware of the “health risks”, yet they have not informed the public. There is no informed consent. And the media is lying through their teeth:

No experiment should be conducted where there is an a priori reason to believe that death or disabling injury will occur” (Nuremberg principle 5 above). 

The above “a priori reason” outlined in Nuremberg principle 5 is amply documented. Deaths and disabling injuries are ongoing at the level of the entire planet. They are confirmed by the official statistics of mRNA vaccine mortality and morbidity (EU, US, UK).

 

Nazi “Medical Experiments”

Let us recall the categorization of specific crimes pertaining to Nazi “medical experiments” conducted on concentration camp prisoners. These included “the killing of Jews for anatomical research, the killing of tubercular Poles, and the euthanasia of sick and disabled civilians in Germany and occupied territories. …”7

Karl Brandt and six other defendants were convicted, sentenced to death, and executed; nine defendants were convicted and sentenced to terms in prison; and seven defendants were acquitted.

The trial documents and evidence are all on file. The defendants were charged with war crimes and crimes against humanity. 

 

The defendants in the dock during the Nuremberg Trials (By Raymond D’Addario, licensed under the Public Domain)

 

The Scale and Size of the Worldwide COVID-19 Vaxx Operation

While the Nuremberg principles are of utmost relevance to the COVID-19 vaccine project, simplistic comparisons should be avoided. The context, the history and the mechanisms of compliance pertaining to the mRNA “vaccine” are fundamentally different.

The scale and size of the worldwide COVAX operation as well as its complex organizational structure (WHO, GAVI, Gates Foundation, Big Pharma) are unprecedented.

Humanity in its entirety is the object of the vaxx project. The target population for experimentation of the COVID-19 vaccine is the entire population of planet Earth:

Almost 8 billion people, involving several doses.

Multiply the world’s population by four doses (as proposed by Pfizer): the order of magnitude is 30 billion doses worldwide.

The numbers are in the billions. The likely impacts on mortality and morbidity are beyond description.

Big Money is behind this public-private partnership project.

We are dealing with a worldwide process of crimes against humanity. Entire populations in a large number of member states of the UN are subject to compliance and enforcement (without the rule of law).

If they refuse the vaccine, they are socially marginalized and confined, rejected by their employers, rejected by society; no education, no career, no life. Their lives are destroyed.

If they accept the vaccine, their health and their life are potentially in jeopardy.

The evidence of mortality and morbidity resulting from vaccine inoculation both present (official data) and future (e.g. undetected microscopic blood clots) is overwhelming (see Chapter VIII).

And that’s just the beginning.

Extensive crimes against humanity worldwide are being committed.

The mRNA “vaccine” modifies the human genome at the level of the entire planet. It’s genocide.

It’s a “holocaust of greater magnitude, taking place before our eyes”. 

 

Endnotes

1 Rabbi Hillel Handler, Hagar Schafrir, et al., September 16, 2021. Stop the Covid Holocaust! Open Letter. https://www.globalresearch.ca/stop-the-covid-holocaust-open-letter/5755902

2 WHO, August 27, 2021. Digital documentation of COVID-19 certificates: vaccination status: web annex A: DDCC:VS core data dictionary, 27 August 2021. https://www.who.int/publications/i/item/WHO-2019-nCoV-Digital_certificates-vaccination-data_dictionary-2021.1

3 Harvard Law School, n.d. NMT Case 1: U.S.A. v. Karl Brandt et al.: The Doctors’ Trial. https://nuremberg.law.harvard.edu/nmt_1_intro

4 Ibid.

5 US Holocaust Memorial Museum, n.d. Nuremberg Code. https://www.ushmm.org/information/exhibitions/online-exhibitions/special-focus/doctors-trial/nuremberg-code

6 Ibid.

7 Harvard Law School, n.d. NMT Case 1: U.S.A. v. Karl Brandt et al.: The Doctors’ Trial. https://nuremberg.law.harvard.edu/nmt_1_intro


 

Chapter XII

Global Coup d’État and the “Great Reset”.

Global Debt and Neoliberal “Shock Treatment”

 

“The IMF, World Bank and global leaders knew full well what the impact on the world’s poor would be of closing down the world economy through COVID-related lockdowns.

Yet they sanctioned it and there is now the prospect that in excess of a quarter of a billion more people worldwide will fall into extreme levels of poverty in 2022 alone.” —Colin Todhunter, July 2022

History of Economic “Shock Treatment”. From the Structural Adjustment Programme (SAP) to “Global Adjustment (GA)”

The March 11, 2020 (simultaneous) closing down of the national economies of approximately 193 member states of the UN is diabolical and unprecedented. Millions of people have lost their jobs and their lifelong savings. In developing countries, poverty, famine and despair prevail. The closure of national economies has led to a spiraling global debt. Increasingly, national governments are controlled by the creditors, which are currently financing the social safety nets, corporate bailouts and handouts.

While this model of “global intervention” is unprecedented, it has certain features reminiscent of the country-level macro-economic reforms including the imposition of strong “economic medicine” by the IMF. To address this issue, let us examine the history of so-called “economic shock treatment” (a term first used in the 1970s).1

 

Flashback to Chile, September 11, 1973

As a visiting professor at the Catholic University of Chile, I lived through the military coup directed against the democratically elected government of Salvador Allende. It was a CIA operation led by Secretary of State Henry Kissinger coupled with devastating macro-economic reforms.

In the month following the coup d’etat, the price of bread increased from 11 to 40 escudos overnight.2 This engineered collapse of both real wages and employment under the Pinochet dictatorship was conducive to a nationwide process of impoverishment.

Chilean leader Augusto Pinochet shaking hands with U.S. Secretary of State Henry Kissinger in 1976 (By Ministerio de Relaciones Exteriores de Chile.Archivo General Histórico del Ministerio de Relaciones Exteriores, licensed under CC BY 2.0 cl)

 

While food prices had skyrocketed, wages had been frozen to ensure “economic stability and stave off inflationary pressures.” From one day to the next, an entire country had been precipitated into abysmal poverty; in less than a year, the price of bread in Chile increased 36 times and 85 percent of the Chilean population had been driven below the poverty line. That was Chile’s 1973 “Reset”. 

Two and a half years later in 1976, I returned to Latin America as a visiting professor at the National University of Cordoba in the northern industrial heartland of Argentina. My stay coincided with another military coup d’état in March 1976.

Behind the massacres and human rights violations, “free market” macro-economic reforms had also been prescribed – this time under the supervision of Argentina’s New York creditors, including David Rockefeller who was a friend of the Junta’s Minister of Economy José Alfredo Martinez de Hoz.3

Chase Alumni Association

Image: David Rockefeller meets Dictator Jorge Videla (right) and Minister of Finance Martinez de Hoz, 1978? (Source: Plaza de Mayo)

Chile and Argentina were “dress rehearsals” for things to come. The imposition of the IMF-World Bank Structural Adjustment Programme (SAP) was imposed on more than 100 countries starting in the early 1980s (see Michel Chossudovsky, The Globalization of Poverty and the New World Order, Global Research, 2003).4

A notorious example of the “free market”: Peru in August 1990 was punished for not conforming to IMF diktatsthe price of fuel was hiked up 31 times and the price of bread increased more than 12 times in a single day.5 These reforms – carried out in the name of “democracy” – were far more devastating than those applied in Chile and Argentina under the fist of military rule.

The March 2020 Lockdown. “Economic Warfare”

And now on March 11, 2020, we enter a new phase of macro-economic destabilization, which is more devastating and destructive than 40 years of “shock treatment” and austerity measures imposed by the IMF on behalf of dominant financial interests.

There is rupture, a historical break as well as continuity. It’s “neoliberalism to the nth degree”.

Closure of the Global Economy: Economic and Social Impacts at the Level of the Entire Planet

Compare what is happening to the global economy today with the country by country “negotiated” macro-economic measures imposed by creditors under the Structural Adjustment Programme (SAP). The March 11, 2020 “Global Adjustment” was not negotiated with national governments. It was imposed by a  “public-private partnership”, sustained by fake science, supported by media propaganda and accepted by co-opted and corrupt politicians.

 

“Engineered” Social Inequality and Impoverishment. The Globalization of Poverty 

Compare the March 11, 2020 “Global Adjustment” “guidelines” affecting the entire planet to Chile on September 11, 1973.

In a bitter irony, the same Big Money interests behind the 2020 “Global Adjustment” were actively involved in Chile (1973) and Argentina (1976). Remember “Operation Condor” and the “Dirty War” (Guerra Sucia).

There is continuity. The same powerful financial interests including the IMF and the World Bank bureaucracies in liaison with the Federal Reserve, Wall Street, The Bank for International Settlements (BIS) and the World Economic Forum (WEF) are currently involved in preparing and managing the post-pandemic “new normal” debt operations (on behalf of the creditors) under the Great Reset.

Henry Kissinger was involved in coordinating Chile’s 9/11, 1973 “Reset”.

The following year (1974), he was in put charge of the drafting of the “National Strategic Security Memorandum 200 (NSSM 200) which identified depopulation as “the highest priority in US foreign policy towards the Third World”.6         

The Thrust of “Depopulation” Under the Great Reset? 

Illustration by Global Research/image of Henry Kissinger is from White House Photographic Office/PD-USGOV, licensed under the Public Domain

Today, Henry Kissinger is a firm supporter alongside the Gates Foundation (which is also firmly committed to depopulation) of the Great Reset under the auspices of the World Economic Forum (WEF) (see Chapter XIII). 

No need to negotiate with national  governments nor carry out “regime change”. The March 11, 2020 lockdown project constitutes a “Global Adjustment” which triggers bankruptcies, unemployment and privatization on a much larger scale affecting in one fell swoop the national economies of more than 150 countries.

And this whole process is presented to public opinion as a means to combating the “killer virus” which, according to the CDC and the WHO is similar to seasonal influenza (see Chapter III).

 

The Hegemonic Power Structure of Global Capitalism 

Big Money including the billionaire foundations are the driving force. It’s a complex alliance of Wall Street and the banking establishment, the Big Oil and Energy Conglomerates, the so-called “Defense Contractors”, Big Pharma, the Biotech Conglomerates, the Corporate Media, the Telecom, Communications and Digital Technology Giants, together with a network of think tanks, lobby groups, research labs, etc. The ownership of intellectual property also plays a central role.

This powerful digital-financial decision-making network also involves major creditor and banking institutions: the Federal Reserve, the European Central Bank (ECB), the IMF, the World Bank, the regional development banks, and the Basel-based Bank for International Settlements (BIS), which plays a key strategic role.

By far the most powerful financial entities are the giant investment portfolio conglomerates including Black Rock, Vanguard, State Street and Fidelity. They control: 

“… a combined 20 trillion dollars in managed assets…. Conservatively counting, a four to five-fold leverage power (i.e. some US$ 80 to 100 trillion)”. These powerful financial conglomerates have a leverage in excess of the the world’s GDP which is of the order of about 82 trillion dollars.”7

In turn, the upper echelons of the US state apparatus (and Washington’s Western allies) are directly or indirectly involved, including the Pentagon, US Intelligence (and its research labs), the health authorities, Homeland Security and the US State Department (including US embassies in over 150 countries).

 

The “Real Economy” and “Big Money”

Why are these COVID lockdown policies spearheading bankruptcy, poverty and unemployment?

Global capitalism is not monolithic. There is indeed “a class conflict” “between the super rich and the vast majority of the world population”.

But there is also intense rivalry within the capitalist system; namely a conflict between “Big Money Capital” and what might be described as “Real Capitalism” which consists of corporations in different areas of productive activity at the national and regional levels. It also includes small and medium-sized enterprises.

What is ongoing is a process of concentration of wealth (and control of advanced technologies) unprecedented in world history, whereby the financial establishment (i.e. the multi-billion dollar creditors) are slated to appropriate the real assets of both bankrupt companies as well as state assets.

The “real economy” constitutes “the economic landscape” of  real economic activity: productive assets, agriculture, industry, services, economic and social infrastructure, investment, employment, etc. The real economy at the global and national levels is being targeted by the lockdown and closure of economic activity. The Global Money financial institutions are the “creditors” of the real economy.

 

Global Governance: Towards a Totalitarian State

The individuals and organizations involved in the October 18, 2019 201 Simulation are now involved in the actual management of the crisis once it went live on January 30, 2020 under the WHO’s Public Health Emergency of International Concern (PHEIC), which in turn set the stage for the February 2020 financial crisis and the March lockdown (see Chapter I).

The lockdown and closure of national economies has triggered several waves of mass unemployment coupled with the engineered bankruptcy (applied worldwide) of small and medium-sized enterprises (see Chapter IV).

All of which is spearheaded by the installation of a global totalitarian state which is intent upon breaking all forms of protest and resistance.

The COVID vaccination program (including the embedded digital passport and the QR Code) is an integral part of a global totalitarian regime (see Chapter VIII and Chapter XIII).

What is the infamous ID2020? It is an alliance of public-private partners, including UN agencies and civil society. It’s an electronic ID program that uses generalized vaccination as a platform for digital identity. The program harnesses existing birth registration and vaccination operations to provide newborns with a portable and persistent biometrically-linked digital identity.red zones, face masks, social distancing, lockdown. (Peter Koenig, March 12, 2020)8

 

“The Great Reset”

The same powerful creditors which triggered the COVID global debt crisis are now establishing a “new normal” which essentially consists in imposing what the World Economic Forum describes as the “Great Reset”.

Using COVID-19 lockdowns and restrictions to push through this transformation, the Great Reset is being rolled out under the guise of a ‘Fourth Industrial Revolution’ in which older enterprises are to be driven to bankruptcy or absorbed into monopolies, effectively shutting down huge sections of the pre-COVID economy. Economies are being ‘restructured’ and many jobs will be carried out by AI-driven machines.

The jobless (and there will be many) would be placed on some kind of universal basic income and have their debts (indebtedness and bankruptcy on a massive scale is the deliberate result of lockdowns and restrictions) written off in return for handing their assets to the state or more precisely to the financial institutions helping to drive this Great Reset. The WEF says the public will ‘rent’ everything they require: stripping the right of ownership under the guise of ‘sustainable consumption’ and ‘saving the planet’. Of course, the tiny elite who rolled out this great reset will own everything. (Colin Todhunter,  Dystopian Great Reset, November 9, 2020)9

 

Push the Reset Button

The World Economic Forum’s Great Reset has been long in the making. “Push the reset button” with a view to saving the world economy was announced by WEF Chairman Klaus Schwab in January 2014, six years prior to the onslaught of the COVID-19 pandemic. 

“What we want to do in Davos this year [2014] is to Push the Reset Button, the world is too much caught in a crisis mode.”

Two years later in a 2016 interview with the Swiss French language TV network (RTS), Klaus Schwab talked about implanting microchips in human bodies, which in essence is the basis of the “experimental” COVID mRNA vaccine. 

“What we see is a kind of fusion of the physical, digital and biological world,” said Klaus Schwab.

Schwab explained that human beings will soon receive a chip which will be implanted in their bodies in order to merge with the digital world.

RTS: “When will that happen?

KS: “Certainly in the next ten years.

“We could imagine that we will implant them in our brain or in our skin.”

“And then we can imagine that there is direct communication between the brain and the digital World.”

Watch the interview below, Towards Digital Tyranny, with Peter Koenig. Click here for the Bitchute version.

June 2020. The WEF Officially Announces the Great Reset

“The pandemic represents a rare but narrow window of opportunity to reflect, reimagine, and reset our world to create a healthier, more equitable, and more prosperous future.” -Klaus Schwab, WEF (June 2020) 

What is envisaged under “the Great Reset” is a scenario whereby the global creditors will have appropriated by 2030 the world’s wealth while impoverishing large sectors of the world population.

In 2030, “you’ll own nothing, and you’ll be happy.” (Click here to watch the video)

 

The United Nations: An Instrument of Global Governance on Behalf of an Unelected Public-Private Partnership

The UN system is also complicit. It has endorsed “Global Governance” and the Great Reset. And so has the Vatican. 

Image: Antonio Guterres (By U.S. Mission Photo by Eric Bridiers/Flickr, licensed under the Public Domain)

While UN Secretary General Antonio Guterres rightfully acknowledges that the pandemic is “more than a health crisis”, no meaningful analysis or debate under UN auspices as to the real causes of this crisis has been undertaken.

According to a September 2020 UN Report:

“Hundreds of thousands of lives have been lost. The lives of billions of people have been disrupted. In addition to the health impacts, COVID-19 has exposed and exacerbated deep inequalities … It has affected us as individuals, as families, communities and societies. It has had an impact on every generation, including on those not yet born. The crisis has highlighted fragilities within and among nations, as well as in our systems for mounting a coordinated global response to shared threats. (UN Report)10

The far-reaching decisions which triggered social and economic destruction worldwide are not mentioned. No debate in the UN Security Council. Consensus among all five permanent members of the UNSC.

V the Virus is casually held responsible for the process of economic destruction. 

The World Economic Forum’s “public-private partnership” project entitled “Reimagine and Reset Our World” has been endorsed by the United Nations. 

Image: George Kennan (By Harris & Ewing/Library of Congress, licensed under the Public Domain)

Flashback to George Kennan and the Truman Doctrine in the late 1940s. Kennan believed that the UN provided a useful way to “connect power with morality,” using morality as a means to rubber-stamp America’s “humanitarian wars”.

The COVID crisis, the lockdown measures and the mRNA vaccine are the culmination of a historical process.

The lockdown and closure of the global economy are “weapons of mass destruction” which in the real sense of the word “destroy people’s lives”. Amply documented, the COVID-19 mRNA vaccine is best described as a “killer vaccine”. 

What we are dealing with are extensive “crimes against humanity”.

 

President Joe Biden and the “Great Reset”

Joe Biden is a groomed politician, a trusted proxy, serving the interests of the financial establishment.

Let’s not forget that Joe Biden was a firm supporter of the invasion of Iraq on the grounds that Saddam Hussein “had weapons of mass destruction”. “The American people were deceived into this war”, said Senator Dick Durbin. Do not let yourself be deceived again by Joe Biden.11

Evolving acronyms: 9/11, GWOT, WMD and now COVID. Biden was rewarded for having supported the invasion of Iraq.

During the election campaign, Fox News described Biden as a “socialist” who threatens capitalism; “Joe Biden’s disturbing connection to the socialist ‘Great Reset’ movement”.

While this is absolute nonsense, many “progressives” and anti-war activists have endorsed Joe Biden without analyzing the broader consequences of the Biden presidency.

“The Great Reset” is socially divisive, it’s racist. It is a diabolical project of global capitalism. It constitutes a threat to the large majority of American workers as well as to small and medium-sized enterprises. It also undermines several important sectors of the capitalist economy. 

 

The Biden Presidency and the Lockdown

With regard to COVID, Biden is firmly committed to maintaining the partial closing down of both the US economy and the global economy as a means to “combating the killer virus”.  

President Biden is a firm supporter of the corona lockdown. He not only endorses the adoption of staunch COVID-19 lockdown policies, his administration is committed to the World Economic Forum’s “Great Reset” and the “vaccine passport” as an integral part of US foreign policy, to be implemented or more correctly “imposed” worldwide.

In turn, the Biden-Harris administration will attempt to override all forms of popular resistance to the coronavirus lockdown.

What is unfolding is a new and destructive phase of US imperialism. It’s a totalitarian project of economic and social engineering, which ultimately destroys people’s lives worldwide. This “novel” neoliberal agenda using the corona lockdown as an instrument of social oppression has been endorsed by President Biden and the leadership of the Democratic Party. 

The Biden White House is committed to the instatement of what David Rockefeller called “Global Governance”. 

 

The Protest Movement

It should be noted that the protest movement in the US against the lockdown is weak. In fact there is no coherent grassroots national protest movement. Why? Because “progressive forces” including leftist intellectuals, NGO leaders, trade union and labor leaders — most of whom are aligned with the Democratic Party — have from the outset been supportive of the lockdown. And they are also supportive of Joe Biden.  

In a bitter irony, anti-war activists as well as the critics of neoliberalism have endorsed Joe Biden.

Unless there is significant protest and organized resistance, nationally and internationally, the Great Reset will be embedded in both domestic and US foreign policy agendas of the Joe Biden-Kamala Harris administration.

It’s what you call imperialism with a “human face”.

Where Is the Protest Movement Against This Unelected Corona “Public-Private Partnership”?

The same philanthropic foundations (Rockefeller, Ford, Soros, et al.) which are the unspoken architects of the “Great Reset” and “Global Governance” are also involved in (generously) financing climate change activism, the Extinction Rebellion, the World Social Forum, Black Lives Matter, LGBT, et al. 

What this means is that the grassroots of these social movements are often misled and betrayed by their leaders who are routinely co-opted and generously rewarded by a handful of corporate foundations.

The World Social Forum (WSF), which is commemorating its 21st anniversary, brings together committed anti-globalization  activists from all over the world. But who controls the WSF? From the outset in January 2001, it was (initially) funded by the Ford Foundation. 

It’s what you call “manufactured dissent” (far more insidious than Herman-Chomsky’s “manufactured consent”).

The objective of the financial elites “has been to fragment the people’s movement into a vast “do it yourself” mosaic. Activism tends to be piecemeal. There is no integrated anti-globalization anti-war movement.” (Michel Chossudovsky, Manufacturing Dissent, Global Research, 2010)12

Image: Joe Biden with Henry Kissinger (By Kai Mörk www.securityconference.delicensed under CC BY 3.0 de)

In the words of McGeorge Bundy, President of the Ford Foundation (1966-1979):

“Everything the [Ford] Foundation did could be regarded as “making the world safe for capitalism”, reducing social tensions by helping to comfort the afflicted, provide safety valves for the angry, and improve the functioning of government.13

The protest movement against the Great Reset which constitutes a “global coup d’état” requires a process of worldwide mobilization:

There can be no meaningful mass movement when dissent is generously funded by those same corporate interests [WEF, Gates, Ford, et al.] which are the target of the protest movement”.14

 

 

Endnotes

1 Michel Chossudovsky, April-June 1975. Hacia El Nuevo Modelo Económico Chileno Inflación Y Redistribución Del Ingreso. https://www.jstor.org/stable/20856482?refreqid=excelsior%3A9228243fa26a81bb3c2b0c2d58094922&seq=1

2 Ibid.

3 Michel Chossudovsky, April 16, 1977. Legitimised Violence and Economic Policy in Argentina. https://www.jstor.org/stable/4365500?seq=1 

4 Prof Michel Chossudovsky, June 3, 2020. Understand the Globalization of Poverty and the New World Order. https://www.globalresearch.ca/understand-the-globalization-of-poverty-and-the-new-world-order/25371

5 Ibid. 

6 National Security Council, December 10, 1974. Implications of Worldwide Population Growth For U.S. Security and Overseas Interests (THE KISSINGER REPORT). https://pdf.usaid.gov/pdf_docs/PCAAB500.pdf

7 Peter Koenig, January 22, 2022. The COVID-Omicron Crisis: The Roadmap Towards a Worldwide Financial Crash, Inflation, Digitization. https://www.globalresearch.ca/covid-omicron-is-killing-christmas-and-beyond-financial-crash-inflation-digitization/5765170

8 Peter Keonig, March 12, 2020. The Coronavirus Vaccine: The Real Danger is “Agenda ID2020”. Vaccination as a Platform for “Digital Identity”. https://www.globalresearch.ca/coronavirus-causes-effects-real-danger-agenda-id2020/5706153

9 Colin Todhunter, November 9, 2020. Dystopian “Great Reset”: “Own Nothing and Be Happy”, Being Human in 2030. https://www.globalresearch.ca/own-nothing-happy-being-human-2030/5728960

10 UN, September 2020. United Nations Comprehensive Response to COVID-19. https://www.un.org/sites/un2.un.org/files/un-comprehensive-response-to-covid-19.pdf

11 Mark Weisbrot, February 17, 2020. WORTH THE PRICE? Joe Biden and the Launch of the Iraq War (narrated by Danny Glover). https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=vhcuei8_UJM

12 Prof Michel Chossudovsky, September 20, 2010. “Manufacturing Dissent”: The Anti-globalization Movement is Funded by the Corporate Elites. https://www.globalresearch.ca/manufacturing-dissent-the-anti-globalization-movement-is-funded-by-the-corporate-elites/21110

13 Ibid. 

14 Ibid.


 

Chapter XIII 

“Digital Tyranny” and the QR Code

 

“It’s the worldwide invasion of the QR code – QR coding of everything: all of your most intimate data, health, personal behaviors, habits – track records of where we have been and even where we may be planning to go. Nothing will escape the QR code. Nobody talks about it.” —Peter Koenig, former World Bank analyst, Research Associate of the Centre for Research on Globalization

 

Towards a Digitized Global Police State 

The worldwide QR Verification Code project lays the groundwork for the instatement of a “Digitized Global Police State” controlled by the financial establishment. It’s part of what the late David Rockefeller entitled “The March Towards World Government” based on an alliance of bankers and intellectuals (see Chapter XII).  Peter Koenig describes the QR code as:

“an all-electronic ID – linking everything to everything of each individual (records of health, banking, personal and private, etc.).”

 

Towards a Worldwide Digital Currency System (CBDC)  

Consultations are also ongoing between the World Economic Forum (WEF) and central banks with a view to implementing a so-called Central Bank Digital Currency (CBDC) network. According to David Skripac,

“A worldwide digital ID system is in the making. … The aim of the WEF—and of all the central banks [is] to implement a global system in which everyone’s personal data will be incorporated into the Central Bank Digital Currency (CBDC) network.”1 

 

The QR Verification Code Software

In early 2022, the WHO signed a major contract with Deutsche Telekom T Systems to develop a QR Verification App and software which is to be applied worldwide.

The QR code-based software solution is slated to be used:

“for other vaccinations as well, such as polio or yellow fever, T-Systems said in a statement … adding that the WHO would support its 194 member states in building national and regional verification technology.” (emphasis added)

According to a Deutsche Telekom I-T Systems Communique, “The WHO’s gateway service also serves as a bridge between regional systems“, which essentially implies a coordinated global structure of QR surveillance, which oversees the entire population of Planet Earth.2

And once established, it will police “every aspect of our lives”, wherever our location. “It can also be used as part of future vaccination campaigns and home-based records.

According to the CEO of Deutsche Telecom T Systems:

“Corona has a grip on the world. Digitization keeps the world running”.3

Bill Gates has a long-standing relationship with Deutsche Telekom’s  former CEO Ron Sommer going back to the late 1990s.4

 

Tracing and Tracking

T-Systems had previously set up the European Federation Gateway Service (EFGS). The service ensures that member states’ corona tracing apps work across borders.

The Telekom app is categorized as “one of the most successful tracing apps in the world”.

Who has the grip on the world? A giant data bank pertaining to almost 8 billion people is controlled by “Big Money”.5

People are tagged and labeled, their emails, cell phones are monitored, detailed personal data are entered into a giant Big Brother data bank.

“Digital tyranny” requires repelling all forms of political and social resistance. 

Individual human beings are categorized as “numbers”. Once these “numbers” are inserted into a global digital data bank, humanity in its entirety is under the control of the globalists, namely the Financial Establishment.

The history, culture and identity of nation-states is foreclosed. People become numbers inserted into a global data bank. In turn the formulation of societal projects (projet de société) at national, local and community levels is erased.

Social democracy, socialism, libertarianism: under global governance, all forms of representative democracy and class struggle are precipitated into the dustbin of history.

Progressives should understand who is behind this hegemonic project, it’s part of a neoliberal agenda, it’s an endgame which destroys the identity of human beings; it destroys humanity.

It is important to organize a broad movement of resistance leading to the outright dismantling of this diabolical agenda, which is embedded in the WHO’s Pandemic Treaty, sponsored by the World Economic Forum (WEF) and the Gates Foundation.

The modalities of the globalists’ project are embedded in the WHO’s Pandemic Treaty, an initiative of the WEF and the Gates Foundation.

 

The Infamous WHO “Treaty on Pandemics”  

Image: Damaged but still decodable QR code (Licensed under CC0)

In March 2022, the WHO launched an Intergovernmental Negotiating Body (INB) with a mandate to create “A Pandemic Treaty”, i.e. a global health governance entity which would override the authority of WHO member states.

“The Global Pandemic Treaty on pandemic preparedness would grant the WHO absolute power over global biosecurity, such as the power to implement digital identities / vaccine passports, mandatory vaccinations, travel restrictions, lockdowns, standardized medical care and more.

This Pandemic Treaty, if implemented, will change the global landscape and strip you and me of some of our most basic rights and freedoms.

Make no mistake, the WHO Pandemic Treaty is a direct attack on the sovereignty of its member states, as well as a direct attack on your bodily autonomy.” (Peter Koenig, June 2022)6

The Treaty on Pandemics is tied into the WHO’s QR Verification Code project and the COVID-19 mRNA vaccine.

The  legitimacy of both the Treaty on Pandemics and the QR Verification Code under WHO auspices rests on the presumption that the alleged “COVID-19 pandemic is real” and that the mRNA vaccine constitutes a SOLUTION to curbing the spread of the virus. 

What is the legitimacy as well as the science behind this diabolical project? NONE. Amply confirmed: THERE IS NO PANDEMICThe alleged COVID-19 pandemic is based on “fake science” (see Chapter III).

Both the EU Digital COVID Certificate Framework as well as the WHO QR Verification Code are predicated on outright lies and fabrications.

The Treaty on Pandemics is the “back door” towards “Global Governance” and digital tyranny. It consists in constructing a worldwide nexus of proxy regimes controlled by a “supranational sovereignty” (World Government) composed of leading financial institutions, billionaires and their philanthropic foundations (see Chapter XII).

Image by the Council of the European Union

 

The WHO’s Plan Is for 10 Years of Pandemics (2020-2030)

A series of future pandemics have been contemplated by the WHO with the support of the Gates Foundation.  According to the President of the European Council Charles Michel and the Director-General of the WHO Dr. Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus: 

 “There will be other pandemics and other major health emergencies.

The question is not if, but when. …  we must be better prepared to predict, prevent, detect, assess and effectively respond to pandemics in a highly coordinated fashion.

To that end, we believe that nations should work together towards a new international treaty for pandemic preparedness and response.” 

-Joint call for an international pandemic treaty7

 

Bill Gates’s “Pandemic Number Two”: The Monkeypox?

“We’ll have another pandemic. It will be a different pathogen next time,” (CNBC, February 18, 2022)

“We’ll have to prepare for the next one…

“To be ready for Pandemic Two, … I call this Pandemic One”  (Bill Gates, see Video: The WHO Plans for 10 Years of Pandemics)8

President Joe Biden says America “needs to start getting funding to prepare for the next pandemic“. 

Big Money is behind Biden’s proposal, supportive of Bill Gates: 

“The White House has proposed allocating $82 billion toward planning for pandemic response”. (Business Insider, June 23, 2022)9

 

The  Monkeypox PHEIC

On July 23, 2022, a Monkeypox Public Health Emergency of International Concern (PHEIC) was declared unilaterally by the Director-General of the WHO Dr. Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus against a majority vote of the International Health Regulations (IHR) Emergency Committee (9 against, 6 in favor).10

“We have an outbreak that has spread around the world rapidly through new modes of transmission…I [Tedros] have decided that the global monkeypox outbreak represents a Public Health Emergency of International Concern.”  …11

 “Although I [Tedros] am declaring a public health emergency of international concern, for the moment this is an outbreak that is concentrated among men who have sex with men, especially those with multiple sexual partners.  …

It’s therefore essential that all countries work closely with communities of men who have sex with men, to design and deliver effective information and services, and to adopt measures that protect the health, human rights and dignity of affected communities.

(emphasis added)

“I  Have Decided… “

Tedros’ decision to declare a PHEIC in defiance of the Emergency Committee is illegal. The above announcement borders on ridicule. Where is the science? What are the implications? A review of WHO statements reveals “scientific biases” and outright manipulations. 

And guess what: it’s the real-time PCR test, which the CDC declared invalid for detecting SARS-CoV-2 (effective December 31 2021), which is now being used to “detect the monkeypox pathogen”.12

Screenshot from CDC

There is no evidence that monkeypox is a sexually-transmitted disease. (See Michel Chossudovsky, Global Research, August 1, 2022)13

Does Tedros’s statement constitute an encroachment of the fundamental rights of the LGBT Community which is currently the object of the emergency measures? In the words of the IHR Emergency Committee report cited above: “interventions [are] targeted to this segment of the population [LGBT].”

The WHO is funded by the Gates Foundation. And Bill Gates is centrefold. He has been pushing for the monkeypox scenario since 2017. 

Moreover, in March 2021, a tabletop simulation (similar to the October 2019 Event 201 Simulation) generously funded by multi-billionaire foundations, portrays a “fictional exercise scenario of a deadly, global pandemic involving an unusual strain of monkeypox virus”. The simulation was presented at the Munich Security Conference.

 

Simulation versus “Real Life” Monkeypox Outbreak

May 15, 2022 marks the commencement of the monkeypox epidemic in the Simulated Scenario” (see figure below), leading up to January 2023 (83 countries affected) with 70 million confirmed cases and 1.3 million deaths (see graph below).14

Coincidence? Visibly, May 15, 2022 as well as the 150 cases in the simulation bear a canny resemblance to the “REAL” press reports and WHO advisory:         

“Since 13 May 2022, cases of monkeypox have been reported to [the] WHO from 12 Member States that are not endemic for monkeypox virus, across three WHO regions. Epidemiological investigations are ongoing,  …” (WHO Advisory)15

 

Screenshot from the Simulated Scenario, Munich Security Conference, page 10 of NTI Report

 

The Transition from PHEIC 2.0 to “Pandemic Number Two”? 

Dr. Tedros’s July 2022 monkeypox PHEIC was modelled on the WHO’s COVID-19 January 30, 2020 PHEIC (see Chapter II).

What’s next? The PHEIC sets the stage. It’s a preamble towards subsequent pandemics.  

Will the historic July 23, 2022 Monkeypox PHEIC 2.0 lead the way towards “Pandemic Number Two”, i.e. a worldwide monkeypox pandemic, officially enacted by the WHO at some future date?

A monkeypox vaccine was developed (prior to the outbreak in May 2022). It was announced on May 18, 2022.16

 

Endnotes

1 David Skripac, March 26, 2022. Oh, Canada! Our Home and Native . . . Dictatorship! The WEF is “Trampling Our Freedoms”. https://www.globalresearch.ca/canada-our-home-native-dictatorship/5772052

2 Albert Hold, February 23, 2022. Checking Covid 19 certificates: World Health Organization selects T-Systems as industry partner. https://www.telekom.com/en/media/media-information/archive/covid-19-who-commissions-t-systems-648634

3 Ibid.

4 Dow Jones Newswires, September 4, 1998. Deutsche Telekom Won’t Comment On Reports of Talks With Microsoft. https://www.wsj.com/articles/SB904923633645893500

5 Worldometer, n.d. Current World Population. https://www.worldometers.info/world-population/

6 Peter Koenig & Prof. Michel Chossudovsky, June 2, 2022. Video: Digital Tyranny and the QR Code. The WHO Pandemic Treaty is the Back Door to “Global Governance”. https://www.globalresearch.ca/digital-tyranny-and-the-qr-code-the-who-pandemic-treaty-is-a-back-door-to-global-governance/5782245

7 Council of the European Union, n.d. An international treaty on pandemic prevention and preparedness. https://www.consilium.europa.eu/en/policies/coronavirus/pandemic-treaty/

8 Stopworldcontrol, May 4, 2022. THE PLAN – WHO plans for 10 years of pandemics, from 2020 to 2030. https://rumble.com/v13kefy-must-see-the-plan-who-plans-for-10-years-of-pandemics-from-2020-to-2030.html

9 Matthew Loh, June 23, 2022. Biden says another pandemic will come and the US needs to start preparing for it. https://www.businessinsider.com/biden-second-pandemic-funding-us-preparing-2022-6

10 Prof. Michel Chossudovsky, May 25, 2022. Worldwide Monkeypox Health Emergency (PHEIC): For Bill Gates, It’s “Moneypox”: Simulation of Fictitious Monkeypox Virus Pandemic in March 2021, Goes Live in May 2022. https://www.globalresearch.ca/bill-gates-warns-smallpox-terror-attacks-urges-leaders-use-germ-games-prepare/5781195

11 WHO, July 23, 2022. WHO Director-General’s statement at the press conference following IHR Emergency Committee regarding the multi-country outbreak of monkeypox – 23 July 2022. https://www.who.int/director-general/speeches/detail/who-director-general-s-statement-on-the-press-conference-following-IHR-emergency-committee-regarding-the-multi–country-outbreak-of-monkeypox–23-july-2022

12 CDC, June 6, 2022. Test Procedure: Monkeypox virus Generic Real-Time PCR Test. https://www.cdc.gov/poxvirus/monkeypox/pdf/pcr-diagnostic-protocol-508.pdf

13 Prof. Michel Chossudovsky, August 1, 2022. “Factual Chaos” at the WHO? Dr. Tedros: Monkeypox Outbreak Is “Among Men Who Have Sex with Men”. https://www.globalresearch.ca/factual-chaos-at-the-who-dr-tedros-monkeypox-outbreak-is-among-men-who-have-sex-with-men/5788349

14 NTI, November 23, 2021. Strengthening Global Systems to Prevent and Respond to High-Consequence Biological Threats. https://www.nti.org/analysis/articles/strengthening-global-systems-to-prevent-and-respond-to-high-consequence-biological-threats/

15 WHO, May 21, 2022. Multi-country monkeypox outbreak in non-endemic countries. https://www.who.int/emergencies/disease-outbreak-news/item/2022-DON385

16 Prof. Michel Chossudovsky, May 25, 2022. Worldwide Monkeypox Health Emergency (PHEIC): For Bill Gates, It’s “Moneypox”: Simulation of Fictitious Monkeypox Virus Pandemic in March 2021, Goes Live in May 2022. https://www.globalresearch.ca/bill-gates-warns-smallpox-terror-attacks-urges-leaders-use-germ-games-prepare/5781195


Chapter XIV

The COVID-19 Endgame: Eugenics

and the Depopulation Agenda

 

“We’re now facing a situation where a huge number of very powerful organizations and elites at international and national levels are calling for policies that are basically a suicide pact. Basically a death wish of some sort.” —Patrick Moore, former president of Greenpeace

Do these “Do Goodie” billionaires have any idea of the carnage and suffering their mass-vaccination campaign is likely to generate? Or is that the goal, a world with fewer people? —Michael Whitney, renowned author and geopolitical analyst. 

Introduction

The two strategic pillars of the COVID agenda examined in the previous chapters are:

  • The lockdown: an act of economic and social warfare which has triggered a worldwide process of impoverishment, social marginalization and despair,
  • The mRNA COVID “vaccine” which has resulted in a worldwide upward trend in mortality and morbidity.

Unprecedented in world history, these two strategic pillars are instrumental in triggering a process of depopulation which indelibly points to extensive crimes against humanity.

The enforcement of the depopulation agenda requires a socially repressive structure of “global governance” controlled by the financial establishment.

It also requires a cohesive propaganda apparatus with a view to enforcing social acceptance worldwide. In turn, this process requires the demise of the institutions of representative government coupled with the criminalization of the judicial system.

 

Depopulation and the History of Eugenics

The Global Governance scenario attempts to impose an agenda of social engineering and economic compliance.

The World Government envisaged by the globalists is predicated on obedience and acceptance. One of its major objectives is to carry out a worldwide depopulation agenda. 

The contemporary eugenics movement sponsored by the World Economic Forum (WEF) and the billionaire philanthropists hinges upon two strategic pillars: the COVID lockdown and the mRNA vaccine, which are instruments of global population reduction.

US-NATO-led war are also instruments of depopulation. 

What we are living now is unprecedented. Today’s depopulation agenda is by no means comparable to the eugenist movement which unfolded in the US as of the early 20th century. Eugenics at the outset was based on legislation directed against specific population groups with so-called “learning or physical disabilities”:

“The 1907 law denied entry to anyone judged ‘mentally or physically defective, such mental or physical defects being of a nature which may affect the ability of such alien to earn a living.’ It added ‘imbeciles’ and ‘feeble-minded persons’ to the list. …

By 1938, 33 American states permitted the forced sterilisation of women with learning disabilities and 29 American states had passed compulsory sterilisation laws covering people who were thought to have genetic conditions. Laws in America also restricted the right of certain disabled people to marry. More than 36,000 Americans underwent compulsory sterilisation before this legislation was eventually repealed in the 1940s.” (Victoria Brignell)1

 

Depopulation Directed Against Third World Countries

Inspired by the eugenist ideology, depopulation in the post World War II era became an integral part of a neo-colonial agenda. It was carefully embedded into the tenets of US foreign policy, largely directed against so-called “developing countries”.

We recall US Secretary of State Henry Kissinger’s National Security Study Memorandum 200 entitled “Implications of Worldwide Population Growth For U.S. Security and Overseas Interests.”

 

Screenshot from the National Security Council document

 

According to Kissinger (NSSM 200, 1974):

“Depopulation should be the highest priority of foreign policy towards the Third World, because the U.S. economy will require large and increasing amounts of minerals from abroad, especially from less developed countries.”

Illustration by Global Research / Image of Henry Kissinger is by Jay Godwin/Flickr, licensed under the Public Domain

 

The Vaccine Campaign Directed Against Third World Countries

In regards to Third World countries, depopulation was carefully instrumented through vaccines. The “tetanus vaccines” project implemented under WHO-UNICEF auspices was intended to “secretly sterilize women in poor countries all over the planet”.

Kenya’s Catholic bishops are charging two United Nations organizations with sterilizing millions of girls and women under cover of an anti-tetanus inoculation program sponsored by the Kenyan government.”2

Bill Gates, who is now at the forefront of the globalists’ mRNA “vaccine” program was intricately involved. “The Gates Foundation was sued by governments around the world, Kenya, India, the Philippines – and more.” (Peter Koenig, April 2020)3

 

The Globalists’ Depopulation Agenda.“What to Do with All These Useless People?”

While the globalists consider that planet Earth is overpopulated, they do not formally acknowledge that the COVID-19 mandates including the vaccine constitute the means to reducing the world’s population. The vaccine is upheld as means to “save lives”.

Klaus Schwab’s protégé Prof. Yuval Noah Harari, nonetheless begs the question, “what to do with all these useless people?”  

Harari is an influential member of the World Economic Forum (WEF) who supports the idea of creating a dystopian society managed by a handful of globalists who will rule over every human being on earth from the day they are born. (Timothy Alexander Guzman, July 2022)4

 

Secret 2009 Meeting of “The Good Club”. “Billionaires Try to Shrink World’s Population”

Flashback to April 25, 2009. The World Health Organization (WHO) headed by Margaret Chan declared a Public Health Emergency of International concern (PHEIC) pertaining to the H1N1 Swine Flu pandemic, which in many regards was a “dress rehearsal” of the COVID pandemic (see Chapter IX). Barely two weeks later in early May 2009, at the height of the H1N1 “pandemic”, the billionaire philanthropists met behind closed doors at the home of the president of the Rockefeller University in Manhattan.

This secret gathering was sponsored by Bill Gates. They call themselves “The Good Club”. Among the participants were the late David Rockefeller, Warren Buffett, George Soros, Michael Bloomberg, Ted Turner, Oprah Winfrey and many more:  

“Some of America’s leading billionaires have met secretly to consider how their wealth could be used to slow the growth of the world’s population and speed up improvements in health and education.” (Sunday Times, May 2009)5

The emphasis was not on population growth (i.e. planned parenthood) but on “depopulation”, i.e. the reduction in the absolute size of the world’s population. To read the complete WSJ article, click here.

According to the Sunday Times report:

The philanthropists who attended a summit convened on the initiative of Bill Gates, the Microsoft co-founder, discussed joining forces to overcome political and religious obstacles to change.

Stacy Palmer, editor of the Chronicle of Philanthropy, said the summit was unprecedented. “We only learnt about it afterwards, by accident. Normally these people are happy to talk good causes, but this is different – maybe because they don’t want to be seen as a global cabal,” he said.

Another guest said there was “nothing as crude as a vote” but a consensus emerged that they would back a strategy in which population growth would be tackled as a potentially disastrous environmental, social and industrial threat.

“This is something so nightmarish that everyone in this group agreed it needs big-brain answers,” said the guest.  …

Why all the secrecy? “They wanted to speak rich to rich without worrying anything they said would end up in the newspapers, painting them as an alternative world government,” he said. (Sunday Times)6

The decision-making is intricate and complex. The reports of this secret May 2009 meeting largely reveal the depopulation narrative. It was one among numerous similar meetings (which are rarely the object of media coverage).

What is significant is the criminal intent of these billionaire “philanthropists” to depopulate planet Earth.

 

Bill Gates 2010 Depopulation Statement. The Role of “New Vaccines”

Image: Bill Gates (By Kuhlmann /MSC, licensed under CC BY 3.0 de)

Was an absolute “reduction” in world population contemplated at that May 2009 secret meeting? A few months later, Bill Gates in his TED presentation (February 2010) pertaining to vaccination, confirmed the following:

“And if we do a really great job on new vaccines, health care, reproductive health services, we could lower that [the world population] by 10 or 15 percent”.7

Listen to the quotation in this video starting at 04:21. Alternatively, see below for the screenshot of the quotation.

Screenshot from the TED Talk video

 

Bill Gates’s “Absolute Reduction” in World Population 

Bill Gates’s proposal of an “absolute reduction” in the world’s population using vaccination as an instrument would be as follows:

The world’s population (November 2022 estimate) is of the order of 8.0 billion.

  • An absolute reduction of 10% in 2022 would be of the order of 800 million.
  • An absolute reduction of 15% of the world population in 2022 would be of the order of 1.2 billion.

The same group of billionaires, who met at the May 2009 “secret venue”, has been actively involved from the outset of the COVID crisis in designing the lockdown policies applied worldwide, the mRNA vaccine and the “Great Reset”, the endgame of which is massive depopulation. 

Crimes against humanity are beyond description.

We are dealing with a criminal cabal which must be confronted.

 

Endnotes

1 Victoria Brignell, December 10, 2010. When America Believed in Eugenics. https://www.globalresearch.ca/when-america-believed-eugenics/5743548?utm_campaign=magnet&utm_source=article_page&utm_medium=related_articles

2 Michael Snyder, November 11, 2014. Is the WHO Using Vaccines to Secretly Sterilize Women All Over the Globe? https://www.globalresearch.ca/is-the-un-using-vaccines-to-secretly-sterilize-women-all-over-the-globe/5413599

3 Peter Koenig, March 4, 2021. Bill Gates and the Depopulation Agenda. Robert F. Kennedy Junior Calls for an Investigation. https://www.globalresearch.ca/bill-gates-and-the-depopulation-agenda-robert-f-kennedy-junior-calls-for-an-investigation/5710021

4 Timothy Alexander Guzman, August 6, 2022. The Cult of Globalism: The Great Reset and Its “Final Solution” for “Useless People”. https://www.globalresearch.ca/cult-globalism-great-reset-final-solution-useless-people/5784969

5 John Harlow, May 24, 2009. Billionaire club in bid to curb overpopulation. https://www.thetimes.co.uk/article/billionaire-club-in-bid-to-curb-overpopulation-d2fl22qhl02

6 Ibid.

7 Bill Gates, 2010. Innovating to zero! https://www.ted.com/talks/bill_gates_innovating_to_zero/transcript


 

Chapter XV 

The Road Ahead:

Building a Worldwide Movement Against “Corona Tyranny”

 

The Storming of the Bastille occurred in Paris on the afternoon of July 14, 1789. The Bastille was a medieval armory, fortress, and political prison. It was the symbol of Royal Authority under the reign of King Louis XVI. 

The French monarchy was obliged to accept the authority of the newly proclaimed National Assembly as well as endorse the fundamental rights contained in the “Declaration des Droits de l’Homme et du Citoyen” (Declaration of the Rights of Man and of the Citizen), formulated in early August 1789.1

More than 230 years later, these fundamental rights (Liberté, Égalité, Fraternité) are now being contravened by corrupt governments around the world on behalf of a totalitarian and illusive financial establishment.

Storming of the Bastille (By Bibliothèque nationale de France, licensed under the Public Domain)

 

Bastille 2022

Bastille 2022 pertains not only to the restoration of these fundamental rights. It seeks to reverse and disable the criminal COVID-19 agenda which in the course of more than two and a half years has triggered economic, social and political chaos worldwide in 193 member states of the United Nations, coupled with bankruptcies, unemployment, mass poverty and despair. Famines have been reported in more than 25 countries. 

Starting in November 2020, an experimental mRNA vaccine launched by our governments (allegedly with a view to combating the spread of the virus) has resulted in an ascending worldwide trend of vaccine-related deaths and injuries. It’s a killer vaccine. It’s a crime against humanity. 

Bastille 2022 is not a “protest” movement, narrowly defined.

We do not seek to negotiate with corrupt government officials. We question their legitimacy. They are liars.

Our intent is to confront the powerful actors behind this criminal endeavor which is literally destroying people’s lives worldwide, while creating divisions within society. The impacts on mental health on population groups worldwide are devastating. 

The numerous lockdowns documented in previous chapters (stay at home of the workforce), fear campaigns, COVID-19 policy mandates imposed on approximately 193 member states of the United Nations have also contributed to undermining and destabilizing:

  • the very fabric of civil society and its institutions including education, culture and the arts, social gatherings, sports, entertainment, etc. 
  • all public sector activities including physical and social infrastructure, social services, law enforcement, etc.
  • all major private sector activities which characterize national, regional and local economies including small, medium and large corporate enterprises, family farms, industry, wholesale and retail trade, the urban services economy, transport companies, airlines, hotel chains, etc.
  • the structures of the global economy including international commodity trade, investment, import and export relations between countries, etc. The entire landscape of the global economy has been shattered. 

In turn, a process of enrichment by the elite billionaires together with widening social inequalities is unfolding (see Chapter V).

The massive debts incurred by the nation-states resulting from corruption as well fiscal collapse have skyrocketed. Increasingly national governments are in a straitjacket, under the brunt of powerful creditor institutions. Mounting debts at all levels of society are the driving force (see Chapter IV).

 

The Creation of a Mass Movement 

What is at stake is the creation of a mass movement (nationally and worldwide) which questions the legitimacy and authority of the architects of this insidious project which broadly speaking emanates from Big Money, Big Pharma, the Information Technology Conglomerates, the Security Apparatus, Intelligence, the Military Industrial Complex, Big Energy, and the Corporate Media. 

Ironically, the architects of the COVID-19 “pandemic” are now actively involved in formulating the “solution”. The World Economic Forum’s Great Reset consists in installing a worldwide totalitarian regime. What is contemplated is a system of “Global Governance” predicated on depopulation (see Chapters XII and XIII).

Approximately 193 UN member states are slated to be weakened and undermined. They are under the grip of the most serious debt crisis in world history. Under the Great Reset, the institutions of parliamentary democracy and the welfare state are to be replaced by an unelected “public-private partnership” dominated by the upper echelons of the financial establishment. 

 

Restoring Real Democracy

We will seek all avenues through peaceful means to disable and undermine this totalitarian project including dialogue with and within public and private institutions (students, teachers, law enforcement officials, members of the military and the judiciary, etc.)

What is required is to break down the structures of corruption, hierarchy and abusive authority, namely to pursue what might be described as:

“the democratization of decision-making within our institutions”.

 

The Art of Deception

We must nonetheless understand the limitations of conducting effective judicial procedures against national governments. The judges are often pressured, threatened and corrupt, aligned with both dominant financial interests and politicians.

Moreover, inasmuch as this insidious project is enforced by national governments worldwide, the International Criminal Court (ICC) which is officially “independent” in regards to the UN Security Council, has a longstanding record of side-stepping US-NATO war crimes. The ICC is controlled by the same financial elites which control the governments.

We must also understand the complexities of this carefully designed and coordinated totalitarian project, namely the role of various fraudulent financial institutions, corporate advisory and lobby groups, consultants, “scientific advisors”, etc. acting as intermediaries on behalf of Big Pharma and the financial elites. 

There is a hierarchy in the structures of authority. This complex and intricate decision-making process is used to co-opt, bribe and manipulate government officials. Almost identical policy mandates (emanating from higher authority) are implemented simultaneously in numerous countries, requiring active coordination. The same powerful lobby firms are acting at one and the same time in different countries (e.g. in North America and the European Union).

Large scale street protests will not prevail unless they are focused on effectively disabling this corrupt decision-making process. 

 

Protesters gathered near the Brandenburg Gate in Berlin in August 2020 to protest against COVID measures. Copyright: Reuters

 

Truckers Freedom Convoy in Canada in February 2022, a movement against COVID mandates. Copyright David Skripac, with permission to use

What Are Our Priorities? Counter-Propaganda 

More than 7 billion people worldwide are directly or indirectly affected by the corona crisis. Several billion people have already been vaccinated by an “unapproved” experimental mRNA “vaccine”, which has resulted in a worldwide wave of mortality and morbidity.

While this tendency is confirmed by official figures pertaining to vaccine-related deaths and adverse events, the mainstream media and the governments are in a state of denial.

The devastating health impacts of the COVID-19 vaccine are rarely acknowledged. It’s the same catchphrase (which is an outright lie) repeated ad nauseam: “the virus is far more dangerous than the vaccine”:

“We actually have more safety data on the vaccine than the virus, and already see that the virus is far more dangerous than the vaccine. (Intercare)2

Dr. Alan Schroeder thinks it’s very natural for parents to worry, but said for teens, the virus is more dangerous than the vaccine. (NBC)3

Doctors are on the lookout for it in children, but the bottom line remains that the virus is far more dangerous than the vaccine.

“The mutations in the omicron variant make it [the virus] more prolific, dangerous, and elusive“.

etc.

This propaganda consensus must be broken. With regard to the vaccine, informing people across the land regarding the data on deaths and adverse events is the first step.

The COVID crisis initiated in January 2020 is unprecedented in world history. Propaganda under Nuremberg is a crime (see Chapter XI).

Dismantling the propaganda apparatus is crucial. Counter-propaganda plays a key role in revealing the lies used to justify the policy mandates.

Without persistent media disinformation, the official COVID narrative falls flat.

First and foremost, we must forcefully challenge the mainstream media, without specifically targeting mainstream journalists who have been instructed to abide by the official narrative. We should in this regard favor dialogue with individual (independent) journalists.

We must ensure that people worldwide achieve an understanding of the history and devastating impacts of the COVID crisis supported by scientific concepts, analysis, testimonies and data. This endeavor will require a parallel process at the grassroots level, of sensitizing fellow citizens and establishing dialogue on the nature of the alleged pandemic, the mRNA vaccine, the RT-PCR test, as well as the devastating economic and social impacts of the lockdowns.

While we must put an end to the fear campaign, we must nonetheless inform our fellow citizens regarding the dangers of the mRNA vaccine as well as the engineered chaos of this totalitarian agenda of “Global Governance” on the very structures of civil society.

The “fear campaign” is to be replaced by “information, concepts, analysis and data” as well as “strategies” to confront Big Pharma, corrupt officials in high office as well as their Big Money sponsors.

We must also ensure the conduct of dialogue and debate at the grassroots of society.

 

Putting an End to the “Killer Vaccine”

Our first task is to immediately halt and cancel the so-called COVID-19 “vaccine” which has triggered a wave of mortality and morbidity worldwide. 

According to Dr. Thomas Binder:

“The gene injections are unsafe. They can cause anaphylactic reactions, thromboembolism, thrombocytopenia, disseminated intravascular coagulation, and myocarditis in the short term.4

There is possible immunosuppression and antibody-dependent enhancement, ADE, in the medium-term.

And in the long term there are possible autoimmune diseases, cancer and infertility, risks that have not been ruled out yet.”

According to Doctors for COVID Ethics, in the EU, UK and US, the data respectively tabulated by EudraVigilance, MHRA (UK) and VAERS (US):

“have now recorded many more deaths and injuries from the COVID-19 “vaccine” roll-out than from all previous vaccines combined since records began”

With regard to the mRNA “vaccine”, the catastrophic number of injection related deaths has NOT been reported by the mainstream media, despite the official figures being publicly available.

“The signal of harm is now indisputably overwhelming, and, in line with universally accepted ethical standards for clinical trials, we demand that the COVID-19 “vaccination” programme be halted immediately worldwide.

Continuation of the programme, in the full knowledge of ongoing serious harm and death to both adults and children, constitutes Crimes Against Humanity/Genocide, for which those found to be responsible or complicit will ultimately be held personally liable.”5

As outlined in Chapter VIII, Pfizer has a criminal record (2009) with the US Department of Justice on charges of “fraudulent marketing”.6

As part of the 2009 DoJ settlement, Pfizer was put on parole:

“Pfizer also has agreed to enter into an expansive corporate integrity agreement … [which] provides for procedures and reviews to be put in place to avoid and promptly detect conduct similar to that which gave rise to this matter.”7

But we are no longer dealing with “fraudulent marketing”:

“Killing is good for business”: The vaccine is a multi-billion dollar operation worldwide. It’s manslaughter.

Once the “vaccine” has been halted, the criminality of Big Pharma will be fully revealed and understood. In turn, the legitimacy of the official COVID narrative based on lies and fake science will inevitably be impaired. This is the first step towards breaking the “official” COVID narrative. 

The truth is an important peaceful weapon. Without propaganda and media disinformation, the architects of this project do not have a leg to stand on.

Let us break the “official” COVID-19 consensus and the propaganda apparatus which provides “legitimacy” to a criminal agenda.

Once it collapses, it will open up the road towards reversing the broader process of economic, social and political chaos generated in the course of the last two and a half years.

 

The Geopolitical Dimensions

What is unfolding is a new and destructive phase of US imperialism. It’s a totalitarian project of economic and social engineering. 

The Biden administration has endorsed the COVID agenda, which has been used to destabilize and weaken national economies (ironically, including the United States as well as its allies and its “enemies”).

We cannot divorce our understanding of the COVID crisis from that of US foreign policy and America’s hegemonic agenda, e.g. the war in Ukraine, US-Russia relations, the enlargement and extension of NATO, the militarization of the South China Sea directed against China, Iran and the geopolitics of the Middle East, the ongoing sanctions regimes against Venezuela and Cuba, etc. 

Integrating All Sectors of Society

It should be noted that organized opposition in many Western countries is weak. Why? Because “progressive forces” including left intellectuals, NGO leaders, trade union and labor leaders both in Western Europe and North America have from the outset endorsed the official COVID narrative. Many of these progressive movements are supported by corporate foundations. 

The same billionaire foundations which are the unspoken architects of the “Great Reset” and “Global Governance” are also involved in (generously) financing various social movements. “They control the opposition”.  

What this means is that grassroots activists are often misled and betrayed by their leaders who are routinely co-opted by their billionaire sponsors.

It is essential that these grassroots activists be integrated into the mainstay of the movement against the COVID-19 consensus.

 

The Road Ahead

What is required is the development of a broad-based grassroots network which confronts both the architects of this crisis as  well as all levels of government (i.e. national, states, provinces, municipalities, etc.) involved in imposing the vaccine as well carrying out the lockdown and closure of economic activity.

This network would be established (nationally and internationally) at all levels of society, in towns and villages, workplaces, parishes, trade unions, farmers organizations, professional associations, business associations, student unions, and veterans associations. Church groups would be called upon to integrate this movement.

“Spreading the word” through social media and independent online media outlets will be undertaken bearing in mind that Google as well as Facebook are instruments of censorship.

Legal procedures and protests are unfolding in all major regions of the world. As part of a worldwide network of initiatives, it is important to establish mechanisms of communication, dialogue and exchange within and between countries. 

The creation of such a movement, which forcefully challenges the legitimacy of the financial elites, Big Pharma, et al., as well as the structures of political authority at the national level, is no easy task. It will require a degree of solidarity, unity and commitment unparalleled in world history.

What is required is the breaking down of political and ideological barriers within society (e.g. between political parties) while acting with a single voice towards building a worldwide consensus against tyranny. 

Worldwide solidarity and human dignity is the driving force.

 

Endnotes

1 Encyclopaedia Britannica, July 20, 1998. Declaration of the Rights of Man and of the Citizen. https://www.britannica.com/topic/Declaration-of-the-Rights-of-Man-and-of-the-Citizen

2 Intercare, n.d. Part 10: COVID-19 vaccines and long-term side effects. https://healthhub.intercare.co.za/2021/09/15/part-10-covid-19-vaccines-and-long-term-side-effects/

3 Anoushah Rasta, May 5, 2021. FDA Expected to Approve Vaccinations for Kids, But Are Parents Ready to Move Forward? https://www.nbcbayarea.com/news/coronavirus/fda-expected-to-approve-vaccinations-for-kids-but-are-parents-ready-to-move-forward/2537309/

4 Doctors for COVID Ethics, August 3, 2021. COVID Vaccine Necessity, Efficacy and Safety. https://doctors4covidethics.org/covid-vaccine-necessity-efficacy-and-safety-3/

5 Doctors for COVID Ethics, October 22, 2021. J’Accuse! The Gene-based “Vaccines” Are Killing People. Governments Worldwide Are Lying to You the People, to the Populations They Purportedly Serve. https://www.globalresearch.ca/jaccuse-governments-worldwide-lying-you-people-populations-they-purportedly-serve/5750650

6 US Department of Justice, September 2, 2009. Pfizer Inc. “Fraudulent Marketing”: “Largest Health Care Fraud Settlement in Its History” (2009). US Department of Justice. https://www.globalresearch.ca/justice-department-announces-largest-health-care-fraud-settlement/5738792

7 Ibid.

Power Play: The Future of Food

January 5th, 2025 by Colin Todhunter

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Power Play

The Future of Food

 

by

Colin Todhunter

 


 

Power Play: The Future of Food © 2024 by Colin Todhunter is licensed under Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International. To view a copy of this licence, visit https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/

This licence requires that reusers give credit to the creator. It allows reusers to copy and distribute the material in any medium or format in unadapted form and for non-commercial purposes only.

BY: Credit must be given to the creator. 

NC: Only non-commercial use is permitted. This means not primarily intended for or directed towards commercial advantage or monetary compensation. 

ND: No derivatives or adaptations are permitted.

Cover image: Bags of chilli outside a wholesaler in the George Town area of Chennai in 2024 by the author. Emblematic of Chennai’s role as a major spice trading hub. Spices have been a cornerstone of South Indian commerce for centuries, and Chennai, with its strategic port location, has long been a key player in this trade. The prominence of chilli highlights its significance in South Indian cuisine and culture. While modern supermarkets and online platforms are changing consumer habits, wholesale markets like those in George Town continue to serve an essential function in the supply chain. 

 


About the Author

 

Colin Todhunter is an independent researcher and writer and has spent many years in India. He is a research associate of the Centre for Research on Globalisation (Montreal) and writes on food, agriculture and development issues. In 2018, in recognition of his writing, he was named a Living Peace and Justice Leader and Model by Engaging Peace Inc. 

𝐂𝐨𝐥𝐢𝐧 𝐓𝐨𝐝𝐡𝐮𝐧𝐭𝐞𝐫 – Academia.edu


 

Endorsements

 

Aruna Rodrigues, lead petitioner in the GMO mustard Public Interest Litigation in the Supreme Court of India, stated the following about the author’s 2022 e-book Food, Dispossession and Dependency. Resisting the New World Order: 

“Colin Todhunter at his best: this is graphic, a detailed horror tale in the making for India, an exposé on what is planned, via the farm laws, to hand over Indian sovereignty and food security to big business. There will come a time pretty soon — (not something out there but imminent, unfolding even now), when we will pay the Cargills, Ambanis, Bill Gates, Walmarts — in the absence of national buffer food stocks (an agri policy change to cash crops, the end to small-scale farmers, pushed aside by contract farming and GM crops) — we will pay them to send us food and finance borrowing from international markets to do it.” 

Frederic Mousseau, Policy Director at the Oakland Institute, says the following about the author’s work:

“It takes a book to break down the dynamics that are pushing agro-chemical agriculture to farmers and consumers around the world and to reveal the strength of the diverse movement of people and organizations who stand in the way of these destructive and predatory forces. 

“Colin Todhunter takes readers on a world tour that makes a compelling case against the fallacy of the food scarcity and Green Revolution arguments advanced by the mainstream media and international institutions on behalf of powerful financial interests such as Blackrock, Vanguard, or Gates. Todhunter makes it obvious that a key factor of world hunger and of the environmental crisis we are facing is a capitalist system that ‘requires constant growth, expanding markets and sufficient demand.’ 

“Uplifting rather than depressing, after this lucid diagnosis, he highlights some of the countless people-led initiatives and movements, from Cuba, Ethiopia to India, that fight back against destruction and predation with agroecology and farmers-led practices, respectful of the people and the planet. By debunking the “artificial scarcity” myth that is constantly fed to us, Todhunter demonstrates that it is actually not complicated to change course. Readers will just have to join the movement.”


 

Table of Contents

 

Introduction

Chapter I:

Consolidated Power

Chapter II:

Sick to Death

Chapter III:

Commodification of Farmland

Chapter IV:

Digital Panopticon and the Future of Food

Chapter V:

Manifesto for Corporate Control and Technocratic Tyranny

Chapter VI:

From Agrarianism to Transhumanism: Long March to Dystopia

Chapter VII:

Platforms of Control and the Unbreakable Spirit

Chapter VIII:

Ongoing Corporate Capture of Indian Agriculture

Chapter IX:

Amazon Gets Fresh, Bayer Loves Basmati

Chapter X:

From Monsanto to Bayer: Worst of Both Worlds

Chapter XI:

Bayer’s ‘Backward’ Claim: Bid for Control of Indian Agriculture

Chapter XII:

You Are Still the Enemy Within

Chapter XIII:

Reclaim the Future

Chapter XIV:

In 1649… 


 

Introduction

 

This ebook provides insight into aspects of the global food system, including the micronutrient crisis, contested climate emergency rhetoric and its use in implementing the rollout of controlling technologies, the emergence and influence of digital platforms in shaping agricultural practices and the increasing corporate capture of Indian agriculture. 

The book is the third installment in a trilogy of ebooks by the author exploring the global food system. It evolved from a series of articles originally published by various media outlets and written by the author and follows the February 2022 publication of Food, Dependency and Dispossession: Resisting the New World Order and the December 2023 release of Sickening Profits: The Global Food System’s Poisoned Food and Toxic Wealth. 

When read together, the three books provide an overarching critique of contemporary food systems and possible solutions. For instance, the first book presents a more in-depth discussion of agroecology, the role of the Gates Foundation, the impact of pesticides, the state of agriculture in India, including the 2020-21 farmers protest, and the issue of development. 

The second book touches on some of those issues but broadens the debate to look at ecomodernism, food-related ill health, the role of big finance in the food system and the post-Covid food crisis. While readers do not have to read the first two books, it might help in providing added context and insights.

This new book draws on and develops many of the themes presented in the first two. In particular, it returns to India to explore what has happened over the last 22 months (since the publication of the first book). 

More generally, it looks at the intertwining of political centralisation and corporate consolidation that is undermining democratic processes, economic diversity and local autonomy. This unholy alliance is creating a self-reinforcing, technocratic dystopia that concentrates power in the hands of a super-wealthy elite, which increasingly depicts anyone who challenges it as the ‘enemy within’.

In this respect, the book weds the topic of food to the wider dynamics of power in society, which is becoming increasingly concentrated, resulting in the domination of both resources and populations and seeking to shape the very fabric of our lives and beliefs about who we are and what we could or should be. Such an analysis is integral to gaining a deeper understanding of the food system and the influence of global agribusiness and the tech giants that are increasingly moving into the food and agriculture sector.

The following discussion is driven by a conviction in the transformative power of re-localising food systems, revitalising traditional ecological wisdom and rekindling our connection to the land that nourishes us. At its core, it challenges us to question our understanding of human progress and development. 


Chapter I:

Consolidated Power

 

By focusing on the nature of power and certain challenges and issues that we face, this introductory chapter establishes a foundational framework for what appears in the subsequent chapters.

We live in a world that sees political power becoming increasingly centralised. In turn, this creates an environment ripe for corporate influence. Large corporations, with their vast resources, can more easily focus their lobbying efforts and capture policymaking bodies at national and international levels than at a more fragmented local or regional level, leading to regulations and laws that favour big business over small enterprises and the needs and rights of ordinary people. This results in a landscape dominated by a handful of corporate giants, each wielding enormous economic and political clout.

This consolidation of corporate power further reinforces political centralisation, as wealthy corporations (for example, think big pharma and big agribusiness) can effectively dictate policy through campaign contributions, lobbying efforts and the revolving door between government and industry. The voice of the average citizen is drowned out by the influence of corporate power.

As a result of this corporate monopolisation, local markets and small businesses, once the backbone of communities, are being systematically crushed under the weight of centralised state-corporate power. Unable to compete with the economies of scale and political influence of large corporations, they are forced to close their doors or sell out to larger entities. This not only reduces choice and drives up prices but also strips communities of their unique character and economic self-determination.

The global interests served by this system are at odds with local needs and values. Decisions made in distant boardrooms and government offices fail to account for the nuanced realities of diverse communities. Environmental concerns are brushed aside in favour of short-term profits, while cultural traditions are homogenised to fit corporate needs.

Democratic processes, designed to give voice to the many, are subverted to serve the interests of the few. Real power resides in the hands of those who control the purse strings, and public discourse is shaped by the corporate media (often part of larger conglomerates), limiting the range of ideas and stifling dissent.

At the same time, when decision-making is concentrated in a few hands, the potential for catastrophic errors increases. Over-centralised, corporate-dominated supply chains are vulnerable to disruptions, leading to shortages of essential goods that can ripple across the globe.

The consolidation of corporate power in key sectors like agriculture creates dangerous monopolies that can manipulate markets, exploit farmers and ignore environmental safeguards with impunity. 

The struggle against the intertwining of political centralisation and corporate consolidation is a battle for a future where power is distributed equitably, where local voices matter and where the interests of communities and the environment take precedence over corporate profits.

The stakes could not be higher. If we fail to check the runaway consolidation of political and corporate power, we risk sliding into a form of corporate feudalism or techno-feudalism, where the vast majority of people are reduced to serfs in service of a powerful elite. 

Food and Agriculture

More specifically, the consolidation of corporate power in food and agriculture has far-reaching and deeply concerning implications for farmers, ordinary people and the environment. This concentration of control in the hands of a few transnational corporations has created a system that prioritises profit over ecological sustainability, health and food sovereignty.

For farmers, the consequences are dire. The consolidation of the agriculture industry has led to a dramatic reduction in the number of small farms. The shift towards large-scale industrial farming has not only pushed many small farmers out of business but also trapped those who remain in a cycle of dependency on a handful of corporations for seeds, chemicals and market access. This loss of autonomy leaves farmers vulnerable to exploitative practices and reduces their ability to make decisions based on local needs and conditions.

The impact on the wider population is equally troubling. While the illusion of choice persists in grocery stores, the reality is that a small number of corporations control the majority of food products. This concentration of power allows these companies to manipulate prices via aggressive discounting to destroy competition or to engage in profiteering through unnecessary price increases. Moreover, the focus on highly profitable, low-cost-ingredient processed foods high in fats, sugars and salt has contributed to a global health crisis, with rising rates of obesity and diet-related chronic diseases.

Environmentally, the consequences of this corporate-controlled system are catastrophic. The industrial agricultural model promoted by these large corporations relies heavily on chemical inputs, monoculture farming and practices that degrade soil health, waterways and biodiversity. 

The centralisation of food production and distribution has also created a dangerously fragile system. As the COVID event demonstrated, disruptions in this highly consolidated supply chain can quickly lead to food shortages and price spikes. This lack of resilience poses a serious threat to global food security, particularly in times of crisis.

Perhaps most alarmingly, this consolidated system is eroding food sovereignty — the right of peoples to healthy and culturally appropriate food produced through ecologically sound and sustainable methods and their right to define their own food and agriculture systems. As global corporations increasingly control what is grown and how it is distributed, local communities lose the ability to make decisions about their food systems.

The adverse implications of corporate consolidation in our food and agriculture system are profound and far-reaching. They threaten not only our current food security and public health but also the long-term sustainability of the planet’s food production capacity. Addressing this issue is not just about changing our food system; it’s about reclaiming democratic rights and ensuring a just and sustainable future for all.

In India, as will be shown, the trends outlined above have concerning implications. These trends, driven by neoliberal policies and the growing influence of transnational corporations, are reshaping the landscape of Indian agriculture in ways that threaten traditional farming practices, food security and rural livelihoods.

One of the most significant impacts is on small and marginal farmers, who make up about 85 per cent of India’s farming community (the importance of small farms will be discussed later). As corporate entities gain more control over various stages of the agricultural chain, these farmers face increasing pressure and vulnerability. They often find themselves at a disadvantage when negotiating prices or accessing markets, leading to reduced incomes and increased debt. 

The consolidation of power in the hands of a few large corporations also poses a threat to India’s food sovereignty. As these companies gain control over seeds, inputs and distribution channels, we could see a further reduction in crop diversity and a shift towards monoculture (contract) farming.

This may also exacerbate the overuse of money-spinning proprietary chemical inputs, the degradation of soil and human health and the depletion of water resources, which are already major concerns in the country. The environmental costs of this approach are significant and could have long-lasting impacts on India’s agricultural productivity and food security.

Furthermore, the corporatisation of agriculture threatens to erode traditional farming knowledge and practices that have been developed over generations. These practices, often more suited to local ecological conditions and more sustainable in the long term, risk being lost as standardised, corporate-driven farming ends up commodifying knowledge and practices (this will become clear later).

The impact on rural communities extends beyond just the economic sphere. As the corporatisation of agriculture takes hold, there’s a risk of further rural-urban migration, as small farmers are pushed off their land. This can lead to the breakdown of rural social structures and exacerbate urban poverty and unemployment.

The influence of corporate interests on agricultural research and policy is also a matter of concern. When private sector funding becomes more dominant in agricultural research, there is a risk that research priorities become skewed towards corporate interests rather than the needs of small farmers or ecological sustainability.

Across the globe, an insidious corporatisation is reshaping agriculture. The consequences of this shift are far-reaching and deeply troubling, touching every aspect of the food system and, by extension, the very fabric of our societies.

These corporations tell us that such a process goes hand in hand with the modernisation of the sector. The narrative of the need to ‘modernise agriculture’ pushed by corporations like Bayer, Corteva and Syngenta is nothing more than a thinly veiled attempt to secure control of the agricultural sector and ensure corporate dependency. 

Their vision of ‘development’ entails decision-making centralised in the hands of government and corporate entities, systematically weakening traditional local governance structures, and pushing top-down policies that favour large-scale industrial farming at the expense of small-scale, diversified agriculture.

Ultimately, the struggle against corporate consolidation in agriculture is not just about changing our food system. It’s about recognising that food is not just a commodity but a fundamental human right and a cornerstone of our cultures and communities.

There is a battle for the soul of our food system, for the future of our rural communities, for the health of our ecosystems and for the very nature of our societies. It’s a fight we cannot afford to lose. We must stand united to reclaim our food sovereignty and build a food system that nourishes not just our bodies but our communities.

A fundamental restructuring of our food and agriculture systems is required. This should include antitrust enforcement to break up corporate monopolies, policies that support small and medium-sized farms and investment in research for agroecological farming methods. We must also work to shorten supply chains, promoting local food systems and territorial markets that are more resilient and responsive to community needs.

The path ahead is challenging, but the alternative of a world where our food system is controlled by a handful of corporations, where biodiversity is decimated, where farmers are reduced to serfs on their own land and where our health is sacrificed for corporate profits is simply unacceptable. 


 

Chapter II:

Sick to Death

 

The world is experiencing a micronutrient food and health crisis. Micronutrient deficiency now affects billions of people. Micronutrients are key vitamins and minerals and deficiencies can cause severe health conditions. They are important for various functions, including blood clotting, brain development, the immune system, energy production and bone health, and play a critical role in disease prevention.  

The root of the crisis is due to an increased reliance on ultra processed foods (‘junk food’) and the way that modern food crops are grown in terms of the seeds used, the plants produced, the synthetic inputs required (fertilisers, pesticides etc.) and the effects on soil.

In 2007, nutritional therapist David Thomas noted a precipitous change in the USA towards convenience and pre-prepared foods often devoid of vital micronutrients yet packed with a cocktail of chemical additives, including colourings, flavourings and preservatives.

He noted that between 1940 and 2002 the character, growing methods, preparation, source and ultimate presentation of basic staples had changed significantly to the extent that trace elements and micronutrient contents have been severely depleted. Thomas added that ongoing research clearly demonstrates a significant relationship between deficiencies in micronutrients and physical and mental ill health.

Prior to the Green Revolution, many of the older crops that were displaced carried dramatically higher counts of nutrients per calorie. For instance, the iron content of millet is four times that of rice, and oats carry four times more zinc than wheat. As a result, between 1961 and 2011, the protein, zinc and iron contents of the world’s directly consumed cereals declined by 4 per cent, 5 per cent and 19 per cent, respectively.

The authors of a 2010 paper in the International Journal of Environmental and Rural Development state that cropping systems promoted by the Green Revolution have resulted in reduced food-crop diversity and decreased availability of micronutrients. They note that micronutrient malnutrition is causing increased rates of cancer, heart disease, stroke, diabetes and osteoporosis in many lower income nations. They add that soils are increasingly affected by micronutrient disorders.

In 2016, India’s Central Soil Water Conservation Research and Training Institute reported that the country was losing 5,334 million tonnes of soil every year due to soil erosion because of indiscreet and excessive use of fertilisers, insecticides and pesticides over the years.  On average, 16.4 tonnes of fertile soil is lost every year per hectare. It concluded that the non-judicious use of synthetic fertilisers had led to the deterioration of soil fertility causing loss of micro and macronutrients leading to poor soils and low yields.

The high-input, chemical-intensive Green Revolution with its hybrid seeds and synthetic fertilisers and pesticides helped the drive towards greater monocropping and has resulted in less diverse diets and less nutritious foods. Its long-term impact has led to soil degradation and mineral imbalances, which, in turn, have adversely affected human health.

But micronutrient depletion is not just due to a displacement of nutrient-dense staples in the diet or unhealthy soils. Take wheat, for example. Rothamsted Research in the UK has evaluated the mineral concentration of archived wheat grain and soil samples from the Broadbalk Wheat Experiment. The experiment began in 1843, and the findings show significant decreasing trends in the concentrations of zinc, copper, iron and magnesium in wheat grain since the 1960s.

The researchers say that  the concentrations of these four minerals remained stable between 1845 and the mid 1960s but have since decreased significantly by 20-30 per cent. This coincided with the introduction of Green Revolution semi-dwarf, high-yielding cultivars. They noted that the concentrations in soil used in the experiment have either increased or remained stable. So, in this case, soil is not the issue.

A 2021 paper that appeared in the journal of Environmental and Experimental Botany reported that the large increase in the proportion of the global population suffering from zinc and iron deficiency over the last four decades has occurred since the Green Revolution and the introduction of its cultivars.

Reflecting the findings of Rothamsted Research in the UK, a recent study led by Indian Council of Agricultural Research scientists found the grains eaten in India have lost food value. They conclude that many of today’s crops fail to absorb sufficient nutrients even when soil is healthy.

The January 2024 article Indians consuming rice and wheat low in food value, high in toxins on the Down to Earth website reported on a study that found that rice and wheat, which meet over 50 per cent of the daily energy requirements of people in India, have lost up to 45 per cent of their food value in the past 50 years or so.

The concentration of essential nutrients like zinc and iron has decreased by 33 per cent and 27 per cent in rice and by 30 per cent and 19 per cent in wheat, respectively. At the same time, the concentration of arsenic, a toxic element, in rice has increased by 1,493 per cent.

Down to Earth also cites research by the Indian Council of Medical Research that indicates a 25 per cent rise in non-communicable diseases among the Indian population from 1990 to 2016. 

India is home to one-third of the two billion global population suffering from micronutrient deficiency. This is partly because modern-bred cultivars of rice and wheat are less efficient in sequestering zinc and iron, regardless of their abundance in soils. Plants have lost their capacity to take up nutrients from the soil.

Increasing prevalence of diabetes, childhood leukaemia, childhood obesity, cardiovascular disorders, infertility, osteoporosis and rheumatoid arthritis, mental illnesses and so on have all been shown to have some direct relationship to diet and specifically micronutrient deficiency.

The large increase in the proportion of the global population suffering from zinc and iron deficiency over the last four decades has coincided with the global expansion of high-yielding, input-responsive cereal cultivars released in the post-Green Revolution era.

Agriculture and policy analyst Devinder Sharma says that high yield is inversely proportionate to plant nutrition: the drop in nutrition levels is so much that the high-yielding new wheat varieties have seen a steep fall in copper content, an essential trace mineral, by as much as 80 per cent, and some nutritionists ascribe this to a rise in cholesterol-related incidences across the world.

India is self-sufficient in various staples, but many of these foodstuffs are high calorie-low nutrient and have led to the displacement of more nutritionally diverse cropping systems and more nutrient-dense crops.

The importance of agronomist William Albrecht should not be overlooked here and his work on healthy soils and healthy people. In his experiments, he found that cows fed on less nutrient-dense crops ate more while cows that ate nutrient-rich grass stopped eating once their nutritional intake was satisfied. This may be one reason why we see rising rates of obesity at a time of micronutrient food insecurity.

It is interesting that, given the above discussion on the Green Revolution’s adverse impacts on nutrition, the paper New Histories of the Green Revolution (2019) by Prof. Glenn Stone debunks the claim that the Green Revolution boosted productivity: it merely put more (nutrient-deficient) wheat into the Indian diet at the expense of other food crops. Stone argues that food productivity per capita showed no increase or even actually decreased.

.

.

With this in mind, the table below makes for interesting reading. The data is provided by the National Productivity Council India (an autonomous body of the Department for Promotion of Industry and Internal Trade, Ministry of Commerce and Industry). 

As mentioned earlier with reference to Albrecht, obesity has become a concern worldwide, including in India. This problem is multi-dimensional and, as alluded to, excess calorific intake and nutrient-poor food is a factor, leading to the consumption of sugary, fat-laden ultra processed food in an attempt to fill the nutritional gap. But there is also considerable evidence linking human exposure to agrochemicals with obesity.

The September 2020 paper Agrochemicals and Obesity in the journal Molecular and Cellular Endocrinology summarises human epidemiological evidence and experimental animal studies supporting the association between agrochemical exposure and obesity and outlines possible mechanistic underpinnings for this link.

Numerous other studies have also noted that exposure to pesticides has been associated with obesity and diabetes. For example, a 2022 paper in the journal Endocrine reports that first contact with environmental pesticides occurs during critical phases of life, such as gestation and lactation, which can lead to damage in central and peripheral tissues, subsequently programming disorders early and later in life.

2013 paper in the journal Entropy on pathways to modern diseases reported that glyphosate (the active ingredient in Bayer-Monsanto’s Roundup), the most popular herbicide used worldwide, enhances the damaging effects of other food borne chemical residues and environmental toxins. The negative impact is insidious and manifests slowly over time as inflammation damages cellular systems throughout the body, resulting in conditions associated with a Western diet, which include gastrointestinal disorders, obesity, diabetes, heart disease, depression, autism, infertility, cancer and Alzheimer’s disease.

Despite these findings, campaigner Rosemary Mason has drawn attention to how official government and industry narratives try to divert attention from the role of glyphosate in obesity (and other conditions) by urging the public to exercise and cut down on “biscuits”.

In a January 2024 article, Kit Knightly, on the OffGuardian website, notes how big pharma is attempting to individualise obesity and make millions by pushing its ‘medical cures’ and drugs for the condition.

To deal with micronutrient deficiencies, other money-spinning initiatives for industry are being pushed, not least biofortification of foodstuffs and plants and genetic engineering.

Industry narratives have nothing to say about the food system itself in terms of food being regarded as just another commodity to be rinsed for profit regardless of the impacts on human health or the environment. We simply witness more techno-fix ‘solutions’ being rolled out to supposedly address the impacts of previous ‘innovations’ and policy decisions that benefitted the bottom line of Western agribusiness (and big pharma, which profits from the rising rates of disease and conditions).

Quick techno-fixes do not offer genuine solutions to the problems outlined above. Such solutions involve challenging corporate power that shapes narratives and policies to suit its agenda. Healthy food, healthy people and healthy societies are not created at some ever-sprawling life sciences park that specialises in manipulating food and the human body (for corporate gain) under the banner of ‘innovation’ and ‘health’ while leaving intact the power relations that underpin bad food and ill health.

A radical overhaul of the food system is required, from how food is grown to how society should be organised. This involves creating food sovereignty, encouraging localism, local markets and short supply chains, rejecting neoliberal globalisation, supporting smallholder agriculture and land reform while incentivising agroecological practices that build soil fertility, use and develop high-productive landraces and a focus on nutrition per acre rather than increased grain size, ‘yield’ and ‘output’.

That’s how you create healthy food, healthy people and healthy societies.


 

Chapter III

Commodification of Farmland    

 

The relationship between financial investment and the commodification of farmland is increasingly significant for understanding the dynamics of modern agriculture and its implications for food systems. Financial institutions, including pension funds and investment firms, have turned farmland into a lucrative asset class, helping to fuel a paradigm shift in agricultural practices. 

This financialisation of farmland not only affects the economic landscape, opening up fresh investment opportunities, but also perpetuates an industrial agricultural model that prioritises profit over sustainability, sound agricultural practices and public health.

The commodification of farmland involves transforming land into a tradable commodity, which is driven by the interests of big financial entities seeking high returns on their investments. This financial pressure leads to the aggregation of land into larger, industrial-scale farms owned by corporations or investment funds, which tend to employ input-intensive farming practices that degrade soil health and reduce biodiversity.

The influx of capital into farmland has further fuelled an industrial agricultural model characterised by monocultures, heavy reliance on chemical inputs and a focus on maximising yields at the expense of human health, ecological balance and a systems approach (more on this later). 

The shift towards large-scale intensive farming operations has also diminished the role of smallholder farmers, who have traditionally played a major role in local food security and rural economies, thereby undermining community resilience and exacerbating food insecurity.

Financial Asset

Between 2008 and 2022, land prices nearly doubled throughout the world and tripled in Central-Eastern Europe. In the UK, an influx of investment from pension funds and private wealth contributed to a doubling of farmland prices from 2010-2015. Land prices in the US agricultural heartlands of Iowa quadrupled between 2002 and 2020.   

.

undefined

A wheat field in Essex (Licensed under CC BY-SA 3.0)

.

Agricultural investment funds rose ten-fold between 2005 and 2018 and now regularly include farmland as a stand-alone asset class, with US investors having doubled their stakes in farmland since 2020.   

Meanwhile, agricultural commodity traders are speculating on farmland through their own private equity subsidiaries, while new financial derivatives are allowing speculators to accrue land parcels and lease them back to struggling farmers, driving steep and sustained land price inflation.  

Moreover, top-down ‘green grabs’ now account for 20 per cent of large-scale land deals. Government pledges for land-based carbon removals alone add up to almost 1.2 billion hectares, equivalent to total global cropland. Carbon offset markets are expected to quadruple in the next seven years.  

These are some of the findings published in the report ‘Land Squeeze’ (May 2024) by the International Panel of Experts on Sustainable Food Systems (IPES), a non-profit thinktank headquartered in Brussels.  

The report says that agricultural land is increasingly being turned into a financial asset at the expense of small- and medium-scale farming, leading to land price inflation. Furthermore, the COVID-19 event and the conflict in Ukraine helped promote the ‘feed the world’ panic narrative, prompting agribusiness and investors to secure land for export commodity production and urging governments to deregulate land markets and adopt pro-investor policies.   

However, despite sky-rocketing food prices, there was, according to the IPES in 2022, sufficient food and no risk of global food supply shortages. The increased food prices were due to speculation on food commodities, corporate profiteering and a heavy reliance on food imports. But the self-serving narrative pushed by big agribusiness and land investors prevailed.

At the same time, carbon and biodiversity offset markets are facilitating massive land transactions, bringing major polluters into land markets. The IPES notes that Shell has set aside more than $450 million for carbon offsetting projects. Land is also being appropriated for biofuels and green energy production, including water-intensive ‘green hydrogen’ projects that pose risks to local food cultivation.  

In addition, much-needed agricultural land is being repurposed for extractive industries and mega-developments. For example, urbanisation and mega-infrastructure developments in Asia and Africa are claiming prime farmland.    

According to the IPES, between 2000 and 2030, up to 3.3 million hectares of the world’s farmland will have been swallowed up by expanding megacities.  Some 80 per cent of land loss to urbanisation is occurring in Asia and Africa. In India, 1.5 million hectares are estimated to have been lost to urban growth between 1955 and1985, a further 800,000 hectares lost between 1985 and 2000, with steady ongoing losses to this day.   

In a December 2016 paper on urban land expansion, it was projected that by 2030, globally, urban areas will have tripled in size, expanding into cropland. Around 60 per cent of the world’s cropland lies on the outskirts of cities, and this land is, on average, twice as productive as land elsewhere on the globe.   

This means that, as cities expand, millions of small-scale farmers are being displaced. These farmers produce the majority of food in lower income countries and are key to global food security.  In their place, as their land is concreted over, we are seeing the aggregation of remaining agricultural land into large-scale farms, land buy ups and further land investments and the spread of industrial agriculture and all it brings, including poor food and diets, illness, environmental devastation and the destruction of rural communities.   

Investment funds have no real interest in farming or ensuring food security. They tend to invest for between only 10 and 15 years and can leave a trail of long-term environmental and social devastation and serve to undermine local and regional food security. Short- to medium-term returns on investments trump any notions of healthy food or human need.  

The IPES notes that, globally, just 1 per cent of the world’s largest farms now control 70 per cent of the world’s farmland. These tend to be input-intensive, industrial-scale farms that are straining resources, rapidly degrading farmland and further squeezing out smallholders. Additionally, agribusiness giants are pursuing monopolistic practices that drive up costs for farmers. These dynamics are creating systematic economic precarity for farmers, effectively forcing them to ‘get big or get out’.  

Factor in land degradation, much of which is attributable to modern chemical-intensive farming practices, and we have a recipe for global food insecurity. 

In India, more than 70 per cent of its arable land is affected by one or more forms of land degradation.  

Also consider that the Indian government has sanctioned 50 solar parks, covering one million hectares in seven states. More than 74 per cent of solar is on land of agricultural (67 per cent) or natural ecosystem value (7 per cent), causing potential food security and biodiversity conflicts. The IPES report notes that since 2017 there have been more than 15 instances of conflict in India linked with these projects.  

What is the impact of all this on farming and what might the future hold?

Nettie Wiebe, from the IPES, explains:  

“Imagine trying to start a farm when 70 per cent of farmland is already controlled by just 1 per cent of the largest farms — and when land prices have risen for 20 years in a row, like in North America. That’s the stark reality young farmers face today. Farmland is increasingly owned not by farmers but by speculators, pension funds and big agribusinesses looking to cash in. Land prices have skyrocketed so high it’s becoming impossible to make a living from farming. This is reaching a tipping point — small and medium scale farming is simply being squeezed out.”  

Susan Chomba, also from the IPES, says that soaring land prices and land grabs are driving an unprecedented ‘land squeeze’, accelerating inequality and threatening food production. Moreover, the rush for dubious carbon projects, tree planting schemes, clean fuels and speculative buying is displacing not only small-scale farmers but also indigenous peoples.  

Huge swathes of farmland are being acquired by governments and corporations for these ‘green grabs’, despite little evidence of climate benefits. This issue is particularly affecting Latin America and sub-Saharan Africa. The IPES notes that some 25 million hectares of land have been snapped up for carbon projects by a single ‘environmental asset creation’ firm, UAE-based ‘Blue Carbon’, through agreements with the governments of Kenya, Zimbabwe, Tanzania, Zambia and Liberia.  

According to the IPES, the ‘land squeeze’ is leading to farmer revolts, rural exodus, rural poverty and food insecurity. With global farmland prices having doubled in 15 years, farmers, peasants, and indigenous peoples are losing their land (or forced to downsize), while young farmers face significant barriers in accessing land to farm.  

The IPES calls for action to halt green grabs and remove speculative investment from land markets and establish integrated governance for land, environment and food systems to ensure a just transition. It also calls for support for collective ownership of farms and innovative financing for farmers to access land and wants a new deal for farmers and rural areas, and that includes a new generation of land and agrarian reforms.  

Capitalist Imperative

Capital accumulation based on the financialisation of farmland accelerated after the 2008 financial crisis. However, financialisation of the economy in general goes back to the 1970s and 1980s when we witnessed a deceleration of economic growth based on industrial production. The response was to compensate via financial capitalism and financial intermediation.   

Professor John Bellamy Foster, writing in 2010, not long after the 2008 crisis, stated:  

“Lacking an outlet in production, capital took refuge in speculation in debt-leveraged finance (a bewildering array of options, futures, derivatives, swaps etc.).”   

The neoliberal agenda was the political expression of capital’s response to the stagnation and included the raiding and sacking of public budgets, the expansion of credit to consumers and governments to sustain spending and consumption and frenzied financial speculation.  

With the engine of capital accumulation via production no longer firing on all cylinders, the emergency backup of financial expansion took over. We have seen a shift from real capital formation in many Western economies, which increases overall economic output, towards the appreciation of financial assets, which increases wealth claims but not output.   

Farmland is being transformed from a resource supporting food production and rural stability to a financial asset and speculative commodity. An asset class where wealthy investors can park their capital to further profit from inflated asset prices. 

The net-zero green agenda also has to be seen in this context: when capital struggles to make sufficient profit, productive wealth (capital) over accumulates and depreciates; to avoid crisis, constant growth and, in this case, the creation of fresh ‘green’ investment opportunities is required.   

The IPES report notes that nearly 45 per cent of all farmland investments in 2018, worth roughly $15 billion, came from pension funds and insurance companies. Based on workers’ contributions, pension fund investments in farmland are promoting land speculation, industrial agriculture and the interests of big agribusiness at the expense of smallholder farmers. Workers’ futures are tied to pension funds, which are supporting the growth and power of global finance and the degradation of other workers (in this case, cultivators).    

Sofía Monsalve Suárez, from the IPES, states:  

“It’s time decision-makers stop shirking their responsibility and start to tackle rural decline. The financialisation and liberalisation of land markets is ruining livelihoods and threatening the right to food. Instead of opening the floodgates to speculative capital, governments need to take concrete steps to halt bogus ‘green grabs’ and invest in rural development, sustainable farming and community-led conservation.”  

PDF) Sickening Profits: The Global Food System's Poisoned Food and Toxic Wealth | Colin Todhunter - Academia.edu

With pensions tied to an increasingly commodified food system, ordinary people have become deeply incorporated into a capitalist economy that requires private profit at the expense of public well-being. The links between big finance, the food system, illness and big pharma were described in Sickening Profits: The Global Food System’s Poisoned Food and Toxic Wealth. 

That book highlighted a cyclical relationship where financial institutions like BlackRock benefit from both their investments in the global food system and their investments in pharmaceuticals. At the same time, the relationship between ordinary people’s pensions and investments and the commodification of farmland further illustrates a complex interplay between finance and agriculture. 

Addressing these challenges requires a critical examination of how financial interests shape agricultural practices and a concerted effort towards more sustainable food systems that prioritise ecological integrity and community well-being over mere profitability.

Systems Approach

Earlier in this chapter, it was stated that the influx of capital into farmland has further fuelled an industrial agricultural model characterised by monocultures, heavy reliance on chemical inputs and a focus on maximising yields at the expense of ecological balance and a systems approach. But what is a systems approach?

It involves understanding agriculture as part of a broader ecological and social system. It acknowledges that agricultural practices affect and are affected by environmental health, community well-being and economic viability. 

However, industrial agriculture often overlooks these interconnections, leading to detrimental outcomes such as soil degradation, polluted waterways, loss of biodiversity, the destruction of rural communities, small-scale farms and local economies and negative health impacts. By contrast, a systems approach promotes agroecological principles that prioritise local food security, sustainable practices and the resilience of farming communities.

Agroecology serves as a primary framework within this systems approach. It integrates scientific research with traditional knowledge and grassroots participation, fostering practices that enhance ecological balance while ensuring farmers’ livelihoods. This method encourages diverse cropping systems, natural pest management and sustainable resource use, which collectively contribute to more resilient agricultural ecosystems. Agroecology not only addresses immediate agricultural challenges but also engages with broader political and economic issues affecting food systems.

Moreover, a systems approach prioritises diverse nutrition production per acre, which contrasts sharply with conventional, reductionist agricultural models that focus predominantly on maximising yields of a single crop. Agroecological methods, which are foundational to this systems perspective, can lead to improved nutritional outcomes: by cultivating a wider variety of crops, farmers can enhance the nutritional quality of food produced on each acre, thereby addressing issues of malnutrition and food insecurity more effectively.

Localised food systems and the primacy of small farms are critical to a systems approach. By reducing dependency on global supply chains dominated by big finance and large agribusiness, localised systems can enhance food sovereignty and empower communities. 

This shift not only mitigates vulnerability to global market fluctuations and supply chain crises but also fosters self-sufficiency and resilience against environmental changes. A systems approach thus advocates for policies that support smallholder farmers and promote sustainable practices tailored to local conditions. (For further insight into agroecology and its feasibility, successes and scaling up, there is an entire chapter on agroecology in Food, Dependency and Dispossession: Resisting the New World Order.)


 

Chapter IV

Digital Panopticon and the Future of Food

 

Throughout the world, from the Netherlands to India, farmers are protesting. The protests might appear to have little in common. But they do. Farmers are increasingly finding it difficult to make a living, whether, for instance, because of neoliberal trade policies that lead to the import of produce that undermines domestic production and undercuts prices, the withdrawal of state support or the implementation of net-zero emissions policies that set unrealistic targets.

The common thread is that, by one way or another, farming is deliberately being made impossible or financially non-viable. The aim is to drive most farmers off the land and ram through an agenda that by its very nature seems likely to produce shortages and undermine food security.

.

undefined

Farmers’ protest in The Hague 1 October 2019. (Licensed under CC BY-SA 2.0)

.

A ‘one world agriculture’ global agenda is being promoted by the likes of the Gates Foundation and the World Economic Forum. It involves a vision of food and farming that sees companies such as Bayer, Corteva, Syngenta and Cargill working with Microsoft, Google and the big-tech giants to facilitate AI-driven farmerless farms, laboratory-engineered ‘food’ and retail dominated by the likes of Amazon and Walmart. A cartel of data owners, proprietary input suppliers and e-commerce platforms at the commanding heights of the economy.

The agenda is the brainchild of a digital-corporate-financial complex that wants to transform and control all aspects of life and human behaviour. This complex forms part of an authoritarian global elite that has the ability to coordinate its agenda globally via the United Nations, the World Economic Forum, the World Trade Organization (WTO), the World Bank, the International Monetary Fund and other supranational organisations, including influential think tanks and foundations (Gates, Rockefeller etc.).

Its agenda for food and farming is euphemistically called a ‘food transition’. Big agribusiness and ‘philanthropic’ foundations position themselves as the saviours of humanity due to their much-promoted plans to ‘feed the world’ with high-tech ‘precision’ farming’, ‘data-driven’ agriculture and ‘green’ (net-zero) production — with a warped notion of ‘sustainability’ being the mantra.

A much talked about ‘food transition’ goes hand in hand with an energy transition, net-zero ideology, programmable central bank digital currencies, the censorship of free speech and clampdowns on protest.

Economic Crisis

To properly understand these processes, we need to first locate what is essentially a social and economic reset within the context of a collapsing financial system.   

Writer Ted Reece notes that the general rate of profit has trended downwards from an estimated 43 per cent in the 1870s to 17 per cent in the 2000s. By late 2019, many companies could not generate enough profit. Falling turnover, squeezed margins, limited cashflows and highly leveraged balance sheets were prevalent.  

Professor Fabio Vighi of Cardiff University has described how closing down the global economy in early 2020 under the guise of fighting a supposedly new and novel pathogen allowed the US Federal Reserve to flood collapsing financial markets (COVID relief) with freshly printed money without causing hyperinflation. Lockdowns curtailed economic activity, thereby removing demand for the newly printed money (credit) in the physical economy and preventing ‘contagion’. 

According to investigative journalist Michael Byrant, €1.5 trillion was needed to deal with the crisis in Europe alone. The financial collapse staring European central bankers in the face came to a head in 2019. The appearance of a ‘novel virus’ provided a convenient cover story.   

The European Central Bank agreed to a €1.31 trillion bailout of banks followed by the EU agreeing to a €750 billion recovery fund for European states and corporations. This package of long-term, ultra-cheap credit to hundreds of banks was sold to the public as a necessary programme to cushion the impact of the ‘pandemic’ on businesses and workers.   

In response to a collapsing neoliberalism, we are now seeing the rollout of an authoritarian great reset — an agenda that intends to reshape the economy and change how we live.  

Shift to Authoritarianism 

The new economy is to be dominated by a handful of tech giants, global conglomerates and e-commerce platforms, and new markets will also be created through the financialisation of nature, which is to be colonised, commodified and traded under the notion of protecting the environment.  

In recent years, we have witnessed an overaccumulation of capital, and the creation of such markets will provide fresh investment opportunities (including dodgy carbon offsetting Ponzi schemes)  for the super-rich to park their wealth and prosper.

This great reset envisages a transformation of Western societies, resulting in permanent restrictions on fundamental liberties and mass surveillance. Being rolled out under the benign term of a ‘Fourth Industrial Revolution’, the World Economic Forum (WEF) says the public will eventually ‘rent’ everything they require (remember the WEF video ‘you will own nothing and be happy’?): stripping the right of ownership under the guise of a ‘green economy’ and underpinned by the rhetoric of ‘sustainable consumption’ and ‘climate emergency’.

.

Klaus Schwab, Bill Gates – World Economic Forum Annual Meeting Davos 2008 (Copyright World Economic Forum by Remy Steinegger)

.

Climate alarmism and the mantra of sustainability are about promoting money-making schemes.

But they also serve another purpose: social control.  

Neoliberalism has run its course, resulting in the impoverishment of large sections of the population. But to dampen dissent and lower expectations, the levels of personal freedom we have been used to will not be tolerated. This means that the wider population will be subjected to the discipline of an emerging surveillance state.  

To push back against any dissent, ordinary people are being told that they must sacrifice personal liberty in order to protect public health, societal security (those terrible Russians, Islamic extremists or that Sunak-designated bogeyman George Galloway) or the climate; in the case of the climate, this means, for instance, travelling less and eating synthetic ‘meat’. 

Unlike in the old normal of neoliberalism, an ideological shift is occurring whereby personal freedoms are increasingly depicted as being dangerous because they run counter to the collective good.   

A main reason for this ideological shift is to ensure that the masses get used to lower living standards and accept them. Consider, for instance, the Bank of England’s chief economist Huw Pill saying that people should ‘accept’ being poorer. And then there is Rob Kapito of the world’s biggest asset management firm BlackRock, who says that a “very entitled” generation must deal with scarcity for the first time in their lives.  

At the same time, to muddy the waters, the message is that lower living standards are the result of the conflict in Ukraine and supply shocks that both the war and ‘the virus’ have caused.  

The net-zero carbon emissions agenda will help legitimise lower living standards (reducing your carbon footprint) while reinforcing the notion that our rights must be sacrificed for the greater good. You will own nothing, not because the rich and their neoliberal agenda made you poor but because you will be instructed to stop being irresponsible and must act to protect the planet. 

Net-zero Agenda 

But what of this shift towards net-zero greenhouse gas emissions and the plan to slash our carbon footprints? Is it even feasible or necessary? 

Gordon Hughes, a former World Bank economist and current professor of economics at the University of Edinburgh, says in a 2024 report that current UK and European net-zero policies will likely lead to further economic ruin.   

Apparently, the only viable way to raise the cash for sufficient new capital expenditure (on wind and solar infrastructure) would be a two decades-long reduction in private consumption of up to 10 per cent. Such a shock has never occurred in the last century outside war; even then, never for more than a decade. 

But this agenda will also cause serious environmental degradation. So says Andrew Nikiforuk in the article The Rising Chorus of Renewable Energy Skeptics, which outlines how the green techno-dream is vastly destructive.  

He lists the devastating environmental impacts of an even more mineral-intensive system based on renewables and warns: 

“The whole process of replacing a declining system with a more complex mining-based enterprise is now supposed to take place with a fragile banking system, dysfunctional democracies, broken supply chains, critical mineral shortages and hostile geopolitics.” 

All of this assumes that global warming is real and anthropogenic. Not everyone agrees. In the article Global warming and the confrontation between the West and the rest of the world, journalist Thierry Meyssan argues that net zero is based on political ideology rather than science. But to state such things has become heresy in the Western countries and shouted down with accusations of ‘climate science denial’.  

Regardless of such concerns, the march towards net zero continues, and key to this is the United Nations Agenda 2030 for Sustainable Development Goals.  

.

undefined

A proposal to visualize the 17 SDGs in a thematic pyramid (Licensed under CC BY-SA 4.0)

.

Today, almost every business or corporate report, website or brochure includes a multitude of references to ‘carbon footprints’, ‘sustainability’, ‘net zero’ or ‘climate neutrality’ and how a company or organisation intends to achieve its sustainability targets. Green profiling, green bonds and green investments go hand in hand with displaying ‘green’ credentials and ambitions wherever and whenever possible. 

It seems anyone and everyone in business is planting their corporate flag on the summit of sustainability. Take Sainsbury’s, for instance. It is one of the ‘big six’ food retail supermarkets in the UK and has a vision for the future of food that it published in 2019 that dovetails with the so-called food transition and the interrelated net-zero agenda — you must change your eating habits and eat synthetic food to save the planet! 

Here’s a quote from it:   

“Personalised Optimisation is a trend that could see people chipped and connected like never before. A significant step on from wearable tech used today, the advent of personal microchips and neural laces has the potential to see all of our genetic, health and situational data recorded, stored and analysed by algorithms which could work out exactly what we need to support us at a particular time in our life. Retailers, such as Sainsbury’s could play a critical role to support this, arranging delivery of the needed food within thirty minutes — perhaps by drone.” 

Tracked, traced and chipped — for your own benefit. Corporations accessing all of our personal data, right down to our DNA. The report is littered with references to sustainability and the climate or environment, and it is difficult not to get the impression that it is written so as to leave the reader awestruck by the technological possibilities. We shall return to this report in the next chapter.

The report appears to be part of a paradigm that promotes a brave new world of technological innovation but has nothing to say about power — who determines policies that have led to massive inequalities, poverty, malnutrition, food insecurity and hunger and who is responsible for the degradation of the environment in the first place — is nothing new. 

The essence of power is conveniently glossed over, not least because those involved in the prevailing food regime are also shaping the techno-utopian fairytale where everyone lives happily ever after eating synthetic food while living in a digital panopticon.  

Fake Green 

The type of ‘green’ agenda being pushed is not just about social engineering and behavioural change; it is also a multi-trillion market opportunity for lining the pockets of rich investors and subsidy-sucking green infrastructure firms.  

It is, furthermore, a type of green that plans to cover much of the countryside with wind farms and solar panels with most farmers no longer farming. A recipe for food insecurity. 

Those investing in the ‘green’ agenda care first and foremost about profit. The supremely influential BlackRock is not only promoting this agenda; it also invests in the current food system and the corporations responsible for polluted waterways, degraded soils, the displacement of smallholder farmers, a spiralling public health crisis, malnutrition and much more.  

It also invests in healthcare — an industry that thrives on the illnesses and conditions created by eating the substandard food that the current system produces.

Did Larry Fink, the top man at BlackRock, suddenly develop a conscience and become an environmentalist who cares about the planet and ordinary people? Of course not. He smells ever more profit in ‘climate-friendly’, ‘precision’ agriculture, genetic engineering and facilitating a new technocratic fake-green normal. 

Any serious deliberations on the future of food would surely consider issues like food sovereignty, the role of agroecology and the strengthening of family farms — the backbone of current global food production.   

The aforementioned article by Andrew Nikiforuk concludes that, if we are really serious about our impacts on the environment, we must scale back our needs and simplify society.  

In terms of food, the solution rests on a low-input approach that strengthens rural communities and local markets and prioritises smallholder farms and small independent enterprises and retailers, localised democratic food systems and a concept of food sovereignty based on self-sufficiency, agroecological principles and regenerative agriculture.  

It would involve facilitating the right to culturally appropriate food that is nutritionally dense due to diverse cropping patterns and free from toxic chemicals while ensuring local ownership and stewardship of common resources like land, water, soil and seeds. 

That’s where genuine environmentalism, ‘sustainability’, social justice and the future of food begins. But there’s no profit or role in that for Fink or the big agribusiness and tech giants that despise such approaches. 


 

Chapter V

Manifesto for Corporate Control and Technocratic Tyranny

 

Sainsbury’s Future of Food report (2019), mentioned in the previous chapter, is not merely a misguided attempt at forecasting future trends and habits; it reads more like a manifesto for corporate control and technocratic tyranny disguised as ‘progress’. This document epitomises everything wrong with the industrial food system’s vision for our future. It represents a dystopian roadmap to a world where our most fundamental connection to nature and culture — our food — is hijacked by corporate interests and mediated through a maze of unnecessary and potentially harmful technologies.

.

Illustration by Margarita Mitrovic / Screenshot from Sainsbury’s Report

.

The wild predictions and technological ‘solutions’ presented in the report reveal a profound disconnection from the lived experiences of ordinary people and the real challenges facing our food systems. Its claim (in 2019) that a quarter of Britons will be vegetarian by 2025 seems way off the mark. But it fits a narrative that seeks to reshape our diets and food culture. Once you convince the reader that things are going to be a certain way in the future, it is easier to pave the way for normalising what appears elsewhere in the report: lab-grown meat, 3D-printed foods and space farming. 

Of course, the underlying assumption is that giant corporations — and supermarkets like Sainsbury’s — will be controlling everything and rolling out marvellous ‘innovations’ under the guise of ‘feeding the world’ or ‘saving the planet’. There is no concern expressed in the report about the consolidation of corporate-technocratic control over the food system. 

By promoting high-tech solutions, the report seemingly advocates for a future where our food supply is entirely dependent on complex technologies controlled by a handful of corporations.

The report talks of ‘artisan factories’ run by robots. Is this meant to get ordinary people to buy into Sainsbury’s vision of the future? Possibly, if the intention is to further alienate people from their food sources, making them ever more dependent on corporate-controlled, ultra-processed products. 

It’s a future where the art of cooking, the joy of growing food and the cultural significance of traditional dishes are replaced by sterile, automated processes devoid of human touch and cultural meaning. This erosion of food culture and skills is not an unintended consequence — it’s a core feature of the corporate food system’s strategy to create a captive market of consumers unable to feed themselves without corporate intervention.

The report’s enthusiasm for personalised nutrition driven by AI and biometric data is akin to an Orwellian scenario that would give corporations unprecedented control over our dietary choices, turning the most fundamental human need into a data-mined, algorithm-driven commodity. 

The privacy implications are staggering, as is the potential for new forms of discrimination and social control based on eating habits. Imagine a world where your insurance premiums are tied to your adherence to a corporate-prescribed diet or where your employment prospects are influenced by your ‘Food ID’. The possible dystopian reality lurking behind Sainsbury’s glossy predictions.

The report’s fixation on exotic ingredients like jellyfish and lichen draws attention away from the real issues affecting our food systems — corporate concentration, environmental degradation and the systematic destruction of local food cultures and economies. It would be better to address the root causes of food insecurity and malnutrition, which are fundamentally issues of poverty and inequality, not a lack of novel food sources. 

Nothing is mentioned about the vital role of agroecology, traditional farming knowledge and food sovereignty in creating truly sustainable and just food systems. Instead, what we see is a future where every aspect of our diet is mediated by technology and corporate interests, from gene-edited crops to synthetic biology-derived foods. A direct assault on the principles of food sovereignty, which assert the right of peoples to healthy and culturally appropriate food produced through ecologically sound and sustainable methods.

The report’s emphasis on lab-grown meat and other high-tech protein sources is particularly troubling. These technologies, far from being the environmental saviours they are promoted as, risk increasing energy use and further centralising food production in the hands of a few tech giants. 

The massive energy requirements for large-scale cultured meat production are conveniently glossed over, as are the potential health risks of consuming these novel foods without long-term safety studies. This push for synthetic foods is not about sustainability or animal welfare — it’s about creating new, patentable food sources that can be controlled and monetised by corporations.

Moreover, the push for synthetic foods and ‘precision fermentation’ threatens to destroy the livelihoods of millions of small farmers and pastoralists worldwide, replacing them with a handful of high-tech facilities controlled by multinational corporations. 

Is this meant to be ‘progress’? 

It’s more like a boardroom recipe for increased food insecurity, rural poverty and corporate monopolisation. The destruction of traditional farming communities and practices would not only be an economic disaster but a cultural catastrophe, erasing millennia of accumulated knowledge and wisdom about sustainable food production.

The report’s casual mention of ‘sin taxes’ on meat signals a future where our dietary choices are increasingly policed and penalised by the state, likely at the behest of corporate interests. 

The Issue of Meat

However, on the issue of the need to reduce meat consumption and replace meat with laboratory-manufactured items in order to reduce carbon emissions, it must be stated that the dramatic increase in the amount of meat consumed post-1945 was not necessarily the result of consumer preference; it had more to do with political policy, the mechanisation of agriculture and Green Revolution practices. 

That much was made clear by Laila Kassam, who, in her 2017 article What’s grain got to do with it? How the problem of surplus grain was solved by increasing ‘meat’ consumption in post-WWII US, asked:

“Have you ever wondered how ‘meat’ became such a central part of the Western diet? Or how the industrialisation of ‘animal agriculture’ came about? It might seem like the natural outcome of the ‘free market’ meeting demand for more ‘meat’. But from what I have learned from Nibert (2002) and Winders and Nibert (2004), the story of how ‘meat’ consumption increased so much in the post-World War II period is anything but natural. They argue it is largely due to a decision in the 1940s by the US government to deal with the problem of surplus grain by increasing the production of ‘meat’.”

Kassam notes: 

“In the second half of the 20th century, global ‘meat’ production increased by nearly 5 times. The amount of ‘meat’ eaten per person doubled. By 2050 ‘meat’ consumption is estimated to increase by 160 percent (The World Counts, 2017). While global per capita ‘meat’ consumption is currently 43 kg/year, it is nearly double in the UK (82 kg/year) and almost triple in the US (118 kg/year).”

Kassam notes that habits and desires are manipulated by elite groups for their own interests. Propaganda, advertising and ‘public relations’ are used to manufacture demand for products. Agribusiness corporations and the state have used these techniques to encourage ‘meat’ consumption, leading to the slaughter and untold misery of billions of creatures, as Kassam makes clear.

People were manipulated to buy into ‘meat culture’. Now they are being manipulated to buy out, again by elite groups. But ‘sin taxes’ and Orwellian-type controls on individual behaviour are not the way to go about reducing meat consumption. 

So, what is the answer?

Kassam says that one way to do this is to support grassroots organisations and movements which are working to resist the power of global agribusiness and reclaim our food systems. Movements for food justice and food sovereignty which promote sustainable, agroecological production systems. 

At least then people will be free from corporate manipulation and better placed to make their own food choices.

As Kassam says:

“From what I have learned so far, our oppression of other animals is not just a result of individual choices. It is underpinned by a state supported economic system driven by profit.” 

Misplaced Priorities

Meanwhile, Sainsbury’s vision of food production in space and on other planets is perhaps the most egregious example of misplaced priorities. While around a billion struggle with hunger and malnutrition and many more with micronutrient deficiencies, corporate futurists are fantasising about growing food on Mars. 

Is this supposed to be visionary thinking?

It’s a perfect encapsulation of the technocratic mindset that believes every problem can be solved with more technology, no matter how impractical or divorced from reality.

Moreover, by promoting a future dependent on complex, centralised technologies, we become increasingly vulnerable to system failures and corporate monopolies. A truly resilient food system should be decentralised, diverse and rooted in local knowledge and resources. 

The report’s emphasis on nutrient delivery through implants, patches and intravenous methods is particularly disturbing. This represents the ultimate commodification of nutrition, reducing food to mere fuel and stripping away all cultural, social and sensory aspects of eating. It’s a vision that treats the human body as a machine to be optimised, rather than a living being with complex needs and experiences. 

The idea of ‘grow-your-own’ ingredients for cultured meat and other synthetic foods at home is another example of how this technocratic vision co-opts and perverts concepts of self-sufficiency and local food production. Instead of encouraging people to grow real, whole foods, it proposes a dystopian parody of home food production that still keeps consumers dependent on corporate-supplied technologies and inputs. A clever marketing ploy to make synthetic foods seem more natural and acceptable.

The report’s predictions about AI-driven personal nutrition advisors and highly customised diets based on individual ‘Food IDs’ raise serious privacy concerns and threaten to further medicalise our relationship with food. While personalised nutrition could offer some benefits, the level of data collection and analysis required for such systems could lead to unprecedented corporate control over our dietary choices. 

Furthermore, the emphasis on ‘artisan’ factories run by robots completely misunderstands the nature of artisanal food production. True artisanal foods are the product of human skill, creativity and cultural knowledge passed down through generations. It’s a perfect example of how the technocratic mindset reduces everything to mere processes that can be automated, ignoring the human and cultural elements that give food its true value.

The report’s vision of meat ‘assembled’ on 3D printing belts is another disturbing example of the ultra-processed future being proposed. This approach to food production treats nutrition as a mere assembly of nutrients, ignoring the complex interactions between whole foods and the human body. It’s a continuation of the reductionist thinking that has led to the current epidemic of diet-related diseases. 

Sainsbury’s is essentially advocating for a future where our diets are even further removed from natural, whole foods.

The concept of ‘farms’ cultivating plants to make growth serum for cells is yet another step towards the complete artificialisation of the food supply. This approach further distances food production from natural processes. It’s a vision of farming that has more in common with pharmaceutical production than traditional agriculture, and it threatens to complete the transformation of food from a natural resource into an industrial product.

Sainsbury’s apparent enthusiasm for gene-edited and synthetic biology-derived foods is also concerning. These technologies’ rapid adoption without thorough long-term safety studies and public debate could lead to unforeseen health and environmental impacts. The history of agricultural biotechnology is rife with examples of unintended consequences, from the development of herbicide-resistant superweeds to the contamination of non-GM crops. 

Is Sainsbury’s uncritically promoting these technologies, disregarding the precautionary principle?  

Issues like food insecurity, malnutrition and environmental degradation are not primarily technical problems — they are the result of inequitable distribution of resources, exploitative economic systems and misguided policies. By framing these issues as purely technological challenges, Sainsbury’s is diverting attention from the need for systemic change and social justice in the food system.

The high-tech solutions proposed are likely to be accessible only to the wealthy, at least initially, creating a two-tiered food system where the rich have access to ‘optimized’ nutrition while the poor are left with increasingly degraded and processed options. 

But the report’s apparent disregard for the cultural and social aspects of food is perhaps its most fundamental flaw. Food is not merely fuel for our bodies; it’s a central part of our cultural identities, social relationships and connection to the natural world. By reducing food to a series of nutrients to be optimised and delivered in the most efficient manner possible, Sainsbury’s is proposing a future that is not only less healthy but less human.

While Sainsbury’s Future of Food report can be regarded as a roadmap to a better future, it is really a corporate wish list, representing a dangerous consolidation of power in the hands of agribusiness giants and tech companies at the expense of farmers, consumers and the environment. 

The report is symptomatic of a wider ideology that seeks to legitimise total corporate control over our food supply. And the result? A homogenised, tech-driven dystopia.

A technocratic nightmare that gives no regard for implementing food systems that are truly democratic, ecologically sound and rooted in the needs and knowledge of local communities. 

The real future of food lies not in corporate labs and AI algorithms, but in the fields of agroecological farmers, the kitchens of home cooks and the markets of local food producers. 

The path forward is not through more technology and corporate control but through a return to the principles of agroecology, food sovereignty and cultural diversity.


 

Chapter VI

From Agrarianism to Transhumanism: Long March to Dystopia

 

“A total demolition of the previous forms of existence is underway: how one comes into the world, biological sex, education, relationships, the family, even the diet that is about to become synthetic.” — Silvia Guerini, radical ecologist, in From the ‘Neutral’ Body to the Posthuman Cyborg (2023)  

We are currently seeing an acceleration of the corporate consolidation of the entire global agri-food chain. The big data conglomerates, including Amazon, Microsoft, Facebook and Google, have joined traditional agribusiness giants, such as Corteva, Bayer, Cargill and Syngenta, in a quest to impose their model of food and agriculture on the world.   

The Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation and big financial institutions, like BlackRock and Vanguard, are also involved, whether through buying up huge tracts of farmland, pushing biosynthetic (fake) food and genetic engineering technologies or more generally facilitating and financing the aims of the mega agri-food corporations. 

The billionaire interests behind this try to portray their techno-solutionism as some kind of humanitarian endeavour: saving the planet with ‘climate-friendly solutions’, ‘helping farmers’ or ‘feeding the world’. But what it really amounts to is repackaging and greenwashing the dispossessive strategies of imperialism.  

It involves a shift towards a ‘one world agriculture’ under the control of agritech and the data giants, which is to be based on genetically-engineered seeds, laboratory-created products that resemble food, ‘precision’ and ‘data-driven’ agriculture and farming without farmers, with the entire agrifood chain, from field (or lab) to retail, being governed by monopolistic e-commerce platforms determined by artificial intelligence systems and algorithms.  

Those who are pushing this agenda have a vision not only for farmers but also for humanity in general.  

The elites through their military-digital-financial (Pentagon/Silicon Valley/Big Finance) complex want to use their technologies to reshape the world and redefine what it means to be human. They regard humans, their cultures and their practices, like nature itself, as a problem and deficient.        

Farmers are to be displaced and replaced with drones, machines and cloud-based computing. Food is to be redefined, and people are to be fed synthetic, genetically-engineered products. Cultures are to be eradicated, and humanity is to be fully urbanised, subservient and disconnected from the natural world.  

What It Means to be Human

What it means to be human is to be radically transformed. But what has it meant to be human until now or at least prior to the (relatively recent) Industrial Revolution and associated mass urbanisation?  

To answer this question, we need to discuss our connection to nature and what most of humanity was involved in prior to industrialisation — cultivating food.  

Many of the ancient rituals and celebrations of our forebears were built around stories, myths and rituals that helped them come to terms with some of the most fundamental issues of existence, from death to rebirth and fertility. These culturally-embedded beliefs and practices served to sanctify people’s practical relationship with nature and its role in sustaining human life.  

As agriculture became key to human survival, the planting and harvesting of crops and other seasonal activities associated with food production were central to these customs.  

Humans celebrated nature and the life it gave birth to. Ancient beliefs and rituals were imbued with hope and renewal and people had a necessary and immediate relationship with the sun, seeds, animals, wind, fire, soil and rain and the changing seasons that nourished and brought life. Our cultural and social relationships with agrarian production and associated deities had a sound practical base.  

People’s lives have been tied to planting, harvesting, seeds, soil and the seasons for thousands of years.  

Silvia Guerini, whose quote introduces this chapter, notes the importance of deep-rooted relationships and the rituals that re-affirm them. She says that through rituals a community recognises itself and its place in the world. They create the spirit of a rooted community by contributing to rooting and making a single existence endure in a time, in a territory, in a community.  

Professor Robert W Nicholls explains that the cults of Woden and Thor were superimposed on far older and better-rooted beliefs related to the sun and the earth, the crops and the animals and the rotation of the seasons between the light and warmth of summer and the cold and dark of winter.  

Humanity’s relationship with farming and food and our connections to land, nature and community has for millennia defined what it means to be human.  

Take India, for example. Environmental scientist Viva Kermani says that Hinduism is the world’s largest nature-based religion that:  

“… recognises and seeks the Divine in nature and acknowledges everything as sacred. It views the earth as our Mother and hence advocates that it should not be exploited. A loss of this understanding that earth is our mother, or rather a deliberate ignorance of this, has resulted in the abuse and the exploitation of the earth and its resources.”  

Kermani notes that ancient scriptures instructed people that the animals and plants found in India are sacred and, therefore, all aspects of nature are to be revered. She adds that this understanding of and reverence towards the environment is common to all Indic religious and spiritual systems: Hinduism, Buddhism and Jainism.  

According to Kermani, the Vedic deities have deep symbolism and many layers of existence. One such association is with ecology. Surya is associated with the sun, the source of heat and light that nourishes everyone; Indra is associated with rain, crops, and abundance; and Agni is the deity of fire and transformation and controls all changes.  

She notes that the Vrikshayurveda, an ancient Sanskrit text on the science of plants and trees, contains details about soil conservation, planting, sowing, treatment, propagating, how to deal with pests and diseases and a lot more.  

Like Nicholls, Kermani provides insight into some of the profound cultural, philosophical and practical aspects of humanity’s connection to nature and food production.  

Agrarianism

This connection resonates with agrarianism, a philosophy based on cooperative labour and fellowship, which stands in stark contrast to the values and impacts of urban life, capitalism and technology that are too often detrimental to independence and dignity. Agrarianism, too, emphasises a spiritual dimension as well as the value of rural society, small farms, widespread property ownership and political decentralisation.  

The poet and prominent proponent of agrarianism Wendell Berry says:  

“The revolution which began with machines and chemicals now continues with automation, computers and biotechnology.”  

For Berry, agrarianism is not a sentimental longing for a time past. Colonial attitudes, domestic, foreign and now global, have resisted true agrarianism almost from the beginning — there has never been fully sustainable, stable, locally adapted, land-based economies.  

However, Berry provides many examples of small (and larger) farms that have similar output as industrial agriculture with one third of the energy.  

In his poem ‘A Spiritual Journey’, Berry writes the following:  

“And the world cannot be discovered by a journey of miles,
no matter how long,
but only by a spiritual journey,
a journey of one inch,
very arduous and humbling and joyful,
by which we arrive at the ground at our feet,
and learn to be at home.”

Agrarianism, while advocating for a return to small-scale farming and community-oriented living, is often critiqued for its idealisation of rural life and agricultural work. Critics argue that it mistakenly elevates farming above other forms of labour, suggesting that agricultural work inherently fosters moral virtues and a closer relationship with nature. 

It might appear to be naive, not least because, it overlooks the complexities and ethical dilemmas present in agrarian communities, which can be just as susceptible to corruption and environmental degradation as urban settings. 

This raises the question: are solutions based on agrarianism utopian and disconnected from modern societal needs?

Not really. Agrarianism offers a necessary critique of industrial agriculture and the accelerated urbanisation we see across the world, emphasising the importance of local communities and sustainable practices. It promotes the idea that close relationships with the land can foster not only environmental stewardship but also social cohesion and moral integrity among community members. 

By advocating for small-scale farming and local food systems, agrarianism seeks to empower individuals and families, encouraging self-sufficiency and resilience against the negative impacts of globalisation and corporate control in agriculture. 

As a philosophy, agrarianism highlights the value of traditional knowledge and practices in addressing contemporary issues such as climate challenges, food security and social inequality. We shall return to Wendell Berry in the final chapter.

But in the cold, centralised, technocratic dystopia that is planned, humanity’s spiritual connection to the countryside, food and agrarian production are to be cast into the dustbin of history. What we are seeing is an agenda based on a different set of values rooted in a lust for power and money and the total subjugation of ordinary people.

Transhumanism

Silvia Guerini says:  

“The past becomes something to be erased in order to break the thread that binds us to a history, to a tradition, to a belonging, for the transition towards a new uprooted humanity, without past, without memory… a new humanity dehumanised in its essence, totally in the hands of the manipulators of reality and truth”.  

This dehumanised humanity severed from the past is part of the wider agenda of transhumanism. For instance, we are not just seeing a push towards a world without farmers and everything that has connected us to the soil but, according to Guerini, also a world without mothers.  

She argues that those behind test-tube babies and surrogate motherhood now have their sights on genetic engineering and artificial wombs, which would cut women out of the reproductive process. Guerini predicts that artificial wombs could eventually be demanded, or rather marketed, as a right for everyone, including transgender people. It is interesting that the language around pregnancy is already contested with the omission of ‘women’ from statements like ‘persons who can get pregnant’.  

Of course, there has long been a blurring of lines between biotechnology, eugenics and genetic engineering. Genetically engineered crops, gene drives and gene editing are now a reality, but the ultimate goal is marrying artificial intelligence, bionanotechnology and genetic engineering to produce the one-world transhuman.    

This is being pushed by powerful interests, who, according to Guerini, are using a rainbow, transgenic left and LGBTQ+ organisations to promote a new synthetic identity and claim to new rights. She says this is an attack on life, on nature, on “what is born, as opposed to artificial” and adds that all ties to the real, natural world must be severed.  

It is interesting that in its report Future of Food, the UK supermarket giant Sainsbury’s celebrates a future where we are microchipped and tracked and neural laces have the potential to see all of our genetic, health and situational data recorded, stored and analysed by algorithms that could work out exactly what food (delivered by drone) we need to support us at a particular time in our life. All sold as ‘personal optimisation’.  

Moreover, it is likely, according to the report, that we will be getting key nutrients through implants. Part of these nutrients will come in the form of lab-grown food and insects.  

A neural lace is an ultra-thin mesh that can be implanted in the skull, forming a collection of electrodes capable of monitoring brain function. It creates an interface between the brain and the machine.  

Sainsbury’s does a pretty good job of trying to promote a dystopian future where AI has taken your job, but, according to the report, you have lots of time to celebrate the wonderful, warped world of ‘food culture’ created by the supermarket and your digital overlords.  

Technofeudalism meets transhumanism — all for your convenience, of course.  

Imagine, as you sit all day unemployed in your high-rise, your ‘food’ will be delivered via an online platform bought courtesy of your programmable universal basic income digital money. Food courtesy of Gates-promoted farms manned by driverless machines, monitored by drones and doused with chemicals to produce crops from patented genetically modified seeds for industrial ‘biomatter’ to be engineered, processed and constituted into something resembling food.

Enjoy and be happy eating your fake food, stripped of satisfying productive endeavour and genuine self-fulfilment. But really, it will not be a problem. You can sit all day and exist virtually in Zuckerberg’s fantasy metaverse. Property-less and happy in your open prison of state dependency, track and chip surveillance passports and financial exclusion via programmable currency.

A world also in which bodily integrity no longer exists courtesy of a mandatory vaccination agenda linked to emerging digital-biopharmaceutical technologies. 

But none of this will happen overnight. And whether the technology will deliver remains to be seen. Those who are promoting this brave new world might have overplayed their hand but will spend the following decades trying to drive their vision forward.  

But arrogance is their Achilles heel.  

There is still time to educate, to organise, to resist and to agitate against this hubris, not least by challenging the industrial food giants and the system that sustains them and by advocating for and creating grass-root food movements and local economies that strengthen food sovereignty.  


 

Chapter VII

Platforms of Control and the Unbreakable Spirit

 

Max Weber (1864-1920) was a prominent German sociologist who developed influential theories on rationality and authority. He examined the different types of rationality that underpinned systems of authority. He argued that modern Western societies were based on legal-rational authority and had moved away from systems that were based on traditional authority and charismatic authority.  

Traditional authority derives its power from long-standing customs and traditions, while charismatic authority is based on the exceptional personal qualities or charisma of a leader.  

According to Weber, the legal-rational authority that characterises Western capitalist industrial society is based on instrumental rationality that focuses on the most efficient means to achieve given ends. This type of rationality manifests in bureaucratic power. Weber contrasted this with another form of rationality: value rationality that is based on conscious beliefs in the inherent value of certain behaviour.  

While Weber saw the benefits of instrumental rationality in terms of increased efficiency, he feared that this could lead to a stifling “iron cage” of a rule-based order and rule following (instrumental rationality) as an end in itself. The result would be humanity’s “polar night of icy darkness.”  

Today, technological change is sweeping across the planet and presents many challenges. The danger is of a technological iron cage in the hands of an elite that uses technology for malevolent purposes. 

Lewis Coyne of Exeter University says: 

“We do not — or should not — want to become a society in which things of deeper significance are appreciated only for any instrumental value. The challenge, therefore, is to delimit instrumental rationality and the technologies that embody it by protecting that which we value intrinsically, above and beyond mere utility.” 

He adds that we must decide which technologies we are for, to what ends, and how they can be democratically managed, with a view to the kind of society we wish to be.  

A major change that we have seen in recent years is the increasing dominance of cloud-based services and platforms. In the food and agriculture sector, we are seeing the rollout of these phenomena tied to a techno solutionist ‘data-driven’ or ‘precision’ agriculture legitimised by ‘humanitarian’ notions of ‘helping farmers’, ‘saving the planet’ and ‘feeding the world’ in the face of some kind of impending Malthusian catastrophe.  

A part-fear mongering, part-self-aggrandisement narrative promoted by those who have fuelled ecological devastation, corporate dependency, land dispossession, food insecurity and farmer indebtedness as a result of the global food regime that they helped to create and profited from. Now, with a highly profitable but flawed carbon credit trading scheme and a greenwashed technology-driven eco-modernism, they are supposedly going to save humanity from itself.  

The World According to Bayer 

In the agrifood sector, we are seeing the rollout of data-driven or precision approaches to agriculture by the likes of MicrosoftSyngenta, Bayer and Amazon centred on cloud-based data information services. Data-driven agriculture mines data to be exploited by the agribusiness/big tech giants to instruct farmers what and how much to produce and what type of proprietary inputs they must purchase and from whom. 

Data owners (Microsoft, Amazon, Alphabet etc.), input suppliers (Bayer, Corteva, Syngenta, Cargill etc.) and retail concerns (Amazon, Walmart etc) aim to secure the commanding heights of the global agrifood economy through their monopolistic platforms.  

But what does this model of agriculture look like in practice? 

Let us use Bayer’s digital platform Climate FieldView as an example. It collects data from satellites and sensors in fields and on tractors and then uses algorithms to advise farmers on their farming practices: when and what to plant, how much pesticide to spray, how much fertiliser to apply etc.  

To be part of Bayer’s Carbon Program, farmers have to be enrolled in FieldView. Bayer then uses the FieldView app to instruct farmers on the implementation of just two practices that are said to sequester carbon in the soils: reduced tillage or no-till farming and the planting of cover crops. 

Through the app, the company monitors these two practices and estimates the amount of carbon that the participating farmers have sequestered. Farmers are then supposed to be paid according to Bayer’s calculations, and Bayer uses that information to claim carbon credits and sell these in carbon markets. 

Bayer also has a programme in the US called ForGround. Upstream companies can use the platform to advertise and offer discounts for equipment, seeds and other inputs.   

For example, getting more farmers to use reduced tillage or no-till is of huge benefit to Bayer (sold on the basis of it being ‘climate friendly’ as it keeps carbon in the soil). The kind of reduced tillage or no-till promoted by Bayer requires dousing fields with its RoundUp (toxic glyphosate) or some other toxic herbicide and planting seeds of its genetically engineered herbicide tolerant soybeans or hybrid maize.  

And what of the cover crops referred to above? Bayer also intends to profit from the promotion of cover crops. It has taken majority ownership of a seed company developing a gene-edited cover crop, called CoverCress. Seeds of CoverCress will be sold to farmers who are enrolled in ForGround and the crop will be sold as a biofuel. 

But Bayer’s big target is the downstream food companies which can use the platform to claim emissions reductions in their supply chains. 

Agribusiness corporations and the big tech companies are jointly developing carbon farming platforms to influence farmers on their choice of inputs and farming practices (big tech companies, like Microsoft and IBM, are major buyers of carbon credits). 

The non-profit GRAIN says (see the article The corporate agenda behind carbon farming) that Bayer is gaining increasing control over farmers in various countries, dictating exactly how they farm and what inputs they use through its Carbon Program. 

GRAIN argues that, for corporations, carbon farming is all about increasing their control within the food system and is certainly not about sequestering carbon

Digital platforms are intended to be one-stop shops for carbon credits, seeds, pesticides and fertilisers and agronomic advice, all supplied by the company, which gets the added benefit of control over the data harvested from the participating farms. 

Techno-feudalism 

Yanis Varoufakis, former finance minister of Greece, argues that what we are seeing is a shift from capitalism to techno-feudalism. He argues that tech giants like Apple, Meta and Amazon act as modern-day feudal lords. Users of digital platforms (such as companies or farmers) essentially become ‘cloud serfs’, and ‘rent’ (fees, data etc) is extracted from them for being on a platform. 

In feudalism (land) rent drives the system. In capitalism, profits drive the system. Varoufakis says that markets are being replaced by algorithmic ‘digital fiefdoms’.  

Although digital platforms require some form of capitalist production, as companies like Amazon or Bayer need manufacturers or farmers to produce goods for their platforms, the new system represents a significant shift in power dynamics, favouring those who own and control the platforms.  

Whether this system is technofeudalism, hypercapitalism or something else is open to debate. But we should at least be able to agree on one thing: the changes we are seeing are having profound impacts on economies as well as producers and populations that are increasingly surveilled as they are compelled to shift their activities and lives online.  

The very corporations that are responsible for the problems of the prevailing food system merely offer more of the same, this time packaged in an app-friendly, genetically engineered, ecomodernist, fake-green, carbon-trading wrapping.   

Elected officials are facilitating this by putting the needs of monopolistic global interests ahead of ordinary people’s personal freedoms and workers’ rights, as well as the needs of independent local producers, enterprises and markets.  

For instance, the Indian government has in recent times signed memoranda of understanding (MoU) with Amazon, Bayer, Microsoft and Syngenta to rollout data-driven, precision agriculture. Integral to A standardised ‘one world agriculture’ under the control of these companies based on genetically engineered seeds, laboratory created products that resemble food and farming without farmers, with the entire agrifood chain, from field (or lab) to retail in their hands. 

In response, a ‘citizen letter’ (July 2024) was sent to the government. It stated that it is not clear what the Indian Council of Agricultural Research (ICAR) will learn from Bayer that the well-paid public sector scientists of the institution cannot develop themselves. The letter says entities that have been responsible for causing an economic and environmental crisis in Indian agriculture are being partnered by ICAR. 

The letter raises some key concerns. Where is the democratic debate on carbon credit markets? Is the ICAR ensuring that the farmers get the best rather than biased advice that boosts the further rollout of proprietary products? Is there a system in place for the ICAR to develop research and education agendas from the farmers it is supposed to serve as opposed to being led by the whims and business ideas of corporations? 

The authors of the letter note that copies of the MoUs are not being shared proactively in the public domain by the ICAR. The letter asks that the ICAR suspends the signed MoUs, shares all details in the public domain and desists from signing any more such MoUs without necessary public debate. 

As will be made clear in the following chapters, this is part of a broader geopolitical strategy to ensure India’s food dependence on foreign corporations and eradicate any semblance of food democracy (or indeed national sovereignty). 

In a October 2024 report, GRAIN.org sheds some light: 

“Jayachandra Sharma, a farmer leader from India’s Karnataka Rajya Ryot Sangha farmer union, sees these developments and the digitalisation of agriculture as part of a broader strategy to push millions of farmers out of agriculture and make India’s food supply dependent on global finance and foreign corporations. Given how companies like Microsoft, Syngenta, Amazon and JD.com are expanding, he could well be right.”

Valuing Humanity 

Genuine approaches to addressing the challenges humanity faces are being ignored by policymakers or cynically attacked by corporate lobbyists. These solutions involve systemic shifts in agricultural, food and economic systems with a focus on low-consumption (energy) lifestyles, localisation and an ecologically sustainable agroecology.  

As activist John Wilson says, this is based on creative solutions, a connection to nature and the land, nurturing people, peaceful transformation and solidarity.  

Co-operative labour, fellowship and our long-standing spiritual connection to the land should inform how as a society we should live. This stands in stark contrast to the values and impacts of capitalism and technology based on instrumental rationality and too often fuelled by revenue streams and the goal to control populations.  

When we hear talk of a ‘spiritual connection’, what is meant by ‘spiritual’? In a broad sense it can be regarded as a concept that refers to thoughts, beliefs and feelings about the meaning of life, rather than just physical existence. A sense of connection to something greater than ourselves. Something akin to Weber’s concept of value rationality. 

The spiritual, the diverse and the local are juxtaposed with the selfishness of modern urban society, the increasing homogeneity of thought and practice and an instrumental rationality which becomes an end in itself.  

Having a direct link with nature/the land is fundamental to developing an appreciation of a type of ‘being’ and an ‘understanding’ that results in a reality worth living in. 

However, what we are seeing is an agenda based on a different set of values rooted in a lust for power and money and the total subjugation of ordinary people (and farmers) being rammed through under the false promise of techno solutionism (think neural laces to detect moods implanted in the skull, programmable digital money, track and trace technology etc.) and some distant notion of a techno utopia that leave malevolent power relations intact and unchallenged.  

Is this then to be humanity’s never-ending “polar night of icy darkness”? Hopefully not. This vision is being imposed from above. Ordinary people (whether, for example, farmers in India or those being beaten down through austerity policies) find themselves on the receiving end of a class war being waged against them by a mega rich elite.  

Indeed, in 1941, Herbert Marcuse stated that technology could be used as an instrument for control and domination. Precisely the agenda of the likes of Bayer, the Gates Foundation, BlackRock and the World Bank, which are trying to eradicate genuine diversity and impose a one-size-fits-all model of thinking and behaviour.     

A final thought courtesy of civil rights campaigner  Frederick Douglass in a speech from 1857: 

“Power concedes nothing without a demand. It never did and it never will. Find out just what any people will quietly submit to and you have found out the exact measure of injustice and wrong which will be imposed upon them, and these will continue till they are resisted with either words or blows, or with both. The limits of tyrants are prescribed by the endurance of those whom they oppress.”  


 

Chapter VIII

Ongoing Corporate Capture of Indian Agriculture

 

In October 2024, Indian journalist Bharat Dogra noted the following trend in agriculture:

“Small farmers are being displaced and family farms are disappearing as those who are truly dedicated to farming have to say tearful farewells to their farms, while billionaires and richest corporations acquire millions of acres of farmland. While small scale food processors too are being pushed out and possibilities of direct contacts between farmers and consumers to promote sustainable livelihoods based on making available healthy food to all are diminishing, giant multinational companies are taking up food production, trade and processing in ways that are harmful for both consumers and farmers.”

It might be an inconvenient truth for big agribusiness, land investors and agritech concerns that prefer large-scale industrial agriculture, but small-scale farmers and peasants feed most of the world. That means the types of farms Dogra refers to. What is more, small farms are more productive than their larger counterparts, which is why they are essential for food security.

However, the trend noted by Dogra is apparent across the world. And it is something that, as yet, is still in the early stages in India. But have no doubt, this is the plan for India too, where small-scale farmers make up 85 per cent of the farming community.

Food, Dispossession and Dependency. Resisting the New World Order | 106.9 The X

In late 2021, the Indian government announced that three important farm laws, which would have introduced neoliberal shock therapy to the agricultural sector, would be repealed after a one-year farmers’ mobilisation against the legislation (although discussed below, for more in-depth insight into the issues that sparked the protest, see the relevant chapters in Food, Dependency and Dispossession: Resisting the New World Order). 

The repeal of the three laws was little more than a tactical manoeuvre given that state elections were upcoming in key rural heartlands in 2022. The powerful global interests behind the legislation have not gone away and farmers’ concerns remain highly relevant. 

These interests have been behind a decades-long agenda to displace the prevailing agri-food system in India. The laws might have been struck down, but the goal to capture and radically restructure the sector remains. The farmers’ struggle in India is not over.

The repeal of the controversial farm laws in India may have been seen as a victory for protesting farmers, but it seems the government is pursuing alternative strategies to achieve similar agricultural reforms. These new approaches, while less direct, could potentially implement many of the changes originally proposed in the repealed legislation.

The government seems to be gradually introducing smaller, incremental changes to agricultural policies that align with some of the original goals of the farm laws. For instance, an increased focus on digitalisation and technological solutions in agriculture could indirectly achieve some of the aims of the laws, and encouraging private investment and partnerships in the agricultural sector through other means could still lead to increased corporatisation.

This chapter and the following three chapters will address this and will discuss the implications of a number of agreements between the Indian government and the likes of Amazon, Bayer and Syngenta that had little to no democratic oversight.

But we will begin by looking at the claim that the BJP-led government was seeking to extract revenge for the humiliating defeat it suffered at the hands of the farmers. This claim was made during a press conference that took place in Delhi in October 2023 held by the Samyukta Kisan Morcha (SKM) (United Farmers Front).  

The SKM was formed in November 2020 as a coalition of more than 40 Indian farmers’ unions to coordinate non-violent resistance against the three farm acts initiated two months before.   

Asserting that the laws violated the constitution and were anti-farmer and pro big business, the SKM announced renewed agitation and expressed grave concern about a crackdown by the government against the online media platform NewsClick, which supported the farmers throughout their one-year struggle.  

Those present heard that there has been “baseless dishonest and false allegations in the Newsclick FIR against the historic farmers’ struggle” and that the “FIR accuses the farmers’ movement as anti-national, funded by foreign and terrorist forces.” 

An FIR is a ‘first information report’: a document prepared by police in India when they receive information about the commission of a “cognisable” (serious) offence. 

Delhi Police issued an FIR against NewsClick founder Prabir Purkayastha and the human resources head Amit Chakravarty, which infers that the farmers’ movement was aimed at stopping the supply of essential goods for citizens and creating law and order issues. 

An article on The Hindu newspaper’s Frontline portal describes the nature of the FIR, which goes far beyond the farmers’ issue, and concludes police actions along with the FIR marks a major low point for media freedom in India. 

According to Frontline, the police raids on the offices of NewsClick and the residences of virtually anyone associated with it; the indiscriminate seizure of the electronic devices of journalists and other employees; the sealing of the news portal’s main office; the arrest of its founder-editor and its administrative officer on terrorism-related charges; and the searches conducted at the premises of NewsClick and the home of its founder-editor mark the lowest point for media freedom in India since the Emergency of 1975-1977. 

The withdrawal of the FIR against Newsclick was called for during the press conference. There was also a demand for the immediate release of NewsClick journalists.  

The SKM said that farmers across the country would burn copies of the FIR on 6 November 2023 after a sustained campaign at village level against the government’s pro-corporate policies from 1-5 November.    

The farmers’ coalition also pledged to campaign in five poll-going states with the slogan “Oppose Corporate, Punish BJP, Save Country.”  

It was also announced that a 72-hour sit-in would take place in front of the Raj Bhawans (official residences of state governors) in state capitals between 26 and 28 November.  

On November 13, 2024, the Supreme Court of India declared Purkayastha’s arrest and subsequent remand as invalid, emphasising that he and his legal counsel were not provided with the grounds for his arrest prior to his remand hearing. The court criticised the police for circumventing due process and noted that the lack of communication regarding the grounds of arrest severely hindered Purkayastha’s ability to defend himself. The Supreme Court’s ruling mandated his release upon fulfilling bail bond requirements set by the trial court. The case highlights ongoing concerns regarding press freedom in India, particularly in relation to government actions against journalists and media outlets perceived as critical of state policies.

The SKM stated that the farmers’ movement was committed and patriotic and saw through the “nefarious plan” of the three farm laws to withdraw government support from agriculture and hand over farming, mandis (state-run wholesale agricultural markets) and public food distribution to corporations led by Adani, Ambani, Tata, Cargill, Pepsi, Walmart, Bayer, Amazon and others.  

It added that the farmers exposed the corporate-backed plan of depriving the people of India of food security, pauperising farmers, changing cropping patterns to suit corporations and allowing the free penetration of foreign corporations into India’s food processing market.  

Those in attendance also heard about the hardships experienced by farmers during the one-year agitation: 

“In the process, the farmers braved water cannons, teargas shelling, roadblocks with huge containers, deep road cuts, lathi charge, cold and hot weather. Over 13 months, they sacrificed 732 martyrs… This was a patriotic movement of the highest quality in the face of repression by a fascist government serving interests of Imperialist exploiters.”  

State investment in agriculture infrastructure was called for, along with the promotion of profitable farming, the facilitation and securing of modern food processing, marketing and consumer networks under the collective ownership and control of peasant-worker cooperatives. 

Accusing the government of acting on behalf of corporate interests, one speaker said that it had targeted Newsclick because it only did what a genuine news media should have been doing — reporting on the truth, the problems of farmers and the nature of the struggle.  

It was claimed that: 

“The BJP Government is using the farcical FIR to spread a canard that the farmers’ movement was anti-people, anti-national and backed by terrorist funding routed through Newsclick. This is factually wrong and mischievously inserted to portray the movement in bad light and seeking to extract revenge for the humiliating defeat they suffered at the hands of the farmers of our country.” 

The farmers’ coalition argued that the government is moving to falsely charge the farmers movement of being foreign funded and sponsored by terrorist forces, while it is “promoting FDI, Foreign MNCs, big corporations into agriculture.”  

The coalition said it remains committed to saving the rural economy, preventing foreign looting and rejuvenating the village economy in order to build a strong India. 

In 2024, farmers were still protesting. Facilitation of the neoliberal corporatisation of farming that sparked the previous protest remains on the board and farmers’ demands have not been met.  

Background

The World Bank, the WTO, global agribusiness and financial capital are working to corporatise India’s agriculture sector. This plan goes back to the early 1990s and India’s foreign exchange crisis, which was used (and manipulated) to set this plan in motion. This debt-trap ‘structural adjustment’ policy and process involves displacing the current food production system with contract farming and an industrial model of agriculture and food retail that serves the above interests.    

The aim is to reduce the role of the public sector in agriculture to a facilitator of private capital, which requires industrial commodity-crop farming. The beneficiaries will include Cargill, Archer Daniels Midlands, Louis Dreyfus, Bunge and India’s retail and agribusiness giants as well as the global agritech, seed and agrochemical corporations and the big tech companies with their ‘data-driven agriculture’.  

The plan is to displace the peasantry, create a land market and amalgamate landholdings to form larger farms that are more suited to international land investors and industrial farming. As a result, there has been an ongoing strategy to make farming non-viable for many of India’s smallholder farmers and force hundreds of millions out of farming and into urban centres that have already sprawled to form peri-urban areas, which often tend to contain the most agriculturally fertile land. The loss of such land should be a concern in itself.  

It is not as though farmers want to leave farming. It tends to be in their blood. But if the are unable to cover the costs of production and make a decent living due to the lack of guaranteed prices and the issues laid out below, they will flock to the cities to try to gain a foothold in urban economies. 

And what will those hundreds of millions do? Driven to the cities because of deliberate impoverishment, they will serve as cheap labour or, more likely, an unemployed or underemployed reserve army of labour for global capital — labour which is being replaced with automation. They will be in search of jobs that are increasingly hard to come by the (World Bank reports that there is more than 23 per cent youth unemployment in India).  

The impoverishment of farmers results from rising input costs, the withdrawal of government assistance, debt and debt repayments and the impacts of cheap, subsidised imports, which depress farmers’ incomes.  

While corporations in India receive massive handouts and have loans written off, the lack of a secure income, exposure to volatile and manipulated international market prices and cheap imports contribute to farmers’ misery of not being able to cover the costs of production and secure a decent standard of living.  

The pressure from the richer nations for the Indian government to further reduce support given to farmers and open up to imports and export-oriented ‘free market’ trade is based on nothing but hypocrisy. For instance, policy analyst Devinder Sharma comments that subsidies provided to US wheat and rice farmers are more than the market worth of these two crops. He also notes that, per day, each cow in Europe receives a subsidy worth more than an Indian farmer’s daily income.  

The World Bank, the WTO, global institutional investors and transnational agribusiness giants require corporate-dictated contract farming and full-scale neoliberal marketisation for the sale and procurement of produce. They demand that India sacrifice its farmers and its own food security for the benefit of a handful of billionaires.  

Farmers are merely regarded as producers of raw materials (crops) to be fleeced by suppliers of chemical and biotech inputs and the food processing and retail conglomerates. The more farmers can be squeezed, the greater the profits these corporations can extract. This entails creating farmer dependency on costly external inputs and corporate-dominated markets and supply chains. Global agrifood corporations have cleverly and cynically weaved a narrative that equates eradicating food sovereignty and creating dependency with ‘food security’.  

Farmers’ Demands  

In 2018, a charter was released by the All India Kisan Sangharsh Coordination Committee (an umbrella group of around 250 farmers’ organisations). The farmers were concerned about the deepening penetration of predatory corporations and the unbearable burden of indebtedness and the widening disparities between farmers and other sectors.  

They wanted the government to take measures to bring down the input costs of farming, while making purchases of farm produce below the minimum support price (MSP) both illegal and punishable.  

The charter also called for a special discussion on the universalisation of the public distribution system (PDS), the withdrawal of pesticides that have been banned elsewhere and the non-approval of genetically engineered seeds without a comprehensive need and impact assessment.  

Other demands included no foreign direct investment in agriculture and food processing, the protection of farmers from corporate plunder in the name of contract farming, investment in farmers’ collectives to create farmer producer organisations and peasant cooperatives and the promotion of agroecology based on suitable cropping patterns and local seed diversity revival.  

These demands remain relevant today due to government inaction. In fact, the three farm laws that were repealed aimed to do precisely the opposite. They were intended to expose Indian agriculture to a massive dose of neoliberal marketisation and shock therapy. Although the laws were struck down, the corporate interests behind them never went away and are adamant that the Indian government implements the policies they require.  

This would mean India reducing the state procurement and distribution of essential foodstuffs and eradicating its food buffer stocks — so vital to national food security — and purchasing the nation’s needs with its foreign exchange reserves on manipulated global commodity markets. This would make the country wholly dependent on attracting foreign investment and international finance.     

To ensure food sovereignty and national food security, the Mumbai-based Research Unit for Political Economy (RUPE) says that MSPs, through government procurement of essential crops and commodities, should be extended to many major cops such as maize, cotton, oilseed and pulses. At the moment, only farmers in certain states who produce rice and wheat are the main beneficiaries of government procurement at the MSP.  

Since per capita protein consumption in India is abysmally low and has fallen further during the liberalisation era, the provision of pulses in the PDS is long overdue and desperately needed. The PDS works with central government, via the Food Corporation of India, being responsible for buying food grains from farmers at MSPs at state-run market yards or mandis. It then allocates the grains to each state. State governments then deliver to ‘ration shops’.  

In 2024, farm union leaders were still seeking guarantees for a minimum purchase price for crops. Although the government announces support prices for more than 20 crops each year, government agencies buy only rice and wheat at the support level and, even then, in only some states.  

State agencies buy the two staples at government-fixed minimum support prices to build reserves to run the world’s biggest food welfare programme that entitles more than 800 million Indians to free rice and wheat. Currently, that’s more than half the population who per household will receive five kilos per month of these essential foodstuffs for at least the next four years, which would be denied to them by the ‘free market’. 

As we have seen throughout the world, corporate plunder under the guise of neoliberal marketisation is no friend of the poor and those in need who rely on state support to exist.  

If public procurement of a wider range of crops at the MSP were to occur — and MSPs were guaranteed for rice and wheat across all states — it would help address hunger and malnutrition, encourage crop diversification and ease farmer distress. By helping hundreds of millions involved in farming this way, it would give a massive boost to rural spending power and the economy in general.  

Instead of rolling back the role of the public sector and surrendering the system to what constitutes a transnational billionaire class and its corporations, there is a need to further expand official procurement and public distribution.  

The RUPE notes, it would cost around 20 per cent of the current handouts (‘incentives’) received by corporations and their super-rich owners, which do not benefit the bulk of the wider population in any way. It is also worth considering that the loans provided to just five large corporations in India were in 2016 equal to the entire farm debt.  

However, it is clear that the existence of the MSP, the public distribution system and publicly held buffer stocks are an impediment to global agribusiness interests.  

In the meantime, the current administration is keen to demonstrate to international finance capital and agricapital that it is being tough on farmers and remains steadfast in its willingness to facilitate the pro-corporate agenda.  

In 2024, after the breakdown in talks between government and farmers’ representatives, the farmers decided to peacefully march to and demonstrate in Delhi. But at the Delhi border, farmers were met with barricades, tear gas and state violence.  

However, to date, current farmers’ resistance lacks the momentum of the 2020-21 protests. Furthermore, by one means or another, as the following chapters indicate, the central government continues to ignore the key demands of farmers and hand over the sector to global agribusiness and other corporate interests

Farmers produce humanities’ most essential need and are not the ‘enemy within’. The spotlight should fall on the ‘enemy beyond’. Instead of depicting farmers as ‘anti-national’, as sections of the media and prominent commentators in India try to, the focus needs to be on challenging those interests that seek to gain from undermining India’s food security and sovereignty and the impoverishment of farmers. 


 

Chapter IX

Amazon Gets Fresh, Bayer Loves Basmati

 

The citizens of India have a problem. In what the media like to call ‘the world’s biggest democracy’, there is a serious, proven conflict of interest among officials in the areas of science, agriculture and agricultural research that results in privileging the needs of powerful private interests ahead of farmers and ordinary people.

This has been a longstanding concern. In 2013, for instance, prominent campaigner and environmentalist Aruna Rodrigues said:

“The Ministry of Agriculture has handed Monsanto and the industry access to our agri-research public institutions, placing them in a position to seriously influence agri-policy in India. You cannot have a conflict of interest larger or more alarming than this one.”

In 2020, Kavitha Kuruganti (Alliance for Sustainable and Holistic Agriculture) stated that the Genetic Engineering Appraisal Committee had acted more like a servant for Monsanto: there is an ongoing revolving door between crop developers (even patent holders) and regulators, with developers-cum-lobbyists sitting on regulatory bodies.

However, the capture of public policymaking space by the private sector is set to accelerate due to a recent spate of memorandums of understanding between state institutions and influential private corporations involved in agriculture and agricultural services, including Bayer and Amazon.

Corporate Capture  

As part of a Memorandum of Understanding (MoU) between the Indian Council of Agricultural Research (ICAR) and Amazon (June 2023), farmers will produce for Amazon Fresh stores in India as part of a ‘farm to fork’ supply chain. It will see “critical inputs” in agriculture and “season-based crop plans” in collaboration with Amazon based on “technologies, capacity building and transfer of new knowledge.”

This corporate jargon ties in with the much-publicised notion of ‘data-driven agriculture’ centred on cloud-based data information services (which Amazon also offers). In this model, data is to be accessed and controlled by corporates and the farmer will be told how much production is expected, how much rain is anticipated, what type of soil quality there is, what must be produced and what type of genetically engineered seeds and inputs they must purchase and from whom.

This amounts to a recolonisation of Indian agriculture, which will eventually involve a handful of data owners (Microsoft, Amazon etc.), input suppliers (Bayer, Corteva, Syngenta etc.) and retail concerns (Amazon and Walmart-Flipkart — both firms already control 60 per cent of India’s e-commerce market) at the heights of the agrifood economy, determining the nature of agriculture and peddling industrial food. Farmers who remain in this AI-driven system (a stated aim is farmerless farms) will be reduced to exploitable labour at the mercy of global conglomerates.

This is part of a broader strategy to shift hundreds of millions out of agriculture, ensure India’s food dependence on global finance and foreign corporations and eradicate any semblance of food democracy (or national sovereignty).

In addition to the MoU with Amazon, an MoU was signed between the ICAR and Bayer in September 2023. Bayer (it bought Monsanto in 2018), which profits from various environmentally harmful and disease-causing chemicals like glyphosate, signed the MoU to help “develop resource-efficient, climate-resilient solutions for crops, varieties, crop protection, weed and mechanization”, according to the ICAR website.

The ICAR is responsible for co-ordinating agricultural education and research in India, and Bayer seems likely to exploit the ICAR’s vast infrastructure and networks to pursue its own commercial plans, including boosting sales of toxic proprietary products.

But that’s not all. According to the non-profit GRAIN in its article ‘The corporate agenda behind carbon farming’, Bayer is gaining increasing control over farmers in various countries, dictating exactly how they farm and what inputs they use through its Carbon Program.

GRAIN says:

“You can see in the evolution of Bayer’s programmes that, for corporations, carbon farming is all about increasing their control within the food system. It’s certainly not about sequestering carbon.”

Given the seriousness of what is laid out by GRAIN in its article, India’s citizens and farmers should take heed, especially as the ICAR website states that a focus of the MoU with Bayer will be on developing carbon credit markets.

In a letter (July 2004) to Rabindra Padaria,  principal scientist at the Indian Agricultural Research Institute (IARI), and Himanshu Pathak, director-general of the ICAR, Aruna Rodrigues says:

“Inking in ICAR’s formal partnership with Bayer (Monsanto) quite simply confirms straightforwardly that the ICAR protects its interest, which is the same as those of Bayer-Monsanto, large chemical/herbicide corporates… the ICAR has ditched its mandate to Indian farmers and farming, which is to promote farmer interests as a priority in an unbiased and objective assessment of what is right and good for Indian farming and food… “

A separate citizens’ letter was also sent to Pathak on the various MoUs that the Indian government has signed with influential private orporations. Hundreds of scientists, farmer leaders, farmers and ordinary citizens signed the letter.

It states:

“Bayer is a company notorious for its anti-people, anti-nature business products and operations in itself and, furthermore, after its takeover of Monsanto. Its deadly poisons have violated basic human rights of peoples across the world, and it is a company that has always prioritised profits over people and planet.”

It goes on to say that it is not clear what the ICAR will learn from Bayer that the well-paid public sector scientists of the institution cannot develop themselves. The letter says entities that have been responsible for causing an economic and environmental crisis in Indian agriculture are being partnered by ICAR for so-called solutions when these entities are only interested in their profits and not sustainability (or any other nomenclature they use).

The letter asks that the ICAR suspends the signed MoUs, shares all details in the public domain and desists from signing any more such MoUs without necessary public debate.

However, on 19 July 2024, there were reports that the ICAR had signed another MoU, this time with Syngenta for promoting climate resilient agriculture and training programmes. In response, the authors of the letter state that the ICAR has (again) partnered with a corporation that has a track record of anti-nature and anti-people activities, selling toxic products like paraquat, class action suits against its corn seeds and anti-competitive behaviour.

Mutagenic HT Rice  

It is becoming clear who the ICAR actually serves. Let us return to Aruna Rodrigues and her letter to Rabindra Padaria (IARI) and Himanshu Pathak (ICAR) for additional insight.

Rodrigues’ letter focuses on the commercial cultivation of basmati rice varieties tolerant to imazethapyr-based, non-selective herbicides. These chemicals can be liberally sprayed on herbicide tolerant (HT) crops because the crops have been manipulated to withstand the toxic impacts of spraying.

The HT varieties of rice have undergone some form of mutagenesis rather than genetic engineering. Mutagenesis has traditionally involved subjecting plant cells to chemical or physical agents (for example, radiation) that cause mutations to the DNA in the hope that a resulting mutation may produce a desirable effect in the plant. This kind of mutation breeding has been used for decades but only affects a minority of the plants on the market. Industry watchdog GMWatch says this risky technology (mutagenesis breeding) in the past managed to escape regulation.

So, this HT crop by the mutagenesis route is not defined as ‘genetic engineering’ (the method usually used to create HT crops) and therefore falls outside the purview of current regulations on genetically modified organisms.

Although the Supreme Court-appointed Technical Expert Committee (TEC) bars HT crops (a) for being an HT crop and (b) on account of contamination of crops in a centre of genetic diversity, it has been a long-standing aim of biotech companies like Bayer (Monsanto) to get HT crops cultivated in India.

Rodrigues asks:

“Is it a deliberate decision of the ICAR to use the mutagenesis route to produce HT rice varieties (tolerant to imazethapyr) with the explicit objective to bypass the formal regulation of GE crops/GMOs?”

Rodrigues accuses the ICAR of effectively ditching its mandate to Indian farmers, many of whom regard organic farming as their competitive advantage. This step is also a potential threat to India’s export markets, which are based on organic standards, along with the necessary co-surety that India’s foods and farms are not contaminated by herbicides, a consequence of using HT crops.

By adding a trait for herbicide tolerance, the ICAR is informed:

“ICAR’s action directly impacts this vital issue of contaminating our germ plasm in rice and contravenes a Supreme Court Order of “No Contamination”. Furthermore, our export markets for basmati are in excess of US $5 billion in 2023-24. Your action will also directly impact India’s exports and thereby, impact farmer export potential, incomes and income opportunities that premium prices provide.”

Moreover, Rodrigues asserts that the entire mutagenesis process for HT rice must be elaborated, especially when the mutant variety is for the purpose of human consumption. 

The ICAR is duty-bound to provide, for example, whether a physical or a chemical mutagen was used, the range of doses used and the toxicity for the said material, the herbicide(s) used (a key concern, given the effects of certain herbicides on human health — see below) to test the HT of the basmati rice being used, the concentrations of the herbicides used and the genetic mechanism by which HT rice through mutagenesis has a resistant gene to imazethapyr.

While the issue of intellectual property rights for the HT rice varieties using mutagenesis is unclear, the ICAR and IARI have executed a technology transfer agreement of the HT trait for commercial cultivation.

Failed Technology  

In her letter, Rodrigues states that, based on empirical evidence of 35 years of HT crops in the US and Argentina, HT crops are a failed technology: it spawns super weeds, increased herbicide use and no added performance yield. Moreover, for India, HT crops are a perverse use of technology, whether genetic engineering or through mutagenesis, that risks small and marginal farmers’ crops and herbs and plants used in many Ayurvedic medicines because of herbicide drift. It will also uniquely impact the employment of women in weeding.

Rodrigues goes on to state (with evidence provided) that in the US overall herbicide use has increased more than tenfold since the introduction of HT Crops (1992-2012 figure). In addition, HT crops are designed for monocultures and completely unsuited to Indian small-holder, multi-crop farming: anything not HT will be destroyed, the resistant crop stands, but everything else dies, including non-target organisms.

The herbicides used with HT crops are also a major human health issue. There is a strong link between glyphosate and non-Hodgkin’s lymphoma. In relation to this, there are more than 100,000 lawsuits winding their way through US Courts. 

Glyphosate (used in Bayer’s Roundup herbicide) is also an endocrine disruptor and is linked to birth defects. Monsanto and the US Environmental Protection Agency had both known for over 40 years that glyphosate and its formulations cause cancer.

Other herbicides used by Bayer include glufosinate (used in its Liberty herbicide), which is acknowledged as more toxic than glyphosate and, like it, is a systemic, broad spectrum, non-selective herbicide. It is a neurotoxin that can cause nerve damage and birth defects and is damaging to most plants that come into contact with it.

Glufinosate is banned in Europe and not permitted in India. It has been implicated in brain developmental abnormalities in animal studies and is very persistent in the environment, so it will certainly contaminate water supplies in addition to food where it will be absorbed.

Imazethapyr (contained in Bayer’s Adue herbicide) is also a systemic broad-spectrum herbicide and is banned in some countries and not approved for use in the EU.

Prof. Jack Heinemann (University of Canterbury in New Zealand) adds that the likes of imazethapyr must be tested for their ability to cause bacterial antibiotic resistance. An important concern given that India’s population has some of the highest levels of antibiotic resistance in the world. Any spread of HT crops would put people at severe risk of resistance and disease.

Despite these environmental and health concerns, the herbicide market in India is projected to grow by around 54 per cent in the next five years, from USD 361.85 million in 2024 to USD 558.17 million by 2029.

Rodrigues concludes:

“In view of the above evidence of serious irreversible harm to health, food and agriculture across several dimensions and contravention of the PP (Precautionary Principle), it is a required scientific response for the ICAR to immediately withdraw HT rice varieties and desist from introducing any HT crop through mutagenesis.”


 

Chapter X

From Monsanto to Bayer: Worst of Both Worlds

 

Environmentalist and campaigner Rosemary Mason has been relentlessly exposing the insidious effects of agrochemicals on human health and the environment through a decade-long series of incisive reports. Many of these reports have taken the form of scathing open letters directed at corporations, regulators and officials in the UK and the EU.

Mason has never held back in her condemnations of the agrochemical giants. After Bayer’s acquisition of Monsanto in 2018, her focus sharpened on Bayer, scrutinising its troubling history and its actions, not least during one of humanity’s darkest chapters: Nazi Germany.

Bayer’s complicity as part of IG Farben, a chemical and pharmaceutical conglomerate notorious for its involvement in war crimes, is well documented. The company was formed in 1925 from a merger of six chemical firms: Agfa, BASF, Bayer, Chemische Fabrik Griesheim-Elektron, Hoechst and Weiler-ter-Meer.

Bayer was not merely an observer but an active participant in heinous medical experiments conducted on concentration camp inmates. These experiments involved testing drugs on unwilling subjects, including those at Auschwitz, where prisoners were deliberately infected with diseases to evaluate Bayer’s pharmaceuticals.

During World War I, Bayer was involved in the development of chemical weapons, including chlorine and mustard gas. As part of IG Farben, Bayer later contributed to the creation of nerve agents like Tabun, Sarin and Soman. Post-war, Bayer transitioned these chemical developments into pesticides such as parathion, which are neurotoxic.

In addition, IG Farben was implicated in the production of Zyklon B, the gas used in concentration camps. Executives from IG Farben were convicted for their roles in war crimes at the Nuremberg Trials.

.

undefined

IG Farben Building, Frankfurt, completed in 1931 and seized by the Allies in 1945 as the headquarters of the Supreme Allied Command. In 2001 it became part of the University of Frankfurt. (Licensed under CC BY-SA 3.0)

.

Bayer’s leadership was fully aware of these atrocities yet chose profit over ethics, benefiting from the forced labour of concentration camp inmates to produce essential chemicals for the Nazi war machine.

The aftermath of World War II saw Bayer and other IG Farben companies face minimal repercussions for their actions. While some executives were tried, they received light sentences or were released early, allowing them to reclaim positions of power within their companies.

As for Bayer, things did not stop with the end of the war. The Powerbase website provides a very long list of Bayer’s corporate wrongdoings since 1945, including allegations of corporate bullying, monopolistic practices, the suppression of scientific information, bribery, poisonings, false advertising and abusing workers.

More recently, Bayer has inherited a legacy of deception through its acquisition of Monsanto. Both companies have been accused of concealing the health risks associated with glyphosate, the active ingredient in Roundup and the world’s most used agricultural herbicide. Internal documents reveal a concerted effort to downplay glyphosate’s carcinogenicity while ignoring substantial evidence indicating its dangers to human health.

In her numerous reports, Mason has indicated how Bayer shaped regulatory processes to secure product approvals, influencing scientific studies and regulatory decisions while suppressing contrary evidence. The environmental devastation wrought by pesticides is alarming: Mason cites significant declines in biodiversity and poisoned ecosystems that she claims are as a direct consequence of the widespread use of Bayer’s chemicals.

Moreover, rising cancer rates in communities exposed to Bayer’s products cannot be ignored, especially increasing cases of non-Hodgkin lymphoma linked to glyphosate use in areas heavily treated with these chemicals.

Rosemary Mason is not alone in her condemnation of Bayer. For instance, journalist Carey Gillam has written extensively about Bayer-Monsanto’s practices, particularly in relation to glyphosate and its health impacts in the book ‘Whitewash: The Story of a Weed Killer, Cancer, and the Corruption of Science’.

Gillam says:

“US Roundup litigation began in 2015 after the International Agency for Research on Cancer classified glyphosate as a probable human carcinogen. Internal Monsanto documents dating back decades show that the company was aware of scientific research linking its weed killer to cancer but instead of warning consumers, the company worked to suppress the information and manipulate scientific literature.”

Hit Lists and Lobbying  

Gillam has shown that, over the years, Monsanto mounted a deceitful defence of its health- and environment-damaging Roundup and its genetically modified crops, and it orchestrated toxic smear campaigns against anyone — scientist or campaigner — who threatened its interests.

With that in mind, it comes as no surprise that a US-Based PR firm has created a watchlist, profiling activists, scientists and journalists who are critical of pesticide use and genetically modified organisms, as recently revealed in documents obtained by the investigative newsroom Lighthouse Reports.

As a result of a year-long investigation, Lighthouse Reports argues that this operation seeks to cast pesticide critics, environmental scientists or campaigners as an anti-science “protest industry” and used US government money to do so.

The watchlist is the brainchild of Jay Byrne, a former communications executive at Monsanto, and his reputation management firm v-Fluence. It comprises profiles (including personal information) on hundreds of scientists, campaigners and writers. These profiles have been published on a private social network, which grants privileged access to 1,000 people comprising a who’s-who of the agrochemical industry, alongside government officials from multiple countries.

The US government funded v-Fluence as part of its programme to promote genetically modified organisms in Africa and Asia, including “enhanced monitoring” of critics of “modern agriculture approaches” — and to build the network.

Watchlists and hitlists aside, to further its interests, the agrochemical giants pour huge resources into lobbying that seeks to shape narratives, deceive and coerce rather than engage with genuine public health and environmental concerns.

The research and campaign group Corporate Europe Observatory (CEO) recently took a deep dive into Bayer’s disturbing “toxic trail” of lobbying as the company strives to maintain its huge slice of the seed and pesticides markets, fight off regulatory challenges to its toxic products, limit legal liability and exercise political influence.

CEO’s report ‘Bayer’s Toxic Trails: Market Power, Monopolies and the Global Lobbying of an Agrochemicals Giant’ notes that Bayer spent between €7 million and €8 million in 2023 on EU lobbying, the biggest sum declared by any individual chemical company and the highest amount ever spent by Bayer on EU lobbying.

According to CEO, Bayer’s current top lobbying priority in Europe is to derail the original ambitions of the European Green Deal and to prevent any of the company’s firmly established interests (chemicals and pesticides) from being touched. One of the central goals of this deal is to reduce the use and risk of chemical pesticides by 50 per cent by 2030 through the EU’s Farm to Fork strategy. This target aims to address both environmental and public health concerns associated with pesticide use in agriculture.

Bayer’s lobby spend in the US has also risen considerably over the past few years, spending $7.5 million in 2023 alone, some of which is aimed at securing changes in the law to prevent further litigation cases and more hefty payouts to people suffering from conditions due to glyphosate exposure. To date, the company has reportedly paid out approximately $11 billion to settle nearly 100,000 lawsuits stemming from claims that Roundup causes cancer, particularly non-Hodgkin lymphoma.

CEO states:

“Bayer’s lobby tactics continue to capture public policymaking and in doing so hollow out democracy. A perverse symbiosis between corporate lobby groups and decision-makers has been actively created through its economic weight and large investments in many corners of the world, and this consistently leads to crucial decisions being made in favour of industry profits, rather than public interest.”

It concludes that:

“Around the world, Bayer’s modus operandi is not to work in the public interest but rather to capture public policy to serve its private interests and dividends of its shareholders, all while ignoring the public health and environmental impact of its activities.”

Be Careful What You Wish For  

So, why would a government want to do a deal with the devil?

As stated in the previous chapter, that is precisely what the government of India seems to have done when it signed a memorandum of understanding (MoU) with Bayer in September 2023. Bayer signed the MoU with the Indian Council for Agricultural Research (ICAR), which is responsible for co-ordinating agricultural education and research in India.

Bayer’s aim first and foremost seems to be to exploit the ICAR’s vast infrastructure and networks to pursue its own commercial plans, including boosting sales of toxic proprietary products and the introduction of genetically modified food crops into India. These crops would be reliant on Bayer’s agrochemicals.

Attempts to get genetically modified food crops into India’s fields is being done by all means necessary, as explained in Aruna Rodrigues insightful online article Waltzing with Bayer Makes The Indian Council of Agricultural Research Blind: India Ditches Mandate to Farmers and Uses Mutagenesis to Drive Toxic HT Crops Into India.

That article explains that mutagenetic techniques are being used to bypass existing regulatory procedures in relation to genetically modified organisms, despite a recent Supreme Court directive for the government to formulate a national policy framework on genetically modified crops based on a democratic consultative process.

Telangana State Seed Development Corporation chairman S Anvesh Reddy recently stated that farmers want a bio-safety policy and not a promotional policy for genetically modified crops.

However, they are in danger of getting the latter. Prominent campaigner Kavitha Kuruganti has warned that the Ministry of Agriculture may bypass the democratic consultative processes recommended by the Supreme Court. It has already appointed a panel of ‘experts’ to draft the policy and information about it is being kept secret.

On X (formerly Twitter), agricultural policy specialist Devinder Sharma stated:

“How can a policy be framed for GM crops when there is still no consensus on the need for these crops? Despite heavy lobbying by industry, most countries oppose it.”

How can this be?

Let us turn to Aruna Rodrigues:

“Our regulatory bodies have been captured by the biotech and agrichemical industries… It is breathtaking; all pretence is gone. We have a cancer that is metastasising vertically and horizontally throughout the entire regulatory body.”

The need for genetically modified food crops is based on unsound logic, and, in general, neither farmers nor the public want them (see the online article Challenging the Flawed Premise Behind Pushing GMOs into Indian Agriculture). Moreover, the failure of Bt cotton in the country, India’s only officially approved genetically modified crop (see The Failure of GMO Cotton In India on resilience.org), should serve as a warning.

In the meantime, farmers’ leaders from 18 states in India have resolved to oppose genetically modified crops. They say genetically modified organisms in agriculture are harmful to human and animal health, the environment, farmers’ livelihoods and trade and are based on failed promises.


 

Chapter XI

Bayer’s ‘Backward’ Claim: Bid for Control of Indian Agriculture

 

For some critics, if one firm tops a league table for anti-people, anti-nature business practices, it is Bayer (although there are many other worthy candidates). Nevertheless, as previously stated, the Indian Council for Agricultural Research (ICAR) signed a memorandum of understanding with Bayer in September 2023.  

Bayer’s approach to agricultural development involves promoting a model of industrial agriculture dependent on corporate products, including its toxic chemicals and genetically modified crops, and advocating for precision, data-driven agriculture that relies heavily on its proprietary technologies and software.

Simon Wiebusch, Country Divisional Head of Crop Science for Bayer South Asia, recently stated that India cannot become a ‘developed nation’ with ‘backward’ agriculture. He believes India’s agriculture sector must modernise for the country to achieve developed nation status by 2047.  

Bayer’s vision for agriculture in India includes prioritising and fast-tracking approvals for its new products, introducing genetically modified food crops, addressing labour shortages (for weeding) by increasingly focusing on herbicides and developing herbicides for specific crops like paddy, wheat, sugarcane and maize.  

Government institutions like the ICAR seem likely to allow Bayer to leverage the agency’s infrastructure and networks to pursue its commercial plans.  

Wiebusch’s comments have received much media coverage. There is a tendency for journalists and media outlets to accept statements made by people in top corporate jobs as pearls of wisdom never to be critically questioned, especially in India when there is talk of the country achieving the gold standard in the eyes of some: ‘developed status’. But people like Wiebusch are hardly objective. They are not soothsayers who have an unbiased view of the world and its future.    

Bayer has a view of what agriculture should look like and is gaining increasing control of farmers in various countries in terms of having a direct influence on how they farm and what inputs they use. Its digital platforms are intended to be one-stop shops for carbon credits, seeds, pesticides and fertilisers and agronomic advice, all supplied by the company, which gets the added benefit of control over the agronomic and financial data harvested from farms.   

As for carbon credits, the non-profit GRAIN argues that, like digital platforms per se, carbon trading is about consolidating control within the food system and is certainly not about sequestering carbon.   

So, what does Wiebusch mean when he talks about modernisation of a backward agriculture in India? All of what is set out above and more.  

Like Wiebusch, corporate lobbyists often refer to ‘modern agriculture’. Instead, we should really be advocating for a system that produces healthy food for all while sustaining farming communities and livelihoods. That’s because the term ‘modern agriculture’ is deliberately deceptive: it means a system dependent on proprietary inputs and integrated with corporate global supply chains. Anything other is defined as ‘backward’.  

According to Bayer, Wiebusch is a star player who can drive market share and create business value for the company. On the Bayer India website it says: “Simon’s key strengths include unlocking business growth, redefining distribution strategies, driving change management and building diverse teams that drive market share and create business value.”  

Stripped of the corporate jargon and any talk of ‘helping’ India, the goal is to secure control of the sector and ensure corporate dependency. That is what is really meant by creating business value and driving market share.  

India has achieved self-sufficiency in food grains and has ensured there is enough food (in terms of calories) available to feed its entire population. It is the world’s largest producer of milk, pulses and millets and the second-largest producer of rice, wheat, sugarcane, groundnuts, vegetables, fruit and cotton.  

In 2014, environmental scientist Viva Kermani stated that India has been self-sufficient in food staples for over a decade and more than that for cereals. She noted that the country:

“… grows about 100 million tons (mt) of rice, 95 mt of wheat, 170 mt of vegetables, 85 mt of fruit, 40 mt of coarse cereals and 18 mt of pulses (refer to the Economic Survey for the data). These totals ensure that our farmers grow enough to feed all Indians well with food staples. We have 66 mt of grain, two-and-a-half times the required buffer stock (on January 1, 2013).”

She concluded:

“The country has reached this stage through, first and foremost, the knowledge and skill of our farmers who have bred and saved seed themselves and exchanged their seed in ways that made our fields so biodiverse.”

Kermani also observed that farmers have legitimate claims to being scientists, innovators, natural resource stewards, seed savers and hybridisation experts. However, they have too often been reduced to becoming recipients of technical fixes and consumers of the poisonous products of a growing agricultural inputs industry. 

Who Needs Bayer?

It is clear that Bayer needs India for its corporate growth strategy, but who needs Bayer?  

Bhaskar Save certainly did not on his impressively bountiful organic farm in Gujarat. In 2006, he described in an eight-page open letter (along with six annexures) to M S Swaminathan (widely regarded as the father of the Green Revolution in India) how the type of chemical-intensive agriculture that Bayer promotes and the urban-centric model of development favoured by the government has had devastating environmental economic and social consequences for India.  

Save offered agroecological alternatives to address the problems, including solutions to boost farmer incomes and rural communities, cultivate a wider range of nutrient-dense crops, build soil fertility, improve water management, enhance on-farm ecology and increase biodiversity.  

The prominent environmentalist Vandana Shiva recently posted on X:  

“India’s agriculture was sustained over 10,000 years because it was based on nature’s laws of diversity, recycling, regeneration & circularity. Albert Howard spread organic farming worldwide learning from Indian peasants. Working with nature is sophistication, not backwardness.  

“Bayer calling India’s agriculture backward is a new toxic colonisation. Bayer/Monsanto, the poison cartel whose roots are in war, has driven biodiversity to extinction with monocultures, spread cancers with glyphosate & herbicides, destroyed democracy.”  

It seems that the ‘poor’ must be helped out of their awful ‘backwardness’ by the West and its powerful corporations and billionaire ‘philanthropists’ like Bill Gates. What some might regard as ‘backward’ stems from an ethnocentric ideology, which is used to legitimise the destruction of communities and economies that were once locally based and self-sufficient. 

Bayer promotes a corporate expansionist ‘development’ agenda that is self-sustaining and can be described as anything but development (see the online article Resisting Genetically Mutilated Food and the Eco-Modern Nightmare).  

Companies like Bayer present their technologies and products as fixes for the problems created by the model of ‘growth’ and ‘development’ they promote. ‘Scientific innovation’ is touted as the answer. The proposed solutions often create new problems or worsen existing ones. This leads to a cycle of dependency on corporate products and technologies. Monsanto’s failed Bt cotton in India being a case in point.  

Problems created by corporate-led development become opportunities for further corporate inputs and the commodification of knowledge and further ‘expert’ interventions. The primary motivation is financial gain rather than genuine societal improvement.  

Corporate-driven ‘development’ is a misnomer, especially in agriculture, as it often leads to regression in terms of health, environmental sustainability and rural community resilience, while perpetuating a cycle of problems and ‘solutions’ that primarily benefit large corporations.  

But the type of agroecological solutions presented by the likes of Bhaskar Save run counter to Bayer’s aims of more pesticides, more genetically modified organisms, more control and corporate consolidation. For example, as previously mentioned, the industry seeks to derail the EU’s farm to fork strategy (which involves a dramatic reduction in agrochemical use), and Bayer spends record amounts to shape policies to its advantage, courtesy of its entrenched lobbying networks.  

Of course, Bayer presents its neocolonial aspirations in terms of helping backward Indian farmers. A good old dose of Western saviourism.  

To promote its model, Bayer must appear to offer practical solutions. It uses the narrative of climate emergency to promote a Ponzi carbon trading scheme that is resulting in land displacement across the world. And Bayer says that labour shortages for manual weeding in Indian agriculture are a significant challenge, so the rollout of toxic herbicides like glyphosate are a necessity.  

But there are several approaches to address this issue beyond relying on herbicides like glyphosate (it will kill all plants that do not have the herbicide tolerant trait), which is wholly unsuitable for a nation comprising so many small farms cultivating a diverse range of crops.  

Mechanical weeding using animal-drawn or tractor-powered implements for larger farms is one solution, and there are several agronomic techniques that can help suppress weeds and reduce labour needs: crop rotation disrupts weed lifecycles, higher planting densities shade out weeds, proper fertilisation gives crops a competitive advantage and use of cover crops and mulches can suppress weed growth. 

Even here, however, there are cynical attempts to get farmers to change their cultivation methods (with no tangible financial benefits) and move away from traditional systems.  

In the article The Ox Fall Down: Path Breaking and Treadmills in Indian Cotton Agriculture, for instance, we see farmers being nudged away from traditional planting methods and pushed towards a method inconducive to oxen ploughing but very conducive for herbicide-dependent weed management. That article notes the huge growth potential for herbicides in India, something companies like Bayer are keen to capitalise on.    

Wiebusch talks of India reaching ‘developed status’. But what does the type of ‘development’ he proposes entail?  

We need only look around us for the answer: decision-making centralised in the hands of government and corporate entities, traditional local governance structures weakened and standardised, top-down policies and corporate consolidation through mergers and acquisitions with local independent enterprises struggling to compete.  

Consolidated corporations have greater lobbying power to shape regulations in their favour, further entrenching their market position. In other words, political centralisation and corporate consolidation are often intertwined. Centralised political structures tend to align with the interests of large, consolidated corporations, and both centralised governments and large corporations exert greater control over resources.  

This dual process has led to reduced economic diversity and resilience, weakened local communities and traditions, increased vulnerability to systemic shocks and diminished democratic participation.  

‘Developed status’ also means accelerated urbanisation, land amalgamations for industrial-scale farming and depopulation of the countryside.  And it means farmers being encouraged to grow cash crops for export based on trade policies that work in favour of big landowners and heavily subsidised Western agriculture.

As mentioned earlier, it has been estimated that between 2016 and 2030, globally, urban areas will have tripled in size, expanding into cropland and undermining the productivity of agricultural systems. Around 60 per cent of the world’s cropland lies on the outskirts of cities. This land is, on average, twice as productive as land elsewhere on the globe.    

As cities expand, millions of small-scale farmers are displaced. These farmers produce the majority of food in the Global South and are key to global food security.  

A combination of urbanisation and policies deliberately designed to displace the food-producing peasantry will serve to boost the corporate takeover of India’s agrifood sector. This is what Bayer calls ‘development’. 

But none of this is inevitable. Many of us know what the response should be: prioritising sustainable, locally appropriate solutions and restoring food sovereignty and the economic vibrancy of rural communities; focusing on holistic human well-being rather than narrow economic metrics of ‘growth’; preserving traditional knowledge that underpins highly productive  farming practices for the benefit of farmers, consumer health and the environment; and empowering communities through localism and decentralisation rather than creating state-corporate dependency.  

Such solutions are markedly different from those characterised by rural population displacement, the subjugation of peoples and nature, nutrient-poor diets, degraded on-farm and off-farm ecosystems and corporate consolidation.  

There are alternative visions for the future, alternative visions of human development. But these do not boost corporate margins or control and do not fit the hegemonic narrative of what passes for ‘development’.  

However, it is concerning that what Bayer advocates is regarded as the common sense of the age. 

The ultimate coup d’état by the transnational agribusiness conglomerates is that state officials, scientists and journalists take as given that profit-driven Fortune 500 corporations have a legitimate claim to be custodians of natural assets. These corporations have convinced so many that they have the ultimate legitimacy to own, control and manage what is essentially humanity’s commonwealth.

Water, food, soil, land and agriculture have been handed over to powerful transnational corporations to milk for profit as though they are serving the needs of humanity. Corporations which promote industrial agriculture have embedded themselves deeply within the policy-making machinery on both national and international levels. 

The ultimate intertwining of political centralisation and corporate consolidation.


 

Chapter XII

You Are Still the Enemy Within

 

It should be clear by now that the issues raised in this book transcend a narrow analysis of the food system. There has been much discussion about social control, technocracy and even transhumanism. And this chapter is no different.

It is essential to explore broader power dynamics in order to gain a clearer understanding of the global food regime and the corporations and interests behind it. 

Power is increasingly concentrated in the hands of an elite that wields its considerable wealth, influence and technological advancements to dominate both resources and populations, profoundly shaping the fabric of our lives. 

In recent years, we have seen the nudging (manipulating) of populations to accept a ‘new normal’ based on, among other things, a climate emergency narrative, pandemic preparedness tyranny, unaccountable AI, synthetic ‘food’ and farmerless farms.

Whether it involves a ‘food transition’, an ‘energy transition’, 15-minute cities or some other benign-sounding term, all this is to be determined by a supranational state-corporate ‘stakeholder’ elite with ordinary people sidelined in the process. An undemocratic agenda designed to place restrictions on individual liberty, marking a dramatic shift towards authoritarianism.

In the 1980s, to help legitimise the deregulation-privatisation neoliberal globalisation agenda, government and media instigated an ideological onslaught on populations, driving home the primacy of ‘free enterprise’, individual rights and responsibility and emphasising a shift away from the role of the state, trade unions and the collective in society.

We are currently seeing another ideological shift: individual rights and freedoms are said to undermine the wider needs of society and the planet; in a stark turnaround, personal freedom is now said to pose a threat to national security, public health or the climate.

As in the 1980s, this messaging is being driven by an economic impulse. This time, the collapsing neoliberal project.

In the UK, poverty is increasing, food banks are now a necessary part of life for millions. Indeed, the poorest families are enduring a ‘frightening’ collapse in living standards, resulting in life-changing and life-limiting poverty.

In the US, it was reported in 2023 that around 30 million low-income people are on the edge of a ‘hunger cliff’ as a portion of their federal food assistance is taken away.

In 2021, it was estimated that one in eight children were going hungry in the US. In April 2023, it was reported that small businesses were filing for bankruptcy in the US at a record rate.

Image is from the Bank of England website

Huw Pill | Bank of England

The Bank of England’s chief economist, Huw Pill, says that people should ‘accept’ being poorer. This is similar to the response of Rob Kapito, co-founder of the world’s biggest asset management firm, BlackRock. In 2022, the unimaginably rich and entitled Kapito said that a “very entitled” generation of (ordinary working) people who have never had to sacrifice would soon have to face shortages for the first time in their lives.

While business as usual prevails in Kapito’s world of privilege and that of major armsenergypharmaceuticals and food companies, whose megarich owners continue to rake in massive profits, Kapito and Pill tell ordinary people to get used to poverty and the ‘new normal’ as if we are ‘all in it together’ — billionaires and working class alike. They conveniently used COVID and the situation in Ukraine as cover for the collapsing neoliberalism.

Hegemony and Censorship

But this is part of the hegemonic agenda that seeks to ensure that the establishment’s world view is the accepted cultural norm. And anyone who challenges this world view — whether it involves, for instance, questioning climate alarmism, the ‘new normal’, the nature of the economic crisis, the mainstream COVID narrative or the official stance on Ukraine and Russia — is regarded as a spreader of misinformation and the ‘enemy within’.

If we turn to New Zealand, we could see this in action during and after the COVID event. The country’s former prime minister Jacinda Ardern grabbed the global limelight a few years ago, making headlines by stating she wanted to put ‘kindness’ into politics. In 2019, Foreign Policy, a publication closely associated with the Atlantic Council and the US State Department, published the article ‘The Kindness Quotient’, a glowing promotion of Ardern.

The strategic marketing of Ardern in various publications focused on her likeability, pro-environment stance, compassionate values and collaborative nature. To further appeal to liberal sentiments, she was said to represent everything Trump is not.

Ardern belongs to a set of global leaders who were groomed for their positions through the World Economic Forum (WEF) Young Global Leaders Programme. Yes, that WEF — the elitist organisation where hard-nose billionaires and their handmaidens gather to set out policies aligned with powerful business interests.

The charm offensive that Ardern’s promoters undertook was an investment. She delivered on COVID by implementing lockdowns and restrictions without question.

Arden stated in her speech to the UN in September 2022:

“As leaders, we are rightly concerned that even the most light-touch approaches to disinformation could be misinterpreted as hostile to values of free speech that we value so highly.”

She went on to say:

“How do you tackle climate change if people believe it does not exist? How do you ensure the human rights of others are upheld as they are subjected to hateful and dangerous ideology.”

She continued by saying free speech (that the authorities disagree with) can be a weapon of war.

During COVID, Ardern urged citizens to trust the government and its agencies for all information and stated:

“Otherwise, dismiss anything else. We will continue to be your single source of truth.”

Throughout that period, in the US, Fauci presented himself as ‘the science’. In New Zealand, Ardern’s government was ‘the truth’. It was similar in countries across the world. Different figures but the same approach.

When anyone in power or any institution lays claim to ‘the truth’, history shows we are on a slippery slope to silencing thought and dissent that we disagree with.

Like other political leaders, during COVID, Ardern clamped down on civil liberties with the full force of state violence on hand to ensure compliance with ‘the truth’.

Clearly, Ardern was not alone here. Trudeau, the Biden administration and others have continued to display Orwellian undertones as they spoke of the need to challenge ‘misinformation’ and those who question ‘the truth’. The thin end of a very wide authoritarian wedge.

It seems, especially post-COVID, critical analysis and open debate are fine as long as those involved keep within the framework of what is deemed supportive of official narratives. 

We are often urged to ‘trust the science’ and accept that the ‘science is decided’ on various issues. We heard this on the COVID issue, when we were told governments are ‘following the science’, while they and the big tech companies censored world-renowned scientists and opposing views and opinions. In ‘following the science’, conflicts of interest were rife and notions of objectivity, open disclosure and organised scepticism — core values of scientific endeavour — were trampled on.

Those who questioned the COVID narrative were smeared, shut down and censored, the playbook of big agribusiness — manipulating science, smearing critics, derailing policies that threaten its interests and claiming that ‘the science is decided’ on genetically modified organisms — and authoritarian governments.

Is anyone who questions and wants a more open debate on climate change or whether such change is occurring as stated or will lead to ‘extinction’ to be charged with disseminating misinformation?

Is questioning the orthodoxy of the zero-carbon policy agenda to be shut down and those who challenge it to be labelled ‘extremists’.

Ardern asked: “How do you tackle climate change if people believe it does not exist?”

But it is also pertinent to ask: How do you tackle it if you accept it exists?

Even if we accept humanity is in trouble and facing a genuine climate emergency, people should at least be able to question the current ‘green’ agenda based on a ‘stakeholder capitalism’ strategy (governments and others facilitating the needs of private capital) that has co-opted genuine concerns about the environment to pursue new multi-billion-dollar global investment opportunities (described in the 2020 report Nature for Sale by Friends of the Earth).

If you read that report, you might conclude that we are witnessing a type of green imperialism that is using genuine concerns about the environment to pursue a familiar agenda of extractivism, colonisation and commodification. The same old mindset, greenwashed and rolled out for public consumption.

Ardern’s utterances on the dangers of free speech, the singularity of ‘truth’ and the implicit shift towards authoritarianism must be viewed within the context of managing an economic crisis. What she was saying revealed how the financial and political elites based on Wall Street, in Washington and in the City of London were thinking.

The authorities fear blowback in terms of mass dissent and uprisings. A few years ago, Liz Truss, then UK prime minister, wanted to place ‘legal curbs’ on striking trade unions. There is also the Police, Crime, Sentencing and Courts (PCSC) Act 2022, which may undermine the right to protest.

It therefore comes as no surprise that, today, individual rights and free speech are under threat. The ultimate control mechanism would be linking central bank digital currencies to personal carbon footprints (including eating habits), spending and dissent in an age of economic turmoil. Trudeau might have given the game away on that when he hit protesting truckers where it hurt most — restricting access to bank accounts.

How long before ‘misinformation’ and challenging ‘the truth’ becomes thought crime and — as Jacinda Ardern might put it — ‘cruel to be kind’ actions are taken against those who challenge dominant state-corporate narratives?

Well, not long because we have already witnessed it during the last few years. A doubling down since COVID.

Tyranny is the type of ‘kindness’ we don’t need.

Enemy Within

The term ‘enemy within’ was popularised by Margaret Thatcher during the UK miners’ strike in 1984-85 to describe the striking miners. But it is a notion with which Britain’s rulers have regarded protest movements and uprisings down the centuries. From the Peasants’ Revolt in 1381 to the Levellers and Diggers (who are discussed in the final chapter) in the 17th century, it is a concept associated with anyone or any group that challenges the existing social order and the interests of the ruling class.

John Ball, a radical priest, addressed the Peasants’ Revolt rebels with the following words:

“Good friends, matters cannot go well in England until all things be held in common; when there shall be neither vassals nor lords; when the lords shall be no more masters than ourselves.”

The revolt was suppressed. John Ball was captured and hung, drawn and quartered. Part of the blood-soaked history of the British ruling class.

Later on, the 17th-century Diggers’ movement wanted to create small, egalitarian rural communities and farm on common land that had been privatised by enclosures.

The 1975 song ‘The world Turned Upside Down’ by Leon Rosselson commemorates the Diggers. His lyrics describe the aims and plight of the movement. In Rosselson’s words, the Diggers were dispossessed via theft and murder but reclaimed what was theirs only to be violently put down.

Little surprise then that, in the 1980s, Margaret Thatcher used the full force of state machinery to defeat the country’s most powerful trade union, the shock troops of the labour movement, the National Union of Mineworkers — ‘the enemy within’. She needed to do this to open the gates for capital to profit from the subsequent deindustrialisation of much of the UK and the dismantling of large parts of the welfare state.

And the result?

A hollowed-out, debt-bloated economy, the destruction of the social fabric of entire communities and the great financial Ponzi scheme — the ‘miracle’ of deregulated finance — that now teeters on the brink of collapse, leading the likes of Kapito and Pill to tell the public to get ready to become poor.

And now, in 2024, the latest version of the ‘enemy within’ is anyone who disseminates ‘misinformation’ — anything that challenges the official state-corporate narrative. So, this time, one goal is to have a fully controlled (censored) internet.

For instance, US Special Operations Command (USSOCOM) awarded Accrete a contract for Argus to detect disinformation threats from social media. Argus is AI software that analyses social media data to predict emergent narratives and generate intelligence reports at a speed and scale to help neutralise viral disinformation threats.

Accrete AI is a leading dual-use enterprise AI company. It deployed its AI Argus software for open-source threat detection with the US Department of Defense in 2022.

In a press release, Prashant Bhuyan, founder and CEO of Accrete, boasted:

“Social media is widely recognised as an unregulated environment where adversaries routinely exploit reasoning vulnerabilities and manipulate behaviour through the intentional spread of disinformation. USSOCOM is at the tip of the spear in recognising the critical need to identify and analytically predict social media narratives at an embryonic stage before those narratives evolve and gain traction. Accrete is proud to support USSOCOM’s mission.”

‍This is about predicting wrong think on social media. But control over the internet is just part of a wider programme of establishment domination, surveillance and dealing with protest and dissent.

The online article How the Government Weaponizes Surveillance to Silence Its Critics notes that, on any given day, the average person in the US is monitored, spied on and tracked in more than 20 different ways.

The authors of the article ask us to consider some of the ways the US government is weaponising its surveillance technologies to flag citizens as a threat to national security, whether or not they have done anything wrong — from flagging citizens as a danger based on their feelings, phone and movements to their spending activities, social media activities, political views and correspondence.

The elite has determined that the existential threat is you. The article Costs of War: Peterloo, written by UK Veterans for Peace member Aly Renwick, details the history of the brutal suppression of protesters by Britain’s rulers. He also strips away any notion that some may have of a benign, present-day ruling elite with democratic leanings. The leopard has not changed its spots.

As we saw during COVID, the thinking is that hard-won rights must be curtailed, freedom of association is reckless, free thinking is dangerous, dissent is to be stamped on, impartial science is a threat and free speech is deadly. Government is ‘the truth’, Fauci (or some similar figure) is ‘the science’ and censorship is for your own good.

None of this was justified. It only begins to make sense if we regard the COVID restrictions in terms of trying to deal with an economic crisis by closing down the global economy under cover of a public health crisis.

The economic crisis is making many people poorer, so they must be controlled, monitored and subjugated.

The transitions mentioned at the start of this chapter along with the surveillance agenda (together known as the ‘Great Reset’) are being accelerated at this time of economic crisis when countless millions across the West are being impoverished. The collapsing US-led financial system is resulting in an interrelated global debt, inflation and ‘austerity’ crisis and the biggest transfer of wealth to the rich in history.

Integral to this is the ‘food transition’ and the ‘climate emergency’ narrative, an intertwined commentary that has been carefully constructed and promoted (see the work of investigative journalist Cory Morningstar), and net-zero ideology tied to carbon farming and carbon trading.

The ‘food transition’ involves locking farmers (at least those farmers who will remain in farming) further into a corporate-controlled agriculture that extracts wealth and serves the market needs of global corporations, carbon trading Ponzi schemes and institutional investors and speculators with no connection to farming who regard agriculture, food commodities and agricultural land as mere financial assets. These farmers will be reduced to corporate profit-extracting agents who bear all of the risks.

This predatory commercialisation of the countryside attempts to use flawed premises and climate alarmism to legitimise the roll-out of technologies to supposedly deliver us all from climate breakdown and Malthusian catastrophe.

Meanwhile, a wealthy elite increasingly funds science, determines what should be studied, how it should be studied and how the findings are disseminated and how the technology produced is to be used.

This elite has the power to shut down genuine debate and to smear and censor others who question the dominant narrative. The prevailing thinking is that the problems humanity face are to be solved through technical innovation determined by plutocrats and consolidated corporate power.

This haughty mindset (or outright arrogance) leads to and is symptomatic of an authoritarianism that seeks to impose a range of technologies on humanity with no democratic oversight. This includes self-transmitting vaccines, the genetic engineering of plants and humans, synthetic food, geoengineering and transhumanism. 

And in India, as we have seen, it involves the imposition of policies in agriculture that, too, also lack any form of democratic oversight or debate. During the farmers’ protest in 2020-21, influential media and commentators wasted no time in attempting to portray farmers as ‘anti-national’ and the ‘enemy within’.

What we see is a misguided eco-modernist paradigm that concentrates power and privileges techno-scientific expertise (a form of technocratic exceptionalism). At the same time, historical power relations (often rooted in agriculture and colonialism) and their legacies within and between societies across the world are conveniently ignored and depoliticised. Technology is not the cure-all for the destructive impacts of poverty, inequality, dispossession, imperialism or class exploitation.

When it comes to the technologies and policies being rolled out in the agriculture sector, these phenomena will be reinforced and further entrenched — and that includes illness and poor health, which have markedly increased as a result of the modern food we eat and the agrochemicals and practices already used by the corporations pushing for the ‘food transition’. However, that then opens up other money-spinning techno-fix opportunities in the life sciences sector for investors like BlackRock that invest in both agriculture and pharmaceuticals.

But in a neoliberal privatised economy that has often facilitated the rise of members of the controlling wealthy elite, it is reasonable to assume that its members possess certain assumptions of how the world works and should continue to work: a world based on deregulation with limited oversight and the hegemony of private capital and a world led by private individuals like Bill Gates who think they know best.

Whether through, for instance, the patenting of life forms, carbon trading, entrenching market (corporate) dependency or land investments, their eco-modern policies serve as cover for generating and amassing further wealth and for cementing their control.

It should come as little surprise that powerful people who have contempt for democratic principles (and by implication, ordinary people) believe they have some divine right to undermine food security, close down debate, enrich themselves further courtesy of their technologies and policies and gamble with humanity’s future.

But the powers that be fear that the masses might once again pick up their pitchforks and revolt. They are adamant that the peasants must know their place.

However, the flame of protest and dissent from centuries past still inspires and burns bright. 


 

Chapter XIII

Reclaim the Future

 

Economist Prof Michael Hudson stated in 2014:

“It’s by agriculture and control of the food supply that American diplomacy has been able to control most of the Third World. The World Bank’s geopolitical lending strategy has been to turn countries into food deficit areas by convincing them to grow cash crops — plantation export crops — not to feed themselves with their own food crops.”

In 2019, Hudson described how debt, sanctions and the US-controlled international monetary system had backed Venezuelan president Maduro into a corner. Venezuela had become an oil monoculture, with revenue having been spent largely on importing food and other necessities, which it could have produced itself. 

In this respect, Word Trade Organization (WTO) policies and directives, debt and US-supported geopolitical lending strategies have compelled many countries in the Global South to eradicate food self-sufficiency and undermine their own food security.

The control of global agriculture has been a tentacle of US capitalism’s geopolitical strategy. The Green Revolution was exported courtesy of oil-rich interests, and poorer nations adopted Western agri-capital’s chemical- and oil-dependent model of agriculture that required loans for inputs and related infrastructure development. It entailed trapping nations into a globalised system of debt bondage, rigged trade relations and a system vulnerable to oil price shocks (this was touched on in the final chapter of Sickening Profits).  

Weaponising Food

In his book The Unsettling of America (1977), Wendell Berry  criticises the US Department of Agriculture for adopting a doctrine that treats food as an instrument of foreign political and economic speculation. Berry argues that treating food as a weapon ultimately serves the interests of large agribusiness corporations rather than farmers or consumers.

He sees the weaponisation of food as part of a larger problem where agriculture is divorced from its cultural and ecological roots, leading to numerous negative consequences. Berry’s book discusses how modern agriculture has fostered a disconnect between people and the land. He laments that farming has been reduced to a mere business venture rather than a way of life that nurtures community and culture. 

A business venture and a geopolitical weapon.

Something not lost on environmentalist Vandana Shiva who does not hesitate to label agrochemical companies as a poison cartel. She emphasises that this designation stems not only from the harmful effects of its chemicals on the food system but also from the historical connections of corporations like Bayer and BASF to warfare and chemical weapons. These companies have roots in producing toxic substances used during conflicts, including World War I and II, where they manufactured chemical agents such as chlorine gas and Zyklon B, the latter infamously used in Nazi gas chambers. 

These practices reflect a broader underlining (historical) pattern of exploitation and violence in the food system that undermines both human health and ecological integrity. 

Major agribusiness companies are deeply embedded in supranational policymaking machinery that allows them to draw up policies to serve their own interests. For instance, Monsanto played a key part in drafting the WTO Agreement on Trade-Related Aspects of Intellectual Property Rights to create seed monopolies, and the global food processing industry (Cargill) had a leading role in shaping the WTO Agreement on the Application of Sanitary and Phytosanitary Measures. The powerful agribusiness lobby has secured privileged access to policy makers to ensure its model of agriculture prevails.

And those same companies also profit from war and sovereign debt traps to gain access to markets (see, for instance, Sowing the Seeds of Famine in Ethiopia by Michel Chossudovsky). 

Hit lists, the corruption of science, profiteering and the infiltration of regulatory bodies aside (the list could go on), food cultivation — an endeavour that at its core seeks to nourish and sustain life — has been hijacked and weaponised to coerce, control and suck away life from nature and people.

And Bayer talks about ‘backwardness’, as if any of the above is progressive. But few illusions are as pervasive and pernicious as the ideology of ‘progress’ and ‘development’ that hides behind corporate lobbyist soundbites about agribusiness and its money-spinning inputs being needed to prevent mass starvation. 

Development?

This ideology, propped up by the twin pillars of techno-solutionism and technocracy has become the unquestioned truth of the age, a secular religion that promises salvation through the relentless march of technology and the wisdom of experts. 

Writer Paul Cudenec says that ‘development’:

“… is the destruction of nature, now seen as a mere resource to be used for development or as an empty undeveloped space in which development could, should and, ultimately, must take place. It is the destruction of natural human communities, whose self-sufficiency gets in the way of the advance of development, and of authentic human culture and traditional values, which are incompatible with the dogma and domination of development.”

Cudenec argues that those behind ‘development’ have been destroying everything of real value in our natural world and our human societies in the pursuit of personal wealth and power. Moreover, they have concealed this crime behind all the positive-sounding rhetoric associated with development on every level.

Indeed, the notion that human society is on an inevitable trajectory of improvement, driven by technological innovation and guided by technocratic elites, is perhaps the most insidious myth of our time. This narrative of perpetual progress is a convenient smokescreen, obscuring the stark realities of environmental degradation, social inequality and spiritual impoverishment that characterise so-called advanced civilisation.

At the heart of this ideology lies the naive belief in techno-solutionism — the misguided faith that every problem, no matter how complex or deeply rooted in social and political structures, can be solved with the right technological fix. This reductionist worldview reduces the human experience to a series of technical challenges, eagerly awaiting the next groundbreaking innovation to set things right.

Agriculture? Just invent more data-gathering apps. Poverty? Develop an app for that. This simplistic approach not only fails to address the root causes of our predicaments but actively distracts us from the necessary work of systemic change and collective action.

Hand in hand with techno-solutionism marches technocracy — the idea that society would be best governed by the rich, technical experts and engineers rather than elected representatives or, just imagine, ordinary people! This elitist vision of governance places undue faith in the objectivity and benevolence of a technocratic class, ignoring the fact that these so-called experts are just as susceptible to self-interest as any other group.

The technocratic mindset reduces the vibrant reality of human society to a series of data points and algorithms, treating citizens as variables in a grand social engineering experiment. A worldview that values efficiency over empathy, optimisation over justice and control over freedom. In this brave new world, the nuances of culture, the wisdom of tradition and the unpredictability of human nature are seen as inconvenient obstacles to be overcome rather than essential aspects of the human experience.

Proponents of this ideology of progress would have us believe that we’re living in the best of all possible worlds — or at least on the path to it with the proliferation of gadgets as irrefutable evidence of our ascent. But this narrative of continuous improvement conveniently ignores the widening wealth gap, corporate corruption, the epidemic of mental health issues, the erosion of community ties and a globalised food system that results in all manner of illness and environmental degradation. 

The obsession with technological progress and economic growth has come at a tremendous cost. Elite interests have sacrificed the health of the planet, the well-being of countless species and our own connection to the natural world on the altar of ‘development’. They traded meaningful work and genuine human connections for the hollow notion of convenience and efficiency. The quantifiable trumps the qualitative, reducing the human experience to a series of metrics.

The ideology of progress serves as a powerful tool for maintaining the status quo. By perpetuating the myth that our current corrupt system is the pinnacle of human achievement, or at least the best we can hope for (there is no alternative!) stifles imagination and is meant to induce apathy and demotivate the masses in striving to bring about meaningful change. And those who dare to question the wisdom of endless growth or propose alternative models of social organisation are censored or dismissed as naive idealists or dangerous radicals.

The tech giants and corporations that benefit most from this ideology have become the new high priests of our age, peddling their digital opiates and shiny gadgets as the path to a better future. They promise connection but deliver isolation, offer information but breed confusion and pledge empowerment while tightening the public noose of surveillance.

Reclaim the Future

Ordinary people need to reclaim their agency, get off their cell phones and reimagine their relationship with technology, viewing it as a tool to be wielded judiciously rather than a force that shapes our destiny.

We need to forge a new path that values human flourishing over ‘growth’, that prioritises ecological harmony over technological domination and that recognises the inherent worth of all beings — not just those deemed productive by the economic system.

This means challenging the state-corporate-financial- digital elite, who use their wealth, policies and technologies to wage a class war on ordinary people, while reclaiming the power to shape our societies through collective action. 

It means reevaluating our definition of progress, moving beyond simplistic metrics of economic growth to consider the true measures of human and ecological well-being. And it means appreciating the complexity of the world, recognising that not every problem has a technological solution and that some of the most valuable aspects of human existence cannot be quantified or optimised.

We find ourselves at a critical juncture where the very foundations of our food systems and, indeed, our relationship with the natural world are being systematically dismantled and reconstructed to serve the interests of a unimaginably rich elite. As we stand on the precipice of a brave new world dominated by genetically engineered crops, lab-grown meat and AI-driven farming, it is imperative that we pause and critically examine the path we are being herded down. 

The time has come to resist and reject the unchecked corporatisation and mechanisation of our food and, indeed, our lives.

The Green Revolution, once hailed as the saviour of the ‘developing world’, has instead trapped millions of farmers in cycles of debt and dependency, while reducing the nutritional value of food and decimating biodiversity.

Now, we are told that the solution to current problems lies in even more technology — gene editing, precision agriculture and artificial intelligence. But this is merely doubling down on a failed paradigm. These ‘solutions’ are not designed to address the root causes of our food crisis, but rather to further consolidate control over the food system in the hands of a few powerful corporations.

Consider the push for genetically modified organisms and the new wave of gene-edited crops. Proponents claim these technologies will increase yields and reduce pesticide use. Yet, decades of cultivation of genetically modified organisms have shown us that these promises are hollow. Instead, we have seen the rise of superweeds, increased pesticide use and the erosion of seed sovereignty as farmers become beholden to patent-holding corporations. 

Similarly, the drive towards ‘smart’ farming and precision agriculture is often presented as a path to sustainability. In reality, it’s a trojan horse for increased corporate control and farmer disempowerment. As farms become more reliant on proprietary software, expensive machinery and data-driven decision making, traditional farming knowledge is devalued, and farmers are reduced to mere operators in a system they no longer fully understand or control.

The solution lies in a return to human-scale agriculture, rooted in agroecological principles. This is not a romanticised view of the past but a forward-thinking approach that recognises the wisdom embedded in traditional farming practices while selectively incorporating appropriate technologies. Agroecology works with nature rather than against it, fostering biodiversity, building soil health and creating resilient food systems.

The push for lab-grown meat and ultra-processed, plant-based alternatives is not about sustainability or animal welfare but about wresting control of protein production from farmers and placing it in the hands of tech companies and their investors. These products, often marketed as eco-friendly solutions, are in reality energy-intensive, highly processed foods that further disconnect us from the natural world and our food sources.

In the face of this techno-industrial onslaught, we must advocate for food sovereignty — the right of peoples to healthy and culturally appropriate food produced through ecologically sound and sustainable methods and their right to define their own food and agriculture systems. This means resisting the corporatisation of our food supply, supporting local food systems and preserving the diversity of crops and culinary traditions that have nourished humanity for millennia.


 

Chapter XIV

In 1649…

 

In attempting to shape the future, we can indeed look to the past for inspiration and reclaim part of history by drawing from the radical vision and actions of ‘the Diggers’ movement (1649-1651). 

In the annals of agrarian history, one particular movement has left a profound impact on the collective imagination of food sovereignty advocates. The Diggers in 17th century England were led by the visionary Gerrard Winstanley. This radical group emerged during a period of intense social and political upheaval, offering a revolutionary perspective on land ownership and food production that continues to resonate with modern struggles for food justice.

The Diggers, also known as the True Levellers, arose in 1649, a time when England was reeling from the aftermath of civil war. Winstanley and his followers dared to imagine a different world. The group challenged the very foundations of the emerging capitalist system and the enclosure movement that was rapidly privatising previously common lands. But Winstanley’s vision was not merely theoretical. 

On 1 April 1649, the Diggers began their most famous action, occupying St. George’s Hill in Surrey, where they established a commune, cultivating the land collectively and distributing food freely to all who needed it. This act of direct action was a powerful demonstration of their philosophy in practice. 

As Winstanley declared:

“The earth was made to be a common treasury for all, not a private treasury for some.”

The Diggers, true to their name, began their movement by literally digging up unused common lands and planting crops. According to Professor Justin Champion, they planted “peas and carrots and pulses” and let their cows graze on the fields.

While the Diggers saw their actions as relatively harmless (Champion compares it to having an allotment), local property owners viewed it as a serious threat, likening it to “village terrorism”, according to Champion.

The local landowners called in troops to suppress these actions. Despite their relatively small numbers and short-lived experiments, which spread across parts of England, Champion suggests that the Diggers posed a significant ideological threat to the existing social order, challenging notions of private property and social hierarchy.

Winstanley declared: 

“Those that Buy and Sell Land, and are landlords, have got it either by Oppression, or Murther, or Theft”. 

He added:

“The Work we are going about is this, To dig up Georges-Hill and the waste Ground thereabouts, and to Sow Corn, and to eat our bread together by the sweat of our brows. And the First Reason is this, That we may work in righteousness, and lay the Foundation of making the Earth a Common Treasury for All, both Rich and Poor, That every one that is born in the land, may be fed by the Earth his Mother that brought him forth, according to the Reason that rules in the Creation.”

The backlash from local landlords was systematic. The Diggers faced beatings and arson, forcing them to move from St George’s Hill to a second site in Cobham, until they were finally driven off the land entirely. 

Writing in 1972 in his book The World Turned Upside Down, Christopher Hill, a prominent historian of the English Civil War period, suggested that the Diggers’ influence was more widespread than just their most famous colony at St. George’s Hill. He argued that from Nottinghamshire and Northamptonshire to Gloucestershire and Kent, Digger influence spread all over southern and central England.

While the actual number of people involved in Digger experiments was relatively small (estimated at 100-200 people across England), their ideas spread more widely through pamphlets and word of mouth.

This widespread influence, as described by Hill, suggests that the Diggers’ ideas resonated with people across a significant portion of England, even if actual Digger colonies were few in number.

The Diggers were a radical, biblically inspired movement that practically implemented their beliefs about common ownership of land, provoking strong opposition from the established landowners despite their generally peaceful methods.

The St. George’s Hill experiment represented a radical alternative to the prevailing economic and social order. It was an early example of what we might today call a food sovereignty project, emphasising local control over food production and distribution.  

In today’s era of industrial agriculture and corporate food systems, the Diggers’ ideas remain highly significant. Their resistance to the enclosure of common lands in the 17th century mirrors today’s struggles against corporate land grabs — and the colonising actions that underpin the likes of Bayer’s corporate jargon about the unlocking of ‘business growth’, ‘driving change management’, ‘driving market share’ and ‘creating business value’ — as well as the privatisation of seeds and genetic resources. 

The consolidation of the global agri-food chain in the hands of a few powerful corporations represents a modern form of enclosure, concentrating control over food production and distribution in ways that would have been all too familiar to Winstanley and his followers.

The Diggers’ emphasis on local, community-controlled food production offers a stark alternative to the industrial agriculture model promoted by agribusiness giants and their allies in institutions like the World Bank and the WTO Where the dominant paradigm prioritises large-scale monocultures, global supply chains and market-driven food security, the Diggers’ vision aligns more closely with concepts of food sovereignty and agroecology.

Food sovereignty, a concept developed by the international peasant movement La Via Campesina, shares much with the Diggers’ philosophy. Both emphasise the right of communities to define their own food and agriculture systems. 

The Diggers’ legacy can be seen in various contemporary movements challenging the corporate food regime. From La Via Campesina’s global struggle for peasant rights to local community garden initiatives and the work of the Agrarian Trust in the US (which provides good insight into the Diggers and their continued relevance in The Diggers Today: Enclosure, Manure and Resistance), we see echoes of the Diggers’ vision. 

Modern projects to create community-owned farms, seed banks and food cooperatives can be seen as spiritual descendants of the Diggers’ movement, aiming to reclaim food production from corporate control and put it back in the hands of communities. 

However, realising the Diggers’ vision in the current context faces significant obstacles. 

The influence of agribusiness conglomerates over key institutions and policymaking bodies presents a formidable challenge. From the World Bank to national agriculture ministries, as this book has made clear, corporate interests often shape policies that prioritise industrial agriculture and global markets over local food systems. International trade agreements and MoUs, often negotiated with minimal public scrutiny, frequently benefit large agribusiness at the expense of small farmers and local food sovereignty.

Moreover, proponents of industrial agriculture often argue that it is the only way to feed the world. This narrative, however, ignores the environmental and social costs of this model, as well as the proven productivity of small-scale, agroecological farming methods. 

The Diggers didn’t just theorise about an alternative society; they attempted to build it by taking direct action, occupying land and implementing their vision of communal agriculture.

The Diggers also understood that changing the food system required challenging broader power structures. Today’s food sovereignty movements similarly recognise the need for systemic change, addressing issues of land rights, trade policies and economic justice alongside agricultural practices. 

In this era of corporate-dominated agriculture, the Diggers’ vision of a “common treasury for all” remains as radical and necessary as ever. 

By reclaiming the commons, promoting agroecological practices and building food sovereignty, ordinary people can work towards a world where food is truly a common treasury for all.  

The Diggers recognised that true freedom and equality could not be achieved without addressing the fundamental question of who controls the land and the means of production. This understanding is crucial in the current context, where corporate control over the food system extends from land, seeds and inputs to distribution and retail.

The Diggers’ vision also challenges us to rethink our relationship with the land and with each other. In a world increasingly dominated by individualism and market relations, the emphasis on communal ownership and collective labour offers a radical alternative. 

The Diggers’ legacy challenges us to think beyond the confines of the prevailing food regime, to envision and create a world where food and land are not commodities to be bought and sold but common resources to be shared and stewarded for the benefit of all.

Their vision of a world where “the earth becomes a common treasury again” is not a quaint historical curiosity, but a vital and necessary alternative to the destructive practices of those who dominate the current food system. 

It is noteworthy that the annual Wigan Diggers Festival celebrates the life and ideas of Wigan born and bred Gerrard Winstanley and the Diggers’ Movement (see Wigan Diggers’ Festival). 

But let us finish with Leon Rosselson’s song lyrics from his 1975 song in reference to the Diggers’ movement (Billy Bragg’s version can be found here on YouTube).

The World Turned Upside Down

In sixteen forty-nine/To St. George’s Hill
A ragged band they called the Diggers/Came to show the people’s will
They defied the landlords/They defied the laws
They were the dispossessed reclaiming what was theirs

We come in peace they said/To dig and sow
We come to work the lands in common/And to make the waste grounds grow
This earth divided/We will makе whole
So it will be/A common treasury for all

Thе sin of property/We do disdain
No man has any right to buy and sell/The earth for private gain
By theft and murder/They took the land
Now everywhere the walls/Spring up at their command

They make the laws/To chain us well
The clergy dazzle us with heaven/Or they damn us into hell
We will not worship/The God they serve
The God of greed who feed the rich/While poor man starve

We work we eat together/We need no swords
We will not bow to masters/Or pay rent to the lords
We are free men/Though we are poor
You Diggers all stand up for glory/Stand up now

From the men of property/The orders came
They sent the hired men and troopers/To wipe out the Diggers’ claim
Tear down their cottages/Destroy their corn
They were dispersed/Only the vision lingers on

You poor take courage/You rich take care
The earth was made a common treasury/For everyone to share
All things in common/All people one
We come in peace/The order came to cut them down


Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Don’t Miss Out on Global Research Online e-Books! 

The Monster Behind Weather Engineering?

January 5th, 2025 by Peter Koenig

“Climate instability” is a soft term, for climate geoengineering, weather modification, extended into weather weaponizing. In other words, a crime on humanity.

Professor Michel Chossudovsky provides the historic and technical details concerning weather warfare that has been emerging slowly since WW II, and probably before.

For certain, whenever you hear “fake news” to comments and reports about geoengineering and weather weaponizing, you can be sure the so-called fake news are actually the truth. And this is the case for most everything else called “fake news”.

However, what tops it all, is the recent discovery through a former employee at the South Pole Station in Antarctica. He says, what he saw at the South Pole Station is “HAARP on steroids”. He became a whistleblower, who testified before the United States Senate.

HAARP stands for High-frequency Active Auroral Research Program. Since 2015, it is officially a University of Alaska Fairbanks project which researches the ionosphere – the highest, ionized part of Earth’s atmosphere. In reality, it has a long history of weather modification and climate geoengineering.

The researcher and whistleblower, Eric Hecker, used to work for Raytheon Technologies Corporation, an American multinational aerospace and defense conglomerate, at the South Pole Station. In a 15-minute interview by Redacted, he reveals the existence of a MASSIVE weather machine at the South Pole Station. The interview, which details what Mr. Hecker experienced at the South Pole Station, is mind-blowing. It “makes the HAARP project look like a baby project.”

The weather machines at the South Poles Station can control earthquakes and the weather, alias climate. They can fabricate and direct earthquakes, hurricanes, typhoons, cyclones just about anywhere in the world. In addition, there is a giant UFO control tower, also called a neutrino control tower.

Neutrinos are tiny subatomic particles, often called ‘ghost particles’ because they barely interact with anything else. Neutrinos can be used as high-frequency energy transmitters. Earthquake or storm forming energy can be beamed literally anywhere in the world.

Mr. Hecker talks about precisely targeted earthquakes and storms. 

See and listen to this earth-shaking interview by Redacted of 11 October 2024.

With this prelude, the recent category 3 to 5 devastating hurricanes hitting North Carolina and Florida, as well as the typhoons Bebinca and Yagi, hitting China and other Asian countries, are easily explained. 

In late September, Hurricane Helene, a category 5 Hurricane, hit five US States, Florida, Georgia, South Carolina, North Carolina, Tennessee, and Virginia, killing way over 300 people.

Hurricane Helene was a near-record-breaking storm. Winds and rainfall together turned the tornado into an almost unimaginable disaster that stretched more than 800 kilometers inland from the Florida coast.

“Helene” devastated and flooded Asheville, North Caroline. Strangely, Asheville sits on billions worth of lithium.

Asheville counts about 100,000 inhabitants and is on about 700m elevation – it is unusual that such elevations are flooded to the extent Asheville was inundated (see picture by Asheville Free Press).

Two companies, Piedmont Lithium and Albemarle Corp., plan to open lithium mines in the State of North Carolina in the coming years. Lithium is a metal used to power batteries for electric vehicles, smartphones, and laptop computers – and, of course, “war electronics”.

Guess who controls both of these companies? Right – BlackRock and Vanguard.

See the incisive analysis and video of Greg Reese

Click here to watch Greg Reese’s video

Click here to watch Greese’s video

Last Wednesday night, 9 October, another weird, record Hurricane “Milton” hit the Florida coast, close to Siesta Key near Tampa, moving inwards towards Mexico, devastating Tampa, Florida, killing at least 23 people. The hurricane was downgraded from an original maximum strength category 5 to a level 3 when it made landfall, and later further down to a category 1 storm.

According to the utility tracker “Find Energy”, some 1.3 million customers were still without electricity on Saturday throughout Florida. See the report by CBS

No surprise, Bill Gates owns much of Tampa’s inner city’s renaissance landmark $3.5 billion Water Street Tampa project. Co-investor is Jeffrey Vinik (owner of the city’s professional hockey team, the Tampa Bay Lightning). The 55-acre mixed-use development project at the heart of the city’s downtown corridor recently received the title as North America’s first WELL: 

Certified Community, thanks to its sustainability and livability standards. That seems to fit perfectly into the UN Agenda 2030.

The Water Street Tampa project redefines a booming downtown area, taking advantage of the city’s prime waterfront setting. See this.

It is said that Bill Gates intends on making Tampa a 15-minute city. 

While fool proof the evidence is scanty, what looks like targeted storms, raises many questions. Geoengineering and weather manipulation is on the mind of ever more people. Keeping the narrative of “conspiracy theory” alive, is ever more difficult. People are waking up.

They are connecting the dots between the crisscrossed chemtrails skies, extreme hurricanes, and unpredictable severe weather variations, from cold to hot, to rain, to sunny, foggy, hail – an unusual and unhealthy mix. And now, with the interview by Redacted with Eric Hecker, even destructive killer-earthquakes are no longer mysteries.

Here is what is said about Hurricane Helene – with the potential multi-billion dollars lithium mining in the Asheville, NC, region: see video below.

See also this and this and this.

*

As to Hurricane “Milton”, Paul Craig Roberts notices that it evolved in such an unusual way that it didn’t seem real. See this.

The following 14 minute-video provides a history of the amazing ability to intensify and radically change the path of hurricanes.

Concluding, weaponizing weather and climate, makes nuclear war superfluous. “Weather” and earthquakes can be targeted to specific areas as in war.

Also, avoiding nuclear wars avoids nuclear radiation and nuclear fallouts that can last from a few decades to thousands of years, and may affect the commandeering elite, as much as the common plebs.

What We, the People, want to avoid is nuclear war and weaponized weather and / or climate.

We do not want wars of any kind.

We seek Peace and the Light that will bring Peace. 

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Birds Not Bombs: Let’s Fight for a World of Peace, Not War 

Peter Koenig is a geopolitical analyst and a former Senior Economist at the World Bank and the World Health Organization (WHO), where he worked for over 30 years around the world. He is the author of Implosion – An Economic Thriller about War, Environmental Destruction and Corporate Greed; and co-author of Cynthia McKinney’s book “When China Sneezes: From the Coronavirus Lockdown to the Global Politico-Economic Crisis” (Clarity Press – November 1, 2020). 

Peter is a Research Associate of the Centre for Research on Globalization (CRG). He is also a non-resident Senior Fellow of the Chongyang Institute of Renmin University, Beijing.

The book Godless Fake Science demonstrates that much of the scientific narrative we have been taught from our school days onwards, is based on falsehood, and that the institution of ‘science’ itself has in many ways been hijacked by financial interests seeking to advance their own narrative and agenda. This article explores the controversial subject of fluoridation of public water supplies. Is the rationale for water fluoridation another example of bogus science being inflicted upon people? Is this so-called healthy policy, in fact just the opposite? Is water fluoridation simply another sick deception?

According to Mary Hilary at the organization Fluoride Free Water Ireland, the ‘prescription’ for artificial water fluoridation in the Republic of Ireland is now 64 years old as the population has been living under compulsory artificial water fluoridation policy since 1965.

According to Dr. Jenny Goodman. an ecological medical doctor, everyone using fluoridated water is being dosed daily with toxic chemicals that are hazardous and displace the iodine in your thyroid and other areas. Are artificial  water  fluoridation  toxic  additives safe   for  human  consumption? The organization Fluoride Free Water Ireland is opposed to artificial water fluoridation for the reasons detailed in the informational table below:

.

.

A Landmark Legal Win in California

On September 24th 2024, a landmark ruling occurred in a 7-year legal case that was taken by ‘Moms against Fluoridation’, in the U.S. District court of the Northern District of California. According to the U.S. Fluoride Action Network on September 24, 2024 the court ruled on behalf of the Fluoride Action Network and the plaintiffs. A U.S. federal court has now deemed fluoridation an “unreasonable risk” to the health of children, and the EPA will be forced to regulate it as such. The decision is written very strongly in our favor.

It appears that the U.S. EPA will be forced to regulate it as such. The Court finds that fluoridation of water at 0.7 mg/litre (0.7 ppm), the level presently considered optimal in the U.S, poses an unreasonable risk of reduced IQ in children. The case was taken against the Toxic Substances Control Act, which is similar to the Irish Poisons Act of 1982. For detailed information on the legal process see the U.S. Fluoride Action Network website. Lead attorney Michael Connett was interviewed by journalist Derrick Broze after day 6 of trial, see the video below:

Below is an excerpt from the introduction of the ruling:

“The issue before this Court is whether the Plaintiffs have established by a preponderance of the evidence that the fluoridation of drinking water at levels typical in the United States poses an unreasonable risk of injury to health of the public within the meaning of Amended TSCA. For the reasons set forth below, the Court so finds. Specifically, the Court finds that fluoridation of water at 0.7 milligrams per liter (“mg/L”) – the level presently considered “optimal” in the United States – poses an unreasonable risk of reduced IQ in children… the Court finds there is an unreasonable risk of such injury, a risk sufficient to require the EPA to engage with a regulatory response… One thing the EPA cannot do, however, in the face of this Court’s finding, is to ignore that risk.”

Ireland also has a required level of 0.7 mg/litre (0.7 ppm), of artificial water fluoridation additives. Ireland’s own ‘Mother against fluoridation’ Mrs. Gladys Ryan took a High Court case 61 years ago, in 1963; and a Supreme Court Appeal. Both judgments were ruled against her. While compulsory artificial water fluoridation was previously thought to be safe by the Irish Government, it has now been deemed harmful in the aforementioned legal case in the U.S. It has also been rejected in most of Europe for health, legal and environmental reasons.

Fluoride Free Water Ireland has called for the repeal of the 1960 Fluoridation Act immediately, and the policy of adding toxic corrosive industrial grade unlicensed chemicals to tap water in Ireland io stop immediately. It appears there is now a legal basis for the precautionary principle to be applied, and for citizens groups to apply pressure on political parties to repeal the 1960 Fluoridation Act. 

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Don’t Miss Out on Global Research Online e-Books! 

Author: Reality Books 

www.realitybooks.co.uk

The following books are available on Reality Books and on amazon.com:

Featured image source

The establishment of the so-called “political West” has long been focused on a singular, undeniable objective: global domination.

While the world, with its diverse cultures, histories, and over 8 billion inhabitants, is a vast and complex entity, those at the helm of Western power treat it as little more than a map or globe on their desk, one that needs to be controlled, manipulated, and subjugated.

This vision for world dominance isn’t a recent development; it stretches back over a century. The seeds were sown as early as the attack on Russia in 1917, a pivotal moment in global geopolitics. The question, as always, remains: where does power truly lie?

In the Westphalian nation-state system, the measure of power has traditionally been determined by a country’s territorial size, natural resources, financial wealth, and technological prowess. By this standard, two nations stand at the top of the global hierarchy: the United States and Russia, with China emerging as a powerful economic contender.

The U.S. sees Russia, with its vast resources and geopolitical influence, as the most significant obstacle to its dominance, and Washington has shown a relentless desire to undermine Russia through any means necessary. Once Russia is neutralized, it is highly likely that the focus will turn to China, and potentially India, as well. In this pursuit, other strategic nations, including Saudi Arabia, Turkey, and Indonesia, could face instability, with the West seeking to destabilize these key players in order to expand its influence.

Many hope for a peaceful resolution to the ongoing Ukrainian crisis, but I strongly disagree with this optimistic view. The political West deliberately engineered this crisis, not with the goal of fostering peace, but rather to advance NATO’s expansion all the way to Russia’s doorstep.

The recent decision to supply Ukraine with long-range missiles is a clear indication of the West’s true intentions. These missiles are not meant to secure peace or protect Ukrainians; they are designed to provoke Russia, pushing it into further conflict. Even more concerning, Russian generals have been targeted and killed in broad daylight within Moscow itself—an unprecedented development that signals the growing intensity of this geopolitical struggle.

Beyond Ukraine, the geopolitical map continues to shift in the West’s favor.

The Russian presence in Tartus, Syria, a key Mediterranean base, has now been undermined, leaving the region vulnerable to Western-backed terrorists, including groups with ties to Al-Qaeda. In Syria, the West’s manipulation has allowed these terror groups to control large swaths of territory.

The next target in the Western crosshairs is likely to be Iran, a nation that has long resisted Western influence. The notion of an “Asian Century,” the rise of the Global South, or China’s ascent as a global superpower, is nothing more than a distraction. These narratives are mere smoke and mirrors, designed to divert attention from the true dynamics at play.

Meanwhile, Israel, a longstanding U.S. client state, continues to expand its influence, now encroaching on a so-called “Greater Syria.” The broader Middle East, once a region of strategic importance to many global powers, has become complacent, failing to resist this new wave of colonization. What we are witnessing now is the resurgence of a modern-day imperialism—a “Colonialism 2.0″—where the West, led by the United States, seeks to remake the world in its image, subordinating all nations that refuse to fall in line.

In conclusion, the grand strategy of the political West is clear: to control, dominate, and subjugate every corner of the globe, using any and all means to achieve its ends. Whether it’s through direct military action, proxy wars, or economic manipulation, the West will stop at nothing to reshape the world in its own image. The global South, the rise of emerging powers, and the hopes for peace are all secondary to this overarching goal of Western hegemony. What we are witnessing is not just a geopolitical struggle but a continuation of a centuries-old colonial project.                                                                                                                                                                                                                   

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research’s Holiday Fundraiser   

Vijaya Dissanayake is a journalist at Sri Lanka Rupavahini Corporation (SLRC), where he currently leads the Sports Unit. A graduate of the University of Kelaniya with an MA in Public Archaeology, he previously served as the Head of News at SLRC. In addition to his editorial role, Dissanayake is a regular guest on a daily current affairs TV show focused on international news.

Featured image source

Jail Time for Questioning COVID Crimes in Alberta? Part II

January 4th, 2025 by Prof. Anthony J. Hall

Read Part I:

Jail Time for Questioning Covid Crimes in Alberta. Part I


Dave Parker, Take Back Alberta, Premier Danielle Smith and the Politics of the Law

At The Arrival of Accountability event there was an important session on the state of the professional association of lawyers and judges in Alberta. What I saw in this event is evidence that efforts are underway to do to the members of the legal profession damage similar to the assault on the medical profession especially through the dictates of the Colleges of Physicians and Surgeons.

It seems that the professional associations of lawyers and of judges are being pressured to make their policies conform to the woke assertions of the principles of Diversity, Inclusion, and Equity, DIE. Someone on hight has passed down the verdict the DIE should prevail in how our laws and policies are to be interpreted and enforced. To me this analysis represented the delivery of some very bad news as delivered by Lani Rouillard and Katherine Kowalchuk of Lawyers 4 Truth as well as from Roger Song of the Council of Alberta Lawyers.

Among the politicians invited to hold forth on the main themes of Accountability were Drew Barnes, Rick Strankman, and Art Hanger. Together they wove together a fabric of commentary highlighting interactions between history and contemporary events in the Conservative and conservative politics of Alberta.

For me the final session was by far the richest and most significant component of the of the gathering. The first presenter was Dave Parker who continues to be a very high-profile member of the UCP. Dave Parker was instrumental in getting an organization known as Take Back Alberta (TBA) up and running.

I have heard Parker speak on behalf of TBA about 5 or 6 times. A big part of the story Dave Parker has to tell concerns his role in the events that led to the resignation of Jason Kenney as UCP Premier followed by the induction into the provincial government’s top job of now-Premier Danielle Smith. I recall that in the process of choosing a successor to Kenney, Parker repeatedly referred to Smith as a credible “freedom candidate.”

Parker’s main message is that our political system does make available ample provision for democratic procedures to those that are conscientious enough to show up at meetings and get themselves appointed or elected into positions great and small.

Parker frequently encourages members of his audiences to get positions on, for instance, school boards, library boards, university boards, and all manner of committees. Such committees are often the site of significant decision-making functions that take place outside the limelight.

Parker frequently condemns the majority of citizens who opt not to get involved in politics while they loudly complain about the failures of those in positions of leadership.

Dave Parker and his network of TBA friends and associates definitely got behind the candidacy of Danielle Smith. Smith adeptly took strategic advantage of this and other expressions of spontaneous community organizing by Alberta citizens who joined together in a multiplicity of fashions to lobby for the ascent of common sense over the prevailing Covidian madness.

As happened in many parts of the world, we found like-minded people in order to resist individually and collectively the unjustified masking, lock downs, school closures, jabs and mandated jabs forced on people in awkward spasms of government overreach.

Parker’s message affected me significantly. Beginning in 2020 I helped organize a local group in Lethbridge to resist the overreach. Several in our group heard Parker speak. He helped persuade us to have a look at the candidacy of Danielle Smith. When we did so, Smith established to our satisfaction that she knew what she was talking about when it came to evaluating the scores and scores of Covidian scams.

On Parker’s advice some of us joined the UCP and attended the annual meeting in Calgary in 2023. Wewere far from alone in this respect. At this stage the media was very critical of what Parker described to us as his “friendship” with Smith. In 2024 something changed significantly so that this friendship seemed to cross the line into animosity.

For sometime now, we have been getting news that the people at Elections Alberta have been trying to mire Parker in accusations and court procedures concerning alleged wrongdoing by TBA in and around the provincial election of 2022. See this.

At first Parker indicated this harassment had its origins in what he said was the high level of influence exercised by the provincial NDP in Elections Alberta. At The Arrival of Accountability event, however, Parker announced that he had radically altered his interpretation of his legal difficulties.

Parker accused Premier Smith of using her influence to push for Parker’s criminalization in order to put him in jail and get him out of the way. In his presentation Parker made vague references to other scandalous features of Smith’s premiership. He did not, however, get explicit.

In his presentation Parker dropped the news that he did give up TBA’s mailing list to Elections Alberta, something he had earlier vowed he would not do.

Some might see Parker as a witness and a symbol of the commitments Smith made concerning promised changes to health care on her way to the premier’s job. At the UCP’s AGM on Nov. 1-2, Take Back Alberta passed out a pamphlet emphasizing this theme.

.

.

Who Is Going to Do Jail Time and Who Is Going to Get Away with Murder? 

Next to Dave Parker sat panel member Marco Van Huigenbos. The two of them were quite civil together in spite of their sometime intemperate words when Van Huigenbos was Chief Financial Officer of TBA. Van Huigenbos warmly greeted Parker’s analysis. Van Huigenbos built on the word picture painted by Parker. TBA’s former CFO alleged that Danielle Smith was in the process of setting aside many of the supporters that brought her to power.

Van Huigenbos went further. He said the Premier was trying to downgrade or eliminate altogether the UCP’s grass-roots organizations. In a choice between the health agenda of Dave Parker and the pension and Heritage Fund agenda of Stephen Harper, a former PM and a leader of Alberta’s powerful Christian Zionist constituency, what option would Premier Smith choose?

Marco Van Huigenbos is widely acknowledged as one of the leaders of the protests by Truckers and others at Coutts Alberta in early 2022. This protest ran simultaneously with the Truckers Freedom Convoy’s parking protest that took place in Ottawa. Along with Alex Van Herk and Gerhard Janzen, Marco has been convicted of one count of “mischief over $5,000.”

.

.

The three are to be sentenced on 9-10 of January. It seems that in Justin Trudeau’s Canada, mischief trials can be stretched out over years. Moreover, the penalties can be astronomical with punishments as high as 10 years. The vengeful policies of Trudeau’s completely partisan federal institutions, including the CBC, continues to arouse widespread consternation inside and outside Canada.

The positive reception to the analysis, policies and actions of the Freedom Convoy, especially internationally, contrast dramatically with the current Prime Minister Trudeau’s chronic Covidian dementia which is still being expressed in Canada’s politicized courts.

The mischief trials of Tamara Lich, Chris Barber, and Pat King of the Freedom Convoy have become a disreputable circus events marking the vindictiveness of Justin Trudeau and his Liberal Party judicial appointees. The trials mark a new low in the politicization of the tainted criminal justice system in Canada, a pattern of debasement that will probably be replicated in the sentencing of Van Huigenbos, Van Herk and Jensen. See this.

Their mischievous punishment follows the outrageous jail sentencing in the Lethbridge Court House of the Coutts 2. Both Anthony Olienick and Chris Carbert received a 6-and-a-half-year criminal sentence from a judge after a jury found the accused NOT guilty of the main charge against them.

At The Arrival of Accountability event, Marco Van Huigenbos and Dave Parker joked together. They pictured Premier Smith’s as if she would be happy getting them both out of the way locked up in prison. The common themes in the experiences of both Van Huigenbos and Dave Parker illustrate the wide breadth of the implications of the government role in the promoting and mandating the clot shots.

In retrospect, those engaged in the activism of Freedom Convoy made a point in trying to get in the way of the high-level Covidian crimes committed by the likes of Justin Trudeau, Chrystia Freeland, Bill Gates, Klaus Schwab, and Anthony Fauci.

Will Anthony Fauci be pardoned by Joe Biden for his COVID crimes while Coutts 4 and then 2 were denied bail so that they were kept in prison for two years without being convicted of anything.

The Coutts 2 were then were sentenced to six-and-a-half year after a jury found them innocent of the main charge.

The Crown’s legal transgressions arising from the Coutts protest are deeply intertwined with the issues facing Premier Smith in her mishandling of public health issues and juridical issues addressed at The Arrival of Accountability event.

The manufactured COVID crisis continues to cast an extremely broad shadow over Alberta and many other jurisdictions. All the crimes against humanity that took place worldwide during the WHO-declared pandemic continues to constitute the systematically-neglected elephant that inhabits a major place in main theatre of global geopolitics.

Those who demonstrated at Coutts and at Ottawa were doing an important public service in a life-and-death situation that to this day is still being criminally misrepresented by most of the big media venues. Already in early 2022 some of the Truckers along with their supporters and allies were pointing to the lethal results that would probably flow from submitting to the injection of the mandated kill shots.

During the period of Danielle’s Smith’s journey to her status as the leader of the Party with the majority of seats in the Alberta Legislature, it is clear she was watching the public health crisis very closely. I was probably doing her own independent research on the subject rather than simply depend on MSM reports as many politicians do.

Danielle Smith had made herself an integral part of Alberta’s freedom movement where there was a broad understanding of the warning signs of the travesty in-the-making. Accordingly, by early 2022 Danielle Smith was likely well aware that the supposed COVID remedy would have lethal and injurious effects far beyond those of the real or imagined impact of the celebrity virus.

Given this background to her premiership, does Premier Smith really believe she can simply pretend not to notice the accumulating complex of unresolved issues integral to the relationship between the AHS, the Alberta Ministry of Justice, and the elected branch of the Alberta government?

The good news is that Dr. Makis has brought his formidable set of talents and skills to monitoring the situation of public health in Alberta. The bad news is that AHS is trying to jail Dr, Makis for his accusations.

If we are to have a trial in Alberta, why not make the subject of the litigation the substance of the accusations being made by Dr. Makis? Isn’t it time for top officials in Alberta in the judiciary, in the government, in the media, and in both political parties to take their heads out of the sand?

Surely such a process of investigation and arbitration would serve Albertans better than simply giving the AHS and the Premier’s Office a license aimed at making Dr. Makis shut up and go away. Are these outcomes being advanced by threatening Dr. Makis with jail time?

Will Dr. William Makis or the Covidian Culprits Go to Jail?

To Read the complete article by Professor Anthony Hall click here 

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research’s Holiday Fundraiser 

This article was originally published on Looking out at the World from Canada.

Dr. Anthony Hall is currently Professor of Globalization Studies at the University of Lethbridge in Alberta Canada. He has been a teacher in the Canadian university system since 1982. Dr. Hall, has recently finished a big two-volume publishing project at McGill-Queen’s University Press entitled “The Bowl with One Spoon”.

He is a Research Associate of the Centre for Research on Globalization (CRG).

Featured image is from the author

Che Anno Sarà il 2025? Promemoria del 2024

January 4th, 2025 by Manlio Dinucci

Nel 2024 Svezia e Finlandia hanno concesso agli Stati Uniti 32 basi militari in cui possono schierare proprie forze, anche nucleari, a ridosso della Russia. Contemporaneamente gli Stati Uniti hanno schierano le nuove bombe nucleari B61-12.in Italia, Germania, Belgio, Paesi Bassi e Turchia. È possibile che le B61-12 siano segretamente dislocate anche in Polonia e altri paesi europei.  Inevitabile la risposta della Russia: essa ha schierato in Bielorussia armi nucleari tattiche in grado di colpire le basi nucleari USA-NATO in Europa. 

Il presidente Biden ha autorizzato l’Ucraina a usare contro la Russia missili ATACMS con gittata di oltre 300 km. Poco dopo la Gran Bretagna ha autorizzato l’Ucraina a usare contro la Russia missili Storm Shadows a lungo raggio, alla cui produzione partecipa anche l’Italia con la Leonardo. A questo punto la Russia ha colpito un impianto aerospaziale militare ucraino con il nuovo missile ipersonico Oreshnik a testate multiple non-nucleari, armabile anche di testate nucleari.  

Il decreto sulla la revisione della dottrina nucleare russa stabilisce al punto 2 che “l’aggressione da parte di qualsiasi Stato non nucleare, ma con il coinvolgimento o il sostegno di uno Stato nucleare, sarà considerata un attacco congiunto alla Russia.” L’Italia rientra nella categoria definita al punto 2: pur essendo un Paese non-nucleare aderente al Trattato di non-proliferazione che le proibisce di ricevere da chicchessia armi nucleari, ospita sul proprio territorio armi nucleari statunitensi dirette contro la Russia, al cui uso sotto comando statunitense è pronta l’Aeronautica italiana .L’Italia e altri paesi europei nella stessa situazione (Germania, Belgio, Olanda) rientrano quindi nella deterrenza nucleare russa, ossia missili nucleari russi vengono puntati sulle basi nucleari in Italia. .

 Resta il fatto che, mentre i missili USA a raggio intermedio schierati in Europa possono colpire Mosca in pochi minuti dal lancio, analoghi missili schierati dalla Russia nella parte europea del proprio territorio possono colpire le capitali europee ma non Washington.

Lo scenario europeo è strettamente collegato a quello mediorientale. Quando il 7 Ottobre 2023 si è verificato l’attacco di Hamas contro Israele, Grandangolo titolava “L’11 Settembre del Medioriente”, in base a una serie di fatti che dimostravano l’esistenza di un piano analogo a quello che, l’11 Settembre 2001, era servito a scatenare la “guerra globale al terrorismo” che aveva portato all’invasione dell’Afghanistan e dell’Iraq da parte degli Stati Uniti e della NATO. Il piano attuato da Hamas il 7 Ottobre 2023 era noto da un anno ai capi di Israele, che non sono stati colti di sorpresa dall’attacco ma lo hanno agevolato. L’attacco del 7 Ottobre è servito a giustificare l’apertura di un vasto fronte di guerra nella regione strategica del Medioriente con il duplice obiettivo di cancellare i Territori Palestinesi, scatenando un genocidio per rendere impossibile la creazione di uno Stato Palestinese, e di innescare una reazione a catena di conflitti in Medioriente attaccando il Libano, lo Yemen, la Siria.

 Israele è la punta di lancia con cui gli Stati Uniti e le potenze europee cercano di conservare con la guerra il predominio in Medioriente, dove stanno perdendo terreno. Principale obiettivo nel loro mirino è l’Iran, divenuto snodo strategico del Corridoio di trasporto Nord-Sud fino in India e oltre, con cui la Russia aggira il blocco attuato da NATO e UE, e allo stesso tempo snodo strategico della Nuova Via della Seta dalla Cina all’Europa. 

Per comprendere la gravità della situazione, che il ministro Tajani cerca di nascondere raccontando agli Italiani la storiella dei “missili vecchi a cui hanno rifatto un po’ il trucco”, occorre anzitutto avere chiaro che cosa siano gli Euromissili.  Sono missili con gittata tra 499 km e 5.000 km, schierati dagli Stati Uniti in Europa negli anni Ottanta: i missili balistici Pershing 2 in Germania Occidentale e quelli da crociera Tomahawk in Italia (a Comiso), Gran Bretagna, Germania Occidentale, Belgio e Olanda, a cui l’Unione Sovietica contrapponeva i missili balistici SS-20 schierati sul proprio territorio nella Russia Europea.  Questa pericolosissima categoria di armi nucleari, progettata per lo scontro nucleare ravvicinato, era stata eliminata dal Trattato sulle Forze Nucleari Intermedie (INF) firmato nel 1987 dai presidenti Gorbaciov e Reagan. Nel 2014, mentre con il putsch di piazza Maidan la NATO dà il via al nuovo confronto con la Russia, l’amministrazione Obama ha accusato Mosca senza alcuna prova di aver sperimentato un missile da crociera della categoria proibita e nel 2019 (durante l’amministrazione Trump) gli Stati Uniti si sono ritirati dal Trattato INF.

Da quel momento gli Stati Uniti hanno ripreso la produzione di missili a raggio intermedio da schierare in Europa a ridosso della Russia, camuffandoli da missili destinati a proteggere l’Europa dalla “minaccia nucleare russa”.

La Russia ha risposto producendo missili come l’Oreshnik da schierare nella parte europea del proprio territorio. Resta il fatto che, mentre i missili USA a raggio intermedio schierati in Europa possono colpire Mosca in pochi minuti dal lancio, gli analoghi missili schierati dalla Russia nella parte europea del proprio territorio possono colpire le capitali europee ma non Washington. Avendo chiaro questo scenario, è fondamentale capire quale sia la potenza distruttiva degli arsenali delle due maggiori potenze nucleari, USA e Russia.  Ce lo fa vedere il documentario “The True Scale Of Modern NuclearWeapons” del canale statunitense Science Time che, in base a precisi dati scientifici, mostra quali sarebbero gli effetti di un attacco nucleare USA contro Mosca e Pechino e di un attacco nucleare russo contro San Francisco e New York

l Vertice del G7 sotto presidenza italiana , organizzato dal Governo Meloni in Puglia, proclama quale sua priorità “la difesa del sistema internazionale basato sulla forza del diritto.”, dichiarando che “la guerra d’aggressione russa all’Ucraina ne ha intaccato i principi e ha scatenato una crescente instabilità, visibile nei diversi focolai di crisi”. Ciò viene dichiarato dal G7, di cui 6 membri (Stati Uniti, Canada, Gran Bretagna, Francia, Germania e Italia) sono le maggiori potenze della NATO , che ha fatto esplodere la guerra in Ucraina contro la Russia , alle quali si aggiunge il Giappone , maggiore partner della NATO in Asia Orientale contro la Cina. La messa in scena idilliaca, con cui viene presentato questo Vertice, non può nascondere il fatto che si tratta in realtà di un summit di guerra. Gli Stati Uniti hanno firmato un patto militare decennale con l’Ucraina, a cui viene concesso dal G7 un prestito di 50 miliardi di dollari per aiutarla a comprare altre armi, prestito che sarà rimborsato utilizzando gli interessi maturati sui 300 miliardi di dollari di beni russi congelati, per lo più depositati presso banche europee. I ministri della Difesa dei 6 paesi del G7 appartenenti alla NATO hanno contemporaneamente deciso di fornire all’Ucraina altri ingenti aiuti militari e di destinare 43 miliardi di dollari all’anno per continuare ad alimentare la guerra nel cuore dell’Europa.

Nel mirino del G7 non c’è solo la Russia ma l’intera organizzazione dei BRICS, quest’anno sotto presidenza russa, allargatasi da 5 a 10 membri e in ulteriore sviluppo: sono oltre 30 i paesi che vogliono entrare a farne parte. Già oggi il prodotto interno lordo dei BRICS supera quello del G7 e le previsioni del 2024-2029 indicano una crescita economica dei BRICS, dovuto in particolare alla Cina, del 44% a confronto del 21% del G7. Non potendo impedire con strumenti economici lo sviluppo dei BRICS, il G7 cerca di conservare il predominio con strumenti bellici.

Al G7 in Puglia è stato invitato Papa Francesco, per dare una parvenza di pace a questo vertice di guerra. Qui Papa Francesco ha incontrato il presidente ucraino Volodymyr Zelensky, senza dire una parola sul fatto che sta perseguitando la Chiesa Ortodossa Russa in Ucraina, da cui quella ucraina ha effettuato uno scisma , funzionale alla guerra contro tutto ciò che è russo.

Mentre il Segretario di Stato USA Blinken è in missione in Medio Oriente allo scopo dichiarato di impedire l’allargamento della guerra nella regione e ottenere un cessate-il-fuoco a Gaza, bombardieri pesanti provenienti dagli Stati Uniti attaccano lo Yemen, l’Iraq e la Siria, mirando all’Iran, e Israele attacca Rafah, divenuto un enorme campo profughi, dove cecchini israeliani sparano anche ai civili feriti in attesa fuori da un ospedale.In tale situazione nasce l’iniziativa “Mobilitiamoci contro il genocidio”. Chiunque voglia contribuire a questa Campagna, sulla base delle motivazioni qui esposte, lo può fare iscrivendosi al canale Telegram https://t.me/Mobilitiamocicontroilgenocidio.

MOBILITIAMOCI CONTRO IL GENOCIDIO!

Noi esponenti della società civile dell’Italia – Paese la cui Costituzione ripudia la guerra come strumento di offesa alla libertà degli altri popoli e come mezzo di risoluzione delle controversie internazionali – sosteniamo la denuncia, corredata da un’ampia documentazione delle prove, presentata dalla Repubblica del Sudafrica alla Corte Internazionale di Giustizia delle Nazioni Unite contro lo Stato d’Israele per il reato di genocidio nei confronti del popolo palestinese.

Esprimiamo il nostro apprezzamento per il fatto che tale iniziativa sia stata promossa dal Sudafrica, Paese che ha vissuto l’esperienza dell’apartheid, analoga a quella che sta vivendo il popolo palestinese, dalla quale il Sudafrica è uscito grazie alla lunga e dura lotta di cui Nelson Mandela è l’emblema storico.

Sottolineiamo l’importanza che l’iniziativa del Sudafrica riveste non solo per il popolo palestinese, ma per i popoli di tutto il mondo. Essa costituisce un atto concreto, in base ai principi enunciati nella Carta delle Nazioni Unite, per salvare le future generazioni dal flagello della guerra, per garantire i fondamentali diritti umani a tutti i popoli del mondo.

Ribadiamo la necessità di sostenere il ruolo della Corte Internazionale di Giustizia delle Nazioni Unite per garantire la certezza del diritto e la conseguente difesa a qualunque popolo sia vittima di una guerra di aggressione, sia privato dei suoi fondamentali diritti.

Siamo consapevoli che, in mancanza di tutto questo, prevalga il “diritto della forza” con conseguenze che, nell’era delle armi nucleari, possono essere catastrofiche per il mondo intero. Chiamiamo quindi tutte le componenti della società civile a sostenere l’iniziativa del Sudafrica alla Corte Internazionale di Giustizia delle Nazioni Unite.

l Presidente degli Stati Uniti Biden ha presentato un piano per “un cessate il fuoco duraturo” a Gaza. Esso prevede “il rilascio di tutti gli ostaggi” da parte di Hamas e allo stesso tempo “il ritiro delle forze israeliane da tutte le aree popolate di Gaza”. A questo punto “i civili palestinesi tornerebbero nelle loro case e nei loro quartieri in tutte le aree di Gaza”, ricevendo e “una accresciuta assistenza umanitaria da parte della comunità internazionale.” Inizierebbe quindi “la ricostruzione di Gaza da parte della comunità internazionale”.

In tal modo – sottolinea Biden – “Israele potrebbe integrarsi più profondamente nella regione, compreso un potenziale accordo storico di normalizzazione con lArabia Saudita, entrando a far parte di una rete di sicurezza regionale per contrastare la minaccia rappresentata dall’Iran.” Chiaro scopo del piano è quello di colpire i BRICS di cui fanno parte Russia e Cina, nei quali l’Arabia Saudita è entrata insieme all’Iran, che USA e Israele considerano il loro più pericoloso nemico nella regione. Resta comunque il fatto – conclude Biden – che “Israele avrà sempre il diritto di difendersi dalle minacce alla sua sicurezza” e che “gli Stati Uniti faranno sempre in modo che Israele abbia ciò di cui ha bisogno per difendersi”.

Il piano di Biden è perfettamente funzionale alla strategia di guerra che gli Stati Uniti attuano in Medio Oriente. Esso mantiene l’asse strategico con Israele continuando a fornirgli i più avanzati sistemi d’arma e massicce quantità di munizioni, comprese quelle con cui Israele sta radendo al suolo Gaza. Allo stesso tempo prospetta una ricostruzione di Gaza – affidata alla “comunità internazionale”, ossia principalmente a Stati Uniti, Israele, Unione Europea e G7 – che, come specifica il piano presentato da Netanyahu, consisterebbe nel “ricostruire Gaza dal nulla” trasformandola in una “massiccia zona di libero scambio” con lussuosi grattacieli, impianti ecologici a energia solare e stabilimenti per la produzione di auto elettriche.

I palestinesi sopravvissuti, ritornati nelle loro case e nei loro quartieri, vi troverebbero solo macerie e non avrebbero più alcun reale diritto di proprietà. Ne seguirebbe un inevitabile esodo di massa, mentre quelli rimasti diverrebbero semplici dipendenti delle attività impiantate a Gaza dalla “comunità internazionale”. Verrebbe così cancellato il Territorio Palestinese di Gaza, insieme a quello della Cisgiordania, cancellando la Palestina come Stato.

Lo confermano le testimonianze, pubblicate in questi giorni dal Wall Street Journal, di giovani soldatesse israeliane addette alla sorveglianza della barriera elettronica attorno a Gaza. “Per mesi – riporta il WSJ – esse avevano avvertito i loro superiori ripetutamente che il gruppo militante islamico Hamas sembrava stesse preparando un grande attacco.

Le loro preoccupazioni erano state ignorate. Al momento dell’attacco le donne hanno lanciato avvertimenti urgenti alle truppe sul campo. Quando più di 150 militanti hanno invaso la loro base, a circa mezzo miglio da Gaza, hanno iniziato a chiamare freneticamente aiuto. Nessuno è arrivato. Alla fine, 15 soldatesse di questa base sono state uccise e 7 portate come ostaggi a Gaza.

Principale obiettivo nel loro mirino è l’Iran, divenuto snodo strategico del Corridoio di trasporto Nord-Sud fino in India e oltre, con cui la Russia sta vanificando il blocco attuato da NATO e UE, e allo stesso tempo snodo strategico della Nuova Via della Seta dalla Cina all’Europa. Le conseguenze dell’attacco all’Iran che Israele sta preparando col pieno sostegno militare di Stati Uniti e Nato sarebbero gravissime. Un attacco agli impianti petroliferi iraniani provocherebbe uno shock petrolifero globale. Ancora più pericoloso per la diffusione di radioattività sarebbe un attacco agli impianti nucleari iraniani, sotto controllo ONU perché l’Iran ha aderito al Trattato di non-proliferazione nucleare, mentre Israele, unica potenza nucleare della regione, non lo ha fatto ed è quindi fuori controllo.

Come un incendio che si propaga autoalimentandosi, la guerra condotta da Israele in Medio Oriente continua a espandersi. A Gaza proseguono gli attacchi aerei e terrestri, che hanno reso questo territorio inabitabile provocando oltre 50.000 morti, tra cui circa 20.000 bambini, e oltre 100.000 feriti in gran parte destinati a morire perché Israele ha distrutto gli ospedali. Incalcolabile il numero di morti provocati da Israele privando la popolazione palestinese di cibo, acqua potabile e medicine.

Contemporaneamente Israele sta “ridisegnando” la Cisgiordania, demolendo intere sue parti con i bulldozer, uccidendo e terrorizzando la popolazione con continui rastrellamenti. Si contano già circa 1.000 morti e 6.000 feriti tra i civili. Con un metodico genocidio, condannato dalla Corte Internazionale di Giustizia dell’ONU, Israele sta demolendo i Territori occupati che costituiscono lo Stato palestinese. Lo fa impunemente perché è sostenuto politicamente e militarmente dagli Stati Uniti e dalla NATO. La guerra condotta da Israele sta ora investendo il Libano: prima gli attacchi mirati a capi politici e militari degli Hezbollah, quindi la strage con cercapersone e walkie-talkies esplosivi, seguita da attacchi aerei e terrestri indiscriminati, in cui vengono usati anche proiettili al fosforo bianco contro insediamenti civili.

Il bilancio è di oltre 700 morti in quattro giorni. Particolarmente grave per le sue implicazioni è l’attacco terroristico con cercapersone e walkie–talkies esplosivi. “Israele ha costruito un moderno cavallo di Troia”, titola il New York Times, ricostruendo nelle linee essenziali il piano attuato dai servizi segreti israeliani: hanno usato una società con sede in Ungheria, la B.A.C. Consulting, che aveva l’incarico di produrre i dispositivi per conto di una società taiwanese. Insieme a quelli ordinari sono stati prodotti cercapersone e walkie-talkies dotati di batterie contenenti un potente esplosivo. Essi hanno cominciato ad essere spediti agli Hezbollah in Libano nel 2022. Sono stati fatti esplodere il 17 e 18 settembre, provocando decine di morti e migliaia di feriti gravi anche tra le persone che si trovavano accanto.

Le conseguenze di questo attacco terroristico compiuto da Israele vanno al di à del contesto in cui si è svolto. A questo punto l’intera rete mondiale di fabbricazione e distribuzione di prodotti elettronici – tra cui cellulari, tablet, computer – può essere usata da chiunque per attentati terroristici di matrice politica o criminale. Molti produttori di elettronica esternalizzano la fabbricazione dei componenti, il che rende difficile tracciare e verificare la provenienza di ogni singolo pezzo del prodotto finale. Ciascun prodotto, quindi può essere trasformato in un’arma letale.

Manlio Dinucci

VIDEO :

Moral evangelists in power preaching about democracy and human rights resemble dowdy advocates of family values.  When given a chance, they will wander, leaving their principles aside like unwanted impediments.  This was certainly the case regarding various Western powers and their relationships with secular authoritarian powers in North Africa and the Middle East.

For a stretch, leaders such as Libya’s Muammar Gaddafi and Iraq’s Saddam Hussein were indispensable in keeping fiery Islamic fundamentalists in check, usually through means of killing, torture and detention.  In doing so, sectarian and tribal divisions were patched up, keeping revolution at bay.  Business could be undertaken, the corporations of the West kept happy.  In time, these same figures fell out of favour in the most expeditious fashion.  Gaddafi and Saddam became tabloid villains and cartoon grotesques, worthy of overthrow for their sudden threats to international security and butchering their own people.  The ideologues in Washington and Downing Street seized the day with a canned, stupid enthusiasm, placing the grey world upon a Procrustean bed of values.

In 2004, Bashar al-Assad, now the former leader of Syria, was not regarded as a despot crying out for overthrow by democracy inebriates.  The list of achievements his regime did boast, however, was one of torture and the crushing of dissent, a specialty of his father Hafez’s three-decade rule.  Having come to power in 2000, there were suggestions, coming largely from Britain, that a fruitful relationship might be formed with Bashar.

UK diplomats were most enthused of all by these Levantine prospects, expressing admiration, according to documents obtained by Declassified UK in 2021, at Bashar’s “desire for modernisation” and the continuing “drive against corruption, instigated before his father’s death”.  They also swooned at Hafez’s record (the Hama massacre of 1982 is skipped over), one that saw “improved living standards, especially among the rural population”.

A convinced UK Prime Minister Tony Blair, just over a month after the September 11, 2001 attacks on US soil by Al Qaeda operatives, made the first trip by a British leader to Syria.  This was followed by a visit by Bashar and his wife, Asmaa, which also involved an audience with the late Queen Elizabeth II and the then Prince of Wales, the current King Charles III.

The desire to engage Damascus was further invigorated by problems posed by the dottily catastrophic invasion of Iraq in March 2003 by US-led forces, charged with finding weapons of mass destruction they never did.  The swift defeat of Iraq’s military forces in conventional combat, along with Saddam’s hurried exit, did little to stimulate peaceful instincts and turn swords into ploughshares.  A fractured Iraq, sundered by faction and sect, became a beacon for jihadist causes.  The group Baghdad had been baselessly accused of cavorting with, Al Qaeda, became a genuine threat to US troops and their allies.   Foreign fighters, including a certain Islamist Abu Mohammed al-Jolani, now famed as the man who overthrew Assad, hit his strides with them.  In 2004, he was, along with associates, on the verge of establishing an Iraqi branch of the organisation.  A worried Blair was desperately on the search for allies.

Prior to Blair’s journey to Washington to meet President George W. Bush, a briefing note by the government released on December 31, 2024 by the UK National Archives charts the nature of Downing Street’s interest:

“Our primary concern remains the flow of terrorists into Iraq through Syria.  We are pushing the Syrians hard to accept a visit from a team of senior officials from the FCO [Foreign and Commonwealth Office], SIS [Secret Intelligence Service, or MI6] and MOD [Ministry of Defence] to address the issue.” 

Additionally, it was also hoped that “an intelligence relationship which we hope will bear fruit” might arise.

Then British Foreign Secretary Jack Straw sought out the offices of his counterpart Farouk al-Sharaa, writing to him “urging early cooperation on stemming the flow of terrorists entering Iraq through Syria.”  The released note does little to indicate whether the Assad regime provided any such assistance, though some contextual relevance of this point was provided in October 2004 when talks were held between Straw and al-Sharaa.  The Syrian foreign minister was particularly keen to swat any suggestions, largely coming from Washington, that Syrian territory was being used as a staging ground for a Sunni insurgency in Iraq led by former senior Ba’ath Party official Mohammed Younis al-Ahmed.

While concerns were expressed about recruits crossing into Iraq from Syria, Bashar’s regime, along with those in Egypt and Libya, opened another front of cooperation to Bush and Blair.  The regimes in question offered useful sites of collaboration in interrogating and torturing individuals suspected by Western intelligence agencies of being terrorist suspects.  The British proved particularly sordid in this regard, bookishly seeking assurances from various governments via “memoranda of understanding” that they would not, when receiving such suspects, be tortured.

It was almost axiomatic that countries with true and tried records of torture were ones happily agreeing to reassurances they had no interest in observing: Jordan in August 2005; Libya in October that year, and Lebanon a month later.  A chilling observation by former CIA operative Robert Baer to the New Statesman in May 2004 is worth recalling:

“If you want a serious interrogation, you send a prisoner to Jordan.  If you want them to be tortured, you send them to Syria.  If you want them to disappear – never to see them again – you send them to Egypt.”  

In an echo of history, the current UK government has found a new man of transactional worth in Damascus.  The great usurper, Jolani, has taken Bashar’s place.  His Al Qaeda and Islamic State past is being strategically sanitised, the revolutionary made good and useful.  The assurances (that word again) of his Islamist group, Hay’at Tahrir al-Sham (HTS), itself a jihadist organisation of various iterations, including the Nusra Front, have been noted by UK Foreign Secretary David Lammy.  These include a commitment to protecting the rights of minorities in Aleppo, Hama and Damascus, and an undertaking “to co-operating with the international community over monitoring chemical weapons.”

Lammy promises that HTS will be judged “by their actions”, their conduct monitored “closely” in terms of how they treat civilians under their control.  But as Albion has shown in the past with bright ease, actions can be discounted when expediency demands it.  The spots of a leopard may never change, but they can be conveniently ignored.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Dr. Binoy Kampmark was a Commonwealth Scholar at Selwyn College, Cambridge.  He currently lectures at RMIT University.  He is a Research Associate of the Centre for Research on Globalization (CRG). Email: [email protected]

Featured image source

First published by Global Research in August 2015

Short Introductory Note on The History of Nazism 

This article was written more than 8 years ago, focussing on the Azov Battalion’s Neo-Nazi Children’s Summer Training CampsThe extensive crimes committed against Ukrainian children are barely acknowledged by our governments and the media,

In the words of the late John Pilger (May 1, 2023) referring to Ukraine’s Neo-Nazi regime:

“The rise of fascism in Europe is uncontroversial. Or ‘neo-Nazism’ or ‘extreme nationalism’, as you prefer. Ukraine as modern Europe’s fascist beehive has seen the re-emergence of the cult of Stepan Bandera, the passionate anti-Semite and mass murderer who lauded Hitler’s ‘Jewish policy’, which left 1.5 million Ukrainian Jews slaughtered. ‘We will lay your heads at Hitler’s feet,’ a Banderist pamphlet proclaimed to Ukrainian Jews. (John Pilger, May Day 2023)

The tacit support of Neo-nazism in Ukraine by Western governments is not a recent post World War II phenomenon. The history of both World War II and “the inter-War period” (1918-1939) has a direct bearing on today’s Neo-nazism.

The unspoken truth is that the hegemonic role of Wall Street and the American dollar in the wake of World War I was the driving force behind the development of Nazi Germany. The Treaty of Versailles (signed in 1919) required Germany to pay 132 billion gold marks (US$33 billion at the time) in reparations.

This multibillion dollar debt payed a key role. Hitler’s Election Campaign was endorsed by the Federal Reserve and the Bank of England:  

“On January 4th, 1932, a meeting was held between British financier Montagu Norman (Governor of the Bank of England), Adolf Hitler and Franz Von Papen (who became Chancellor a few months later in May 1932). At this meeting, an agreement on the financing of the Nationalsozialistische Deutsche Arbeiterpartei (NSDAP or Nazi Party) was reached.

This meeting was also attended by US policy-makers and the Dulles brothers, something which their biographers do not like to mention.”

(For more details See Yuri Rubtsov, May 14, 2016)

The Azov Battalion’s Children’s Summer Training Camps  

These innocent Ukrainian young kids trained and indoctrinated in the Azov summer camp in 2014-2015  are now (2023) adolescents, in their mid to late teens, recruited by the Nazi Azov Battalion to “Fight The Russians”.

A 2017 NBC Report entitled “Ukraine’s Hyper Nationalist Summer Camp for Kids” documents the existence of  the Summer camps, where kids of 9 years old are recruited and later enlisted in the Azov Battalion.

“In 2014, a group of armed Ukrainian civilians known as the Azov Battalion banded together to fight pro-Russian separatists for control of the country. Three years later, they’ve been absorbed by the National Guard of Ukraine, and when they’re not engaged in the ongoing conflict, they run an annual children’s summer camp featuring pro-Ukrainian campfire songs, rigorous military drills, and a hardline stance on national identity.”

The NBC report confirms that the Nazi Azov Battalion was integrated into Ukraine’s National Guard (in fact it was not in 2017 but several months following EuroMaidan in November 2014). The National Guard is under the jurisdiction of Ukraine’s Ministry of  Internal Affairs, which has the mandate (in coordination with the Ministry of Defense) of  waging military operations against the separatist provinces of Donesk and Luhansk. The Azov Battalion is now part of the recently created “Offensive Guard”

The NBC report is careful not to associate the Azov Battalion with Nazism. They are called Ultra-Nationalists. There is ample evidence that these Summer camps are intent upon instilling Nazi ideology in young children. See report below. 

And Ukraine’s Nazi Azov Battalion has been generously supported from the outset by both the U.S. and Canada. This a crime against humanity, a crime against Ukrainian children, who are now adolescents recruited to fight in Kiev’s counteroffensive. 

On June 15-16, 2024, 2024 delegates from 90 countries will be meeting at the Bürgenstock resort near Lucerne, in the context of a Peace Conference organized by the Swiss government to which Russia was not invited.

Our governments not only refuse to invite Russia to this event, their fake peace-making endeavour consists in supporting Ukraine’s 21st Century Neo Nazi regime.

 

Michel Chossudovsky, Global Research, June 13, 2024


Zelensky is Jewish. He supports the Nazi Azov Battalion, the two Nazi parties, which have committed countless atrocities against the Jewish community in Ukraine.  

He belongs to a Russian-Jewish family. He was brought up as a native Russian speaker, who until recently was not fluent in Ukrainian.

For details see: 

Video: A Jewish-Russian Proxy President: Zelensky Transformed into a Nazi.

By Prof Michel Chossudovsky and Silview Media, September 24, 2023

Video: NBC’s Short Documentary. Does not Refer to Nazism

 

 


Introduction

Unknown to most Americans and Canadians, the US government is channeling financial support, weapons and training to a Neo-Nazi entity –which is part of The Ukraine National Guard– The Azov Battalion (Батальйон Азов). Canada and Britain have confirmed that they also are providing support to the National Guard.

The Azov Battalion -which “officially” displays the Nazi SS emblem– (below left) is described by the Kiev regime as “a volunteer battalion of territorial defense”. It’s a National Guard battalion under the jurisdiction of the Ministry of Internal Affairs, the equivalent of America’s Homeland Security. 

Officially based in Berdyank on the Sea of Azov, the Azov battalion was formed by the regime to fight the opposition insurgency in the Donbass region. (Eastern and Southern Ukraine).  

Military Training of Young Children to fight the Russians

The Azov battalion supported by its Western partners is not only involved in para-military operations in Eastern Ukraine. According to reports including the Kyiv Post (Ukraine mainstream media), it is running a Summer Camp military training project for young children as part of its broader training and indoctrination program.

According to RT:

“The camp was established to show the children that there are things in life besides school and mobile devices and to “give them our love,” Oleksii, a platoon commander in the Azov battalion and instructor at the camp, told Ukrainian ICTV channel. “One has to be strong; has to be courageous to defend the territorial integrity of our motherland,” he added.” (RT report)  

Western media sources (quoted by the Kyiv Post) confirm that children as young as six years old  (see images below) are participating in the Azov Summer Camp located in the Vodytsya district outside Kyiv.

The text on the banner reads: Iдея B Нації, сила В тобі:  broadly translated: The Idea of the Nation, The Power within You

The above photos confirm that many of the children are in fact young kids rather than adolescents.

The Kyiv Post –which blames the Western media for its biased coverage– nonetheless acknowledges the diabolical nature of the military training project:

… this particular camp is run by the Azov Battalion founded by lawmaker Andriy Biletsky, its former commander. Located in the wooded area of Kyiv’s Pushcha Vodytsya district, kids at this summer camp aren’t just playing soldiers – they’re getting actual military training from soldiers who have fought on the front line in Russia’s war against Ukraine.

Named Azovets, the camp has been the subject of negative coverage in the Russian media, pro-Russia websites and even U.K. tabloid The Daily Mail.

“Neo-Nazi summer camp: Ukrainian kids taught to shoot AKs by Azov battalion members (PHOTOS),” reads Kremlin-controlled RT’s headline for its story about the camp.

“Shocking pictures from inside neo-Nazi military camp reveal recruits as young as SIX are being taught how to fire weapons (even though there’s a ceasefire),” reads the headline in the Daily Mail’s sensationalized and inaccurate article. (Kyiv Post, August 29, 2015)

While the Kiev regime denies that Azov is a Neo-Nazi entity, the logos of both the Azov batallion as well as the Avovets Summer Camp (displayed on the Summer Camp T shirts) bear the symbol of the Nazi SS Wolfsangel with shadows of “the Nazi Black Sun” in the background.

© vk.com/tabir.azovec

Wolfsangel logo on the T Shirts with SS Reich’s division symbol

© vk.com/tabir.azovec

© vk.com/tabir.azovec

Recruitment of Child Soldiers

The Summer Camp training program constitutes the first stage of the recruitment of child soldiers in derogation of international law.

Invariably, the recruitment of child soldiers implies a training program which familiarizes young children with the use of light automatic weapons.

The military trainers are part of the Azov paramilitary dispatched to the Summer Camp (see the Nazi SS insignia on his uniform below):

 Nazi tatoo insignia on Azov trainer’s arm 
 
© vk.com/tabir.azovec
© vk.com/tabir.azovec

© vk.com/tabir.azovec© vk.com/tabir.azovec

© vk.com/tabir.azovec

© vk.com/tabir.azovec

© vk.com/tabir.azovec

© vk.com/tabir.azovec

The Kyiv Post article describes in detail the nature of the “Neo-Nazi Summer Camp”. What the reports confirm is that an entity under the jurisdiction of  Ukraine’s National Guard (financed by the Ukraine Ministry of internal Affairs) is training and indoctrinating small children in the art of warfare:

The Azovets summer camp accepts children of Azov Battalion members, as well as kids from Kyiv’s nearby Obolon district and further afield. It opened on June 22, runs weeklong programs of activities for groups of 30 to 40 kids. Officially, it is for children aged from nine to 18, but there are kids as young as seven there. A few of the kids had already attended it for several weeks in a row.

What makes the camp most controversial is that it’s run by Azov fighters, some of whom have been labeled as far-right supporters and neo-Nazis. Critics say the battalion’s symbol is an inverted Wolfsangel that has oblique but uncomfortable associations with Nazism.

In previous interviews with Ukrainian media, Biletsky says the symbolism is misunderstood. The letters “N” and “I” make up Azov’s insignia, which he says stand for “national idea.”

Biletsky founded a neo-Nazi group in Ukraine called the Social-National Assembly, and there certainly are neo-Nazis among the battalion’s ranks, some sporting Nazi tattoos. Some media have reported that up to 20 percent of Azov’s fighters are neo-Nazis, though the battalion’s press officers are always at pains to emphasize that Azov, as a military formation, does not share the ideology of its founder Biletsky, or indeed have any ideology other than fervent patriotism.

When the Kyiv Post visited the Azovets camp on Aug. 19 the kids were busy with a range of activities, including stripping down and assembling AK-47 assault rifles, target practice (with air guns), tackling assault courses, and practicing combat poses and patrolling. They also take part in various sports and games, do rappelling and climbing, and practice other more traditional scouting and woodcraft skills like tying knots.

© vk.com/tabir.azovec

“I’ve been here only for three days, but I’ve realized that it’s not a camp where you just play games. We’re getting military training here,” one of the kids at the camp told the Kyiv Post.

Out in the forest next to the camp, a group of kids was getting some weapons safety advice from an Azov trainer.

“Do you know what would happen if you kept your fingers on the trigger? If it were a real gun, you could kill your comrades. So, don’t do it!” the trainer barks.

“Yes sir!” the kids answer.

The children then practice medically evacuating wounded soldiers from the battlefield.

The militaristic atmosphere at the camp, including strict discipline, has plainly influenced some of the children.

“I got my hair cut really short yesterday,” says one boy. “Just because I want it. I look more like a soldier now.”

Two older kids, who, like many of the children at the camp, have taken noms de guerre (Medic and Physicist) in imitation of Ukraine’s real soldiers, said they now wanted to join the Azov Battalion.

“I want to defend my homeland. There are comrades who support my idea. I think that if it’s necessary, I will fight,” 17-year old Physicist told the Kyiv Post.

The children at the camp are organized into four groups, depending on their age, with each group overseen by a trainer and caregiver. The camp’s day starts early, at 7 a.m. sharp, and ends at 11 p.m. The children sleep in tents.

Access to Azov’s own website and supporting websites was closed off to the public last September when the battalion was integrated into the National Guard of Ukraine, but the camp has a page on the Russian social network Vkontakte (https://vk.com/tabir.azovec) where it is promoted, and where people can apply to become volunteers, or contact the camp to send their children there.

“The Mission of the Camp: To form the Ukrainian of a new era – a patriot, who is ready to actively participate in building and defending Ukraine,” the page’s description reads.

The military-patriotic songs that the children sing every day as a part of the camp’s program do seem to be one of the more popular activities for the kids. Late at night, sitting around a blazing campfire, they belt out their favorites – patriotic songs dating back to Ukraine’s previous struggles for independence in the early- to mid-20th century.

The Kyiv Post listened to the words of one of the songs. Its lyrics were about Ukrainian soldiers defeating their enemies.

Today that enemy is Russia. A boy who sits on a log softly whispers: “I want that this war will end and we will kill all the Russians.” (Kyiv Post, August 29, 2015, emphasis added)

( To read the full article by Kyiv Post staff writer Faina Nakonechnaya click here )

US Military Aid

This diabolical endeavor, which incites hate by innocent children against ethnic Russians as well as opponents of the Kiev regime is broadly supported by US military aid channelled to the Ukraine National Guard via the Ministry of Internal Affairs. The MIA coordinates the “anti-terrorism operation” (ATO) in Donbass.

While the US Congress has adopted amendments to its “Department of Defense Appropriations Act of 2015.” to block the training of the Azov battalion’s Neo-Nazis, in practice the money trickles down.

Moreover, in addition to military aid channelled under the jurisdiction of the Pentagon, the California National Guard has established a partnership with the Ukraine National Guard, which includes the Azov Battalion:

The California–Ukraine State Partnership Program (SPP) Mission [under the auspices of the California National Guard] is to promote democracy, free market economies and military reform, by establishing long-term institutional affiliations … The California – Ukraine partnership directly supports both the goals of the US Ambassador to Ukraine and Commander, U.S. European Command. …  (Office of Defense Cooperation (ODC), Chief: LTC Tracey D. Rueschhoff)

Scroll down for Selected Images of the Azov Battalion “Freedom Fighters” 

These are the people who are training Ukrainian kids to handle AK 47s at the Neo-Nazi Summer Camp. Its all for a good cause: “the flowering of democracy” in the words the New York Times.

Imagine what would happen if  the California National Guard were to display swastika-like symbols on its uniforms.

California National Guard, October 2013. Firefighting in Southern California

  • Posted in English, Mobile, NO READ MORE LINK
  • Comments Off on Ukraine’s “Neo-Nazi Summer Camp”. Military Training for Young Children, Para-military Recruits

Important article first published on November 19, 2024

This article is also available in Spanish. Scroll down for Spanish AI Translation

¿Biden realmente autorizó ataques de largo alcance más profundos dentro de Rusia? NYT Citando “Funcionarios Anónimos”

por Drago Bosnic

hacia abajo para ver la traducción IA en español

***

In the past 24 hours, a shockwave of panic was unleashed after reports emerged about the United States allegedly allowing the usage of its long-range missiles against Russia.

The New York Times, an infamous neoliberal mouthpiece, broke the story first, which was then quoted by hundreds of other major media outlets worldwide. Understandably, people everywhere are quite worried, as President Vladimir Putin made it perfectly clear that the Kremlin would consider NATO a party to the conflict if its members allowed the use of their long-range missiles for attacks deeper within Russia.

The report comes a bit over two months after Putin’s warning and just two months before Donald Trump is slated to take office after he defeated the disgraced DNC candidate Kamala Harris.

.

Screenshot from the NYT

.

Quoting unnamed US officials, the authors of the NYT report, namely Adam Entous, Eric Schmitt and Julian E. Barnes, claim that “President Biden has authorized the first use of US-supplied long-range missiles by Ukraine for strikes inside Russia” and that “the weapons are likely to be initially employed against Russian and North Korean troops in defense of Ukrainian forces in the Kursk region of western Russia”.

The alleged decision to allow the usage of these missiles, specifically the ATACMS, “came in response to Russia’s surprise decision to bring North Korean troops into the fight”, the authors say, once again quoting the “anonymous officials”. The report then admits that even the Neo-Nazi junta frontman Volodymyr Zelensky is yet to confirm these claims, raising further doubts.

“Today, many in the media are talking about the fact that we have received permission to take appropriate actions,” Zelensky said, adding: “But blows are not inflicted with words. Such things are not announced. The rockets will speak for themselves.”

This peculiar statement can surely be interpreted as a threat, but its ambivalence cannot be ignored either.

This certainly wouldn’t be the first time that the Kiev regime is using the mainstream propaganda machine for geopolitical purposes, as “PR victories”, particularly in the wake of Russian advances across the frontline, are one of the staples of its strategy. The NYT is essential for the promotion of the Neo-Nazi junta’s narrative, which explains the rather unclear information in the “hit piece”. Namely, Biden was never quoted saying or approving anything. Worse yet, not a single name of the “US officials” quoted in the report was provided. In fact, not even the terms such as “anonymous” or “unnamed” are used. All we have is “US officials”, which is unprofessional reporting, at best.

Once again, quoting these mysterious “officials”, the authors claim that “while the Ukrainians were likely to use the missiles first against Russian and North Korean troops that threaten Ukrainian forces in Kursk, Mr. Biden could authorize them to use the weapons elsewhere”. In other words, they have no idea whether Biden said that the ATACMS can be used deeper within Russia, as the Kursk oblast (region) certainly doesn’t fit into that category, being a border area. In addition, the authors added that “some US officials said they feared that Ukraine’s use of the missiles across the border could prompt President Vladimir V. Putin of Russia to retaliate with force against the United States and its coalition partners”. Again, rather peculiar statements by these phantom “officials”, as Putin was quite clear already.

Funnily enough, the report then quotes “other US officials” who allegedly said that “they thought those fears were overblown”. In other words, the claims of the three NYT authors are an utter mess, to put it mildly. They have no verifiable sources, no documents that can be linked or quoted and not even a third-hand account of who said what and when. All we’re getting is a bunch of speculation by anonymous people who can’t even agree whether they think the threat of thermonuclear annihilation is real or “overblown”. Worse yet, these same “US officials” admit that the ATACMS will not be a game changer, although they’re still ready to risk war with Russia over their delivery. Such dichotomy in the opinions of these “US officials” further raises serious questions about the veracity of the report.

The “unnamed officials” also think the Kiev regime “could use the ATACMS to strike Russian and North Korean troop concentrations, key pieces of military equipment, logistics nodes, ammunition depots and supply lines deep inside Russia”. Once again, we see another ambivalent statement. Namely, how would the Neo-Nazi junta forces know which Russian unit is slated to be deployed in the Kursk oblast and what difference would that make? Anything could be interpreted as “vital” to Russian fighting capabilities in the area. What’s more, the report says that “some Pentagon officials opposed giving [the ATACMS] to the Ukrainians because they said the US Army had limited supplies. Some White House officials feared that Mr. Putin would widen the war if they gave the missiles to the Ukrainians”.

The authors even admit that some of Biden’s security advisers had “seized on a recent US intelligence assessment that warned that Putin could respond to the use of long-range ATACMS on Russian soil by directing his military or spy agencies to retaliate, potentially with lethal force, against the United States and its European allies”. As previously mentioned, this is something that President Putin said and then reiterated at least once, demonstrating that he isn’t bluffing. Thus, it didn’t require any intelligence assessments, as it was quite literally all over the news. Still, the report says that “the assessment warned of several possible Russian responses that included stepped-up acts of arson and sabotage targeting facilities in Europe, as well as potentially lethal attacks on US and European military bases”.

It would seem that the mainstream propaganda machine is becoming increasingly desperate when it’s ready to stir up such serious rumors. On the other hand, the possibility of the political West trying to probe the Kremlin shouldn’t be excluded either. European NATO members are already trying to push the lame-duck Biden administration to authorize long-range strikes deeper within Russia, which is certainly a concerning prospect. However, there’s still no official confirmation that Washington DC went ahead with this. In fact, American ISR (intelligence, surveillance, reconnaissance) is still absent from the Black Sea region, meaning that relaying real-time data to facilitate long-range attacks on the Russian military would be nearly impossible (for the time being, at least).

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Don’t Miss Out on Global Research Online e-Books! 

This article was originally published on InfoBrics.

Drago Bosnic is an independent geopolitical and military analyst. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

Featured image: President Joe Biden travels to Kyiv, Ukraine Monday, February 20, 2023. (Official White House Photo by Adam Schultz)


¿Biden realmente autorizó ataques de largo alcance más profundos dentro de Rusia?

NYT Citando “Funcionarios Anónimos”

por

Drago Bosnic

 

En las últimas 24 horas, se desató una ola de pánico luego de que surgieran informes sobre que Estados Unidos supuestamente permitía el uso de sus misiles de largo alcance contra Rusia.

El New York Times, un tristemente célebre portavoz neoliberal, fue el primero en publicar la noticia , que luego fue citada por cientos de otros importantes medios de comunicación de todo el mundo. Es comprensible que la gente de todo el mundo esté bastante preocupada, ya que el presidente Vladimir Putin dejó perfectamente claro que el Kremlin consideraría a la OTAN parte en el conflicto si sus miembros permitieran el uso de sus misiles de largo alcance para ataques en zonas más profundas de Rusia.

El informe llega poco más de dos meses después de la advertencia de Putin y solo dos meses antes de que Donald Trump asuma el cargodespués de derrotar a la candidata caída en desgracia del DNC, Kamala Harris .

.

Captura de pantalla del NYT

.

Citando a funcionarios estadounidenses anónimos, los autores del informe del NYT, a saber, Adam Entous, Eric Schmitt y Julian E. Barnes, afirman que “el presidente Biden ha autorizado el primer uso de misiles de largo alcance suministrados por Estados Unidos por parte de Ucrania para ataques dentro de Rusia” y que “es probable que las armas se empleen inicialmente contra las tropas rusas y norcoreanas en defensa de las fuerzas ucranianas en la región de Kursk, en el oeste de Rusia”.

La supuesta decisión de permitir el uso de estos misiles, en concreto el ATACMS, “se produjo en respuesta a la inesperada decisión de Rusia de incorporar tropas norcoreanas al combate”, afirman los autores, citando una vez más a “funcionarios anónimos”. El informe admite además que ni siquiera el líder de la junta neonazi, Volodymyr Zelensky, ha confirmado aún estas afirmaciones, lo que plantea aún más dudas.

“Hoy en día, muchos medios de comunicación hablan de que hemos recibido permiso para tomar las medidas adecuadas”, dijo Zelenski, y añadió: “Pero los golpes no se dan con palabras. Esas cosas no se anuncian. Los misiles hablarán por sí solos”.

Esta peculiar declaración seguramente puede interpretarse como una amenaza, pero tampoco puede ignorarse su ambivalencia.

Sin duda, no sería la primera vez que el régimen de Kiev utiliza la maquinaria propagandística dominante con fines geopolíticos, ya que las “victorias de relaciones públicas”, en particular tras los avances rusos en la línea del frente , son uno de los elementos básicos de su estrategia . El NYT es esencial para la promoción de la narrativa de la junta neonazi, lo que explica la información poco clara del “artículo de propaganda”. Es decir, nunca se citó a Biden diciendo o aprobando nada. Peor aún, no se proporcionó ni un solo nombre de los “funcionarios estadounidenses” citados en el informe. De hecho, ni siquiera se utilizan términos como “anónimo” o “sin nombre”. Todo lo que tenemos es “funcionarios estadounidenses”, lo que es un informe poco profesional, en el mejor de los casos.

Una vez más, citando a estos misteriosos “funcionarios”, los autores afirman que “aunque era probable que los ucranianos utilizaran los misiles primero contra las tropas rusas y norcoreanas que amenazan a las fuerzas ucranianas en Kursk, el señor Biden podría autorizarlos a utilizar las armas en otros lugares”. En otras palabras, no tienen idea de si Biden dijo que los ATACMS se pueden utilizar más profundamente dentro de Rusia, ya que la región de Kursk ciertamente no encaja en esa categoría, al ser una zona fronteriza. Además, los autores agregaron que “algunos funcionarios estadounidenses dijeron que temían que el uso de los misiles por parte de Ucrania al otro lado de la frontera pudiera impulsar al presidente ruso Vladimir V. Putin a tomar represalias con la fuerza contra Estados Unidos y sus socios de coalición”. Una vez más, declaraciones bastante peculiares de estos “funcionarios” fantasmas, como Putin ya fue bastante claro.

Curiosamente, el informe cita a continuación a “otros funcionarios estadounidenses” que supuestamente dijeron que “creían que esos temores eran exagerados”. En otras palabras, las afirmaciones de los tres autores del NYT son un completo desastre, por decirlo suavemente. No tienen fuentes verificables, ningún documento que se pueda vincular o citar y ni siquiera un relato de tercera mano sobre quién dijo qué y cuándo. Todo lo que tenemos es un montón de especulaciones de personas anónimas que ni siquiera se ponen de acuerdo sobre si creen que la amenaza de aniquilación termonuclear es real o “exagerada”. Peor aún, estos mismos “funcionarios estadounidenses” admiten que el ATACMS no cambiará las reglas del juego, aunque siguen dispuestos a arriesgarse a una guerra con Rusia por su lanzamiento. Esta dicotomía en las opiniones de estos “funcionarios estadounidenses” plantea aún más serias dudas sobre la veracidad del informe.

Los “funcionarios anónimos” también creen que el régimen de Kiev “podría utilizar el ATACMS para atacar concentraciones de tropas rusas y norcoreanas, piezas clave de equipamiento militar, nodos logísticos, depósitos de municiones y líneas de suministro en el interior de Rusia”. Una vez más, vemos otra declaración ambivalente. Es decir, ¿cómo sabrían las fuerzas de la junta neonazi qué unidad rusa está programada para ser desplegada en el óblast de Kursk y qué diferencia haría eso? Cualquier cosa podría interpretarse como “vital” para las capacidades de combate rusas en la zona. Es más, el informe dice que “algunos funcionarios del Pentágono se opusieron a entregar [el ATACMS] a los ucranianos porque dijeron que el ejército estadounidense tenía suministros limitados. Algunos funcionarios de la Casa Blanca temían que Putin ampliara la guerra si entregaban los misiles a los ucranianos”.

Los autores incluso admiten que algunos de los asesores de seguridad de Biden habían “aprovechado una reciente evaluación de inteligencia estadounidense que advertía que Putin podría responder al uso de ATACMS de largo alcance en suelo ruso ordenando a sus agencias militares o de espionaje que tomaran represalias, potencialmente con fuerza letal, contra Estados Unidos y sus aliados europeos”. Como se mencionó anteriormente, esto es algo que el presidente Putin dijo y luego reiteró al menos una vez, demostrando que no está mintiendo . Por lo tanto, no requirió ninguna evaluación de inteligencia, ya que estaba literalmente en todas las noticias. Aún así, el informe dice que “la evaluación advirtió sobre varias posibles respuestas rusas que incluían actos intensificados de incendios y sabotajes dirigidos a instalaciones en Europa, así como ataques potencialmente letales a bases militares estadounidenses y europeas”.

Parece que la maquinaria propagandística dominante se está volviendo cada vez más desesperada cuando está dispuesta a avivar rumores tan serios. Por otro lado, tampoco debe excluirse la posibilidad de que el Occidente político intente sondear al Kremlin. Los miembros europeos de la OTAN ya están tratando de presionar a la administración Biden, que está en el poder, para que autorice ataques de largo alcance en zonas más profundas de Rusia , lo que sin duda es una perspectiva preocupante. Sin embargo, todavía no hay confirmación oficial de que Washington DC haya seguido adelante con esto. De hecho, el ISR (inteligencia, vigilancia y reconocimiento) estadounidense todavía está ausente de la región del Mar Negro  , lo que significa que la transmisión de datos en tiempo real para facilitar ataques de largo alcance contra el ejército ruso sería casi imposible (al menos por el momento).

*

Haga clic en el botón para compartir a continuación para enviar por correo electrónico o reenviar este artículo a sus amigos y colegas. Síganos en Instagram  y  Twitter y suscríbase a nuestro canal de Telegram . No dude en volver a publicar y compartir ampliamente los artículos de Global Research.

¡No te pierdas los libros electrónicos de Global Research Online! 

Este artículo fue publicado originalmente en InfoBrics .

Drago Bosnic  es un analista geopolítico y militar independiente. Colabora habitualmente con Global Research.

Imagen destacada: El presidente Joe Biden viaja a Kiev, Ucrania, el lunes 20 de febrero de 2023. (Foto oficial de la Casa Blanca por Adam Schultz)

I don’t harbour the least doubt that an attack by the United States and Israel against the Islamic Republic of Iran would inevitably evolve towards a global nuclear conflict.

The World’s peoples have an obligation to demand of their political leaders their Right to Live. When the life of humankind, of your people and your most beloved human beings run such a risk, nobody can afford to be indifferent; not one minute can be lost in demanding respect for that right; tomorrow will be too late.”Fidel Castro Ruz (October 15, 2010)

LISTEN TO THE SHOW

 Click to download the audio (MP3 format) 

As 2025 opens up, concern swirls around major powers confrontations, most notably in Ukraine-Russia and in the looming encounter between Israel and Iran. [1]

In the former, the usage of long-range missiles aimed deep into Russia by the United States, France and the United Kingdom triggered Russia’s decision to reconsider its nuclear doctrine and consider NATO members as directly involved in the war in Ukraine. Some elements of the Neo-Nazi government in Kiev are reportedly salivating at the prospect of firing nukes at their adversaries in Russia because, in the words of S14 leader Yevhen Karaas: “Ukraine is ready for nuclear war.” [2]

In the latter, the Syrian government was overthrown and replaced by Western-backed jihadists. They are right next door to Iran and could plausibly stir up trouble for their new neighbours similar in many respects to their adversarial counterparts in “The Borderland.” Israel has nukes and Iran also could have them. [3]

There was also recently an incident in South Korea involving the president attempting to launch swarms of drones at Pyongyang in an attempt to create a pretext for rule by martial law. Had he succeeded, the Korean Peninsula may well be a radioactive ashtray by now. [4]

In January of 2024, nearly one year ago, the Bulletin of Atomic Scientists set the Doomsday Clock at 90 seconds to midnight – the closest we have ever come to global catastrophe. [5]

No one is talking about the likelihood of an event which, unless people around the world put a stop to it fast, will catapult everyone and everything we know into a thermonuclear fireball from which absolutely no one can expect to escape. At Global Research we are committed to warning listeners of the dangers we face on this planet and endeavouring to alert as many people as possible to ways we can strive to peel the D-Clock’s minute hand back on this start to the new year episode of the Global Research News Hour.

In our first half hour, we are joined by intrepid Canadian anti-war activist Tamara Lorincz to talk about the UN Treaty on the Prohibition of Nuclear Weapons, and a Canadian petition to have the Treaty finally signed and ratified by Canada. In addition, we will discuss the other actions being taken in Canada at a time when few people seem to be paying attention to the threat of nuclear war.

In our second half hour, Drago Bosnic joins us to explain in more detail the multiple threats of war alive and unfortunately well this coming year. He talks about some of the factors that could give global citizens a fighting chance to ultimately avert the atomic horror and shows us the stakes if we fail.

Tamara Lorincz is a long-time member of the Canadian Voice of Women for Peace.  Tamara is also a member of the Women’s International League for Peace and Freedom-Canada. As well, she is on the advisory committee of the Global Network Against Weapons and Nuclear Power in Space, World Beyond War and the No to War, No to NATO Network. Tamara was awarded the Rotary International World Peace Fellowship in 2013. In addition to her activism, Tamara is currently a PhD candidate at the Balsillie School of International Affairs at Wilfrid Laurier University in Waterloo, Ontario.

Drago Bosnic is a military and geopolitical analyst, regular author on Global Research and a frequent guest on the Global Research News Hour radio program. In December 2024, he received an award for his writings on geopolitical analysis and on nuclear war from the Mexican Press Club.

(Global Research News Hour episode 455)

LISTEN TO THE SHOW

 Click to download the audio (MP3 format) 

Transcript of Drago Bosnic, January 2, 2025

Global Research: In your writing, you mentioned several different vantage points by which a nuclear war could be triggered. One was in the Russia-Ukraine-NATO conflict. One was in the Middle East after nuclear-armed Israel targeted Iran.

And one was actually in South Korea just last month. Maybe you could start there, because our listeners may not know too much about a nuclear strike possibly occurring there. It’s not the first thing that comes to mind.

Could you remind our listeners of essentially what happened in Korea and why?

Drago Bosnic: Well, I want to remind people about the strange and unexpected martial law that was imposed in the country by President, now removed, President Yoon. What people didn’t know is that he wanted to start a sort of a confrontation with North Korea to justify this martial law. And he wanted to stay in power, and he needed a reason to do that, to accomplish that.

And of course, how else are you going to accomplish that without having an actual emergency, a nationwide emergency. And for some reason, he and the people around him thought that it was a good idea to try to challenge the nuclear-armed North Korea into some sort of an attack. And for months before the martial law was imposed, North Korea was talking about these sudden drone incursions into the North, including Pyongyang, that were coming from the South. And these news were completely discarded by everyone.

Everybody was saying that North Korea was lying and that this was an overreaction and they were trying to find a reason to attack South Korea and so on and so on. And when the martial law happened in South Korea, it was essentially discovered that these attacks were true. And these were launched on the orders of the former, now disgraced, South Korean Defense Minister, who even tried to commit suicide while in prison, obviously to avoid the embarrassment of having to admit that he actually listened to the orders from the president and that he ordered these drones to be launched.

And of course, he couldn’t explain it, like why would you want to launch drones in North Korea, a country that could obliterate South Korea in minutes? And of course, he had no viable explanation for that. And this is why he tried to commit suicide. And then we have the situation that the government was, I mean, that the government tried to block the parliament from taking over the country from this tyrannical government that was essentially trying to cause this war.

And there was also a tacit US support, because the US government doesn’t want the US government in South Korea to have normal relations with either China or North Korea, because that removes the necessity for the US military to be there. And of course, this is a massive problem, because for South Korea, South Korea needs good relations with all of its neighbors, including China and North Korea, not just for security reasons, but also for economic reasons, especially in terms of its relations with China. China is a huge market for South Korea.

It’s also an important trading partner. And of course, it’s an important market for South Korean pop culture. So there are very important growing ties between two countries.

And if there is a very compliant pro-US government in Seoul, then the US doesn’t have to worry about that. The US can still use South Korea as a power projection point, not just towards North Korea, but also to China. And we can see that the US is ready to go to all lengths, regardless of how dangerous those moves are, to ensure that its vassals are kept in place and that they are compliant.

And the fact that in all three places that you mentioned, the Middle East, Russia, Ukraine, and of course, East Asia, in all three places, it’s ready to go to the length of nuclear war just to ensure that its global power remains untouched, or it wants to increase it, essentially. So we can see that the people who are running the show in Washington, DC, they’ve become verifiably insane, if they ever were normal. So I know it’s a strong word, but I have no other way to describe it, because whoever promotes nuclear war cannot be a sane person.

GR: Yeah. Well, I know with what happened in Syria last month, I mean, that came to a lot of people as a surprise, certainly came to me as a surprise, because I thought it was mostly resolved. I mean, is there another point that could potentially lead to war, like maybe something more targeting China in the East Pacific, or is it just the three scenarios?

DB: Of course.

Of course. I mean, there’s also the issue in the South China Sea, where there’s the Philippines and Vietnam, and these other countries that have these disputes over the islands and territorial waters. But of course, all of these could be resolved.

It’s not a death or life issue. The problem is the U.S. wants to use all of these countries as sort of like a forward operating base that could be used to limit China’s influence or to hurt China, because right now in the Philippines and also in Japan, we have the U.S. installing the previously banned medium and intermediate range missiles, all of which could be nuclear tipped or nuclear armed if you want. And the issue is, of course, China is going to have to respond to this in kind, which means all of these countries will suddenly become potential targets for a nuclear strike or a retaliatory nuclear strike by China.

And again, any sane leader or a sovereign leader, at least, would want to avoid this. So the issue is for a country the size of Japan, no matter how big it is or how unimportant of an economy it is, it doesn’t have sovereignty, because why would you want to get nuked? Why would you want to have bases or nuclear weapons that are targeting another nuclear power that could easily retaliate? Because it’s not the U.S. the thing to suffer the consequences of something like that. It’s going to be the local people, the Filipinos, the Japanese, the South Koreans or whoever.

And then in the end, all of us, because at some point, a country like China is going to say, OK, enough is enough. We understand that we cannot deter the U.S. in the region. So we’re going to try to deter the U.S. globally.

And of course, if the U.S. thinks it can compartmentalize conflict, that’s a very optimistic way of looking at things, because nuclear powers are not going to allow the U.S. or anyone else to destroy them and then leave the U.S. unscathed. It doesn’t work like that. The U.S. is going to be targeted directly, which is why I’m saying that these people in Washington, D.C. are insane, because they’re risking the lives of 330 million Americans and the lives of 8 billion people around the world simply by pushing their aggression against the world.

It’s sort of like the world is essentially at a breaking point because these people cannot think straight.

GR: Of the two major conflicts that we’ve, in our program, we have followed in detail, there’s one being Ukraine now having the right from the United States to fire long-range missiles into Russia and the ongoing essentially terrorist tactics they’re using. And Russia may be firing Oreshniks, and that seems to be escalating all the time.

But you also have the Middle East with basically Iran basically engaging Israel for the first time several months ago, and then now they’re going into Syria, which is kind of a launching pad for new escalations by some terrorist factions, the ISIS people. I’m wondering, which of those scenarios do you think is the more likely to evolve to the nuclear use scenario, do you think?

DB: Well, I think it’s going to depend on how the U.S. and its allies and vassals and satellites in the region will react to Iran, because Iran right now is under a lot of pressure because it is, with the fall of Syria to these terrorist proxies, Iran is cut off from its allies in Lebanon, specifically Hezbollah, and of course this is going to be a big issue for them. There’s also the problem that, as you mentioned, there are terrorists who are now expanding in the region, and for them the concept of state borders means nothing, and all they want is to create chaos and death and destruction, and of course for them this is also a personal matter.

It’s not just about religion, it’s about their personal desire to gain money and power, and they can get this if it’s given by the U.S. and its allies in the region. So, we can see an incursion into Iraq very soon, because Iraq is essentially an ally of Iran, because its PMU units, these Shia militias, are part of the Iraqi military, they are very well connected with the Iranian military, so that means that the Sunnis and these other Takfiri terrorists, as they’re called, they have the interest to go into Iraq. And of course, this could destabilize the country for God knows which time in the last 40 years.

We’ve seen everything from the Iran-Iraq war during the Saddam era, to invasions, of course, of Iraq, and then we had the ISIS uprising in 2013-14, which escalated to the destruction of pretty much half of the Middle East in the last 10 years or so. So, what we see now is another rise of ISIS, it’s just rebranded into other things like HTS and Free Syrian Army and so on and so on. And then, if Iraq falls, or if it’s pushed into another destabilization, then Iran doesn’t have any other choice except to push back directly, which could be the reason for what is called a casus belli for the U.S. and Israel and these other countries to directly attack Iran.

And at this point, we don’t know if Iran has nuclear weapons. There are some indications that it’s building some nuclear warheads, or that it’s very close to being able to. And then, of course, we have the U.S. and Israel, both of which are nuclear armed.

So, this brings us to another level of escalation that might lead to nuclear war, and in turn, it could also lead to global nuclear war, because countries like Russia and China cannot allow such destabilization of the Middle East and of the multipolar world, because Iran now is part of not just BRICS, but also the SCO, or Shanghai Cooperation Organization, which is extremely important for Eurasian security, because Iran is the country that prevents these terrorists from moving into Central Asia and affecting the global security and geopolitical and geostrategic security of Russia and China. And these things are going to affect the world. And it might seem that it’s not something that concerns any of us, but it actually does, because we have no idea how global powers are going to react to those events, and it could lead to nuclear war.

GR: You’re familiar with the scenario of Churia, Nemezi, and so on, back in 2006. Nearly 20 years later, there have been some changes, I think, that need to be revised in order to launch a so-called successful nuclear war.

I mean, for instance, Russia appears to be a lot more of a threat to the U.S. single power status than it was before, and they’ve developed much more powerful missiles. Could you go over some of the things that maybe the U.S. war planners need to keep in mind so that we’re not launching a war that’s so 2005, if you know what I mean? Yeah.

DB: This specific document was declassified later on, and of course, we know what they were thinking then.

It’s almost a certainty. I mean, it’s pretty much a certainty that they already have updated versions of this document for 2025, and 2026, and 2030 probably, so I’m pretty sure they got that covered. They’ve updated their programs.

That’s for certain. The problem is, from what I was able to see, many people in the Pentagon think that they can win a nuclear war, including against a country like Russia. They’ve been talking about these so-called decapitation strikes, not just against smaller countries, but even against Russia, and even against China.

One of the things they wanted to do, which is why I mentioned the connection between the U.S. and South Korea, they know that they could use South Korean territory to hit Beijing very fast, because Beijing is relatively close to South Korea, and the same goes for Ukraine, which is relatively close to Moscow. Of course, if they get Iraq, again, if they manage to reoccupy the country, then Tehran is essentially in range in minutes. Again, we have this veOy dangerous concept that you can win a nuclear war, even against countries which have the largest nuclear arsenal in the world, that being Russia, obviously.

You mentioned Oreshnik. The Oreshnik is a conventionally armed IRBM, or intermediate-range ballistic missile, but it can always be nuclear-armed, because what most people don’t know is nuclear warheads are actually lighter than conventional warheads. A thousand-kilogram nuclear warhead could have the destructive power of hundreds of Hiroshima bombs.

On the other hand, if you put a regular conventional explosive on it, it can destroy, let’s say, a military base or certain parts of military infrastructure that’s very important. The point is, if the Russians decide to respond in that way to this NATO aggression from Ukraine, essentially, where they’re using these long-range missiles to strike Russia, Russia could certainly do that. Russia could launch a conventional strike with the Oreshnik at a certain NATO military base, but NATO doesn’t have such weapons.

What can NATO do to respond? It could launch a nuclear strike on Russia, and then, of course, Russia launches its own nuclear strike. This is where things could escalate. This is why it’s impossible to predict or control the level of escalation in nuclear war.

The dangerous idea is that many in the Pentagon think they can do that. They have this so-called escalate-to-de-escalate strategy, where they think if they inflict enough damage, they could force a certain country to surrender, but why would any country surrender if it has a tool to ensure its own sovereignty and independence? In this case, in the case of Russia, they have around 6,000 thermonuclear warheads, so how are you going to control the escalation with a country like that? They might try that with Iran. Let’s say Iran makes 10 nuclear warheads.

They fire all 10. Now, the US and Israel and NATO could attack Iran, and then they can use this as a leverage to impose their will on Iran, but this is not achievable against Russia. This is where we get to the question, who are these people who are making these war plans? Who are they? What their goal is? What is their strategic thinking? How can they be sure that whatever they’re wargaming about is going to play out exactly as they want? Because there’s this saying in the military, every war plan survives until the first hour of the war, because it’s an extremely dynamic situation where you have to be ready to massive changes to your war plans.

You never know how things can go sideways. This is the main issue. They don’t understand.

They don’t have the concept. They don’t understand the concept of escalation, or they simply refuse to accept the fact that these plans are going to fail the moment that the red button is pressed.

GR: Are there schisms that have developed within US-NATO on one side and on the Russia, China, Iran on the other? I know you have countries like Turkey, for example, which seem to be playing economic and political games in ways with both the US and with Russia.

Are there opportunities there which could be developed or that could give peacemaking citizens around the planet an opportunity to deflect the prospect of nuclear escalation anyway?

DB: Absolutely. It’s not just individual citizens and groups of people that are trying to achieve this, but there are actually countries within NATO, namely Hungary under Viktor Orban and Slovakia under Robert Fico, and both of these countries are speaking openly against the policy of constant escalation, with Russia specifically. The Turks, on the other hand, they’re very much in line with NATO, but they also don’t want nuclear war because they know they would be one of the first countries to be targeted because they’re the second most powerful conventional military in NATO.

They have dozens of NATO bases on their territory, including those with nuclear weapons, so they know that in the case of a nuclear war, those bases will be targeted, and they are on the territory of Turkey, so that means Turkey would suffer the consequences whether they want it or not. Also, Turkey’s trying to build closer ties with Iran. This is not something that’s going perfectly, obviously.

There are hiccups, and there’s also the issue that Turkey is working with NATO allies to destabilize countries like Syria, which has been successful, unfortunately. But still, both Iran and Turkey, they want to maintain a normal relationship, and of course, Turkey would not want to see, if intentions towards Iran are true, and if they’re not part of some ruse or something, then Turkey certainly wouldn’t want to see a nuclear war on Iran happening anytime soon. But, you know, I mean, there are countries that are pushing against it, but still, they are not powerful enough.

Unfortunately, they’re not powerful enough to sway the opinion in the U.S. government towards another direction, but they’re trying. And of course, this is important because it gives us, the regular people, the hope that we might actually have someone on our side who is part of the establishment and who understands the dangers of such conflicts. And, you know, I think it’s important for us to talk about it.

I think it’s important for us to raise awareness about the dangers of nuclear war, because there’s not a living person on Earth that’s not going to be affected by this. Like, people who are completely oblivious to what’s going on, or people who are not connected directly to whatever is happening in those regions that we just talked about, they will be affected. Like a person in Brazil or Spain or a person in Nigeria or Yemen or Vietnam or Canada, for that matter, all of us are going to be affected.

No matter who you are, where you live, you’re going to be affected by this.

GR: Yeah. Well, could you just maybe briefly paint us a picture based on your research of what all the nuclear weapons on the books would actually do to the planet beyond a lot of destructions from this baby nuke or whatever you call it? I mean, what is the consequence that people would see and then thoroughly realize that, you know, we got to stop this war?

DB: Well, that’s a good question.

I can mention just several nuclear weapons. For example, the Hiroshima, the Nagasaki bomb was 21 kilotons, which is 21,000 kilograms of TNT exploding at once. For comparison, there are nuclear-armed torpedoes or drone torpedoes in the Russian Navy, which could carry a 100 megaton nuclear warhead.

So in comparison, that would be 50,000 times more powerful than the Nagasaki bomb. So if you can imagine 100 megaton, that’s 100 million tons of TNT exploding at once. And they could have up to 30 of these torpedoes.

And this is just like one weapon system. In Russia, there are around 5,500 to 6,000 nuclear weapons. But now they are rearming because, of course, we have the new Cold War happening.

There are around 5,000 nuclear weapons in the U.S., and that’s around those two countries, Russia and the U.S., control around 90% of the world’s arsenal. But there’s also China, which is increasing its nuclear arsenal. It has around 500.

That’s the estimate. It could have more, but the latest estimate is 500 nuclear warheads. There’s also India and Pakistan and the U.K. and France, all of which have hundreds of nuclear weapons.

So the point is, even if we have 1,000 nuclear weapons hitting certain cities, it will be a bloodbath. It would completely destroy these areas. It would make them uninhabitable for years or decades.

And, of course, if we have so many nuclear weapons exploding at once in all of these areas, then it would be the end of our civilization as we know it. Everything that we take for granted, like, for example, the internet, would be gone. The EMP effect of a nuclear warhead will destroy your internet connection.

You’re not going to have it. Even if the bomb doesn’t hit your city, the EMP effect is going to completely fry all electronics, and suddenly it will be—

GR: The electromagnetic pulse.

DB: Exactly.

The EMP is the electromagnetic pulse. And, of course, that’s going to take you back to the 19th century, whether you like it or not. So that alone should be enough of a deterrent for all of us not to have a nuclear war, because, I mean, can you imagine 21st century people living in the 19th century and what sort of a humanitarian disaster that would be for all of us? So, again, that alone should be a deterrent.

But, you know, not to even mention the horrifying effects of a nuclear explosion on a person. And I would advise people to look up the word de-gloving and how dangerous that is. And a de-gloving is just a physical consequence of a nuclear weapon, not even, you know, like burns.

You wouldn’t even get burns, but a person would get de-gloved just by the sheer destructive force of a nuclear weapon going off. So, and can you imagine hundreds or thousands of these exploding at once? Also, countries like the U.S. and Russia have these nuclear-powered submarines with hundreds of nuclear weapons, nuclear missiles, SLBMs, submarine-launched ballistic missiles on these submarines. So even if Russia and the U.S. would disappear tomorrow, they would still have the power to devastate the rest of the world with nuclear-powered submarines alone.

So, you know, the combination of all these missiles and all these weapons that we have is something that is beyond deadly because it would not just kill hundreds of millions of people. It would also arrest the possibility of a civilization recovery.


The Global Research News Hour airs every Friday at 1pm CT on CKUW 95.9FM out of the University of Winnipeg.

The programme is also broadcast weekly (Monday, 1-2pm ET) by the Progressive Radio Network in the US.

The programme is also podcast at globalresearch.ca

Notes:

  1. https://thebulletin.org/2025/01/the-nuclear-year-in-review-welcome-to-the-antechamber-of-the-next-nuclear-crisis/
  2. https://www.globalresearch.ca/neo-nazi-junta-thrilled-prospect-thermonuclear-war/5875836?utm_campaign=magnet&utm_source=article_page&utm_medium=related_articles
  3. https://www.globalresearch.ca/eye-witness-syria-last-12-days/5874714
  4. https://www.globalresearch.ca/neo-nazi-junta-thrilled-prospect-thermonuclear-war/5875836
  5. https://thebulletin.org/doomsday-clock/

Before the US entered WWII, a series of studies by the Council on Foreign Relations, subsequently adopted by the Roosevelt administration, declared it to be the policy of the US government to attain total military dominance of the entire world.

In 1991, the Wolfowitz Doctrine introduced a new refinement—that the US would carry out preemptive war against any nation or combination of nations that conceivably could threaten that dominance.

In 2001, around the time of “9/11,” the US declared a further refinement: that of “Full Spectrum Dominance” to assure that no other nation or combination of nations could threaten US supremacy in any sphere of warfare: land, sea, air, space, or cyberspace.

Until the US officially rescinds these serial declarations, they obviously remain in force and determine every other action. Nothing can be allowed by any branch of government to undermine or negate them. All the resources of the nation are subject to diversion or confiscation to cement their power, including every action of every human individual, not only within the US but in every other nation. Even the thoughtof any other possibility is seen as an outlawed act.

We have seen time and again that US force and violence rule the entire globe, not just in theory, but in practice, day in and day out, and all through the night.

Do you doubt this? Look around and look again. Look at all the wars since 1941, all the covert actions, all the assassinations, all the propaganda and subterfuge. Now we even have the military-run COVID pandemic and more pandemics promised to be on the way.

Until a president of the US stands up and challenges all the assumptions on which these tragedies depend, what use is his word on any other topic? Isn’t it all just a crock of sh—?

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research’s Holiday Fundraiser

This was originally published on Three Sages.

Richard C. Cook is co-founder and lead investigator for the American Geopolitical Institute.  Mr. Cook is a retired U.S. federal analyst with extensive experience across various government agencies, including the U.S. Civil Service Commission, FDA, the Carter White House, NASA, and the U.S. Treasury. He is a graduate of the College of William and Mary. As a whistleblower at the time of the Challenger disaster, he exposed the flawed O-ring joints that destroyed the Space Shuttle, documenting his story in the book “Challenger Revealed.” After serving at Treasury, he became a vocal critic of the private finance-controlled monetary system, detailing his concerns in “We Hold These Truths: The Hope of Monetary Reform.” He served as an adviser to the American Monetary Institute and worked with Congressman Dennis Kucinich to advocate for replacing the Federal Reserve with a genuine national currency. See his new book, Our Country, Then and Now, Clarity Press, 2023. Also see his Three Sages Substack and his American Geopolitical Institute articles at https://www.vtforeignpolicy.com/category/agi/.

“Every human enterprise must serve life, must seek to enrich existence on earth, lest man become enslaved where he seeks to establish his dominion!” Bô Yin Râ (Joseph Anton Schneiderfranken, 1876-1943), translation by Posthumus Projects Amsterdam, 2014. Also download the Kober Press edition of The Book on the Living God here

He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

COVID mRNA Vaccine Injury: Turbo Cancer in Four Months Old Canadian Baby?

By Dr. William Makis, January 03, 2025

In Canada, pregnant women were aggressively targeted and pressured with DNA contaminated Pfizer and Moderna COVID-19 mRNA vaccines without informed consent despite the fact that Health Canada never authorized mRNA vaccine use in pregnant women.

Pope Francis Should Go to Gaza! It’s Time to End Israel’s Destruction of Christianity in Palestine

By Philip Giraldi, January 03, 2025

Organized Christianity, apparently terrified of being labeled antisemitic by the usual strident voices in the American Israel Public Affairs Committee (AIPAC) and the Anti-Defamation League (ADL), has been largely silent and ineffective when confronted by the systematic Israeli destruction of the Christian faith in the land where it was born.

Massive Israeli Airstrike on Syria: The Earthquake Environmental Justice Aren’t Talking About

By Aaron Kirshenbaum, January 03, 2025

In Syria, what happened on December 15th wasn’t an earthquake– it was a massive airstrike that Israel carried out in Syria. This ongoing bombardment is reciprocally destructive to daily life and the environment as it continues to push the climate crisis further through jarring fossil fuel consumption.

Red Alert Issued as Excess Deaths Still Skyrocketing in COVID-Vaxxed Children

By Frank Bergman, January 03, 2025

According to an alarming warning from leading Wall Street data analyst Ed Dowd, excess child deaths are still accelerating and show no sign of slowing down. Dowd is a former executive at the world’s largest investment firm BlackRock and is considered one of America’s leading data experts.

Twenty-six Things About the Islamic State (Al Qaeda, ISIS-ISIL-Daesh) That the U.S. Government Does Not Want You to Know About

By Prof Michel Chossudovsky, January 03, 2025

The counter-terrorism mandate is a fiction. America is the number one “State Sponsor of Terrorism.” The US has supported Al Qaeda and its affiliated organizations including ISIL for almost half a century since the heyday of the Soviet-Afghan war.

A Blueprint for Checking the Survival Crisis Before It Is Too Late

By Bharat Dogra, January 03, 2025

The most defining feature of our times, unprecedented in human history, is that due to man-made factors the life-sustaining conditions for all life-forms of our planet are badly threatened and hence they face a survival crisis.

Middle East – Towards Endless Chaos?

By Peter Koenig, January 02, 2025

The US has apparently increased its troops stationed in Syria from 900 to at least 2,000. The Pentagon / NATO also has at least one aircraft carrier stationed in the Mediterranean Sea and at least two in the Gulf, thus encircling the Middle East by sea, air and land.

There Never Was a “New Corona Virus”, There Never Was a Pandemic

January 3rd, 2025 by Prof Michel Chossudovsky

「新しいコロナウイルス」は存在しなかった、パンデミックは存在しなかった

Scroll down for Japanese version, AI translation

日本語版、AI翻訳は下にスクロールしてください。

 

“Hell is Empty and the Devils are All Here”. William Shakespeare, “The Tempest”, 1623 

My response to Shakespeare: “Send the Devils Back to Where They Belong”

“When the Lie Becomes the Truth, There Is No Moving Backwards”

“Get off that crazy train. I know, it is scary, it can hurt. Take back your physical and intellectual autonomy and protect your children”.  Dr. Pascal Sacré, Belgian author and Medical Doctor, November 2021. 

 

Summary 

Dear Readers, 

This article is controversial. It goes against the dominant Big Money, Big Pharma narrative which has been imposed Worldwide.. 

Many of my friends and colleagues, scientists and medical doctors who are actively involved in the campaign against the Covid-19 mRNA Vaccine, consider that what is at stake is solely a public health crisis. Given the political pressures, and threats exerted against them by politicians and the health authorities, I fully understand and respect their stance. 

The complexity of this crisis has to be addressed. It affects humanity in its entirety. It is by no means limited to a dangerous “vaccine”. Below I  provide a short summary, prior to dealing with the complexities. 

Flash back to January 2020.

People worldwide were led to believe that there was a dangerous epidemic, and that the dramatic March 2020 Covid-19 Lockdown -confining people in their homes– applied and enforced Worldwide was a solution to combating a deadly virus, which had spread from country to country. 

My research based on a careful review of  WHO and national data, concepts and “methodologies” confirms that there never was a dangerous epidemic, and the identity of the “new virus” was never confirmed. 

The official WHO number of confirmed Covid-19 cases used to justify the declaration of  a Worldwide Emergency (PHEIC) on January 30th, 2020 was ridiculously low: 83 PCR Covid-19 “confirmed cases” Worldwide outside of China (6.4 billion people)

Three weeks later at a press conference on the 20th of February 2020 the WHO Director-General Dr. Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus intimated that the pandemic was imminent:

“[I am] concerned that the chance to contain the coronavirus outbreak was “closing” … I believe the window of opportunity is still there, but that the window is narrowing.” (emphasis added)

What was the evidence put forth by Dr. Tedros in support of his bold statement? On February 20, 2020, there were only 1076 confirmed [cumulative] cases outside China.

Click Screenshot below to enlarge (Tedros’ opening remarks at media briefing)

 “Outside China there are now 1076 cases in 20 countries, with a total of seven deaths….

….Of all cases outside China, more than half are among passengers on the Diamond Princess cruise ship

Official Statement of WHO Director General Dr. Tedros, Geneva, 20 February 2020

The Fear campaign went into high gear alongside grotesque media lies: According to the BBC

“The following day [March 12, 2020], …the government’s Sage committee of scientific experts was shown revised modelling of the likely death toll. The figures, according to the Sunday Times, were “shattering”. If nothing was done, there would be 510,000 deaths [UK]. Under the existing “mitigation” strategy – to shield the most vulnerable while letting everyone go about their business mostly as normal – there would be a quarter of a million.

In a press conference, the prime minister [Johnson] told anyone with a continuous cough or a fever to self-isolate. His instruction came with a warning that “many more families are going to lose loved ones before their time”. The bluntness was shocking. Some asked why, in that case, more wasn’t being done.” (BBC, emphasis added)

Another fraudulent BBC report quoting  the “scientific analysis” of a Cambridge virologist, personalizes the virus presenting “it” as a “terrorist”:  

It behaves like a ‘hit and run’ killer …

So the virus is like a dangerous driver fleeing the scene – the virus has moved on to the next victim long before we either recover or die.

In stark terms, “the virus doesn’t care” if you die, says [Cambridge] Prof Lehner, “this is a hit and run virus”.  

It does peculiar and unexpected things to the body (BBC, James Gallagher, October 22, 2020, emphasis added)

Bear in mind the BBC is generously funded by the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation and Prof Lehner, is a member of Big Pharma’s Wellcome Trust.

Spread the Word

My objective is that this article will be extensively read and debated at the grassroots of society,  The complexity of this crisis is overwhelming. This is not solely a “Public Health Crisis”. 

The implications of my article are far-reaching because they refute and invalidate  “everything” pertaining to the Covid pandemic. These include the policies  related to The Lockdown which has resulted in mass poverty Worldwide and the  Covid-19 “Vaccine”, not to mention the infamous Pandemic Treaty and The World Economic Forum’s “Great Reset”. 

The official “corona narrative” is predicated on a “Big Lie” endorsed by corrupt politicians. 

That “official consensus” is exceedingly fragile. 

What is ultimately at stake is the value of human life and the future of humanity.

“‘You Were Right, Vaccines Are Killing Millions of Our Loved Ones”, Kazuhiro Haraguchi, Japan’s former Minister of Internal Affairs’s

Our objective is to save lives including those of newly born babies who are the victims of the Covid-19 “Vaccine”.

At this juncture in our history, the priorities are to:  

  1. Reveal the Truth regarding the Impacts of the Lockdown,
  2. Reveal the Fraud pertaining to the Identity of the “New Virus”: 2019 nCoV and the alleged Pandemic and
  3. Disable the Fear Campaign” and Media Disinformation,
  4. Cancel the Vaccine” Worldwide

Hopefully this will set the stage for the development of a Worldwide movement of solidarity, which questions the legitimacy of the powerful “Big Money” financial elites which are behind this infamous project.

Dear Readers, you may wish to view the video below before reading the article. 

You can also download my E-Book (free of charge). The Worldwide Corona Crisis, Global Coup d’Etat Against HumanityFree. Click here to Download 

Michel Chossudovsky, Global Research, December 5, 2023, revised October 30, 2024

“When the Lie Become the Truth, There is No Moving Backwards”

CENSORSHIP: The original Global Research video produced by Ariel Rodriguez in February 2021. It was taken down by Vimeo on March 5, 2022. 

Below is the Version on Rumble.

The Most Devastating Crisis in Human History 

Starts At 6’47”

Our thanks to Vaccine Choice Canada 


Introduction

 

Destabilizing the social, political and economic structure of 190 sovereign countries cannot constitute  a “solution” to combating a novel coronavirus  which mysteriously emerged in Wuhan, Hubei province (PRC) in late December 2019. That was the imposed “solution” —implemented in several stages from the very outset–, leading to The March 2020 Lockdown and the Rollout of a so-called Covid 19 “Vaccine” in December 2020, which since its inception has resulted in an upward trend in excess mortality. 

It’s the destruction of people’s lives Worldwide. It is the destabilization of civil society.

Fake science was supportive of this devastating agenda. The lies were sustained by a massive media disinformation campaign. 24/7, Incessant and Repetitive “Covid alerts” in the course of more than three years. In turn, the ongoing fear campaign had devastating impacts on people’s health

The  historic March 11, 2020 lockdown triggered economic and social chaos Worldwide. It was an act of “economic warfare”: a war against humanity. 

The New Virus: 2019-nCoV

The official story is that a dangerous NEW VIRUS was detected in Wuhan, Hubei Province, China in December 2019. It was entitled 2019-nCoV which stands for “2019 New (n) Corona (Co) Virus (V)”.

On  January 1, 2020, “the Chinese health authorities closed the Huanan Seafood Wholesale Market in Wuhan following Western media reports claiming that wild animals sold there may have been the source of the virus.

As of early January 2020, it was the object of extensive media coverage and an unfolding Worldwide fear campaign.  Media disinformation 24/7 went into high gear.

The Chinese authorities (allegedly) “identified a new type of virus” on January 7, 2020, using the RT-PCR test. No specific details were provided regarding the process of isolation of the virus.

Failed Identification of the Novel Coronavirus

In late January 2020, the WHO confirmed that: 

It did not possess an isolate of 2019-nCoV from a purified sample from an infected patient, which meant that they were unable to confirm the identity of the novel coronavirus:

We report here on the establishment and validation of a diagnostic workflow for 2019-nCoV screening and specific confirmation, designed in absence of available virus isolates or original patient specimens. Design and validation were enabled by the close genetic relatedness to the 2003 SARS-CoV, and aided by the use of synthetic nucleic acid technology.

ここでは、2019-nCoVスクリーニングと特定の確認のための診断ワークフローの確立と検証について報告します。これは、利用可能なウイルス分離株または元の患者検体がない場合に設計されています。設計と検証は、2003年のSARS-CoVとの密接な遺伝的関連性によって可能になり、合成核酸技術の使用によって支援されました。

February 11, 2020. The Alleged “New Virus” is Renamed 

In early February. 2020, following the failure to identify the novel coronavirus, a decision was taken to change its name to:

Severe acute respiratory syndrome corona virus”: SARS-CoV-2 which (according to the WHO) is “similar” to a 20 year old virus entitled:

2003-SARS-CoV.

A Twenty Year Old 2003 Coronavirus Categorized in February 2020 as a “New Virus”? 

Confirmed by the WHO and The New England Journal of Medicine, May 2003 (NEJM):

“A Novel Coronavirus Associated with Severe Acute Respiratory Syndrome” 

which broke out in China’s Southern Guangdong Province in 2002 WAS identified and categorized as a “new virus” on May 15, 2003. (More than 20 years ago). 

See Screenshot 0f NEJM May 15 2003 article below: 

 

(Scroll down for analysis and details pertaining to the identification and renaming of 2019-nCoV)


Video: The Non-existent “New Corona Virus”?

Michel Chossudovsky, Interview with Caroline Mailloux, Lux Media

 


To leave a comment or Access Rumble click here or lower right hand corner of screen

 


 .

“Big Money” and “Big Pharma” Meet at Davos

The alleged new virus was actively debated at the World Economic Forum (WEF), meeting in Davos Switzerland (January 22, 2020).

Proposed by the Coalition for Epidemic Preparedness Innovations (CEPI) an entity financed by the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation, a 2019-nCoV vaccine program was put forth.  Announced at Davos,  Seattle-based Moderna (with the support of CEPI) was to manufacture an mRNA vaccine to build immunity against 2019-nCoV.

The evidence as well as the statements at Davos suggest that the 2019-nCoV vaccine project was already underway in early 2019. And CEPI had foreknowledge regarding the announcement of the 2019-nCoV. (Michel Chossudovsky, Chapter VIII).

The development of a 2019 nCoV vaccine was announced at Davos, 2 weeks after the January 7, 2020 announcement, and barely a  week prior to the official launching of the WHO’s Worldwide Public Health emergency on January 30.  The WEF-Gates-CEPI Vaccine Announcement precedes the WHO Public Health Emergency (PHEIC) (January 30, 2020) which was predicated on 83 positive Covid-19 confirmed PCR cases outside China (official WHO statistics)

Lies and Falsehoods

All of this was unfolding at a time when the alleged new coronavirus named 2019-nC0V had not been isolated, it’s identity had not been confirmed and the number of reported cases in China was exceedingly low: “As of 3 January 2020, there were 44 cases reported, 11 are severely ill, while the remaining 33 patients are in stable condition” (WHO Report).

There was no evidence of an unfolding epidemic in China, nor was there evidence of a lab leak, CEPI’s statement at Davos regarding “The Rapid Global Spread of the Novel Coronavirus” is a bold face lie. (See image above)

And then on January 30th, 2020, the Director General of the WHO Dr. Tedros declared a Public Health Emergency of  International Concern (PHEIC) with absolutely no evidence of a threatening epidemic.

On that same day there were 83 positive cases Worldwide out of China for a population of 6.4 billion people. See table below: 5 positive cases in the U.S, 3 in Canada, 4 in France and 4 in Germany. Ask yourself does that constitute a Worldwide emergency? 

And those (cumulative) cases were based on the RT-Polymerase Chain Reaction (PCR) Test which does not detect the identity of the virus. (See Appendix). 

 

page25image363279504

Screenshot from WHO, January 29, 2020.

Number of confirmed positive cases in US, Canada, France and Germany 

page29image1161272480Three weeks later at a press conference on the 20th of February 2020 the WHO Director-General Dr. Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus intimated that the pandemic was imminent:

“[I am] concerned that the chance to contain the coronavirus outbreak was “closing”

“I believe the window of opportunity is still there, but that the window is narrowing.”

What was the evidence put forth by Dr. Tedros in support of his bold statement?

On February 20, 2020, there were only 1076 confirmed [cumulative] cases outside China (including those of the Diamond Princess Cruise Ship stranded in Japan’s territorial waters).

On that same day, the  WHO provided the data of confirmed cases “by countries, territories or areas outside China”15 in the U.S., 8 in Canada, 16 in Germany, 12 in France, 9 in the U.K.

 

Click Screenshot below to enlarge (Tedros’ opening remarks at media briefing)

 “Outside China there are now 1076 cases in 20 countries, with a total of seven deaths….

Of all cases outside China, more than half are among passengers on the Diamond Princess cruise ship

Official Statement of WHO Director General Dr. Tedros, Geneva, 20 February 2020

Wow! 

“Without the Diamond Princess data, the so-called confirmed cases worldwide outside China on February 20, 2020 were of the order of 452, out of a population of 6.4 billion.”( pages 18-19)

***

March 11, 2020: The historic COVID-19 pandemic lockdown, “Closing Down” of approximately 190 National Economies 

The WHO Director-General had already set the stage in his February 20th Press Conference.

 “The world should do more to prepare for a possible coronavirus pandemic.” 

The WHO officially declared a worldwide pandemic at a time when there were 44,279 (cumulative) positive PCR Covid cases outside China for a population of 6.4 billion. (For details and analysis see Michel Chossudovsky, Chapter II).

The 80,981 cases for China are also confirmed cumulative PCR positive cases. Note the new positive PCR-RT positive cases for China recorded on March 12, 2020: a modest “26 new” indicating that the pandemic in China was over on March 11, 2020. 

Even if the alleged 2019 nCoV had been detected and duly identified, the number of PCR-RT confirmed (cumulative) positive cases published on March 12, 2020 (44,279) used as a justification to enforce the Lockdown of more than 190 countries was ridiculously low, (and this without accounting for the failure of the PCR-RT test, which does not detect or identify the virus) (See Appendix for review of the PCR-RT Test.)

The WHO “Risk Assessment” Borders on Ridicule

And yet it was accepted by 190 Member Nation States of the United Nations

To access the WHO page click here

WHO RISK ASSESSMENT

GLOBAL LEVEL

The data below was released on March 12, 2020

Screenshot from WHO Report 

 

Confirmed by the WHO, in the United States, recorded on March 9, 2020, there were 3,457 “confirmed cases” (RT-PCR positive) out of a population of  329.5 million people  (Screenshot of WHO graph Interactive WHO graph) [The link on WHO is no longer available]

Screenshot from WHO Report

In Canada on March 9, 2020, there were 125 “confirmed cases” out of a population of 38.5 million people

  Screenshot of WHO graph Interactive WHO graphData for Canada

In Germany on March 9, 2020, there were 2948 “confirmed cases” out of a population of 83.2 million people

Screenshot of WHO Report

As a result of the Fear Campaign and the Worldwide expansion of  PCR-RT testing, the number of so-called ” PCR-RT  “Confirmed Cases” went Fly High.

For details, see Michel Chossudovsky, March 19, 2022)

 

The October 2019 “Event 201” Simulation of a “Dangerous Virus” entitled nCoV-2019

Event 201 was a table top simulation of a coronavirus epidemic, sponsored by John Hopkins and the Gates Foundation. 

The WHO initially adopted the same acronym, namely 2019-nCoV (to designate the novel coronavirus), as that of the Johns Hopkins simulated Pandemic Event 201 Exercise.

The name of the new coronavirus was (with the exception of the placement of 2019) identical to that of the Event 201 simulation.

Attended by prominent personalities, The Simulation was held on October 18, 2019, less than three months before the announcement  in early January 2020 of a new coronavirus.

Among the participants, were representatives (aka. decision-makers) from the WHO, US Intelligence, the Gates Foundation, the Global Alliance on Vaccines and Immunization (GAVI) (financed by the Gates Foundation), the Coalition for Epidemic Preparedness Innovations (CEPI), the World Economic Forum (WEF), the United Nations, the US Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC), China’s Center for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC, Director Dr. George Fu Gao), Big Pharma, the World Bank, among others. 

These various organizations played a key role when the so-called pandemic went live in early 2020. Many features of the 201 “simulation exercise” did in fact correspond to what actually happened when the WHO Director-General launched a Global Public Health Emergency (PHEIC) on January 30, 2020. 
.

Moreover, the sponsors of Event 201 — including the WEF and the Gates Foundation — as well the participants were actively involved from the very outset in coordinating (and financing) COVID-19-related policies including the RT-PCR test, the March 2020 lockdown as well as as the mRNA vaccine, launched in December 2020

China’s CDC Director Dr. George Fu Gao –who participated in the Event 201 simulation– played a central role in overseeing the COVID-19 outbreak in Wuhan in early 2020, acting in close liaison with his mentor Dr. Anthony Fauci, as well as with the Gates Foundation, CEPI, et al. 

Dr. Gao Fu is an Oxford graduate with links to Big Pharma. He was also for several years a fellow of the Wellcome Charitable Foundation owned by GlaxoSmithKline (GSK, plc). 

The Mysterious “Identity of the New Virus”

The name of the virus was first identified: 

  • –October 2019: Event 201 Simulation Scenario: nCoV-2019 
  • –December 2019, Wuhan: 2019-nCoV 

And then mysteriously another change in the name of the novel coronavirus took place on February 11, 2020.

from 2019-nCoV to SARS-CoV-2, which stands for “Severe acute respiratory syndrome”: SARS – Corona (Co) Virus(V)-2″.  

There was no longer a “n” prefix (indicating that it was a NEW VIRUS). The “n” prefix was replaced by a “2” suffix 

What is the meaning of SARS-CoV-2. More specifically what is the meaning of the mysterious “2” suffix? It pertains to a 20 year old virus entitled: 

2003 -SARS-CoV, which can by no means be categorized as a NEW VIRUS

“New Virus” versus “Old Virus”: the 2002-2003 “Severe acute respiratory syndrome” (SARS)

SARS-CoV-2  –which since February 11, 2020 had become the official name of the 2019 novel coronavirus– is by no means A NEW VIRUS.  

Flash Back to China, Guangdong Province 2002-2003. Confirmed by the WHO and peer reviewed reports: 

“A Novel Coronavirus Associated with Severe Acute Respiratory Syndrome” broke out in Guangdong, Province, PRC in 2002. (NEJM, May 2003)

SARS was categorized as a Novel Coronavirus in 2003. i.e no longer NEW. It was detected and isolated 20 years ago in early 2003. 

.

The Essential Features of the 2003-SARS-CoV Virus

Confirmed by the WHO

“the Severe acute respiratory syndrome (SARS) is a viral respiratory disease caused by a SARS-associated coronavirus. It was first identified at the end of February 2003 [more than 20 years ago] during an outbreak that emerged in China and spread to 4 other countries. … 

A worldwide outbreak of severe acute respiratory syndrome (SARS) has been associated with exposures originating from a single ill health care worker from Guangdong Province, China. We conducted studies to identify the etiologic agent of this outbreak.

… a novel coronavirus was isolated from patients who met the case definition of SARS. …  Consensus coronavirus primers designed to amplify a fragment of the polymerase gene by reverse transcription–polymerase chain reaction (RT-PCR) were used to obtain a sequence that clearly identified the isolate as a unique coronavirus only distantly related to previously sequenced coronaviruses.

What is significant in this report is that the WHO confirmed that the novel 2003 coronavirus entitled 2003 SARS-CoV had been isolated from patients’ samples, identified and designated “severe acute respiratory syndrome” in May 2003. 

.


The identification of the virus adopted in the NEJM (May 15, 2003) is as follows: (emphasis added)
 
We received clinical specimens from patients in seven countries and tested them, using virus-isolation techniques, electron-microscopical and histologic studies, and molecular and serologic assays, in an attempt to identify a wide range of potential pathogens
.
RESULTS: None of the previously described respiratory pathogens were consistently identified. However, a novel coronavirus was isolated from patients who met the case definition of SARS. Cytopathological features were noted in Vero E6 cells inoculated with a throat-swab specimen. Electron-microscopical examination revealed ultrastructural features characteristic of coronaviruses. Immunohistochemical and immunofluorescence staining revealed reactivity with group I coronavirus polyclonal antibodies. 
.
Consensus coronavirus primers designed to amplify a fragment of the polymerase gene by reverse transcription–polymerase chain reaction (RT-PCR) were used to obtain a sequence that clearly identified the isolate as a unique coronavirus only distantly related to previously sequenced coronaviruses.”

.

In the course of the last twenty years it must have resulted in multiple variants of the original 2003-SARS-Coronavirus.

.


Absence of An Isolate of the “New 2019 Virus (2019-nCoV)” 

While the 2003 SARS-CoV was duly isolated, the WHO acknowledged in January 2020 that it did not have an isolate and purified sample of  the NEW 2019 coronavirus from an infected patient, which meant that they were unable to confirm the identity of the (“dangerous”) 2019 novel coronavirus entitled 2019-nCoV. That was the reason given. Sounds Absurd. 

Not Wuhan!  The Berlin Virology Institute

How was this matter resolved. Following advice from the Gates Foundation, the WHO was in liaison with the Berlin Virology Institute at Charité Hospital.

Under the scientific guidance of Dr. Christian Drosten, the Berlin Virology study was entitled:

page40image1120979488

The Berlin Virology Institute study firmly acknowledged that:

[While]… several viral genome sequences had been released,… virus isolates or samples [of 2019-nCoV] from infected patients were not available …”

What the Berlin team recommended to the WHO was that in the absence of an isolate of the 2019-nCoV virus, a similar 2003 SARS-CoV virus should be used as a “proxy” (point of reference) of the novel 2019 coronavirus:

“The genome sequences suggest presence of a virus closely related to the members of a viral species termed severe acute respiratory syndrome (SARS)-related CoV, a species defined by the agent of the 2002/03 outbreak of SARS in humans [3,4].

We report on the the establishment and validation of a diagnostic workflow for 2019-nCoV screening and specific confirmation [using the RT-PCR test], designed in absence of available virus isolates or original patient specimens. Design and validation were enabled by the close genetic relatedness to the 2003 SARS-CoV, and aided by the use of synthetic nucleic acid technology.” (Eurosurveillance, January 23, 2020, emphasis added).

What this ambiguous statement suggests is that the identity of 2019-nCoV was not required and that “COVID-19 confirmed cases” (aka infection resulting from the 2019 novel coronavirus) would be validated by “the close genetic relatedness to the 2003 SARS-CoV.”

How could the new virus be categorized as similar without having been identified, i.e. without an “isolate”? Moreover, bear in mind that while the PCR test does not detect the virus, it detects genetic fragments (of numerous viruses)

Smoking Gun

What this means is that a coronavirus detected 20 years ago (at the time of writing) in Guangdong Province (2003 SARS-CoV) has been used to “validate” the identity of a so-called “novel coronavirus” first detected in China’s Hubei Province in late December 2019.

The recommendations of the Drosten study (financed with a grant of $249,550 from the Gates Foundation) were then transmitted to the WHO. 

They were subsequently endorsed by the Director- General of the WHO, Dr. Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus.

The WHO did not have in its possession the “virus isolate” required to identify the new virus.

“Never mind”. It was decided that an isolate of the new coronavirus was not required.

It stands to reason that if the PCR test uses the 2003 SARS-CoV virus as a proxy or “point of reference”, there can be no “confirmed” cases pertaining to the novel coronavirus 2019-nCoV.

The 2019 new coronavirus 2019 nCoV  was renamed SARS-CoV-2 on February 11, 2020 by the International Committee on Taxonomy of Viruses. That explains the 2 suffix.

The 2019 novel coronavirus is said to be “similar” to 2003-SARS-CoV, which was subsequently renamed SARS-CoV-1 (to distinguish it from SARS-CoV-2).

The NEW Virus (2019 nCoV) is “non-existent” (no RT-PCR confirmed cases). 


Short parenthesis, summary

The  Omicron, Delta, Alpha, etc, Variants and Sub-variants

Inasmuch as the 2003 SARS-CoV-1  is according to WHO, the point of reference or proxy for the alleged New Virus, (SARS-CoV-2) the (dangerous) omicron, delta variants and sub-variants allegedly (identified)  by the  PCR test are among the hundreds of variants of the twenty year old 2003 SARS-CoV-1 (identified by an isolate confirmed by the NEJM in May 2003)

We recall that during the 2021 Christmas holiday, the dangerous omicron variant was used as a fraudulent pretext to launch a renewed fear campaign:

In December 2021, we were told by our governments to prepare for Christmas under Lockdown. To protect you and your loved ones against the so-called deadly Covid Omicron Variant.

The announcement regarding Omicron was made on Black Friday November 2021, the day after Thanksgiving. Anthony Fauci led the disinformation campaign, intimating that Omicron “is already in the United States but has yet to be detected”

The alleged spread of  Omicron during the 2021 Christmas holiday period was used as a justification for implementing partial lockdowns, restrictions on travel as well as confinement and stay at home mandates during the Christmas holiday. 

According to CNN, citing expert opinion:

The Omicron variant “is extraordinarily contagious”, and if you are in a crowd now, and certainly if you are not vaccinated, you are at great risk of contracting this virus”.

A small party at a friend’s house should be okay if everyone is vaccinated, boosted and tested negative before the party ,… Large outdoor parties are less risky unless they are crowded.

“I will not eat in a restaurant now without a mask”

 “I absolutely will not go to a bar. ”  Emphasis added.

The “Dangerous” Omicron Spread: Speculative Operations on the Stock Markets

Screenshot, the Mail Online, 3 December 2021

 

For details see review article on how the omicron crisis in November-December 2021, contributed to fraudulent speculative operations


 

The RT-PCR Test Declared Invalid by the WHO

Amply documented, the RT-PCR test detects genetic fragments of numerous viruses without being able to identify the virus.

See the article below:

The WHO Confirms that the Covid-19 PCR Test is Flawed: Estimates of “Positive Cases” are Meaningless. The Lockdown Has No Scientific Basis

By Prof Michel Chossudovsky, December 10, 2023

See also our review of the RT- PCR in the Appendix of this article. 

The significance and ambiguity of the WHO decision –following the advice of the Berlin Virology Institute– namely the issue of the “isolate” of the novel coronavirus have been casually overlooked. “No Questions Asked”

The British Media reported on February 6, 2020 the change in the name of the virus:  

“[The] Deadly coronavirus will FINALLY get a name: Scientists plan to officially label the disease ‘within days’ – but it won’t be called after any places or animals. The International Committee on Taxonomy of Viruses has submitted a name. …

Big Money, Big Pharma. Patent Rights

Let’s bear in mind: The Covid Crisis which is still ongoing is a Big Money Operation Worldwide, with numerous Big Pharma products, extending from the global misuse of the RT-PCR test, to the multibillion dollar Big Pharma vaccine project, largely dominated by Pfizer.

Was the change in the name of the virus to SARS-CoV-2 an issue of “royalties” and intellectual property rights? The U.S Patent Rights, pertaining to 2003 SARS-CoV was filed in April 2004 and assigned in May 2007 to the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services:  

Patent No.: US 7,220,852 B1 Date of Patent: May 22 2007. (This is a matter for further investigation.)

“The Big Lie” and the “Non-Existent New Virus”. What are the Consequences?

As documented above (confirmed by the WHO) the new 2019 corona virus was never identified.

The use of  a 20 year old virus entitled 2003 SARS-CoV as a proxy for the alleged new virus confirms that there was NO PANDEMIC resulting from a NEW CORONAVIRUS in January-March 2020.

THERE WAS NO “NEW VIRUS”.

What this signifies is that both the Devastating Lockdown policies imposed on 190 countries (March 11, 2020) as well the Worldwide Rollout of the Covid-19 Vaccine (mid December 2020) are fraudulent. They are based on a “Big Lie”,  which has contributed in the course of almost four years to literally destroying people’s lives.

In turn the incessant fear campaign had a devastating impact on people’s health, their mental health, including a Worldwide wave of suicides. In several countries suicides among school children were recorded (See Michel Chossudovsky, Chapter VI)

“The Big Lie” Precipitates the Lockdown

The unspoken truth is that the novel coronavirus has provided a pretext and a justification to powerful financial interests and corrupt politicians to precipitate the entire world into a spiral of mass unemployment, bankruptcy, extreme poverty and despair.

The lockdown was an act of economic and social warfare. The labor force was confined, the work place was frozen, leading to an engineered Worldwide economic collapse.

This crisis is by no means over. The entire World is currently strangled in the Most Serious Debt Crisis is World history. All categories of indebtedness (private and public). US National Debt Tops $35 Trillion for the First Time in History, according to the US House of Representatives Budget Committee,  announced on July 29, 2024.

In the words of the WEF billionaires to those who are loosing their homes or cannot pay their monthly rent: their motto is: 

Own Nothing Be Happy”.  

 


“When the Lie Become the Truth, There is No Moving Backwards”

CENSORSHIP: The original Global Research video produced by Ariel Rodriguez in February 2021 was taken down by Vimeo on March 5, 2022

Below is the Version on Rumble

The Most Devastating Crisis in Human History 

***

Starts At 6’47”

Our thanks to Vaccine Choice Canada 


 

The mRNA “Vaccine” Intended to Protect People against a “Non Existent New Virus”

Amply documented the mRNA “vaccine” which was intended to protect people against this non-existent new coronavirus renamed SARS-nCoV-2 has resulted in an upward trend in excess mortality. 

The Pfizer Confidential Report released under Freedom of Information confirms based on their own data that the vaccine is a toxic substance.  To access the complete Pfizer report click here

The evidence is overwhelming:

See the carefully documented impacts of the “vaccine” by Dr. William Makis on people from all walks life: pilots, health workers, school children, students, athletes, pregnant women and new born babies (and many more). 

Excess Mortality Attributable to the Covid-19 “Vaccine”

There are numerous studies on vaccine related excess mortality. Below is a summary of an incisive study pertaining to Cancer Related Excess Mortality in England and Wales resulting from the mRNA Vaccine conducted by the team of Edward Dowd

Dowd’s method was to analyze the number of deaths attributed to cancer in England and Wales between 2010 and 2022 (based on the data of the U.K. Office for National Statistics). 

The table below pertains to excess deaths related to malignant neoplasm (cancerous tumor) in England and Wales, recorded in three consecutive years: 2020, 2021, and 2022 vs. a 10 year trend (2010-2019).

The data for excess mortality in 2020 (the year prior to the vaccine) are negative with the exception of “malignant neoplasm without specification of site”.

The COVID-19 vaccine was rolled-out in several phases in England and Wales starting on December 8, 2020  and extending into March-April 2021.

The upward movement in excess mortality (%) commences in 2021. The increase in excess mortality related to malignant neoplasm is tabulated for the two first years of the vaccine. 

 

England and Wales: Excess Mortality

 

Below is a similar table pertaining to Excess Mortality in Germany, which points to the Deviation of Observed Mortality from Expected Mortality (by age group) in 2020, 2021, and 2022.

Notice the upward shift in excess mortality in 2021 and 2022 following the rollout of the Covid Vaccine in December 2020

 

Germany: Excess Mortality 

Germany: Excess Mortality by Age Group (%)

Excess Mortality in Red by age group, Total Excess Mortality in Gray 

Japan:  Excess Mortality

Japan. Excess Mortality (2020-2022): Jump in Excess mortality in 2021 and 2022 (January-October 2022)

United States:
 .
 .
Official Figures for Vaccine Deaths. Official Data (click image below to access the VAERS website)
.
 .
The graph below: “All Deaths reported to Vaers by Year” starting in 1990. (e.g. reported by the Victim’s family to VAERS). These are official figures, deaths attributable to the Vaccine. Only a very small percentage of vaccine deaths is reported. Nonetheless the graph below indicates more than 19,000 Vaccine related deaths in 2021 in the U.S. Neither the media nor the U.S government have informed the public. 
 
What can be observed is that the number of reported vaccine deaths has increased dramatically in the course of 2021 corresponding to the first year of the Covid vaccine which was launched in the U.S. in mid December 2020.
.
 .

Media Disinformation, Boldface Lies 

There are numerous studies on excess mortality resulting from the vaccine, which are ignored by the media.

Invariably the Press reports state with authority that it is the virus which is “dangerous” or “deadly”, when in fact it is the “Vaccine” which has triggered an upward trend in mortality.

The Daily Mail (February 6, 2020) refers to a “deadly coronavirus” intimating that it is spreading Worldwide

The dangerous virus designation is a boldface LIE:

Confirmed by the WHO, the CDC and peer reviewed reports, the 2019 nCoV-19 is not dangerous. See the Appendix below.


“When the Lie Become the Truth, There is No Moving Backwards”

CENSORSHIP: The original Global Research video produced by Ariel Rodriguez in February 2021 was taken down by Vimeo on March 5, 2022

Below is the Version on Rumble

***

Starts At 6’47”

Our thanks to Vaccine Choice Canada 

.


Our analysis in this short article has provided evidence: 

  • that the alleged NEW CORONAVIRUS entitled 2019 nCoV was never isolated, 
  • the renamed new coronavirus entitled SARS-CoV-2 is NOT A NEW VIRUS. It is similar to an OLD VIRUS entitled 2003-SARS-CoV.

I should mention that there are many other issues which invalidate the “official narrative”, specifically the RT-PCR test which does not identify the virus.  

See sections 1, 2, 3 4 of the Appendix below as well as our review of The Reverse Transcription Polymerase Chain Reaction (RT-PCR) Test. 

Scroll down to consult the Appendix


Michel Chossudovsky’s Message

Dear Readers,

We stand in solidarity Worldwide.

My thanks for your support in the course of more than twenty two years.

You are welcome to download (free of charge) my Book (15  chapters) which provides a detailed analysis of a crisis which is still ongoing. First published in August 2022. Print version in Japanese. 

The Worldwide Corona Crisis, Global Coup d’Etat Against Humanity

Free of Charge for ALL our Readers. Click here to Download 


The Worldwide Corona Crisis, Global Coup d’Etat Against Humanity

by Michel Chossudovsky

Michel Chossudovsky reviews in detail how this insidious project “destroys people’s lives”. He provides a comprehensive analysis of everything you need to know about the “pandemic” — from the medical dimensions to the economic and social repercussions, political underpinnings, and mental and psychological impacts.

“My objective as an author is to inform people worldwide and refute the official narrative which has been used as a justification to destabilize the economic and social fabric of entire countries, followed by the imposition of the “deadly” COVID-19 “vaccine”. This crisis affects humanity in its entirety: almost 8 billion people. We stand in solidarity with our fellow human beings and our children worldwide. Truth is a powerful instrument.”

Reviews

This is an in-depth resource of great interest if it is the wider perspective you are motivated to understand a little better, the author is very knowledgeable about geopolitics and this comes out in the way Covid is contextualized. —Dr. Mike Yeadon

In this war against humanity in which we find ourselves, in this singular, irregular and massive assault against liberty and the goodness of people, Chossudovsky’s book is a rock upon which to sustain our fight. –Dr. Emanuel Garcia

In fifteen concise science-based chapters, Michel traces the false covid pandemic, explaining how a PCR test, producing up to 97% proven false positives, combined with a relentless 24/7 fear campaign, was able to create a worldwide panic-laden “plandemic”; that this plandemic would never have been possible without the infamous DNA-modifying Polymerase Chain Reaction test – which to this day is being pushed on a majority of innocent people who have no clue. His conclusions are evidenced by renown scientists. —Peter Koenig 

Professor Chossudovsky exposes the truth that “there is no causal relationship between the virus and economic variables.” In other words, it was not COVID-19 but, rather, the deliberate implementation of the illogical, scientifically baseless lockdowns that caused the shutdown of the global economy. –David Skripac

A reading of  Chossudovsky’s book provides a comprehensive lesson in how there is a global coup d’état under way called “The Great Reset” that if not resisted and defeated by freedom loving people everywhere will result in a dystopian future not yet imagined. Pass on this free gift from Professor Chossudovsky before it’s too late.  You will not find so much valuable information and analysis in one place. –Edward Curtin

ISBN: 978-0-9879389-3-0,  Year: 2022,  PDF Ebook,  Pages: 164, 15 Chapters

Price: $11.50 FREE COPY! Click here (docsend) and download.

We encourage you to support the eBook project by making a donation through Global Research’s DonorBox “Worldwide Corona Crisis” Campaign Page

The book is the object of censorship.

The book is available in print form in Japanese. 仕組まれたコロナ危機:「世界の初期化」を目論む者たち, April 2022

As a means to reaching out to millions of people worldwide whose lives have been affected by the corona crisis, we have decided in the course of the next few months to distribute the eBook for FREE.


About the Author

Michel Chossudovsky is an award-winning author, Professor of Economics (emeritus) at the University of Ottawa, Founder and Director of the Centre for Research on Globalization (CRG), Montreal, Editor of Global Research.

He has undertaken field research in Latin America, Asia, the Middle East, sub-Saharan Africa and the Pacific and has written extensively on the economies of developing countries with a focus on poverty and social inequality.

He has also undertaken research in Health Economics on.behalf of the UN Economic Commission for Latin America and the Caribbean (ECLAC),  UNFPA, UNDP, CIDA, WHO, etc. Government of Venezuela, John Hopkins International Journal of Health Services (1979, 1983). 

He is the author of 13 books including The Globalization of Poverty and The New World Order (2003), America’s “War on Terrorism” (2005),  The Globalization of War, America’s Long War against Humanity (2015).

He is a contributor to the Encyclopaedia Britannica.  His writings have been published in more than twenty languages. In 2014, he was awarded the Gold Medal for Merit of the Republic of Serbia for his writings on NATO’s war of aggression against Yugoslavia. He can be reached at [email protected]

See Michel Chossudovsky, Biographical Note, (refutes Wikipedia)

Michel Chossudovsky’s Articles on Global Research

 


Appendix

 

Our analysis above provides evidence: 

  • that the alleged NEW CORONAVIRUS entitled 2019 nCoV was never isolated and that
  • the renamed new coronavirus entitled SARS-CoV-2 is similar to a 20 year old virus entitled 2003-SARS-CoV 

It should be understood that there are many other issues which invalidate the “official narrative” which are not addressed in the article(See sections 1, 2, 3 4 below as well as our review of The Reverse Transcription Polymerase Chain Reaction (RT-PCR) Test

Of significance to our understanding of “fear campaigns”, the WHO and CDC confirm that the 2019 nCoV (SARS-CoV-2) is not a dangerous virus.

1. The WHO Statement Regarding 2019-nCoV

“The most recently discovered coronavirus causes coronavirus disease COVID-19. The most common symptoms of COVID-19 are fever, dry cough, and tiredness. … These symptoms are usually mild and begin gradually. Some people become infected but only have very mild symptoms. Most people (about 80%) recover from the disease without needing hospital treatment. Around 1 out of every 5 people who gets COVID-19 becomes seriously ill and develops difficulty breathing.” (For further details see Michel Chossudovsky, August 2022, emphasis added)

2. Dr. Anthony Fauci  Regarding SARS-CoV-2 in the NEJM

From the outset, Fauci has persistently warned of the imminent dangers of the SARS-CoV-2 (including its variants and sub-variants), while acknowledging in his peer reviewed article in the New England Journal of Medicine (together with H. Clifford Lane, M.D. and Robert R. Redfield, M.D. that:

“The overall clinical consequences of Covid-19 may ultimately be more akin to those of a severe seasonal influenza (which has a case fatality rate of approximately 0.1%) or a pandemic influenza (similar to those in 1957 and 1968)…” (See Covid-19 — Navigating the Uncharted, NEJM)

3. The WHO’s Definition of 2003-SARS

“SARS is an airborne virus and can spread through small droplets of saliva in a similar way to the cold and influenza. … SARS can also be spread indirectly via surfaces that have been touched by someone who is infected with the virus.

Most patients identified with SARS were previously healthy adults aged 25–70 years. A few suspected cases of SARS have been reported among children under 15 years. The case fatality among persons with illness meeting the current WHO case definition for probable and suspected cases of SARS is around 3%.  

One month prior to the change of name of the novel 2019 nCoV coronavirus to SARS-CoV-2 (On February 11, 2020), the WHO released, a detailed document pertaining to the 2003 Severe Acute Respiratory Syndrome (Operational Support & Logistics Disease Commodity Packages pdf).

4. The CDC’s Comparison of SARS-CoV-2 with Seasonal Influenza 

“Influenza (Flu) and COVID-19 are both contagious respiratory illnesses, but they are caused by different viruses. COVID-19 is caused by infection with a new coronavirus (called SARS-CoV-2) and flu is caused by infection with influenza viruses.

Because some of the symptoms of flu and COVID-19 are similar, it may be hard to tell the difference between them based on symptoms alone, and testing may be needed to help confirm a diagnosis. Flu and COVID-19 share many characteristics, but there are some key differences between the two.”

If the public had been informed and reassured that COVID is “similar to Influenza”, the fear campaign would have fallen flat.

The lockdown and closure of the national economy would have been rejected outright, not to mention the subsequent imposition of the Covid-19 Vaccine.

 

The Reverse Transcription

Polymerase Chain Reaction (RT-PCR) Test

 

The slanted methodology applied under WHO guidance for detecting the alleged spread of the virus is the Reverse Transcription Polymerase Chain Reaction (RT-PCR) test, which has been routinely applied all over the world since February 2020. (This Text is an excerpt from Michel Chossudovsky’s book,  August 2022)

The RT-PCR test has been used worldwide to generate millions of erroneous “COVID-19 confirmed cases”, which are then used to sustain the illusion that the alleged pandemic is real.

This assessment based on erroneous numbers has been used in the course of three and and a half years to spearhead and sustain the fear campaign.

“Confirmed” is a misnomer. A “confirmed RT-PCR positive case” does not imply a “COVID-19 confirmed case”.

Positive RT-PCR is not synonymous with the COVID-19 disease! PCR specialists make it clear that a test must always be compared with the clinical record of the patient being tested, with the patient’s state of health to confirm its value [reliability]. (Dr. Pascal Sacré)

The procedure used by the national health authorities is to categorize all RT-PCR positive cases as “COVID-19 confirmed cases” (with or without a medical diagnosis). Ironically, this routine process of identifying “confirmed cases” is in derogation of the CDC’s own guidelines:

“Detection of viral RNA may not indicate the presence of infectious virus or that 2019-nCoV is the causative agent for clinical symptoms. The performance of this test has not been established for monitoring treatment of 2019-nCoV infection. This test cannot rule out diseases caused by other bacterial or viral pathogens.”8 (emphasis added)

The methodology used to detect and estimate the spread of the virus is flawed and invalid.

False Positives

The earlier debate at the outset of the crisis focused on the issue of “false positives.”

Acknowledged by the WHO and the CDC, the RT-PCR test was known to produce a high percentage of false positives. According to Dr. Pascal Sacré:

“Today, as authorities test more people, there are bound to be more positive RT-PCR tests. This does not mean that COVID-19 is coming back, or that the epidemic is moving in waves. There are more people being tested, that’s all.”9

The debate on false positives (acknowledged by health authorities) points to so-called errors without necessarily questioning the overall validity of the RT-PCR test as a means to detecting the alleged spread of the SARS-CoV-2 virus.

The PCR Test Does Not Detect the Identity of the Virus

The RT-PCR test does not identify/detect the virus. What the PCR test identifies are genetic fragments of numerous viruses (including influenza viruses types A and B and coronaviruses which trigger common colds).

The results of the RT-PCR test cannot “confirm” whether an individual who undertakes the test is infected with SARS-CoV-2.

The following diagram summarizes the process of identifying positive and negative cases. All that is required is the presence of “viral genetic material” for it to be categorized as “positive”. The procedure does not identity or isolate COVID-19. What appears in the tests are fragments of the virus.10

Failures of the PCR Test, Ridiculously Low Numbers

Even if the 2019 nCoV had been detected and duly identified, the numbers of PCR-RT confirmed (cumulative) positive cases in the period leading up to to March 11, 2020 used as a justification to enforce the Lockdown of more than 190 countries were ridiculously low. The 80,981 cases for China also pertains to confirmed (cumulative) PCR positive cases. Note the new cases in China   (PCR positive) on March 12, 2020 are of the order of “321 new”

 
page30image710502480

Image: Total cumulative cases on March 12, 2020 (Source: WHO)

.


「新しいコロナウイルス」は存在しなかった、パンデミックは存在しなかった

 

著者から読者へのメッセージ

新型コロナウイルスとされるものに焦点を当てたこの記事は、私が書いた記事の中でも最も重要なものの一つです。

文章には簡潔さと常識の要素があります。私の目的は、科学者や医師だけでなく、社会の草の根レベルでこの記事が広く読まれ、議論されることです。この危機の複雑さは圧倒的です。これは単なる「公衆衛生危機」ではありません。

この記事は、新型コロナウイルス感染症のパンデミックに関連する「すべて」 を否定し、無効にしているため、その影響は広範囲に及ぶ。これには、悪名高いパンデミック条約世界経済フォーラムの「グレート・リセット」 は言うまでもなく、ロックダウンや  新型コロナウイルス感染症「ワクチン」に関連する政策も含まれる。

公式の「コロナ物語」は、腐敗した政治家が支持する「大嘘」に基づいています。

その「公式コンセンサス」は極めて脆弱です。私たちの意図は、それを「トランプのトランプのように」 崩壊させることです。

最終的に問題となるのは、人間の命の価値と人類の未来です。

「あなたの言う通り、ワクチンは何百万人もの私たちの愛する人を殺しています」と、日本の元総務大臣である原口一博氏は述べた。

私たちの目的は、新型コロナウイルス感染症「ワクチン」の犠牲者となった新生児を含む命を救うことです 。

私たちの歴史のこの時点での優先事項は、「恐怖キャンペーンを無効にする」ことと「ワクチンをキャンセルする」 (いわゆる 「パンデミック条約」の廃止を含む)ことです。

願わくば、これが世界的な連帯運動の発展のきっかけとなり、この悪名高いプロジェクトの背後にいる強力な「大金持ち」金融エリートたちの正当性に疑問を投げかけることになるだろう。

読者の皆様、この記事とビデオを広く転送してください。

ミシェル・チョスドフスキーグローバル・リサーチ、2023年12月5日、2024年9月2日

「地獄は空っぽで、悪魔は皆ここにいる」ウィリアム・シェイクスピア、『テンペスト』、1623年

シェイクスピアに対する私の返答:「悪魔を本来の居場所へ送り返せ」

「嘘が真実になったら、後戻りはできない」

「その狂った列車から降りてください。怖いし、傷つくこともあるのはわかっています。身体的、知的自立を取り戻し、子どもたちを守ってください」。パスカル・サクレ博士、ベルギーの作家、医師、2021年11月。

***

導入

190の主権国の社会的、政治的、経済的構造を不安定化させること   は、2019年12月下旬に中国湖北省武漢市で謎の形で発生した 新型コロナウイルスと闘うための「解決策」にはなり得ない。それが強制された「解決策」であり、当初から数段階に分けて実施され、2020年3月のロックダウン2020年12月のいわゆるCovid-19「ワクチン」の展開につながり、その開始以来、過剰死亡率の上昇傾向をもたらしている。 

それは世界中の人々の生活の破壊であり、市民社会の不安定化です。

偽科学は、この壊滅的な計画を支えていた。 この嘘は、大規模なメディアによる偽情報キャンペーンによって支えられていた。  3年以上にわたり、24時間年中無休で絶え間なく繰り返される「コロナ警報」 。その結果、継続的な恐怖キャンペーンは人々の健康に壊滅的な影響を及ぼした。 

2020年3月11日の歴史的なロックダウンは、世界中で経済的、社会的混乱を引き起こしました。それは「経済戦争」、つまり人類に対する戦争 行為でした。

新しいウイルス: 2019-nCoV

公式発表によれば、2019年12月に中国湖北省武漢市で危険な新しいウイルスが検出されたとのこと。このウイルスは「 2019年新型コロナウイルスV」を意味する2019 -nCoVと名付けられました。

2020年1月1日、「中国の保健当局は、そこで売られていた野生動物がウイルスの発生源である可能性があるという西側メディアの報道を受けて、武漢の華南海鮮卸売市場を閉鎖した。

2020年1月初旬の時点で、この問題はメディアの広範な報道の対象となり、世界規模で恐怖キャンペーンが展開されました。メディアによる偽情報は24時間365日、フル稼働で行われていました。

中国当局は、2020年1月7日にRT-PCR検査を使用して「新しいタイプのウイルスを特定した」とされている。ウイルスの分離プロセスに関する具体的な詳細は提供されていない。

新型コロナウイルスの特定に失敗

2020年1月下旬、WHOは次のことを確認しました。

感染患者から精製されたサンプルから2019-nCoVの分離株を保有していなかったため、新型コロナウイルスの正体を確認できなかった

ここでは、2019-nCoVスクリーニングと特定の確認のための診断ワークフローの確立と検証について報告します。これは、利用可能なウイルス分離株または元の患者検体がない場合に設計されています。設計と検証は、2003年のSARS-CoVとの密接な遺伝的関連性によって可能になり、合成核酸技術の使用によって支援されました。

2020年2月11日。疑惑の「新型ウイルス」が改名される 

2020年2月初旬、新型コロナウイルスの特定に失敗したことから、名称を以下のように変更することが決定されました。

重症急性呼吸器症候群コロナウイルス」:SARS-CoV-2は(WHOによると)20年前のウイルスに「似ている」:

2003-SARS-CoV。

20年前の2003年のコロナウイルスが2020年2月に「新しいウイルス」に分類される? 

WHOニューイングランド医学ジャーナル(NEJM)2003年5月号により確認:

「重症急性呼吸器症候群に関連する新型コロナウイルス」 

2002年に中国南部の広東省で発生したこのウイルスは、2003年5月15日に「新しいウイルス」として特定され分類されました。(20年以上前)。 

以下に、 2003 年 5 月 15 日の NEJM の記事のスクリーンショットを示します。 

 

(2019-nCoVの特定と改名に関する分析と詳細については下にスクロールしてください)


動画:存在しない「新型コロナ ウイルス」?

ミシェル・チョスドフスキー、キャロライン・マイルーとのインタビュー、ラックス・メディア

 

コメントを残すか、Rumbleにアクセスするには、ここをクリックするか、画面の右下隅をクリックしてください。

 


「大金持ち」と「大手製薬会社」がダボスで出会う

この新型ウイルスは、スイスのダボスで開催された世界経済フォーラム(WEF)の会議(2020年1月22日)で活発に議論された。

ビル&メリンダ・ゲイツ財団が資金提供している団体、感染症流行対策イノベーション連合(CEPI)が提案した2019-nCoVワクチンプログラムが発表された。ダボスで発表されたシアトルを拠点とするモデルナ社(CEPIの支援を受けて)は、2019-nCoVに対する免疫を構築するためのmRNAワクチンを製造する予定だった。

証拠とダボスでの発言は、2019-nCoVワクチンプロジェクトがすでに2019年初頭に進行中であったことを示唆しています。そして、CEPIは2019-nCoVの発表について事前に知っていました。(ミシェル・チョスドフスキー、第8章)。

2019年nCoVワクチンの開発は、2020年1月7日の発表から2週間後、1月30日のWHOの世界的公衆衛生上の緊急事態の公式発表のわずか1週間前にダボスで発表されました。WEF、ゲイツ、CEPIのワクチン発表は 、中国国外で 83件の陽性確認症例を前提としたWHOの公衆衛生上の緊急事態(PHEIC)に先行しています。

嘘と虚偽

これらすべては、  2019-nC0Vと名付けられた疑わしい新しいコロナウイルスが分離されておらず、その正体も確認されておらず、中国で報告された症例数が非常に少なかった時期に展開されました。「2020年1月3日現在、44件の症例が報告されており、11人が重症で、残りの33人の患者の容態は安定している」(WHO報告書)。

中国で流行が広がっている証拠はなく、研究室からの漏洩の証拠もなかったため、CEPIがダボスで「新型コロナウイルスの急速な世界的拡大」について述べた声明は、真っ赤な嘘である。(上の画像を参照)

そして2020年1月30日、WHO事務局長テドロス博士は、脅威となるような流行の証拠が全くないにもかかわらず、国際的に懸念される公衆衛生上の緊急事態(PHEIC)を宣言しました。

同日、中国では 人口64億人のうち世界中で83人が感染していました。下の表をご覧ください。米国で5人、カナダで3人、フランスで4人、ドイツで4人です。これは世界的な緊急事態に該当するのでしょうか?

そして、それらの(累積)症例は、ウイルスの正体を検出しないRT-ポリメラーゼ連鎖反応(PCR)検査に基づいています 。 (付録を参照)。

 

ページ25画像363279504

WHOからのスクリーンショット、2020年1月29日。

米国、カナダ、フランス、ドイツで確認された陽性症例数

ページ29画像11612724803週間後の2020年2月20日の記者会見で、WHO事務局長テドロス・アダノム・ゲブレイェソス博士はパンデミックが差し迫っていることを示唆した。

「コロナウイルスの流行を封じ込めるチャンスが『消えつつある』ことを懸念しています…」

「チャンスはまだあるが、そのチャンスは狭まりつつあると私は信じている。」

テドロス博士が大胆な発言を裏付けるために提示した証拠は何だったのでしょうか?

2020年2月20日現在、中国国外で確認された感染者(累計)は1076人(日本の領海内に座礁したクルーズ船「ダイヤモンド・プリンセス」号の感染者を含む)に過ぎない。

同日、WHOは「中国以外の国、地域、地域別」の確認された症例のデータを提供した。 米国15人、カナダ8人、ドイツ16人、フランス12人、英国9人。

 

下のスクリーンショットをクリックすると拡大します (テドロス氏の記者会見での冒頭発言)

「中国以外では、現在20か国で1076人の感染者 がおり、死亡者は計7人となっている。

中国国外での感染者のうち、半数以上はクルーズ船「ダイヤモンド・プリンセス」の乗客である。

WHO事務局長テドロス博士の公式声明、ジュネーブ、2020年2月20日

おお! 

「ダイヤモンドプリンセス号のデータがなければ、2020年2月20日現在、中国以外の世界全体で確認された感染者数は、人口64億人のうち452人程度だった。」 (18~19ページ)

***

2020年3月11日:歴史的なCOVID-19パンデミックによるロックダウン、約190の国家経済の「閉鎖」

WHO事務局長は2月20日の記者会見ですでに舞台を整えていた。

「世界はコロナウイルスのパンデミックの可能性に備えるためにもっと努力すべきだ。」

WHOは、中国以外で人口64億人に対してPCR検査で陽性となった新型コロナウイルス感染者数が累計44,279人 に達した時点で、世界的パンデミックを公式に宣言した。 (詳細と分析については、ミシェル・チョスドフスキー著、第2章を参照)。

中国の80,981件の症例も、  PCR陽性症例の累計であることが確認されています。2020年3月12日に記録された中国の新規PCR-RT陽性症例に注目してください。控えめな「新規26件」は、中国でのパンデミックが2020年3月11日に終了したことを示しています。 

仮に2019年のnCoVとされるウイルスが検出され、適切に特定されていたとしても、190か国以上でロックダウンを実施する根拠として使われた  、2020年3月12日に公表されたPCR-RTで確認された(累積)陽性症例数(44,279)は途方もなく少ないものでした(これは、ウイルスを検出または特定しないPCR-RT検査の失敗を考慮していない)(PCR-RT検査のレビューについては付録を参照)。

WHOの「リスク評価」は嘲笑の域に達する

しかし、国連加盟国190カ国がこれを承認した。

WHOのページにアクセスするにはここをクリックしてください

WHOリスク評価

グローバルレベル

以下のデータは2020年3月12日に公開されました

WHOレポートのスクリーンショット

 

WHOが確認したところ、米国では2020年3月9日の記録で、 人口3億2950万人のうち3,457人の「確定症例」 (RT-PCR陽性)があった( WHOグラフのスクリーンショット インタラクティブWHOグラフ [WHOへのリンクは利用できなくなりました] 

WHOレポートのスクリーンショット

カナダでは2020年3月9日現在人口3850万人のうち125人の「感染者」 が確認されている。

WHOグラフのスクリーンショット インタラクティブなWHOグラフ。 カナダのデータ

ドイツでは2020年3月9日現在、人口8320万人のうち2948人の「感染者」 が確認されている。

WHOレポートのスクリーンショット

恐怖キャンペーンとPCR-RT検査の世界的拡大の結果いわゆる「PCR-RT」確認症例の数は急増しました。

詳細については、ミシェル・チョスドフスキー(2022年3月19日)を参照。

2019年10月の「イベント201」の「危険なウイルス」のシミュレーション 「nCoV-2019」

イベント201は、ジョンズ・ホプキンス大学とゲイツ財団が後援したコロナウイルス流行の卓上シミュレーションでした。

WHOは当初、 ジョンズ・ホプキンス大学が実施したパンデミック・イベント201の模擬演習と同じ頭字語、すなわち2019-nCoV(新型コロナウイルスの呼称)を採用した。

新しいコロナウイルスの名前は(2019年の配置を除いて)イベント201シミュレーションの名前と同一でした。

著名人が出席したこのシミュレーションは、2020年1月初旬に新型コロナウイルスの発生が発表される3か月弱前の2019年10月18日に開催された。

参加者の中には、WHO、米国情報機関、ゲイツ財団、ワクチンと予防接種に関する世界同盟(GAVI)(ゲイツ財団が資金提供)、感染症流行対策イノベーション連合(CEPI)、世界経済フォーラム(WEF)、国連、米国疾病予防管理センター(CDC)、中国疾病予防管理センター(CDC、ジョージ・フー・ガオ所長)、大手製薬会社、世界銀行などの代表者(つまり意思決定者)がいた。

こうしたさまざまな組織は、2020年初頭にいわゆるパンデミックが始まった際に重要な役割を果たした。201の「シミュレーション演習」の多くの特徴は、実際にWHO事務局長が2020年1月30日に世界公衆衛生緊急事態(PHEIC)を発表したときに実際に起こったことと一致していた。

さらに、WEFやゲイツ財団を含むイベント201のスポンサーと参加者は、RT-PCR検査、2020年3月のロックダウン、2020年12月に開始されたmRNAワクチンなど、COVID-19関連の政策の調整(および資金調達)に当初から積極的に関与していました。

 イベント201のシミュレーションに参加した中国CDC所長のジョージ・フー・ガオ博士は、2020年初頭の武漢でのCOVID-19の流行を監視する上で中心的な役割を果たし、指導者であるアンソニー・ファウチ博士やゲイツ財団、CEPIなどと緊密に連携しながら活動した。

ガオ・フー博士はオックスフォード大学卒で、大手製薬会社とつながりがあります。 また、グラクソ・スミスクライン社 ( GSK, plc )が所有するウェルカム慈善財団のフェローも数年間務めていました。

謎に包まれた「新型ウイルスの正体」

ウイルスの名前が最初に特定されました:

  • –2019年10月:イベント201シミュレーションシナリオ、2020年10月:nCoV-2019 
  • –2019年12月、武漢: 2019 nCoV 

そして2020年2月11日、新型コロナウイルスの名称が不思議なことにまた変更された。

2019-nCoV から SARS-CoV-2 に変更されました。これは 「重症急性呼吸器症候群」  の略称です: SARS – コロナ (Co) ウイルス (V)-2」。

もはや「n」という接頭辞(新しいウイルスであることを示す)はなくなりました 。n」という接頭辞は「2」という接尾辞に置き換えられました。

SARS-CoV-2の意味は何でしょうか。より具体的には、謎の「2」という接尾辞 の意味は何でしょうか。これは、20年前のウイルスに関係しており、その名称は次の通りです。

2003年 -SARS-CoVは、決して新しいウイルスとして分類することはできません

「新しいウイルス」対「古いウイルス」:2002~2003年の「重症急性呼吸器症候群」(SARS)

2020年2月11日以降、 2019年新型コロナウイルス  の正式名称となったSARS-CoV-2は、決して新しいウイルスではありません。  

2002-2003 年中国広東省のフラッシュバック。WHO および査読済みレポートによって確認済み:

「重症急性呼吸器症候群に関連する新型コロナウイルス」は、 2002年に中国広東省で発生しました。(NEJM、2003年5月

SARS は2003 年に新型コロナウイルスとして分類されました 。つまり、もはや新しいものではありません。20 年前の 2003 年初頭に検出され、分離されました。

2003-SARS-CoVウイルスの本質的な特徴

WHOによって確認された

「重症急性呼吸器症候群(SARS)は、SARS関連コロナウイルスによって引き起こされるウイルス性呼吸器疾患です。2003年2月末(20年以上前)に中国で発生し、他の4カ国に広がった流行中に初めて確認されました。… 

重症急性呼吸器症候群 (SARS) の世界的流行は、中国広東省の 1 人の医療従事者が罹患したことにより発生した感染に関連しているとされています。私たちはこの流行の原因物質を特定するための研究を実施しました。

…  SARSの症例定義を満たした患者から新しいコロナウイルスが分離されました。  … 逆転写ポリメラーゼ連鎖反応(RT-PCR)によってポリメラーゼ遺伝子の断片を増幅するように設計されたコンセンサスコロナウイルスプライマーを使用して、分離株が、以前に配列決定されたコロナウイルスとはわずかに関係が薄い独特のコロナウイルスであることを明確に特定する配列が得られました。

この報告書で重要なのは、WHOが、  2003年5月に「2003 SARS-CoV」と 名付けられた新型2003コロナウイルスが患者のサンプルから分離され、特定され、「重症急性呼吸器症候群」と指定されたことを確認したことです 。


NEJM(2003年5月15日)で採用されたウイルスの識別は次のとおりです。(強調追加)
私たちは7か国の患者から臨床検体を受け取り、ウイルス分離技術、電子顕微鏡および組織学的研究、分子および血清学的検査を使用して検査し、広範囲の潜在的な病原体を特定しようとしました。
結果: これまで報告された呼吸器病原体はいずれも一貫して特定されなかった。しかし、SARS の症例定義を満たす患者から新しいコロナウイルスが分離された。咽頭スワブ検体を接種した Vero E6 細胞に細胞病理学的特徴が認められた。電子顕微鏡検査により、コロナウイルスに特徴的な超微細構造が明らかになった。免疫組織化学および免疫蛍光染色により、グループ I コロナウイルスポリクローナル抗体との反応性が明らかになった。 
逆転写ポリメラーゼ連鎖反応(RT-PCR)によってポリメラーゼ遺伝子の断片を増幅するように設計されたコンセンサスコロナウイルスプライマーを使用して、分離株が、以前に配列決定されたコロナウイルスとはわずかに関係が薄い独特のコロナウイルスであることを明確に特定する配列を取得しました。」

過去 20 年間で、元の2003 年 SARS コロナウイルスの複数の変異体が生じたに違いありません。


「新型2019ウイルス(2019-nCoV)」の分離株の不在 

 2003年のSARS-CoVは適切に分離されましたが、 WHOは2020年1月に、感染患者から2019年新型コロナウイルスの分離・精製サンプルを入手しておらず、2019-nCoVと呼ばれる(「危険な」)2019年新型コロナウイルスの正体を確認できなかったことを認めました。それが理由でした。馬鹿げているように聞こえます。 

この問題はどのように解決されたのでしょうか。ゲイツ財団からの助言に従い、WHOはシャリテ病院のベルリンウイルス学研究所と連携しました。

クリスチャン・ドロステン博士の科学的指導の下 、ベルリンウイルス学研究は次のように題されました。

ページ40画像1120979488

ベルリンウイルス学研究所の研究では、 次のことが明確に認められています。

「いくつかのウイルスゲノム配列が公開されていたが、感染患者からの[2019-nCoVの]ウイルス分離株やサンプルは入手できなかった…」

ベルリンチームがWHOに推奨したのは、2019-nCoVウイルスの分離株が存在しない場合、類似の2003年のSARS-CoVウイルスを2019年新型コロナウイルスの「プロキシ」(基準点)として使用すべきだということだ。

「ゲノム配列は、重症急性呼吸器症候群(SARS)関連CoVと呼ばれるウイルス種のメンバーに密接に関連するウイルスの存在を示唆しています。この種は、2002/03年にヒトで発生したSARSの原因物質として定義される種です[3,4]。」

「我々は、利用可能なウイルス分離株や患者の元の検体がない状況で設計された、2019-nCoVのスクリーニングと特定の確認(RT-PCR検査を使用)のための診断ワークフローの確立と検証について報告します。設計と検証は、 2003年のSARS-CoVとの遺伝的関連性が高いことにより可能となり、合成核酸技術の使用によって支援されました。」(Eurosurveillance、2020年1月23日、強調追加)。

この曖昧な声明が示唆しているのは、2019-nCoVの正体は必須ではなく、「COVID-19の確認症例」 (つまり、2019年新型コロナウイルスによる感染症)は「2003年のSARS-CoVとの密接な遺伝的関連性」によって検証されるということだ。

新しいウイルスが特定されずに、つまり「分離株」も出ずに、類似ウイルスとして分類されるのはなぜでしょうか。さらに、PCR 検査ではウイルスは検出されませんが、 (多数のウイルスの)遺伝子断片は検出されるということに留意してください。

決定的な証拠

これが意味するのは、 20年前(本稿執筆時点)に広東省で検出されたコロナウイルス( 2003 SARS-CoV )が、2019年12月下旬に中国の湖北省で初めて検出されたいわゆる「新型コロナウイルス」の正体を「検証」するために使用されたということだ。

ドロステン研究(ゲイツ財団からの249,550ドルの助成金で賄われた)の勧告はその後WHOに伝えられた。

これらはその後、WHO事務局長テドロス・アダノム・ゲブレイェソス博士によって承認された。

WHOは、新しいウイルスを特定するために必要な「ウイルス分離株」を保有していなかった。

「気にしないでください」。 新型コロナウイルスの分離は必要ないという判断が下されました。

PCR検査が2003年のSARS-CoVウイルスを代理または「参照点」として使用する場合、新型コロナウイルス2019-nCoVに関連する「確認済み」症例は存在しないというのは当然のことです

2019年新型コロナウイルス2019nCoVは、2020年2月11日に国際ウイルス分類委員会によってSARS-CoV-2  と改名されました。これが2という接尾辞の由来です。

 2019年の新型コロナウイルスは、 2003年のSARS-CoVに「似ている」と言われており、その後、  SARS-CoV-2と区別するためにSARS -CoV-1と改名されました。

新しいウイルス(2019 nCoV)は「存在しない」(RT-PCRで確認された症例はない)。

RT-PCR検査はWHOによって無効と宣言された

十分に文書化されているように、RT-PCR 検査は、ウイルスを特定できないものの、多数のウイルスの遺伝子断片を検出します。

以下の記事をご覧ください:

WHO、新型コロナPCR検査に欠陥ありと認める:「陽性者」の推定値は無意味。ロックダウンには科学的根拠なし

ミシェル・チョスドフスキー教授、2023年12月10日

この記事の付録にある RT-PCR のレビューも参照してください。

ベルリンウイルス学研究所の助言に従ったWHOの決定の重要性と曖昧さ、つまり新型コロナウイルスの「分離株」の問題は、何気なく無視されてきた。「質問なし」

英国メディアは2020年2月6日にウイルスの名前の変更について報じた。

「致死的なコロナウイルスについに名前が付けられる。科学者たちは数日以内にこの病気に正式な名前を付ける予定だが、場所や動物にちなんで名付けられることはないだろう。国際ウイルス分類委員会が名前を提出した。…

大金、大製薬。特許権

心に留めておこう。現在も続いている新型コロナウイルス危機は、  RT-PCR検査の世界的な悪用から、ファイザーが大部分を占める大手製薬会社の数十億ドル規模のワクチンプロジェクトに至るまで、数多くの大手製薬会社の製品を使った世界規模の巨額資金の作戦なのだ。

ウイルスの名前がSARS-CoV-2に変更されたのは、「ロイヤリティ」と知的財産権の問題だったのでしょうか?2003年のSARS-CoVに関連する米国特許権は2004年4月に申請され、2007年5月に米国保健福祉省に譲渡されました。 

特許番号: US 7,220,852 B1 特許日: 2007 年 5 月 22 日(これはさらに調査が必要な事項です。)

「大嘘」と「存在しない新ウイルス」。その結果は?

上で文書化されているように(WHOによって確認済み)、2019年の新しいコロナウイルスは特定されていません。

2003 SARS-CoVと呼ばれる20年前のウイルスを、疑わしい新しいウイルスの 代理 として使用することで、2020年1月から3月にかけて新しいコロナウイルスによるパンデミックは発生しなかったことが確認されます。

「新しいウイルス」は存在しませんでした

これが意味するのは、190か国に課された壊滅的な ロックダウン政策(2020年3月11日)と、 世界的な新型コロナワクチンの展開(2020年12月中旬)の両方が詐欺的であるということです。これらは「大きな嘘」に基づいており、  ほぼ4年間にわたって文字通り人々の生活を破壊することに貢献してきました。

絶え間ない恐怖キャンペーンは、人々の健康、精神衛生に壊滅的な影響を及ぼし、世界的な自殺の波を引き起こしました。いくつかの国では、学童の自殺が記録されました(ミシェル・チョスドフスキー、第6章を参照)。

「大嘘」がロックダウンを誘発

暗黙の真実は、新型コロナウイルスが、強力な金融利害関係者と腐敗した政治家たちに、全世界を大量失業、破産、極度の貧困と絶望のスパイラルに陥れる口実と正当化を与えたということだ。

ロックダウンは経済的、社会的戦争行為でした。労働力は閉じ込められ、職場は凍結され、世界規模の経済崩壊が計画的に起こりました。

この危機は決して終わっていません。現在、世界全体が世界史上最も深刻な債務危機に陥っています。あらゆる債務の種類(民間および公的)。 米国下院予算委員会が2024年7月29日に発表したところによると、米国の国家債務は史上初めて35兆ドルを超えています。

家を失ったり、毎月の家賃を払えなくなったりしている人々に対するWEFの億万長者たちの言葉は、次の通りです。

何も持たずに幸せになろう」。

.

 


「嘘が真実になったら、後戻りはできない」

検閲:2021年2月にアリエル・ロドリゲスが制作したオリジナルのグローバル・リサーチのビデオは、2022年3月5日にVimeoによって削除されました。

以下はランブル版です

人類史上最も壊滅的な危機 

***

6分47秒からスタート

ワクチンチョイスカナダに感謝 


 

「存在しない新しいウイルス」から人々を守ることを目的としたmRNA「ワクチン」

SARS-nCoV-2と改名された、存在しない新しいコロナウイルスから人々を守ることを目的としたmRNA「ワクチン」が、過剰死亡率の上昇傾向 をもたらしたことが十分に文書化されています

情報公開法に基づいて公開されたファイザーの機密報告書は、自社のデータに基づいてワクチンが有毒物質であることを確認しています。ファイザーの報告書全文に  アクセスするには、ここをクリックしてください。

証拠は圧倒的です:

ウィリアム・マキス博士による「ワクチン」がパイロット、医療従事者、学童、学生、アスリート、妊婦、新生児 (その他多数)など、 あらゆる階層の人々に与える影響について、慎重に記録された資料をご覧ください。

新型コロナウイルス「ワクチン」による死亡率上昇

ワクチン関連の過剰死亡率に関する研究は数多くある。以下は、エドワード・ダウド のチームが実施した、mRNAワクチンによる イングランドとウェールズでの癌関連の過剰死亡率に関する 鋭い研究の要約である 。

ダウド氏の方法は、2010年から2022年の間にイングランドとウェールズで癌が原因で死亡した人の数を分析するというものでした (英国国家統計局のデータに基づく)。

以下の表は、イングランドとウェールズにおける悪性新生物(癌性腫瘍)に関連する 超過死亡数を、2020年、2021年、2022年の3年連続で記録し、10年間の傾向(2010~2019年)と比較したものです。

2020年(ワクチン接種前の年)の超過死亡のデータは、「部位を特定しない悪性新生物」を除いてマイナスです。

COVID-19ワクチンは、 2020年12月8日から2021年3月から4月にかけて 、イングランドとウェールズで段階的に導入されました。

過剰死亡率(%)の上昇は 2021 年に始まります。悪性腫瘍に関連する過剰死亡率の増加は、ワクチン接種の最初の 2 年間について集計されています。 

 

イングランドとウェールズ: 超過死亡率

 

以下は、ドイツの超過死亡率に関する同様の表であり、 2020年、2021年、2022年の観測死亡率予想死亡率(年齢グループ別)の偏差を示しています。

2020年12月の新型コロナワクチンの導入後、2021年と2022年に死亡率が上昇していることに注目してください。

 

ドイツ: 超過死亡率 

ドイツ: 年齢層別超過死亡率 (%)

年齢層別の過剰死亡率は、総過剰死亡率は灰色 

日本:過剰死亡

日本。超過死亡率(2020年~2022年):2021年と2022年の超過死亡率の急増(2022年1月~10月)

アメリカ:
 。
ワクチン有害事象報告システム (VAERS)。報告されたワクチンによる死亡。
 。
ワクチンによる死亡に関する公式データ。公式データ(下の画像をクリックすると VAERS の Web サイトにアクセスできます
 。
下のグラフ:「年ごとに Vaers に報告されたすべての死亡者数」は1990 年から始まっています 。(例:被害者の家族が VAERS に報告)。これらは公式の数字であり、ワクチンに起因する死亡者数です。ワクチンによる死亡者のごく一部のみが報告されています。それにもかかわらず、下のグラフは、2021 年に米国で 19,000 人以上のワクチン関連の死亡者がいること を示しています。メディアも米国 政府も国民に知らせていません。
注目すべきは、2020年12月中旬に米国で発売された新型コロナワクチンの初年度に相当する2021年を通じて、報告されたワクチンによる死亡者数が劇的に増加したことだ。
 。

メディアの偽情報、大胆な嘘 

ワクチンによる過剰死亡率に関する研究は数多くあるが、メディアはそれを無視している。

マスコミの報道では決まって、 ウイルスが「危険」または「致命的」であると権威をもって述べられているが、実際には死亡率の上昇傾向を引き起こしたのは「ワクチン」である。

デイリーメール(2020年2月6日)は「致命的なコロナウイルス」について言及し、それが世界中に広がっていることを示唆している。

危険なウイルスの指定は大胆な嘘です。

WHO、CDC、査読済みレポートによって確認されたように、2019 nCoV-19 は危険ではありません。以下の付録を参照してください。


「嘘が真実になったら、後戻りはできない」

検閲:2021年2月にアリエル・ロドリゲスが制作したオリジナルのグローバル・リサーチのビデオは、2022年3月5日にVimeoによって削除されました。

以下はランブル版です

***

6分47秒からスタート

ワクチンチョイスカナダに感謝 


この短い記事での私たちの分析は、以下の証拠を示しました。

  • 2019 nCoVと呼ばれる新型コロナウイルスは分離されたことはなかった、
  • SARS-CoV-2と改名された新しいコロナウイルスは、新しいウイルスではありません。2003-SARS-CoVという古いウイルスに似ています 

「公式の説明」を否定する他の多くの問題、具体的にはウイルスを特定しない RT-PCR 検査があることを述べておくべきでしょう。

以下の付録のセクション 1、2、3、4 と、逆転写 ポリメラーゼ連鎖反応 (RT-PCR) テストのレビューを参照してください。 

スクロールダウンして付録を参照してください


ミシェル・チョスドフスキーのメッセージ

読者の皆様、

私たちは世界中で団結します。

22年以上に渡るご支援に感謝申し上げます。

現在も進行中の危機を詳細に分析した私の本(15章)を ぜひ無料でダウンロードしてください。2022年8月に初版が発行されました。日本語の印刷版です。

世界的なコロナ危機、人類に対する世界的クーデター

すべての読者に無料で提供されます。ダウンロードするにはここをクリックしてください 


世界的なコロナ危機、人類に対する世界的クーデター

ミシェル・チョスドフスキー

ミシェル・チョスドフスキーは、この陰険な計画がどのように「人々の生活を破壊する」かを詳細に検証しています。彼は、医学的側面から経済的および社会的影響、政治的背景、精神的および心理的影響まで、「パンデミック」について知っておくべきすべてのことを包括的に分析しています。

「作家としての私の目的は、世界中の人々に情報を伝え、国家全体の経済と社会の構造を不安定にし、その後「致死的な」COVID-19「ワクチン」を押し付けるための正当化として使われてきた公式の見解に反論することです。この危機は人類全体、つまり約80億人に影響を及ぼしています。私たちは世界中の仲間の人間と子供たちと連帯します。真実は強力な手段です。」

レビュー

これは、より広い視点から理解を深めたい人にとっては、非常に興味深い詳細なリソースです。著者は地政学について非常に知識が豊富で、それがコロナの文脈化の仕方に表れています。—マイク・イェードン博士

私たちが今直面している人類に対する戦争、自由と人々の善良さに対するこの特異で不規則で大規模な攻撃において、チョスソドフスキーの本は私たちの戦いを支えるための岩石です。 –エマニュエル・ガルシア博士

簡潔な科学に基づく15章で、ミシェルは偽のコロナパンデミックを追跡し、最大97%の偽陽性が証明されたPCR検査と、容赦ない24時間年中無休の恐怖キャンペーンが組み合わさって、どのようにして世界規模のパニックに満ちた「パンデミック」を生み出すことができたのかを説明しています。このパンデミックは、悪名高いDNA改変ポリメラーゼ連鎖反応検査なしには決して起こり得なかったでしょう。この検査は今日に至るまで、何も知らない大多数の罪のない人々に押し付けられています。彼の結論は、著名な科学者によって証明されています。—ピーター・ケーニグ 

チョスドフスキー教授は、「ウイルスと経済変数の間には因果関係はない」という真実を明らかにしている。言い換えれば、世界経済の停止を引き起こしたのはCOVID-19ではなく、むしろ非論理的で科学的根拠のないロックダウンの意図的な実施だったのだ。 –デビッド・スクリパック

チョスドフスキーの本を読むと、「グレート リセット」と呼ばれる世界規模のクーデターが進行中であること、そして世界中の自由を愛する人々がこれに抵抗し、打ち負かさなければ、想像もできないディストピアの未来が訪れることなど、包括的な教訓が得られます。手遅れになる前に、チョスドフスキー教授からのこの無料ギフトをぜひお渡しください。これほど多くの貴重な情報と分析を 1 か所で見つけられる場所は他にありません。 –エドワード カーティン

ISBN:  978-0-9879389-3-0、  年: 2022、PDF 電子書籍、  ページ数: 164、15 章

価格: $11.50 無料コピー! ここ (docsend) をクリックしてダウンロードしてください

Global ResearchのDonorBox「世界的なコロナ危機」キャンペーンページから寄付をして、電子書籍プロジェクトを支援していただくようお願いします 。 

この本は検閲の対象となっている。

この本は日本語の印刷版でも入手可能です。

仕組まれたコロナ危機:「世界の初期化」を考える人たち、2022年4月

コロナ危機によって生活に影響を受けた世界中の何百万人もの人々に手を差し伸べる手段として、私たちは今後数か月の間に電子書籍を無料で配布することを決定しました。

 

 

 


著者について

Michel  Chossudovsky. ミシェル・チョスドフスキー は、受賞歴のある作家であり、オタワ大学の経済学教授(名誉教授)、モントリオールのグローバリゼーション研究センター(CRG)の創設者兼所長、Global Researchの編集者です。

彼はラテンアメリカ、アジア、中東、サハラ以南のアフリカ、太平洋地域で現地調査を行い、貧困と社会的不平等に焦点を当てて発展途上国の経済について多くの著作を残しています。

彼はまた、国連ラテンアメリカ・カリブ経済委員会(ECLAC)、UNFPA、UNDP、CIDA、WHOなどを代表して医療経済学の研究を行ってきました。ベネズエラ政府、ジョン・ホプキンス国際医療サービスジャーナル (1979年1983年)。

彼は、『貧困のグローバル化と新世界秩序』  (2003年)、『 アメリカの「テロとの戦い」  (2005年)』、   『戦争のグローバル化、人類に対するアメリカの長期戦争』 (2015年)を含む13冊の本の著者です。

彼はブリタニカ百科事典の寄稿者です。彼の著作は 20 以上の言語で出版されています。2014 年には、ユーゴスラビアに対する NATO の侵略戦争に関する著作により、セルビア共和国功労金メダルを授与されました。連絡先は[email protected]です。 ([email protected])

ミシェル・チョスドフスキーの伝記ノートを参照

ミシェル・チョスドフスキーのグローバル研究に関する記事

 


付録

 

上記の分析は証拠を提供します:

  • 2019 nCoVと呼ばれる新しいコロナウイルスは分離されたことはなく、
  • SARS-CoV-2と改名された新しいコロナウイルスは、2003-SARS-CoV と名付けられた20年前のウイルスに類似している。

この記事で取り上げられていない「公式の見解」を否定する他の多くの問題があることを理解すべきである(以下のセクション1、2、3、4、および逆転写 ポリメラーゼ連鎖反応(RT-PCR)検査のレビューを参照)。

「恐怖キャンペーン」を理解する上で重要なのは、WHOとCDCが2019nCoV(SARS-CoV-2)は危険なウイルスではないと確認していることです。

1. 2019-nCoVに関するWHOの声明

「最近発見されたコロナウイルスは、コロナウイルス感染症COVID-19を引き起こします。COVID  -19の最も一般的な症状は、発熱、乾いた咳、倦怠感です。…これらの症状は通常軽度で、徐々に現れます。感染しても症状が非常に軽い人もいます。ほとんどの人(約80%)は、入院治療を必要とせずに回復します。COVID-19に感染した人の約5人に1人が重症化し、呼吸困難になります。」(詳細については、ミシェル・チョスドフスキー、2022年8月、強調追加)

2. アンソニー・ファウチ博士によるSARS-CoV-2に関するNEJM誌の記事

ファウチ氏は当初から、SARS-CoV-2(その変異体と亜変異体を含む)の差し迫った危険性について繰り返し警告しており、ニューイングランド医学ジャーナルの査読済み論文 (H.クリフォード・レーン医学博士およびロバート・R・レッドフィールド医学博士と共著)では次のことを認めている。

「新型コロナウイルス感染症の全体的な臨床的影響は、最終的には重症の季節性インフルエンザ(致死率は約0.1%)やパンデミックインフルエンザ(1957年と1968年に発生したものと同様)に似たものになる可能性がある…」(  NEJMの「新型コロナウイルス感染症 – 未知の世界への航海」を参照)

3. WHOによる2003-SARSの定義

「SARSは空気感染するウイルスで、風邪やインフルエンザと同様に唾液の小さな飛沫を介して広がる可能性があります。…SARSは、ウイルスに感染した人が触れた表面を介して間接的に広がることもあります。」

SARS と診断された患者のほとんどは、以前は健康だった 25~70 歳の成人でした。15 歳未満の子供で SARS の疑いのある症例が数件報告されています。現在の WHO の SARS の疑いのある症例と可能性の高い症例の定義を満たす病気の患者の致死率は約 3% です。

新型2019nCoVコロナウイルスの名前がSARS-CoV-2に変更される1か月前(2020年2月11日)、WHOは2003年の 重症急性呼吸器症候群に関する詳細な文書 (運用サポートおよびロジスティクス疾病商品パッケージpdf)を発表しました。

4. CDCによるSARS-CoV-2と季節性インフルエンザの比較 

「インフルエンザとCOVID-19はどちらも伝染性の呼吸器疾患ですが、原因となるウイルスが異なります。COVID-19は新しいコロナウイルス(SARS-CoV-2と呼ばれる)の感染によって引き起こされ、インフルエンザはインフルエンザウイルスの感染によって引き起こされます。」

インフルエンザとCOVID-19の症状の一部は似ているため、症状だけで両者を区別するのは難しい場合があり、診断を確定するために検査が必要になることがあります。インフルエンザとCOVID-19には多くの共通点がありますが、両者の間にはいくつかの重要な違いがあります。」

もし国民がCOVID-19が「インフルエンザに似ている」と知らされ、安心していたら、恐怖キャンペーンは失敗していただろう。

ロックダウンと国家経済の閉鎖は、その後の新型コロナワクチンの導入は言うまでもなく、完全に拒否されただろう。

逆転写

ポリメラーゼ連鎖反応(RT-PCR)検査

 

ウイルスの拡散を検知するためにWHOのガイドラインに基づいて適用されている偏った方法は、逆転写ポリメラーゼ連鎖反応(RT-PCR)検査であり、2020年2月以来、世界中で日常的に適用されている。(このテキストは、ミシェル・チョスドフスキーの著書、2022年8月からの抜粋です)

RT-PCR検査は世界中で何百万もの誤った「COVID-19確定症例」を生成するために使用され、それがいわゆるパンデミックが現実であるという幻想を維持するために使用されています。

誤った数字に基づくこの評価は、3年半にわたって恐怖キャンペーンの先頭に立って継続するために使われてきました。

「確認済み」というのは誤った表現です。「RT-PCR検査で陽性と確認された症例」は「COVID-19の確定症例」を意味するものではありません。

RT-PCR検査が陽性だからといって、必ずしもCOVID-19感染症と同義ではありません。PCRの専門家は、検査結果の価値(信頼性)を確認するには、検査を受ける患者の臨床記録や健康状態と常に比較する必要があると明言しています。(パスカル・サクレ博士)

国家保健当局が採用している手順は、RT-PCR検査で陽性となったすべての症例を「COVID-19確定症例」(診断の有無にかかわらず)として分類することだ。皮肉なことに、この「確定症例」を特定する日常的なプロセスは、CDC自身のガイドラインに反している。

「ウイルスRNAの検出は、感染性ウイルスの存在や2019-nCoVが臨床症状の原因物質であることを示しているわけではない。この検査の性能は、2019-nCoV感染の治療を監視するために確立されたものではない。この検査では、他の細菌またはウイルス病原体によって引き起こされる疾患を除外することはできない。」8(強調追加)

ウイルスの拡散を検出し推定するために使用された方法論は欠陥があり無効です。

誤検知

危機が始まった当初の議論は「偽陽性」の問題に焦点が当てられていた。

WHOとCDCも認めているように、RT-PCR検査は偽陽性率が高いことが知られています。パスカル・サクレ博士によると、

「現在、当局がより多くの人々を検査するにつれ、RT-PCR検査で陽性となる人も増えるはずです。これは、COVID-19が再流行している、あるいは流行が波のように広がっていることを意味するものではありません。検査を受ける人が増えている、それだけです。」9

偽陽性に関する議論(保健当局も認めている)は、いわゆるエラーを指摘しているが、SARS-CoV-2ウイルスの疑惑の拡散を検出する手段としてのRT-PCR検査の全体的な有効性に必ずしも疑問を呈しているわけではない。

PCR検査ではウイルスの正体は検出されない

RT-PCR 検査はウイルスを特定/検出するものではありません。PCR 検査で特定されるのは、多数のウイルス(インフルエンザウイルス A 型および B 型、風邪を引き起こすコロナウイルスを含む)の遺伝子断片です。

RT-PCR検査の結果では、検査を受けた個人がSARS-CoV-2に感染しているかどうかを「確認」することはできません。

以下の図は、陽性と陰性のケースを識別するプロセスをまとめたものです。「陽性」と分類されるために必要なのは、「ウイルスの遺伝物質」が存在することだけです。この手順では、COVID-19を特定したり分離したりするものではありません。検査で検出されるのは、ウイルスの断片です。10

PCR検査の失敗、信じられないほど低い数値

2019年のnCoVが検出され、適切に特定されていたとしても、190か国以上でロックダウンを実施する根拠として使われた 2020年3月11日までの期間のPCR-RT確認(累積)陽性症例数は途方もなく少ないものだった。中国の80,981件も、PCR確認(累積)陽性症例に該当する。2020年3月12日の中国の新規症例(PCR陽性)は「321件の新規」程度であることに注意。

ページ30画像710502480

画像: 2020年3月12日時点の累計感染者数(出典: WHO

 

 

 


 

This wonderful and important 1h45m interview was removed from YouTube, but here it is, directly in substack.

YouTube, like Facebook, has been notorious and continues covering up the covid crime.

In this interview, we cover a lot of ground.

Many listeners have been very appreciative of several varied aspects of the content. I don’t want to try and give bullet points of highlights. It’s up to you.

This is my current view of covid, squeezed into one interview.

.

Watch here

.

More publications are coming soon.

We first posted links to this video here.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

This was originally published on the author’s substack.

Prof. Denis Rancourt, Ontario Civil Liberties Association (ocla.ca), [email protected]

Featured image source

An explosive new study conducted within the U.S. Food and Drug Administration’s (FDA) own laboratory has revealed excessively high levels of DNA contamination in Pfizer’s mRNA COVID-19 vaccine.

Tests conducted at the FDA’s White Oak Campus in Maryland found that residual DNA levels exceeded regulatory safety limits by 6 to 470 times.

The study was undertaken by student researchers under the supervision of FDA scientists. The vaccine vials were sourced from BEI Resources, a trusted supplier affiliated with the National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases (NIAID), previously headed by Anthony Fauci.

Recently published in the Journal of High School Science, the peer-reviewed study challenges years of dismissals by regulatory authorities, who had previously labelled concerns about excessive DNA contamination as baseless.

The FDA is expected to comment on the findings this week. However, the agency has yet to issue a public alert, recall the affected batches, or explain how vials exceeding safety standards were allowed to reach the market.

The Methods

The student researchers employed two primary analytical methods:

  • NanoDrop Analysis – This technique uses UV spectrometry to measure the combined levels of DNA and RNA in the vaccine. While it provides an initial assessment, it tends to overestimate DNA concentrations due to interference from RNA, even when RNA-removal kits are utilised.
  • Qubit Analysis – For more precise measurements, the researchers relied on the Qubit system, which quantifies double-stranded DNA using fluorometric dye.

Both methods confirmed the presence of DNA contamination far above permissible thresholds. These findings align with earlier reports from independent laboratories in the United States, Canada, Australia, Germany and France.

Expert Reaction 

Kevin McKernan, a former director of the Human Genome Project, described the findings as a “bombshell,” criticising the FDA for its lack of transparency.

“These findings are significant not just for what they reveal but for what they suggest has been concealed from public scrutiny. Why has the FDA kept these data under wraps?” McKernan questioned.

While commending the students’ work, he also noted limitations in the study’s methods, which may have underestimated contamination levels.

“The Qubit analysis can under-detect DNA by up to 70% when enzymes are used during sample preparation,” McKernan explained. “Additionally, the Plasmid Prep kit used in the study does not efficiently capture small DNA fragments, further contributing to underestimation.”

In addition to genome integration, McKernan highlighted another potential cancer-causing mechanism of DNA contamination in the vaccines.

He explained that plasmid DNA fragments entering the cell’s cytoplasm with the help of lipid nanoparticles, could overstimulate the cGAS-STING pathway, a crucial component of the innate immune response.

“Chronic activation of the cGAS-STING pathway could paradoxically fuel cancer growth,” McKernan warned. “Repeated exposure to foreign DNA through COVID-19 boosters may amplify this risk over time, creating conditions conducive to cancer development.”

Adding to the controversy, traces of the SV40 promoter were detected among the DNA fragments. While the authors concluded these fragments were “non-replication-competent” meaning they cannot replicate in humans, McKernan disagreed.

“To assert that the DNA fragments are non-functional, they would need to transfect mammalian cells and perform sequencing, which wasn’t done here,” McKernan stated.

“Moreover, the methods used in this study don’t effectively capture the full length of DNA fragments. A more rigorous sequencing analysis could reveal SV40 fragments several thousand base pairs long, which would likely be functional,” he added.

Regulatory Oversight Under Scrutiny 

Nikolai Petrovsky, a Professor of Immunology and director of Vaxine Pty Ltd, described the findings as a “smoking gun.”

“It clearly shows the FDA was aware of these data. Given that these studies were conducted in their own labs under the supervision of their own scientists, it would be hard to argue they were unaware,” he said.

Prof Petrovsky praised the quality of work carried out by the students at the FDA labs.

“The irony is striking,” he remarked. “These students performed essential work that the regulators failed to do. It’s not overly complicated—we shouldn’t have had to rely on students to conduct tests that were the regulators’ responsibility in the first place.”

The Australian Therapeutic Goods Administration (TGA), which has consistently defended the safety of the mRNA vaccines, released its own batch testing results, claiming they met regulatory standards. However, Prof Petrovsky criticised the TGA’s testing methods.

“The TGA’s method was not fit for purpose,” he argued. “It didn’t assess all the DNA in the vials. It only looked for a small fragment, which would severely underestimate the total amount of DNA detected.”

Implications for Manufacturers and Regulators

Now that DNA contamination of the mRNA vaccines has been verified in the laboratory of an official agency and published in a peer-reviewed journal, it becomes difficult to ignore.

It also places vaccine manufacturers and regulators in a precarious position.

Addressing the contamination issue would likely require revising manufacturing processes to remove residual DNA, which Prof Petrovsky explained would be impractical.

“The only practical solution is for regulators to require manufacturers to demonstrate that the plasmid DNA levels in the vaccines are safe,” Prof Petrovsky stated.

“Otherwise, efforts to remove the residual DNA would result in an entirely new vaccine, requiring new trials and effectively restarting the process with an untested product.”

Now the onus is on regulators to provide clarity and take decisive action to restore confidence in their oversight. Anything less risks deepening the scepticism of the public.

Both the US and Australian drug regulators have been approached for comment.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Maryanne Demasi PhD is an investigative journalist who writes for online media and top tiered medical journals. For over a decade, she was a TV presenter for the Australian Broadcasting Corporation (ABC).

Featured image is from the author


The Worldwide Corona Crisis, Global Coup d’Etat Against Humanity

by Michel Chossudovsky

Michel Chossudovsky reviews in detail how this insidious project “destroys people’s lives”. He provides a comprehensive analysis of everything you need to know about the “pandemic” — from the medical dimensions to the economic and social repercussions, political underpinnings, and mental and psychological impacts.

“My objective as an author is to inform people worldwide and refute the official narrative which has been used as a justification to destabilize the economic and social fabric of entire countries, followed by the imposition of the “deadly” COVID-19 “vaccine”. This crisis affects humanity in its entirety: almost 8 billion people. We stand in solidarity with our fellow human beings and our children worldwide. Truth is a powerful instrument.”

Reviews

This is an in-depth resource of great interest if it is the wider perspective you are motivated to understand a little better, the author is very knowledgeable about geopolitics and this comes out in the way Covid is contextualized. —Dr. Mike Yeadon

In this war against humanity in which we find ourselves, in this singular, irregular and massive assault against liberty and the goodness of people, Chossudovsky’s book is a rock upon which to sustain our fight. –Dr. Emanuel Garcia

In fifteen concise science-based chapters, Michel traces the false covid pandemic, explaining how a PCR test, producing up to 97% proven false positives, combined with a relentless 24/7 fear campaign, was able to create a worldwide panic-laden “plandemic”; that this plandemic would never have been possible without the infamous DNA-modifying Polymerase Chain Reaction test – which to this day is being pushed on a majority of innocent people who have no clue. His conclusions are evidenced by renown scientists. —Peter Koenig 

Professor Chossudovsky exposes the truth that “there is no causal relationship between the virus and economic variables.” In other words, it was not COVID-19 but, rather, the deliberate implementation of the illogical, scientifically baseless lockdowns that caused the shutdown of the global economy. –David Skripac

A reading of  Chossudovsky’s book provides a comprehensive lesson in how there is a global coup d’état under way called “The Great Reset” that if not resisted and defeated by freedom loving people everywhere will result in a dystopian future not yet imagined. Pass on this free gift from Professor Chossudovsky before it’s too late.  You will not find so much valuable information and analysis in one place. –Edward Curtin

ISBN: 978-0-9879389-3-0,  Year: 2022,  PDF Ebook,  Pages: 164, 15 Chapters

Price: $11.50 FREE COPY! Click here (docsend) and download.

You may also access the online version of the e-Book by clicking here.

We encourage you to support the eBook project by making a donation through Global Research’s DonorBox “Worldwide Corona Crisis” Campaign Page

The new year has kicked off with some truly bizarre and highly suspicious major news events. A US military veteran killed 14 people when he drove a pickup truck into a crowd in New Orleans early New Year’s Day and was then killed in a shootout with police. Hours later, another US military veteran reportedly blew himself up in a Tesla Cybertruck outside of the Trump International Hotel in Nevada.

Both men had worked at Fort Bragg (now called Fort Liberty), a large North Carolina military base which has become notorious for mysterious homicides, an epidemic of drug overdoses, and rampant child sex abuse. Both had also participated in the US occupation of Afghanistan, and both used the same app to rent their vehicles.

The New Orleans attacker Shamsud-Din Jabbar reportedly had an ISIS flag on his truck at the time of the incident. The Intercept has published an interesting report noting the high correlation between extremist crimes and past US military service.

.

undefined

FBI agent examining the Islamic State flag that was displayed on suspect’s car. (Licensed under Fair Use)

.

One of the weirdest things about this case is the fact that a virulent Israel apologist named Jenny Taer was apparently allowed by the FBI to walk through Jabbar’s home and shoot footage for a New York Post report despite it being a crime scene in an active investigation. There Taer shows viewers Jabbar’s “bomb-making station”, along with multiple Qurans and Islamic literature. In her report the camera conspicuously pauses on a keffiyeh, a traditional Arab headdress which has become associated with support for Palestinian liberation.

I don’t pretend to know what’s going on with all this. All I know is that as the US prepares to inaugurate a new president whose cabinet has been packed full of Iran hawks, it’s probably a good idea to remain intensely skeptical of any and all narratives which might be used to manufacture consent for more aggression in the middle east.

*

Another absolutely freakish story in the news today is the revelation from Axios that in recent weeks, White House national security adviser Jake Sullivan presented President Biden with options for bombing Iranian nuclear facilities.

Image: Jake Sullivan (Source: InfoBrics)

As it has now finally been accepted by the mainstream political/media class that the president’s cognitive abilities have been declining, the question obviously needs to be asked: why are they presenting a dementia patient with options for bombing Iran?

Like seriously what the hell is going on there? I mean, what if he’d said go ahead? Would they have done it? Would they have started a horrifying new war on the orders of a president whose brains are leaking out his ears? Did Sullivan just try to get a new war started in the final days of the Biden administration by exploiting the mental enfeeblement of a demented octogenarian? Why would you even do such a thing instead of letting the clock run out on the administration unless you were hoping you’d get the go ahead for airstrikes?

Anyway, it didn’t happen, so that’s good. But the fact that this idea was even floated under the current circumstances says so much about the kinds of people who are managing the US empire today.

*

In other news, Trump supporters have been at each other’s throats as the Elon Musk techbro faction feuds with the white nationalist anti-immigrant faction over H-1B visas. Trump sided with Musk and declared that “We need a lot of people coming in” to the country, enraging his racist supporters who seriously believed their favorite oligarch was going to stop cheap immigrant labor from coming into the United States.

Yeah guys, big surprise there. I thought for sure the “we give billionaire corporations everything they want” party was going to take cheap immigrant labor away from the billionaire corporations this time.

When I tweeted about this earlier somebody asked me,

“But after Bernie Sanders hasn’t it been the so-called left that’s been very open borders oriented? Many accusing others of being racist for not allowing cheap foreign labor or will this change now because Trump is for it?”

The Democratic Party supports immigration for the same reason the Trump does: it’s a cheap source of labor for their corporate owners.

From the perspective of the authentic left the issue isn’t immigration in and of itself, it’s that it is always destructive and immoral to exploit the labor of people from impoverished countries at extortionate rates. This is true whether that exploitation is outsourced to other countries via globalization, or implemented at home via immigration.

Everyone loses under this model besides the capitalist class: both the foreign workers whose labor is being purchased at vastly reduced rates, and the workers at home whose labor is being undercut by this exploitation. The ones who win are those few who are reaping immense profits via the exploitation of foreign labor; they actually benefit from the impoverishment of the global south, and from ensuring that global wealth remains wildly unequal.

For the left the issue is the unjust exploitation of workers, while for the right the issue is not wanting a bunch of foreigners to come into the country. They both criticize the practice of giant corporations using H-1B visas to bring in droves of cheap labor, but for very different reasons. Rightists are fine with exploitation, they just find foreigners gross.

*

I still get Israel supporters bleating “Release the hostages!” at me whenever I criticize the genocide in Gaza.

And it’s like, shut up, dipshit. Stop pretending to believe this has anything to do with hostages. Netanyahu has been actively sabotaging a hostage deal since this whole thing began and openly proclaiming that the killing will continue even after every hostage is freed. This has been public knowledge for a very long time.

*

Capitalism isn’t the status quo because it’s the best system, it’s the status quo because it’s the easiest system to consolidate power around at this point in history. There’s enough convergence of interests at high levels for disparate factions to back the current model.

That can all change on a dime once the pitchforks and guillotines come out. Real power lies in the hands of the masses, and once enough of us get fed up with the status quo there won’t be anyone dumb enough to stand against us. And from there, creating a better system and a better world becomes very possible.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Featured image: A CCTV still of the Tesla Cybertruck explosion at the Trump International Hotel Las Vegas (From the Public Domain)

Is Trump Heading Down an “UnAmerican Path”? Paul C. Roberts

January 3rd, 2025 by Dr. Paul Craig Roberts

President-elect Trump appears to be unfamiliar with the limits placed on the CIA’s domestic involvement and on the limits placed on the US military’s domestic involvement. He has called for CIA involvement in his response to the New Orleans terrorist attack and for the military’s involvement to close the border with Mexico.  

These are first steps toward a domestic Gestapo and a government resting on military force, two developments inconsistent with making America great again.

Who is pumping these unAmerican ideas into Trump’s thoughts? 

Many will fall for the argument that desperate times call for desperate measures. How ironic if instead of renewing America, the Trump regime aids and abets the tyranny rising from the erosion of the Constitution’s authority.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Paul Craig Roberts is a renowned author and academic, chairman of The Institute for Political Economy where this article was originally published. Dr. Roberts was previously associate editor and columnist for The Wall Street Journal. He was Assistant Secretary of the Treasury for Economic Policy during the Reagan Administration. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

Featured image: Donald Trump on the campaign trail in March 2016. Credit: Windover Way Photography

A world-renowned data expert has just issued a red alert after uncovering evidence that reveals excess deaths are continuing to skyrocket in children who received Covid mRNA “vaccines.”

According to an alarming warning from leading Wall Street data analyst Ed Dowd, excess child deaths are still accelerating and show no sign of slowing down.

Dowd is a former executive at the world’s largest investment firm BlackRock and is considered one of America’s leading data experts.

Through his expert analysis of insurance industry data, Dowd has become a prominent figure in investigations into the impact of the global Covid vaccination campaign.

Dowd is currently a founding partner with Phinance Technologies a global macro alternative investment firm. 

The team at Phinance, which includes a handful of high-level scientists, data analysts, and financial experts, has been investigating surges in deaths and injuries following the Covid “vaccine” rollout.

During a new interview on “The Jimmy Dore Show,” Dowd produced shocking data showing that excess child deaths are still surging higher, long after the Covid mRNA “vaccines” were first released almost four years ago.

Dowd made the discovery while analyzing the official data from the UK government’s Office for National Statistics (ONS).

“The UK has a problem,” Down warns.

However, while the deaths were identified in UK data, the trend is most likely reflected in other nations with a similar mass vaccination protocol, including the United States, Canada, Australia, and much of Europe.

Dowd’s data shows that excess deaths for children aged one to fourteen have surged higher each year since the Covid mRNA “vaccines” were rolled out in 2021.

According to Dowd, excess deaths for children in this age group spiked by a staggering 22% in 2023 – the last full year of data.

Dowd notes that this trend didn’t start until “the magic juice started to be issued to children later in 2021.”

The data shows that deaths were actually lower than expected in 2020 but started surging in 2021.

According to Dowd’s findings, each year’s data shows:

  • 2020: 9 percent fewer deaths than expected
  • 2021: 7 percent fewer deaths than expected
  • 2022: 16 percent MORE deaths than expected
  • 2023: 22 percent MORE deaths than expected

As Down notes, while the “vaccines” were rolled out for public use in early 2021, they were authorized for children later in the year.

Although the data for 2024 isn’t yet complete, Dowd reveals that, so far, the official figures show that the surging death trend has continued through this year.

“Figures from the Office for National Statistics show about 10% more deaths (across all age groups) than expected since April this year,” Down adds.

Yet, despite the clear correlation with the mass vaccination campaign, UK health officials insist that “circulatory diseases and diabetes are … behind the increase.”

The revelation comes as Dowd and his team continue to uncover alarming data exposing the impact of the Covid mRNA “vaccines” on public health.

As Slay News previously reported, Dowd recently exposed the shocking number of sudden and unexpected deaths caused by the Covid mRNA “vaccines” around the world.

Dowd revealed that up to 15 million people have now been killed by the injections globally.

During an interview with Bret Weinstein, former professor of evolutionary biology, Dowd dropped bombshell figures for the number of vaccinated people who have died suddenly and unexpectedly.

“So five billion people on the planet got a vaccine of some sort,” Down told Weinstein.

“If you apply the range of the death rate in the US that I gave you earlier, you get a range of globally 7.3 million to 15 million died from the vaccine.”

Dowd’s upper-range numbers align with figures produced by leading expert Denis Rancourt, a former professor of physics at the University of Ottawa.

Rancourt estimates that 17 million people have been killed by the Covid shots.

However, despite the alarming nature of the death toll figures, Down revealed that the situation is far direr.

Dowd continued by detailing the number of people left injured and disabled from the injections.

“Disabilities, when you look at the ratio of four to one, you multiply the 7 million and the 15, approximately 15 million times four, you get a range of 29 to 60 million disabled globally.

“And then injuries, if you take 18% of the vaccinated, just using the Pfizer [trial data], so that again, this could be money, but we get a range of at the high end, 900 million, 500 million at the low end injured.

“500 million to 900 million who had an injury that has not disabled.”

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Thanks to Dr. William Makis for bringing this important article to our attention.

Featured image is from Slay News


The Worldwide Corona Crisis, Global Coup d’Etat Against Humanity

by Michel Chossudovsky

Michel Chossudovsky reviews in detail how this insidious project “destroys people’s lives”. He provides a comprehensive analysis of everything you need to know about the “pandemic” — from the medical dimensions to the economic and social repercussions, political underpinnings, and mental and psychological impacts.

“My objective as an author is to inform people worldwide and refute the official narrative which has been used as a justification to destabilize the economic and social fabric of entire countries, followed by the imposition of the “deadly” COVID-19 “vaccine”. This crisis affects humanity in its entirety: almost 8 billion people. We stand in solidarity with our fellow human beings and our children worldwide. Truth is a powerful instrument.”

Reviews

This is an in-depth resource of great interest if it is the wider perspective you are motivated to understand a little better, the author is very knowledgeable about geopolitics and this comes out in the way Covid is contextualized. —Dr. Mike Yeadon

In this war against humanity in which we find ourselves, in this singular, irregular and massive assault against liberty and the goodness of people, Chossudovsky’s book is a rock upon which to sustain our fight. –Dr. Emanuel Garcia

In fifteen concise science-based chapters, Michel traces the false covid pandemic, explaining how a PCR test, producing up to 97% proven false positives, combined with a relentless 24/7 fear campaign, was able to create a worldwide panic-laden “plandemic”; that this plandemic would never have been possible without the infamous DNA-modifying Polymerase Chain Reaction test – which to this day is being pushed on a majority of innocent people who have no clue. His conclusions are evidenced by renown scientists. —Peter Koenig 

Professor Chossudovsky exposes the truth that “there is no causal relationship between the virus and economic variables.” In other words, it was not COVID-19 but, rather, the deliberate implementation of the illogical, scientifically baseless lockdowns that caused the shutdown of the global economy. –David Skripac

A reading of  Chossudovsky’s book provides a comprehensive lesson in how there is a global coup d’état under way called “The Great Reset” that if not resisted and defeated by freedom loving people everywhere will result in a dystopian future not yet imagined. Pass on this free gift from Professor Chossudovsky before it’s too late.  You will not find so much valuable information and analysis in one place. –Edward Curtin

ISBN: 978-0-9879389-3-0,  Year: 2022,  PDF Ebook,  Pages: 164, 15 Chapters

Price: $11.50 FREE COPY! Click here (docsend) and download.

You may also access the online version of the e-Book by clicking here.

We encourage you to support the eBook project by making a donation through Global Research’s DonorBox “Worldwide Corona Crisis” Campaign Page

The most defining feature of our times, unprecedented in human history, is that due to man-made factors the life-sustaining conditions for all life-forms of our planet are badly threatened and hence they face a  survival crisis.

Segments of this man-made crisis appeared and grew steadily during the last 75 years. Today the survival crisis has assumed an extremely serious form.

Many factors together constitute the survival crisis. At the risk of some simplification, these may be classified into two sections.

Firstly, there are very serious environmental problems, led by not confined to climate change. These include fresh water crisis, ocean acidification, air pollution, accumulation of toxic substances and products, disruption of food safety (among other factors by GM crops), destruction of natural forests and huge bio-diversity loss with escalating species extinction.

Secondly, there are factors linked to accumulation and proliferation of nuclear weapons, increasing chances of their actual use and accidents relating to them.

Robot weapons also bring very serious existential risks. Banned weapons may still see destructive use.

Highly destructive new weapons equal to or worse than existing WMDs (Weapons of Mass Destruction) can emerge in new conditions.

Risks of [US-NATO] terrorist groups gaining access to or control over WMDs are increasing. The impacts of any large-scale use of WMDs are too well-known to be repeated here.

Several senior scientists or groups of scientists have issued statements in recent years saying that these two issues, taken separately or together, constitute an existential crisis.

As a journalist and author, when I researched this issue, I had an overwhelming feeling of the importance of this issue. Following years of sporadic effects, in 2018-19 (with age catching up) I decided to concentrate my efforts on this subject and wrote four books on this subject. All four books have been published. These are

(1) Protecting Earth for Children – Crucial Role of Next Decade

(2) Earth Without Borders – One World for Protecting All

(3) Planet in Peril; Survival Crisis – People’s Response Only Way Forward  and

(4) A Hindi book which to some extent brings together  all the three above-mentioned books – Dharti Ki Raksha Ke Liye Nirnayak Hoga Agla Dashak.

What follows is a summary of what I’ve stated in these four books mentioned above.

Firstly, given the overwhelming importance of the survival crisis for all humanity and for all forms of life, this survival crisis should be at the centre of all future decisions and planning all over the world.

Secondly, the survival crisis should be resolved within the framework of justice, peace and democracy. In fact, with the emergence of this crisis, the case for justice and equality, avoidance of all war/conflict, life based on non-violence and real grassroots democracy has become much stronger as all this in needed much more than before for resolving the survival crisis.

Thirdly, the next decade 2020-30 may well be the last window of opportunity for resolving the survival crisis before it is too late. This assessment is based on the extent to which various serious problems have advanced. This is also in conformity with the special report of the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change released in October 2018 which said that critical decisions for checking climate change must be made and implemented in the years up to 2030. This report also spoke of ‘unprecedented changes’ that are needed. Hence a 10-year perspective plan on very basic worldwide changes is badly needed.

Fourthly, my research reveals that the most basic solutions and changes that are needed are not possible within the existing world structure based on nation states. So we either need to move away entirely from this, towards ‘Earth Without Borders’ or else other big reforms  are needed – for example handing over all survival issues to a democratically formed world government with limited mandate just for these issues.

Fifthly, all future wars need to be avoided. The most serious environmental issues cannot be resolved under the shadow of war and conflict. For this, suggestions like disbanding all armies and handing over protection of national borders (if at all such borders are to exist) to a democratically formed world government or international authority should be considered.

Sixthly, all nuclear weapons, all weapons of mass destruction and robot (or AI or autonomous) weapons should be completely banned and eliminated, except that for some very special and unlikely situations less than one percent of the stocks may be kept with a world authority in highly secure conditions.

Seventhly, very high priority should be assigned to restricting global warming to 1.50C. For this while use of fossil fuels has to be minimized, this should be accompanied in addition by wider changes for minimizing all harmful and wasteful products and technologies while at the same time leaving more carbon space for meeting the genuine needs of the poor.

Changes in the economy should be for increasing justice and equality, while reducing waste and consumerism. Livelihood protection and social security should be emphasized, while linking these to sustainable life-styles and all-round protection of environment.

Social change should emphasise sincerity, cooperation, stability and equality in  human relationships, so that people seek happiness and satisfaction in such relationships and not in consumerism or endless, wasteful pursuit of material, sensual pleasures. Gender justice at all levels should be honored.

Relationship of human beings with all other forms of life should be based on protective (not destructive) thinking and attitudes. Special encouragement should be extended to small family farms, protection of natural forests, water conservation and improving greenery in rural areas, leading to more sustainable livelihoods.,with special emphasis on cooperative efforts of people particularly women.

Last but not the least, all this will not be possible without a drastic and sustainable change in existing value systems, as prevailing value systems are not at all in tune with the changes outlined above. Hence a very big and creative effort has to made in this context, identifying values which are needed and spreading them in participatory, interesting ways with special emphasis on youth and children.

A key concern should be to emphasize that present-day children and youth as well as the generations to come (our children and grandchildren and their children and grandchildren) have to the right to grow up and live in a safe and secure world.

Some of the basic changes which are badly needed will be resisted strongly by the existing establishment, we should have patience enough to engage in a well-reasoned debate with them to win over many potential supporters who will play a helpful role. However a more important role will be played by people’s movements with special emphasis on youth movements. Existing social movements of peace, environment protection, justice, gender justice, democracy and animal rights need to come closer to each other and work together with the added perspective of resolving the survival crisis in time. Peace movements with many-sided dimensions should converge to emphasise non-violence in all aspects of life.

As the survival crisis accentuates ordinary people will be inclined to listen to what these movements  have to say and by this time these movements should be able to speak unitedly about a broad agenda of change that is needed to resolve the survival crisis in time.

This is a very brief summary of what I’ve tried to say in the four books mentioned above. I’ve also tried to take this agenda forward in the form of a campaign called Save the Earth Now Campaign and its SED Demand. Several prominent citizens and social movements have endorsed  this campaign. This campaign statement can also be seen at my web-site – www.bharatdogra.in.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research’s Holiday Fundraiser 

Bharat Dogra is Honorary Convener, Campaign to Save Earth Now. His recent books include Planet in Peril, Man over Machine, How millions of lives can be saved within a decade and A Day in 2071. He is a regular contributor to Global Research. He can be contacted at [email protected]

Pfizer has been caught hiding sudden deaths during the clinical trials for the pharmaceutical giant’s Covid mRNA “vaccine.”

The hidden deaths were discovered during a major 1 and half year investigation by a team of researchers.

The team, volunteering for the non-profit news outlet The Daily Clout, revealed that these deaths were covered up to hide serious adverse reactions from the public.

During the investigation, the team of researchers, including physicians, a data expert, and a former United States Army Intelligence officer, analyzed thousands of pages of documents relating to the study.

They found that Pfizer had failed to report the deaths of two women during the trial. 

One woman died in Kansas and the other one was in Georgia.

Not only did Pfizer fail to report the deaths, but the company actively covered them up.

It appears that the deaths were hidden because regulators would have considered the “vaccines” too dangerous for public use.

According to Dr. Jeyanthi Kunadhasan, an anesthetist and perioperative physician in Australia; who was part of the team, the study protocol required that any “death or serious adverse effect” had to be reported within 24 hours.

In the Kansas case that did not happen for 37 days.

.

.

The Kansas case was a 63-year-old woman who had her first dose of the Pfizer mRNA vaccine on August 18, 2020.

The woman received her second dose on September 8, 2020.

She died of a sudden cardiac arrest on October 19, 2020.

The woman’s emergency contact immediately informed the clinical site — Alliance for Multispecialty Research LLC, in Newton, Kansas.

Thirty-seven days later, on November 25, 2020 — 11 days after the data reporting cutoff date — the death was finally recorded in a “case report form.”

The death was added to the report five days after the emergency use application was submitted to the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) by Pfizer.

The participant’s death was not reported in the trial results in the prestigious New England Journal of Medicine or to the FDA’s Vaccines and Related Biological Products Advisory Committee (VRBPAC), which approved the EUA.

According to a letter Kunadhasan sent to Kansas Attorney General Kris Kobach — who is suing Pfizer over the vaccine — an autopsy recorded the cause as “sudden cardiac death.”

Pfizer physicians ruled her death was not related to the vaccine, citing “risk factors” for heart disease to include hypertension and obesity.

However, according to Kunadhasan, the patient was hardly obese but rather mildly overweight, at approximately 5 feet 4 inches tall and 163 pounds.

“To be eligible for inclusion in this clinical trial, participants had to be deemed healthy based on medical history, physical examination (if required), and the clinical judgment of the investigator.

“The protocol allowed healthy participants with pre-existing stable disease – defined as disease not requiring significant change in therapy or hospitalization for worsening disease during the six weeks before enrolment – to participate in the clinical trial,” Kunadhasan wrote.

“This patient was medicated with two different antihypertensives and had encountered clinical trial personnel at least three times with no mention of any worryingly high blood pressure readings.

“In fact, I cannot find any blood pressure reading in her publicly available case notes.

“Consequently, I can only assume the patient’s high blood pressure, from which she had suffered since January 1st, 2010, was well-controlled when she was admitted to the trial.”

The patient was 165cm tall and weighed 74.1kg.

Her BMI (body mass index) of 27.2 put her in the overweight category, not obese.

The second hidden death was a 58-year-old woman in Georgia.

.

.

She received her first dose on August 4, 2020, and a second on August 27, 2020.

The woman died suddenly of a cardiac arrest in her sleep on November 7, 2020.

Her husband immediately informed the clinical site.

The death was not added to the data for 26 days and first followed up on December 3, 2020 — again well after the Nov. 14 data cutoff date.

The woman had taken a muscle relaxer and valium for chronic back pain prior to going to bed, but both were medications “previously used by the subject.”

In a letter to Texas Attorney General Ken Paxton, who is also suing Pfizer, Kunadhasan notes that there was no autopsy.

A coroner was simply called to pronounce death.

The trial investigator simply declared there was “no reasonable possibility that the cardiac arrest was related to the study intervention.”

However, without an autopsy, how can anyone know?

The information has emerged as Pfizer has just suffered a major legal blow.

As Slay News reported, a federal judge has just ordered the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) to release the sealed documents for pharmaceutical Pfizer’s Covid mRNA “vaccine” trials.

Pfizer and the FDA have been battling in the courts to keep the documents hidden from the public for 75 years.

However, the Public Health and Medical Professionals for Transparency (PHMPT) brought a high-profile case against the FDA to force the release of over one million pages of documents.

The United States District Court for the Northern District of Texas has just ruled against the FDA and ordered the release of the Pfizer docs.

The files are related to the FDA’s Emergency Use Authorization (EUA) for the Pfizer-BioNTech Covid mRNA “vaccine.”

The decision mandates the FDA to release the EUA file for the Pfizer injection no later than June 30, 2025.

The case stemmed from a Freedom of Information Act (FOIA) request by the PHMPT.

The PHMPT is a group of scientists and public health professionals seeking comprehensive data on the vaccine’s approval process.

The FOIA request sought comprehensive data related to the Pfizer “vaccine.”

The FDA had tried to keep the documents sealed for the next few decades, or until most adults alive during the pandemic were no longer around.

The federal agency claimed it would need up to 75 years to process and release the requested documents.

However, President Donald Trump-appointed U.S. District Judge Mark Pittman rejected this argument.

The Texas judge cited the importance of government accountability and gave the FDA just under seven months to release the documents to the public.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.  

Our thanks to Dr. William Makis for bringing this article to our attention.

Featured image is from Slay News


The Worldwide Corona Crisis, Global Coup d’Etat Against Humanity

by Michel Chossudovsky

Michel Chossudovsky reviews in detail how this insidious project “destroys people’s lives”. He provides a comprehensive analysis of everything you need to know about the “pandemic” — from the medical dimensions to the economic and social repercussions, political underpinnings, and mental and psychological impacts.

“My objective as an author is to inform people worldwide and refute the official narrative which has been used as a justification to destabilize the economic and social fabric of entire countries, followed by the imposition of the “deadly” COVID-19 “vaccine”. This crisis affects humanity in its entirety: almost 8 billion people. We stand in solidarity with our fellow human beings and our children worldwide. Truth is a powerful instrument.”

Reviews

This is an in-depth resource of great interest if it is the wider perspective you are motivated to understand a little better, the author is very knowledgeable about geopolitics and this comes out in the way Covid is contextualized. —Dr. Mike Yeadon

In this war against humanity in which we find ourselves, in this singular, irregular and massive assault against liberty and the goodness of people, Chossudovsky’s book is a rock upon which to sustain our fight. –Dr. Emanuel Garcia

In fifteen concise science-based chapters, Michel traces the false covid pandemic, explaining how a PCR test, producing up to 97% proven false positives, combined with a relentless 24/7 fear campaign, was able to create a worldwide panic-laden “plandemic”; that this plandemic would never have been possible without the infamous DNA-modifying Polymerase Chain Reaction test – which to this day is being pushed on a majority of innocent people who have no clue. His conclusions are evidenced by renown scientists. —Peter Koenig 

Professor Chossudovsky exposes the truth that “there is no causal relationship between the virus and economic variables.” In other words, it was not COVID-19 but, rather, the deliberate implementation of the illogical, scientifically baseless lockdowns that caused the shutdown of the global economy. –David Skripac

A reading of  Chossudovsky’s book provides a comprehensive lesson in how there is a global coup d’état under way called “The Great Reset” that if not resisted and defeated by freedom loving people everywhere will result in a dystopian future not yet imagined. Pass on this free gift from Professor Chossudovsky before it’s too late.  You will not find so much valuable information and analysis in one place. –Edward Curtin

ISBN: 978-0-9879389-3-0,  Year: 2022,  PDF Ebook,  Pages: 164, 15 Chapters

Price: $11.50 FREE COPY! Click here (docsend) and download.

You may also access the online version of the e-Book by clicking here.

We encourage you to support the eBook project by making a donation through Global Research’s DonorBox “Worldwide Corona Crisis” Campaign Page

Introduction 

According to this Nouvel Observateur (1998) interview with Zbigniew Brzezinski, the CIA’s intervention in Afghanistan preceded the 1979 entry of Soviet troops. 

To label this as The Soviet Afghan War is a misnomer. Confirmed by Brzezinski, It is best described as the “U.S.-Al Qaeda War against Afghanistan”.  The US started this war against The Democratic Republic of Afghanistan, with a view to destroying a secular nation state committed to women’s rights and universal public education. 

The planning of this war involving the recruitment of so-called. “freedom fighters” (good guy mercenaries) was marked by the active recruitment of  Al Qaeda (The Base), namely terrorists acting covertly on behalf of the United States. This included Osama Bin Laden who had been recruited by the CIA. 

The first war in 1979-1980 was described as a “Covert Action Support to the Afghan Resistance “ (NSDD 166, see Declassified below) which consisted in funding and supporting the recruitment of Al Qaeda “freedom fighters”. 

22 years later a Second War entitled US-NATO War against Afghanistan was undertaken:

On September 11, 2001, Al-Qaeda, under the leadership of Osama bin Laden allegedly attacked the WTC and the Pentagon with endorsement of Afghanistan (see below for details)

Michel Chossudovsky, December 31, 2024

Screenshot of the original article in French


“Yes. The CIA entered Afghanistan Before the Russians”. Zbigniew Brzezinski

Le Nouvel Observateur (LNO): The former director of the CIA, Robert Gates, stated in his memoirs [“From the Shadows”], that American intelligence services began to aid the Mujahadeen in Afghanistan 6 months before the Soviet intervention. In this period you were the national security adviser to President Carter. You therefore played a role in this affair. Is that correct?

Zbigniew Brzezinski (ZB): Yes. According to the official version of history, CIA aid to the Mujahadeen began during 1980, that is to say, after the Soviet army invaded Afghanistan, 24 Dec 1979. But the reality, secretly guarded until now, is completely otherwise Indeed, it was July 3, 1979 that President Carter signed the first directive for secret aid to the opponents of the pro-Soviet regime in Kabul. And that very day, I wrote a note to the president in which I explained to him that in my opinion this aid was going to induce a Soviet military intervention.

LNO: Despite this risk, you were an advocate of this covert action. But perhaps you yourself desired this Soviet entry into war and looked to provoke it?

ZB: It isn’t quite that. We didn’t push the Russians to intervene, but we knowingly increased the probability that they would.

LNO: When the Soviets justified their intervention by asserting that they intended to fight against a secret involvement of the United States in Afghanistan, people didn’t believe them. However, there was a basis of truth. You don’t regret anything today?

ZB: Regret what? That secret operation was an excellent idea. It had the effect of drawing the Russians into the Afghan trap and you want me to regret it? The day that the Soviets officially crossed the border, I wrote to President Carter. We now have the opportunity of giving to the USSR its Vietnam war. Indeed, for almost 10 years, Moscow had to carry on a war unsupportable by the government, a conflict that brought about the demoralization and finally the breakup of the Soviet empire.

LNO: And neither do you regret having supported the Islamic fundamentalism, having given arms and advice to future terrorists?

ZB: What is most important to the history of the world? The Taliban or the collapse of the Soviet empire? Some stirred-up Moslems or the liberation of Central Europe and the end of the cold war?

LNO: Some stirred-up Moslems? But it has been said and repeated Islamic fundamentalism represents a world menace today.

ZB: Nonsense! It is said that the West had a global policy in regard to Islam. That is stupid. There isn’t a global Islam. Look at Islam in a rational manner and without demagoguery or emotion. It is the leading religion of the world with 1.5 billion followers. But what is there in common among Saudi Arabian fundamentalism, moderate Morocco, Pakistan militarism, Egyptian pro-Western or Central Asian secularism? Nothing more than what unites the Christian countries.

Translation of the original article Nouvel Observateur Article in French by the late William Blum

copyright. Le Nouvel Observateur, January 1998.


Video: Hillary fully concurs with Brzezinski 

Al Qaeda: It was “a pretty good idea”, says Hillary, and it remains a good idea today.

In the course of the last 45 years since the since the onslaught of the so-called Soviet-Afghan War, the US has not ceased to support and finance Al Qaeda as a means to destabilizing and impoverishing sovereign countries.

TRANSCRIPT 

“Let’s remember here… the people we are fighting today we funded them twenty years ago… and we did it because we were locked in a struggle with the Soviet Union.

“They invaded Afghanistan… and we did not want to see them control Central Asia and we went to work… and it was President Reagan in partnership with Congress led by Democrats who said you know what it sounds like a pretty good idea… let’s deal with the ISI and the Pakistan military and let’s go recruit these mujahideen.

“And great, let them come from Saudi Arabia and other countries, importing their Wahabi brand of Islam so that we can go beat the Soviet Union.

“And guess what … they (Soviets) retreated … they lost billions of dollars and it led to the collapse of the Soviet Union.

“So there is a very strong argument which is… it wasn’t a bad investment in terms of Soviet Union but let’s be careful with what we sow… because we will harvest.

“So we then left Pakistan … We said okay fine you deal with the Stingers that we left all over your country… you deal with the mines that are along the border and… by the way we don’t want to have anything to do with you… in fact we’re sanctioning you… So we stopped dealing with the Pakistani military and with ISI and we now are making up for a lot of lost time.” (HILLARY CLINTON)

President Ronald Reagan issued (and signed) the National Security Decision Directive 166 (NSDD 166), which de facto authorized  “stepped-up covert military aid to the Mujahideen” as well as CIA support to religious indoctrination.

 

 

President Reagan and Mujahideen leaders from Afghanistan, 1980s

Are Al Qaeda “Freedom Fighters”  “Good Guys” or “Bad Guys”?

“Al-Qaeda (Arabic for “The Base”, i.e The Data Base of CIA recruits) grew out of and became identical with the Arab-Afghan Legion, those terrorists recruited by the United States of America, the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia, and the Islamic Republic of Pakistan. Originally sent to Afghanistan, they fought the USSR’s army and air force following the Soviet Union’s intervention of that country.

Later, the Central Intelligence Agency (CIA, the Agency) directed them to cross the border and destabilize the Muslim republics of the Soviet Union.

Still later, the American government moved them into the Balkans to destroy Yugoslavia, and then similarly to Iraq, followed by Libya and Syria.” (J. Michael Springmann, attorney, author, political commentator, and former U.S. diplomat)

Al Qaeda: “Good Guys” in the 1980s?

The promotion of “Radical Islam” was a  CIA initiative (NSDD 166) with a view to supporting the so-called “Afghan Resistance” against the Soviet Union

Among the most hideous crimes against humanity committed in Afghanistan was to CLOSE DOWN  PUBLIC SCHOOLS, replacing them by CIA sponsored KORANIC SCHOOLS.

The number of CIA sponsored religious schools (madrasahs) increased from 2,500 in 1980 to over 39,000. Public education was dismantled. USAID generously financed the process of religious indoctrination, largely to secure the demise of secular institutions and the collapse of civil society.

In the Pashtun language, the word “Taliban” means “Students”, or graduates of the madrasahs (places of learning or koranic schools) set up by the Wahhabi missions from Saudi Arabia, with the support of the CIA.

“The United States spent millions of dollars to supply Afghan schoolchildren with textbooks filled with violent images and militant Islamic teachings….

The primers, which were filled with talk of jihad and featured drawings of guns, bullets, soldiers and mines, have served since then as the Afghan school system’s core curriculum. Even the Taliban used the American-produced books ….

The pictures [in] the texts are horrendous to school students, but the texts are even much worse’ said Ahmad Fahim Hakim, an Afghan educator [working with] a Pakistan-based nonprofit.

An aid worker in the region reviewed an unrevised 100-page book and counted 43 pages containing violent images or passages.

Published in the dominant Afghan languages of Dari and Pashtu, the textbooks were developed in the early 1980s under an AID grant to the University of Nebraska-Omaha and its Center for Afghanistan Studies. The agency spent $51 million on the university’s education programs in Afghanistan from 1984 to 1994“, (Washington Post, 23 March 2002)

 

 

 

Textbook printing and distribution by the University of Nebraska, Omaha, in partnership with U.S. Strategic Command, Omaha continued in 2002 and 2003 with funding from USAID, with another 15 million copies: a total of more  than 30 million text-books with hideous images, for a total population of 36 million.

 

 

 Video: Zbigniew Brzezinski and the Al Qaeda Mujahideen

Al Qaeda: ” Bad Guys” in the Wake of 9/11 

The US-NATO “Humanitarian War” against Afghanistan was launched on October 7, 2001

An act of war by a foreign nation (Afghanistan) against a member of the North Atlantic Alliance (the USA) was considered as an act of war against all members under NATO’s doctrine of collective security.

Under no stretch of the imagination, can the attack on the World Trade Center and Pentagon be categorized as an act of war by a foreign country. But nobody seemed to have raised this issue.

On October 5, NATO Secretary General calls for the invasion of Afghanistan on October 7, 2001:

undefined“The facts are clear and compelling. The information presented points conclusively to an al-Qaida role [CIA recruits ] in the September 11 attacks.

We know that the individuals who carried out these attacks were part of the world-wide terrorist network of al-Qaida [The CIA database], headed by Osama bin Laden [recruited by the US in the early 1980s] and his key lieutenants and protected by the Taliban.

On the basis of this briefing, it has now been determined that the attack against the United States on September 11 was directed from abroad [Afghanistan] and shall therefore be regarded as an action covered by Article 5 of the Washington Treaty, which states that an armed attack on one or more of the Allies in Europe or North America shall be considered an attack against them all.

I want to reiterate that the United States of America can rely on the full support of its 18 NATO Allies in the campaign against terrorism.”

(Lord Robertson, NATO Secretary General (image Left), statement to the NATO Council, State Department, Appendix H, Multinational Response to September 11 NATO Press, http://www.state.gov/documents/organization/10313.pdf, accessed 24 November 2009, emphasis added)

In other words, on October 5, 2001, two days before the actual commencement of the bombing campaign on October 7, the North Atlantic Council decided, based on the information provided by a mysterious consultant Frank Taylor (US Ambassador at Large) briefed the Atlantic Council

“that the attacks were directed from abroad” by Al Qaeda, headed by Osama bin Laden, thereby requiring an action on the part of NATO under Article 5 of the Washington Treaty (See U.S. State Gov Archive, emphasis added)

Al Qaeda “Good Guys” Again in December 2024. Al Qaeda “Liberates Syria”

The main actors in the December 8, 2024 coup d’Etat who were described by the media as “rebels” are Al Qaeda affiliated mercenaries, all of whom are supported by Western and Israeli intelligence.

According to the the BBC “democracy” is to be reinstated under the leadership  Abu Mohammed al-Jawlani.  of an Islamist terrorist entity entitled Tahrir al-Sham (HTS), previously affiliated to Al  Qaeda. [the Data base].

Ironically, this “good guy” Al Qaeda leader Al-Jawlani is still categorized as a terrorist by the U.S, State Department. 

 

And the West applauds, celebrating the victory of  Tahir Al Sham. 

Their unspoken objective is to install an Islamist State led by Al Qaeda terrorist proxies.

Oops! Are these not the “same guys” who allegedly brought down the WTC  and the Pentagon on September 11, 2001 under the helm of Osama Bin Laden?

 

 

 

Michel Chossudovsky, Global Research, December 31, 2024

 

 

 


 

See Also

October 7, 2001: America’s “Just War” against Afghanistan: Women’s Rights “Before” and “After” America’s Destructive Wars

By Prof Michel Chossudovsky, October 23, 2024

 

HUMANITARIAN WARFARE: KILLING SECULAR DEMOCRACY AND WOMEN’S RIGHTS,  IN TWO DISTINCT PHASES  (1980s and 2001-)

Unknown to Americans, in the 1970s and early 1980s, Kabul was “a cosmopolitan city. Artists and hippies flocked to the capital. Women studied agriculture, engineering and business at the city’s university. Afghan women held government jobs”. 

 

BEFORE THE “HUMANITARIAN WAR” 

 

Kabul University 1980s

 

 

AFTER THE “HUMANITARIAN WAR”

 DESTRUCTION OF AN ENTIRE COUNTRY

 

Michel Chossudovsky, December 31, 2024

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research’s Holiday Fundraiser

Twenty-six Things About the Islamic State (Al Qaeda, ISIS-ISIL-Daesh) that the U.S. Government Does Not Want You to Know About

What is the Islamic State (ISIL, ISIS-Daesh, Al Nusrah, Et Al… )?

Scroll down for the translation into Arabic

ستة وعشرون شيئا عن الدولة الإسلامية (داعش-داعش) أن الولايات المتحدة. الحكومة لا تريدك أن تعرف عن

ما هي الدولة الإسلامية (داعش، داعش، النصرة، وآخرون… )؟

قم بالتمرير لأسفل للترجمة إلى اللغة العربية

 

Ask former President Barack Obama who in 2014 ordered a major counter-terrorism operation directed against the Islamic State under the doctrine of Responsibility to Protect (R2P)

The counter-terrorism mandate is a fiction. America is the Number One “State Sponsor of Terrorism”.  

The US has supported Al Qaeda and its affiliated organizations including ISIL for almost half a century since the heyday of the Soviet Afghan war. 

In 2014 President Obama launched  a “counter-terrorism campaign” allegedly directed against The Islamic State (ISIL, ISIS-Daesh).

It was an outright act of war disguised as a fake counter-terrorism operation.

It consisted  in providing a justification for the extensive bombing of Iraq and Syria, largely targeting residential areas and civilians.  

In turn, ISIS-Daesh was covertly supported and funded by the U.S. and its allies including Israel.  

Israel was directly involved in President Obama’s “counter-terrorism” bombing raids directed against Syria, while also supporting Al Qaeda and ISIS mercenaries out of the Golan Heights. 

Since 9/11,  under various acronyms “The Islamic State has gone Global”. 

The Islamic State is not limited to the Middle East and Central Asia. 

West Africa, Central Africa, Southeast Asia, Western Europe, Russia, Turkey, India, Indonesia, Malaysia, The Philippines, and many more. 

There are Islamic State related jihadist networks supported covertly by Western intelligence in all major regions of the World with the exception of Latin America. The Islamic States (Al Qaeda, ISIS et al) provides the U.S. as well as Israel the  justification of “Going after the terrorists”.

Syria 

In December 2024,  Al Qaeda terrorists supported by US-NATO are portrayed as freedom fighters  involved in the “Liberation of Syria”. Described by the media as “rebels” the main actor of the of the coup d’Etat are Al Qaeda affiliated mercenaries, all of whom are supported by the US-NATO-Israel military and intelligence apparatus. .

According to the the BBC “democracy” is to be reinstated under the leadership  Abu Mohammed al-Jawlani.  of an Islamist terrorist entity entitled Tahrir al-Sham (HTS), previously affiliated to Al  Qaeda. [the Data base].

Ironically, this “good guy” Al Qaeda leader Al-Jawlani is still categorized as a terrorist by the U.S, State Department. 

And the West applauds, celebrating the victory of  Tahir Al Sham. 

Their unspoken objective is to install an Islamist State led by Al Qaeda “good guy” proxies, supported and endorsed in chorus by the West’s democratic governments. 

Image left Al Qaeda “good guy” Al -Jawyani.  “IMF offers support for Syria’s economic reconstruction” under Al-Jayani’s government. “Free market” conditionalities apply.

Image Right: Al Qaeda “bad guy” Al Jayani. $10 Million Reward from the US State Department.

Oops!

Are these not the same Al Qaeda bad guy terrorists who allegedly brought down the WTC  and the Pentagon on September 11, 2001 under the helm of Osama Bin Laden?

 

 

Michel Chossudovsky, Global Research,  January 3, 2025  

 

 

 

*      *      *

26 Things About the Islamic State (Al Qaeda, ISIS-ISIL-Daesh)

that the U.S. Government Does Not Want You to Know About

by Michel Chossudovsky

November 2014 

 

The Global War on Terrorism is Fake

Going after ” Islamic terrorists”, carrying out a worldwide pre-emptive war to “Protect the American Homeland” are used to justify a military agenda.

The Islamic State of Iraq and the Levant (ISIL) is a creation of US intelligence. Washington’s “Counter-terrorism Agenda” in Iraq and Syria consists in Supporting the Terrorists.  

The incursion of the Islamic State (IS) brigades into Iraq starting in June 2014 was part of a carefully planned military-intelligence operation supported covertly by the US, NATO and Israel.

The counter-terrorism mandate is a fiction. America is the Number One “State Sponsor of Terrorism” 

The Islamic State is protected by the US and its allies. If they had wanted to eliminate the Islamic State brigades, they could have “carpet” bombed their convoys of Toyota pickup trucks when they crossed the desert from Syria into Iraq in June [2014]

\

The  Syro-Arabian Desert is open territory (see map below). With state of the art jet fighter aircraft (F15, F22 Raptor, CF-18) it would have been  -from a military standpoint-  a rapid and expedient surgical operation

See Video: Michel Chossudovsky. America is “A State Sponsor of Terrorism”/ 

 

It could not have been undertaken without the unbending support of  the Western media which has upheld Obama’s initiative as a counter-terrorism operation.  

 

 

 

Twenty Six Things 

 

THE HISTORICAL ORIGINS OF AL QAEDA

1. The US has supported Al Qaeda and its affiliated organizations for almost half a century since the heyday of the Soviet Afghan war. 

2. CIA training camps were set up in Pakistan.  In the ten year period from 1982 to 1992, some 35,000 jihadists from 43 Islamic countries were recruited by the CIA to fight in the Afghan jihad.

“Advertisements, paid for from CIA funds, were placed in newspapers and newsletters around the world offering inducements and motivations to join the Jihad.”

3. Since the Reagan Administration, Washington has supported the Islamic terror network.

Ronald Reagan called the terrorists “freedom fighters”. The US supplied weapons to the Islamic brigades.  It was all for “a good cause”: fighting the Soviet Union and regime change, leading to the demise of a secular government in Afghanistan.

President Reagan and Mujahideen leaders from Afghanistan

Ronald Reagan meets Afghan Mujahideen Commanders at the White House in 1985 (Reagan Archives)

4. Jihadist textbooks  were  published by the University of Nebraska. “. “The United States spent millions of dollars to supply Afghan schoolchildren with textbooks filled with violent images and militant Islamic teachings”

 

5. Osama bin Laden, America’s bogyman and founder of Al Qaeda was recruited by the CIA in 1979 at the very outset of the US sponsored jihadist war against Afghanistan . He was 22 years old and was trained in a CIA sponsored guerilla training camp.

Al Qaeda was not behind the 9/11 Attacks. September 11, 2001 provided a justification for waging a war against Afghanistan on the grounds that Afghanistan was a state sponsor of terrorism, supportive of Al Qaeda. The 9/11 attacks were instrumental in the formulation of the “Global War on Terrorism”.

THE ISLAMIC STATE (ISIL)

6. The Islamic State (ISIL) was originally an Al Qaeda affiliated entity created by US intelligence with the support of Britain’s MI6, Israel’s Mossad, Pakistan’s Inter-Services Intelligence (ISI) and Saudi Arabia’s General Intelligence Presidency (GIP), Ri’āsat Al-Istikhbārāt Al-’Āmah ( رئاسة الاستخبارات العامة‎).

7. The ISIL brigades were involved in the US-NATO supported insurgency in Syria directed against the government of  Bashar al Assad.

8.  NATO and the Turkish High Command were responsible for the recruitment of ISIL and Al Nusrah mercenaries from the outset of the Syrian insurgency in March 2011. According to Israeli intelligence sources, this initiative consisted in:

“a campaign to enlist thousands of Muslim volunteers in Middle East countries and the Muslim world to fight alongside the Syrian rebels. The Turkish army would house these volunteers, train them and secure their passage into Syria. (DEBKAfile, NATO to give rebels anti-tank weapons, August 14, 2011.)

9.There are Western Special Forces and Western intelligence operatives within the ranks of the ISIL. British Special Forces and MI6 have been involved in training jihadist rebels in Syria.

10. Western military specialists on contract to the Pentagon have trained the terrorists in the use of chemical weapons.

“The United States and some European allies are using defense contractors to train Syrian rebels on how to secure chemical weapons stockpiles in Syria, a senior U.S. official and several senior diplomats told CNN Sunday. ( CNN Report, December 9, 2012)

11. The ISIL’s practice of beheadings is part of the US sponsored terrorist training programs implemented in Saudi Arabia and Qatar.

12. Recruited by America’s ally, a large number of ISIL mercenaries are convicted criminals released from Saudi prisons on condition they join the ISIL. Saudi death row inmates were recruited to join the terror brigades. 

13. Israel  has supported  the ISIL and Al Nusrah brigades out of the Golan Heights.

Jihadist fighters have met Israeli IDF officers as well as Prime Minister Netanyahu. The IDF top brass tacitly acknowledges that “global jihad elements inside Syria” [ISIL and Al Nusrah] are supported by Israel. See  image below:

“Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu and Defence Minister Moshe Ya’alon next to a wounded mercenary, Israeli military field hospital at the occupied Golan Heights’ border with Syria, 18 February 2014″

SYRIA AND IRAQ

14 The ISIL are the foot soldiers  of the Western military alliance. Their unspoken mandate is to wreck havoc and destruction in Syria and Iraq, acting on behalf of their US sponsors.

15. US Senator John McCain has met up with jihadist terrorist leaders in Syria. (see picture right)

16  The Islamic State (IS) militia, which is currently the alleged target of  a US-NATO bombing campaign under a “counter-terrorism” mandate, continues to be supported covertly by the US.  Washington and its allies continue to provide military aid to the Islamic State.

17. US and allied bombings are not targeting the ISIL, they are bombing the economic infrastructure of Iraq and Syria including factories and oil refineries.

18.  The IS caliphate project is part of a longstanding US foreign policy agenda to carve up Iraq and Syria into separate territories: A Sunni Islamist Caliphate, an Arab Shia Republic, a Republic of Kurdistan.

THE GLOBAL WAR ON TERRORISM (GWOT)

19. “The Global War on Terrorism” (GWOT) is presented as a “Clash of Civilizations”, a war between competing values and religions, when in reality it is an outright war of conquest, guided by strategic and economic objectives.

20 U.S. sponsored Al Qaeda terror brigades (covertly supported by Western intelligence) have been deployed in Mali, Niger, Nigeria, the Central African Republic, Somalia and Yemen.

These various affiliated Al Qaeda entities in the Middle East, sub-Saharan Africa  and Asia are CIA sponsored “intelligence assets”. They are used by Washington to wreck havoc,  create internal conflicts and destabilize sovereign countries.

21 Boko Haram in Nigeria, Al Shabab in Somalia, the Libya Islamic Fighting Group (LIFG) (supported by NATO in 2011),  Al Qaeda in the Islamic Maghreb (AQIM),  Jemaah Islamiah (JI) in Indonesia,  among other Al Qaeda affiliated groups are supported covertly by Western intelligence.

22. The US is also supporting Al Qaeda affiliated terrorist organizations in the Xinjiang Uighur autonomous region of China. The underlying objective is to trigger political instability in Western China.

Chinese jihadists are reported to have received “terrorist training” from the Islamic State “in order to conduct attacks in China”. The declared objective of these Chinese-based jihadist entities (which serves the interests of the US)  is to establish a Islamic caliphate extending into Western China.  (Michel Chossudovsky, America’s War on Terrorism, Global Research, Montreal, 2005, Chapter 2).

HOMEGROWN TERRORISTS

23 The Terrorists R Us:  While the US is the unspoken architect of the Islamic State,  Obama’s holy mandate is to protect America against ISIL attacks.

24 The homegrown terrorist threat is a fabrication.  It is promoted by Western governments and the media with a view to repealing civil liberties and installing a police state. The terror attacks by alleged jihadists and terror warnings are invariably staged events. They are used to create an atmosphere of fear and intimidation.

In turn, the arrests, trials and sentences of “Islamic terrorists” sustain the legitimacy of America’s Homeland Security State and law enforcement apparatus, which has become increasingly militarized.

The ultimate objective is to instill in the minds of millions of Americans that the enemy is real and the U.S. Administration will protect the lives of its citizens.

25.  The “counter-terrorism” campaign against the Islamic State has contributed to the demonization of Muslims, who in the eyes of Western public opinion are increasingly  associated with the jihadists.

26  Anybody who dares to question the validity of the “Global War on Terrorism” is branded a terrorist and subjected to the anti-terrorist laws.

The ultimate objective of the “Global War on Terrorism” is to subdue the citizens, totally depoliticize social life in America, prevent people from thinking and conceptualizing, from analyzing facts and challenging the legitimacy of the inquisitorial social order which rules America.

The Obama Administration has imposed a diabolical consensus with the support of its allies, not to mention the complicit role of the United Nations Security Council.  The Western media has embraced the consensus; it has described the Islamic State as an independent entity, an outside enemy which threatens the Western World.

The Big Lie has become the Truth. 

Say no to the “Big Lie”. Spread the message.

The truth is ultimately a powerful weapon.

Please help us continue. We rely on the support of our readers.

Consider donating to Global Research. 

For Peace and Truth in Media, Michel Chossudovsky

 


ستة وعشرون حقيقة عن تنظيم الدولة الإسلامية (داعش) لا تريد الحكومة الأميركية أن تعرفها

ما هي الدولة الإسلامية (داعش، النصرة، وغيرها…)؟

قم بالتمرير لأسفل للحصول على الترجمة إلى اللغة العربية

ستة وعشرون شيئًا عن الدولة الإسلامية (داعش-داعش) أن الولايات المتحدة. الحكومة لا تريدك أن تعرف عنها

ما هي الدولة الإسلامية (داعش، داعش، النصرة، وآخرون… )؟

قم بالتمرير للأسف للترجمة إلى اللغة العربية

 

اسأل الرئيس السابق باراك أوباما  الذي أمر في عام 2014 بشن عملية كبرى لمكافحة الإرهاب ضد تنظيم الدولة الإسلامية بموجب  مبدأ المسؤولية عن الحماية (R2P)

إن مهمة مكافحة الإرهاب مجرد خيال، فأميركا هي الدولة الأولى الراعية للإرهاب.  

لقد دعمت الولايات المتحدة تنظيم القاعدة والمنظمات التابعة له، بما في ذلك تنظيم الدولة الإسلامية، لمدة نصف قرن تقريبًا منذ ذروة الحرب السوفييتية الأفغانية. 

في عام 2014 أطلق الرئيس أوباما “حملة مكافحة الإرهاب” التي يُزعم أنها موجهة  ضد تنظيم الدولة الإسلامية (داعش).

لقد كان ذلك عملاً حربياً صريحاً متخفياً في صورة  عملية وهمية لمكافحة الإرهاب .

وكان  الهدف من ذلك توفير مبرر للقصف المكثف للعراق وسوريا، والذي استهدف إلى حد كبير المناطق السكنية والمدنيين.  

وبدوره، تلقى تنظيم داعش الدعم والتمويل السري من الولايات المتحدة وحلفائها، بما في ذلك إسرائيل.  

وكانت إسرائيل متورطة بشكل مباشر في الغارات الجوية التي شنها الرئيس أوباما ضد سوريا “لمكافحة الإرهاب”، كما دعمت أيضا مرتزقة القاعدة وداعش من مرتفعات الجولان. 

منذ أحداث الحادي عشر من سبتمبر، وتحت العديد من الاختصارات، ” أصبح تنظيم الدولة الإسلامية عالميا”. 

ولا يقتصر تنظيم الدولة الإسلامية على منطقة الشرق الأوسط وآسيا الوسطى.

غرب أفريقيا، أفريقيا الوسطى، جنوب شرق آسيا، أوروبا الغربية، روسيا، تركيا، الهند، إندونيسيا، ماليزيا، الفلبين، وغيرها الكثير.

هناك شبكات جهادية مرتبطة بتنظيم الدولة الإسلامية، مدعومة سراً من قبل أجهزة الاستخبارات الغربية في كل المناطق الرئيسية في العالم باستثناء أميركا اللاتينية. وتوفر الدولة الإسلامية (القاعدة، داعش، وغيرها) للولايات المتحدة وإسرائيل الوكيل والمبرر لـ “ملاحقة الإرهابيين”.

وفيما يتعلق بالإبادة الجماعية التي ترتكبها إسرائيل ضد الشعب الفلسطيني، يتم تصنيف حماس ككيان إرهابي، يزعم أنه يشن حربًا على إسرائيل.

تم نشر المقال التالي لأول مرة في نوفمبر 2014

 

ميشيل شوسودوفسكي، جلوبال ريسيرش، 20 أكتوبر 2024

 

* * *

26 معلومة عن تنظيم الدولة الإسلامية (داعش)

أن حكومة الولايات المتحدة لا تريدك أن تعرف عنها

بقلم ميشيل شوسودوفسكي

نوفمبر 2014 

 

الحرب العالمية ضد الإرهاب مزيفة

إن ملاحقة “الإرهابيين الإسلاميين”، وتنفيذ حرب وقائية عالمية “لحماية الوطن الأمريكي” تُستخدم لتبرير أجندة عسكرية.

إن تنظيم الدولة الإسلامية في العراق والشام (داعش) هو من صنع أجهزة الاستخبارات الأميركية.  وتتلخص “أجندة مكافحة الإرهاب” التي تتبناها واشنطن في العراق وسوريا في دعم الإرهابيين.  

كان توغل كتائب تنظيم الدولة الإسلامية (داعش) في العراق بدءاً من يونيو/حزيران 2014 جزءاً من عملية عسكرية استخباراتية مخططة بعناية بدعم سري من الولايات المتحدة وحلف شمال الأطلسي وإسرائيل.

إن مهمة مكافحة الإرهاب مجرد خيال، فأميركا هي “الدولة الراعية للإرهاب” رقم واحد. 

إن الدولة الإسلامية محمية من قبل الولايات المتحدة وحلفائها. ولو أرادوا القضاء على ألوية الدولة الإسلامية، لكان بوسعهم قصف قوافلها من شاحنات تويوتا الصغيرة عندما عبرت الصحراء من سوريا إلى العراق في يونيو/حزيران 2014.

\

الصحراء العربية السورية هي منطقة مفتوحة (انظر الخريطة أدناه).  ومع الطائرات المقاتلة النفاثة الحديثة (F15، F22 Raptor، CF-18) كان من الممكن أن تكون  عملية جراحية سريعة وسريعة من الناحية العسكرية.

شاهد الفيديو:  “مشروع إجرامي على المستوى العالمي”

 

ولم يكن من الممكن تنفيذ هذه العملية لولا الدعم المتواصل من جانب وسائل الإعلام الغربية التي دعمت مبادرة أوباما باعتبارها عملية لمكافحة الإرهاب.  

 

 

\

ستة وعشرون شيئا 

الأصول التاريخية لتنظيم القاعدة

1. لقد دعمت الولايات المتحدة تنظيم القاعدة والمنظمات التابعة له لمدة نصف قرن تقريبا، منذ ذروة الحرب السوفييتية الأفغانية. 

2. تم إنشاء معسكرات تدريب تابعة لوكالة الاستخبارات المركزية الأميركية في باكستان.  وفي الفترة الممتدة من عام 1982 إلى عام 1992، قامت وكالة الاستخبارات المركزية الأميركية بتجنيد نحو 35 ألف جهادي من 43 دولة إسلامية للقتال في الجهاد الأفغاني.

“وقد تم نشر إعلانات، تم تمويلها من أموال وكالة المخابرات المركزية، في الصحف والنشرات الإخبارية في جميع أنحاء العالم تقدم الحوافز والحوافز للانضمام إلى الجهاد.”

3. منذ إدارة ريغان، دعمت واشنطن شبكة الإرهاب الإسلامي.

لقد أطلق رونالد ريجان على الإرهابيين وصف “المقاتلين من أجل الحرية”. كما زودت الولايات المتحدة الألوية الإسلامية بالأسلحة. وكان كل هذا من أجل “قضية نبيلة”: محاربة الاتحاد السوفييتي وتغيير النظام، الأمر الذي أدى إلى زوال الحكومة العلمانية في أفغانستان.

الرئيس ريغان وزعماء المجاهدين من أفغانستان

رونالد ريغان يلتقي قادة المجاهدين الأفغان في البيت الأبيض عام 1985 ( أرشيف ريغان )

4. نشرت جامعة نبراسكا كتبًا مدرسية جهادية . “. “أنفقت الولايات المتحدة ملايين الدولارات لتزويد أطفال المدارس الأفغانية بكتب مدرسية مليئة بالصور العنيفة والتعاليم الإسلامية المتشددة”

 

5. تم تجنيد أسامة بن لادن، زعيم تنظيم القاعدة ورجل أميركا المخيف، من قبل وكالة الاستخبارات المركزية الأميركية في عام 1979 في بداية الحرب الجهادية التي ترعاها الولايات المتحدة ضد أفغانستان. كان يبلغ من العمر 22 عاماً وتلقى تدريبه في معسكر تدريب حرب العصابات الذي ترعاه وكالة الاستخبارات المركزية الأميركية.

لم يكن تنظيم القاعدة وراء هجمات الحادي عشر من سبتمبر/أيلول.  فقد وفرت أحداث الحادي عشر من سبتمبر/أيلول 2001 مبرراً لشن حرب ضد أفغانستان على أساس أن أفغانستان دولة راعية للإرهاب وداعمة لتنظيم القاعدة. وكانت هجمات الحادي عشر من سبتمبر/أيلول بمثابة أداة أساسية في صياغة “الحرب العالمية على الإرهاب”.

الدولة الاسلامية (داعش)

6. كان تنظيم الدولة الإسلامية (داعش) في الأصل كيانًا تابعًا لتنظيم القاعدة أنشأته المخابرات الأمريكية  بدعم من جهاز المخابرات البريطاني MI6، والموساد الإسرائيلي، وجهاز المخابرات الباكستاني (ISI)، ورئاسة الاستخبارات العامة في المملكة العربية السعودية (رئاسة الاستخبارات العامة‎).

7. شاركت كتائب داعش في التمرد الذي دعمته الولايات المتحدة وحلف شمال الأطلسي في سوريا ضد حكومة بشار الأسد.

8.   كان حلف شمال الأطلسي والقيادة العليا التركية مسؤولين عن تجنيد مرتزقة تنظيم الدولة الإسلامية وجبهة النصرة منذ بداية التمرد السوري في مارس/آذار 2011. ووفقاً لمصادر استخباراتية إسرائيلية، فإن هذه المبادرة كانت تتألف من:

“حملة لتجنيد آلاف المتطوعين المسلمين في دول الشرق الأوسط والعالم الإسلامي للقتال إلى جانب المتمردين السوريين. وسوف يتولى الجيش التركي إيواء هؤلاء المتطوعين وتدريبهم وتأمين مرورهم إلى سوريا.  (ديبكا فايل، الناتو يزود المتمردين بأسلحة مضادة للدبابات، 14 أغسطس/آب 2011).

9. هناك قوات خاصة غربية وعملاء استخبارات غربيون ضمن صفوف تنظيم الدولة الإسلامية في العراق والشام. وقد شاركت القوات الخاصة البريطانية وجهاز المخابرات البريطاني في تدريب المتمردين الجهاديين في سوريا.

10. قام خبراء عسكريون غربيون يعملون مع البنتاغون بتدريب الإرهابيين على استخدام الأسلحة الكيميائية.

“أفاد مسؤول أميركي كبير وعدد من الدبلوماسيين الكبار لشبكة CNN الأحد أن الولايات المتحدة وبعض حلفائها الأوروبيين يستخدمون شركات مقاولات دفاعية لتدريب المتمردين السوريين على كيفية تأمين مخزونات الأسلحة الكيماوية في سوريا. (  تقرير شبكة CNN،  9 ديسمبر/كانون الأول 2012)

11. إن ممارسة تنظيم الدولة الإسلامية المتمثلة في قطع الرؤوس هي جزء من برامج تدريب الإرهابيين التي ترعاها الولايات المتحدة والتي يتم تنفيذها في المملكة العربية السعودية وقطر.

 12. تم تجنيد عدد كبير من مرتزقة داعش من قبل حليف أمريكا، وهم مجرمون مدانون تم إطلاق سراحهم من السجون السعودية بشرط الانضمام إلى داعش . تم تجنيد السجناء السعوديين المحكوم عليهم بالإعدام للانضمام إلى ألوية الإرهاب. 

13.  قدمت إسرائيل الدعم لمجموعتي داعش والنصرة المتواجدتين في مرتفعات الجولان.

التقى مقاتلون جهاديون بضباط في جيش الدفاع الإسرائيلي وكذلك رئيس الوزراء نتنياهو . ويعترف كبار قادة جيش الدفاع الإسرائيلي ضمناً بأن “عناصر الجهاد العالمي داخل سوريا”  [تنظيم الدولة الإسلامية وجبهة النصرة] مدعومة من إسرائيل. انظر   الصورة أدناه:

“رئيس الوزراء الإسرائيلي بنيامين نتنياهو ووزير الدفاع موشيه يعلون  بجوار مرتزق جريح في مستشفى ميداني عسكري إسرائيلي على حدود مرتفعات الجولان المحتلة مع سوريا، 18 فبراير 2014″

سوريا والعراق

14 إن تنظيم الدولة الإسلامية هو بمثابة جنود المشاة للتحالف العسكري الغربي. وتتلخص مهمته غير المعلنة في إحداث الفوضى والدمار في سوريا والعراق، بالنيابة عن رعاته الأميركيين.

15. التقى السيناتور الأمريكي جون ماكين بقادة إرهابيين جهاديين في سوريا. (انظر الصورة على اليمين)

16 لا تزال ميليشيا تنظيم الدولة الإسلامية (داعش)، التي يُزعم أنها هدف لحملة قصف تشنها الولايات المتحدة وحلف شمال الأطلسي تحت مسمى “مكافحة الإرهاب”، تتلقى الدعم السري من الولايات المتحدة.   وتواصل واشنطن وحلفاؤها تقديم المساعدات العسكرية لتنظيم الدولة الإسلامية.

17. إن الغارات الجوية التي تقودها الولايات المتحدة وحلفاؤها لا تستهدف تنظيم الدولة الإسلامية ، بل تستهدف البنية التحتية الاقتصادية للعراق وسوريا بما في ذلك المصانع ومصافي النفط.

18.  إن مشروع الخلافة الذي يروج له تنظيم الدولة الإسلامية هو جزء من أجندة طويلة الأمد في السياسة الخارجية الأميركية تهدف إلى تقسيم العراق وسوريا إلى مناطق منفصلة: الخلافة الإسلامية السنية، والجمهورية العربية الشيعية، وجمهورية كردستان.

الحرب العالمية على الإرهاب

19. يتم تقديم “الحرب العالمية ضد الإرهاب” على أنها “صراع الحضارات”، وهي حرب بين القيم والأديان المتنافسة، بينما هي في الواقع حرب غزو صريحة، موجهة بأهداف استراتيجية واقتصادية.

تم نشر 20 لواء إرهابي تابع لتنظيم القاعدة، برعاية الولايات المتحدة (مدعومة سراً من قبل أجهزة استخبارات غربية) في مالي والنيجر ونيجيريا وجمهورية أفريقيا الوسطى والصومال واليمن.

إن هذه الكيانات التابعة لتنظيم القاعدة في الشرق الأوسط وجنوب الصحراء الكبرى في أفريقيا وآسيا تشكل “أصولاً استخباراتية” ترعاها وكالة الاستخبارات المركزية الأميركية.  وتستخدمها واشنطن لإثارة الفوضى وخلق الصراعات الداخلية وزعزعة استقرار الدول ذات السيادة.

21 بوكو حرام في نيجيريا، حركة الشباب في الصومال،  الجماعة الإسلامية المقاتلة في ليبيا  (بدعم من حلف شمال الأطلسي في عام 2011)،   تنظيم القاعدة في بلاد المغرب الإسلامي ،   الجماعة الإسلامية  في إندونيسيا، من بين جماعات أخرى تابعة لتنظيم القاعدة. وتحظى هذه الجماعات بدعم سري من المخابرات الغربية.

22. كما تدعم الولايات المتحدة أيضًا المنظمات الإرهابية التابعة لتنظيم القاعدة في منطقة شينجيانج الأويغورية ذاتية الحكم في الصين . والهدف الأساسي من ذلك هو إثارة عدم الاستقرار السياسي في غرب الصين.

وتشير التقارير إلى أن الجهاديين الصينيين تلقوا “تدريباً إرهابياً” من تنظيم الدولة الإسلامية “من أجل تنفيذ هجمات في الصين”. والهدف المعلن لهذه الكيانات الجهادية المتمركزة في الصين (والتي تخدم مصالح الولايات المتحدة) هو إقامة خلافة إسلامية تمتد إلى غرب الصين. ( ميشيل شوسودوفسكي، حرب أميركا على الإرهاب، جلوبال ريسيرش، مونتريال، 2005، الفصل الثاني ).

الإرهابيون المحليون

23 الإرهابيون هم نحن:  في حين أن الولايات المتحدة هي المهندس غير المعلن لتنظيم الدولة الإسلامية، فإن   التفويض المقدس لأوباما هو حماية أمريكا ضد هجمات تنظيم الدولة الإسلامية.

إن التهديد الإرهابي المحلي ليس إلا اختلاقاً.   وهو ما تروج له الحكومات الغربية ووسائل الإعلام بهدف إلغاء الحريات المدنية وإقامة دولة بوليسية. والهجمات الإرهابية التي يشنها الجهاديون المزعومون والتحذيرات الإرهابية هي أحداث مفبركة على الدوام. وهي تستخدم لخلق جو من الخوف والترهيب.

في المقابل، تعمل الاعتقالات والمحاكمات والأحكام الصادرة بحق “الإرهابيين الإسلاميين” على تعزيز شرعية جهاز الأمن الداخلي الأميركي وأجهزة إنفاذ القانون، التي أصبحت مسلحة على نحو متزايد.

الهدف النهائي هو غرس في عقول الملايين من الأميركيين أن العدو حقيقي وأن الإدارة الأميركية ستحمي أرواح مواطنيها.

25. لقد ساهمت حملة “مكافحة الإرهاب” ضد تنظيم الدولة الإسلامية في شيطنة المسلمين، الذين يرتبطون في نظر الرأي العام الغربي بشكل متزايد بالجهاديين.

26 أي شخص يجرؤ على التشكيك في صحة “الحرب العالمية على الإرهاب” يوصف بالإرهابي ويخضع لقوانين مكافحة الإرهاب.

إن الهدف النهائي من “الحرب العالمية على الإرهاب” هو إخضاع المواطنين، وإزالة الطابع السياسي عن الحياة الاجتماعية في أميركا، ومنع الناس من التفكير والتصور، وتحليل الحقائق وتحدي شرعية النظام الاجتماعي الاستقصائي الذي يحكم أميركا.

لقد فرضت إدارة أوباما إجماعاً شيطانياً بدعم من حلفائها، ناهيك عن الدور المتواطئ الذي لعبه مجلس الأمن التابع للأمم المتحدة. وقد تبنت وسائل الإعلام الغربية هذا الإجماع، ووصفت تنظيم الدولة الإسلامية بأنه كيان مستقل، وعدو خارجي يهدد العالم الغربي.

لقد أصبحت الكذبة الكبرى حقيقة. 

قل لا للكذبة الكبرى، ونشر الرسالة.

الحقيقة في نهاية المطاف هي سلاح قوي.

من فضلك ساعدنا على الاستمرار، فنحن نعتمد على دعم قرائنا.

فكر في التبرع للأبحاث العالمية. 

من أجل السلام والحقيقة في الإعلام ، ميشيل شوسودوفسكي


التعليق على مقالات الأبحاث العالمية على صفحتنا على الفيسبوك

كن عضوًا في Global Research



 

  • Posted in English
  • Comments Off on Twenty-six Things About the Islamic State (Al Qaeda, ISIS-ISIL-Daesh) that the U.S. Government Does Not Want You to Know About

On December 15th, many people in Syria felt the earth quake. Seismic scales registered above 3.0 on the Richter scale and could be felt up to 500 miles away. Natural disasters usually have the attention of people around the world. When earthquakes happen, humanitarian workers and supplies are sent to help out. After hurricanes, organizations release statements responding to the urgency of the climate crisis and hypothetical transitions away from fossil fuels. In Syria, what happened on December 15th wasn’t an earthquake– it was a massive airstrike that Israel carried out in Syria. This ongoing bombardment is reciprocally destructive to daily life and the environment as it continues to push the climate crisis further through jarring fossil fuel consumption.

But where are the environmental organizations? Many organizations that would typically release these statements after “natural” disasters have been silent. Except this was not a natural disaster–and the countries that would typically send “humanitarian aid” are the ones that caused this quake to happen. This deliberate mass destruction came shortly after the US dropped dozens of bombs in just a few hours after the fall of Assad. The bewildering longtime silence of environmental organizations when it comes to US militarism is not representative of any genuine commitment to climate justice. The most heavily weighted factors in their silence may be a blissful ignorance from the normalization of a whitewashed “environmentalism”, or the fear of repression and financial repercussions of taking popular anti-war stances. Regardless, the murderous result is antithetical to everything they profess.

A June 2024 UN report on the environmental impact of the genocide in Gaza highlighted the catastrophic impacts of Israel’s incessant bombing on the ecosystem, water quality, air quality, and soil in Gaza. Genocide doesn’t just cause ecocide, isn’t just parallel to ecocide, but is also a result of ecocide. Ecocide is a tactic of genocide. The long-term damage to every ecological foundation in Gaza makes it harder and harder to sustain life. Life can’t be sustained without agriculture or without clean drinking water. And now, the U.S. and Israel are attempting to repeat this cycle of destruction in Syria, just as they have started to in Lebanon.

Regardless of how hard the imperialism and war economy of Western powers try to create a lavish life for its beneficiaries at the expense of everyone else, it is fundamentally impossible to sustain life for anyone when war-making tools continue to devastate the planet. The grim irony is that the war economy eats its own makers.

The first 120 days of the genocide in Gaza alone produced more emissions than 26 countries combined. Every new base that is established across the globe contaminates the soil that it occupies, harming the ecosystem and the valuable biodiversity that is critical for sustaining life. As it builds bases over occupied land globally, the military literally steamrolls over survival.

Now, the U.S. and Israel are taking advantage of a destabilized Syria to eat away at the nation’s territory to gain more standing in a dangerous escalation against Iran. This is the newest development in a decades-long conquest for dominance in the oil industry that environmental organizations have long campaigned shifts away from. The U.S. has carried out this disastrous project through the extraction of oil in the ground for the sake of extracting more oil from the ground, destroying homes, families, and nations in the process, all while stumbling into the possibility of planetary destruction via climate collapse, nuclear winter, or both.

US-made Israeli bombs have killed multiple civilians in Yemen in the past few days. Meanwhile, the “ceasefire” reached in Lebanon continues to be breached as toxic bombs rain down on the people of the country daily, while fossil fuels are unleashed in the sky, which has already led to island nations that toxic U.S. bases occupy becoming inhabitable.

Since Assad’s fall, Israel has claimed more land in Syria than all of Gaza. The more that Israel and its allies encroach on this land, the more emboldened the U.S.-Israeli regime becomes in its terrorism throughout the region and the more it risks our global future. The short and long-term survival of the people of Palestine, Syria, Lebanon, Iran, and Yemen are increasingly threatened due to ecological devastation while they fight to prevent US-made bombs from continuing to destroy their homes every single day. Is their disposability so blinding that these NGOs sacrifice themselves? The longer we escalate, the more emissions will be released from this catastrophe and the longer that crucial biodiversity and indigenous caretaking will be destroyed.

So, amidst this war that is causing complete ecological and planetary devastation, where is the mainstream climate movement? When the U.S. military is the largest institutional polluter in the world, consuming 4.6 billion gallons of fuel annually (77-80% of all US government energy consumption), how can its deadliest campaign in years be ignored by those who seek to protect the planet? When the bombs the U.S. manufactures register on the Richter scale, how is that not a threat to the environment? How is nuclear winter not a threat to agricultural global survival? How can the groups that claim to care about our well-being not stand against a deadly bombing campaign in Syria and possible war with Iran or Russia?

The anti-war movement from within the U.S. is at its strongest in decades. The majority of Americans want a ceasefire in Gaza. The environmental movement from within the belly of the beast must recognize that it needs to be part of this anti-war movement and push for the U.S. to take its hands off Syria. It must raise the public’s consciousness of the dangers of war with Iran. When we think about existential threats to the planet, environmental organizations should be looking at the ecological devastation that Israel & the US are causing and ask themselves why they haven’t done or said a damn thing about the elephant in the room.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research’s Holiday Fundraiser 

Aaron Kirshenbaum is CODEPINK’s War is Not Green campaigner and East Coast regional organizer. Based in, and originally from, Brooklyn, New York, Aaron holds an M.A. in Community Development and Planning from Clark University. They also hold a B.A. in Human-Environmental and Urban-Economic Geography from Clark. During their time in school, Aaron worked on internationalist climate justice organizing and educational program development, as well as Palestine, tenant, and abolitionist organizing.

What Took France Down? Richard C. Cook

January 3rd, 2025 by Richard C. Cook

There was a time when France was the strongest and most civilized nation in Europe. The peak of French ascendancy took place during the late 17th and early 18th centuries under Louis XIV (1638-1715), the “Sun King.” French power was based on a population steeped in religious piety, stable currency, government policies that favored economic development, a fair and judicious system of taxation, and a highly-organized standing army. French prestige was such that the French language became the lingua franca of worldwide diplomacy and French art, science, and scholarship the standard of the educated classes everywhere in the world. 

France had two enemies in Europe. One was the Habsburgs, who controlled the Holy Roman Empire along with Spain during the time of Charles V (1500-1588). This gave way to the German Empire, formed in 1870 after France’s defeat in the Franco-Prussian War.

The other enemy was England, which united with Holland through the “Glorious Revolution” of 1688 that placed William of Orange and his wife Mary on the English throne and brought the system of fractional reserve banking at usurious rates of interest across the Channel from its bastion in Amsterdam. 

This led to the creation of the privately-owned Bank of England in 1694, giving the bankers authority to create unlimited amounts of paper money “out of thin air,” with government borrowing as collateral. By running up government debt, the bankers, which controlled Parliament, could spend the next two centuries destroying the power of France in Europe, America, and India on the way to creating the modern British Empire. At the head of the British bankers were the Rothschilds. 

Along the way, the French economy had to be destroyed. One of my correspondents from Europe, César D., explains how this was done. It has to do with John Law (1671-1729), a Scottish-French banker who set up the first French national bank on the Bank of England model.

César writes:

John Law was in charge of the French economy. He invented paper-money and imported the newly created stock market system from Amsterdam. The economy of France collapsed due to the bad usage of these new financial technologies, to the point of having troubles with the food supply, combined with hyper-inflation.

The French population could not resist the conditions of widespread reduction of purchasing power, not even being able to buy food during cold winters… until they revolted. Even basic supplies were dismantled by stock speculation. 

In other words, the French Revolution can be seen as the bad usage of new financial technologies (paper-money, and “Wall Street”) until the French economic system collapsed.

Eventually, we can understand our global economic system by watching its birth in France, Amsterdam (Holland) and Augsburg (Germany). [This was the home of the German Fugger banking family that persuaded the Pope to rescind the Catholic Church’s prohibition of usury.]

Also see this.

It is really a pity that Hollywood is not able to make a good portrait of these historical events from which we can learn a lot about how our financial system works…But, apparently, they earn more money focusing on wars, blood, and super-heroes, things that do not teach us anything at all.  

César’s point is that the French Revolution was caused by the paper-money system foisted on France by bankers imitating the Amsterdam-British system. At attempt was made by Napoleon Bonaparte to fight back, but he was destroyed by successive British-led coalitions financed by credit from the Rothschild banking dynasty. In other words, while the bankers were puffing up Britain into a superpower, they were dragging France into the abyss. 

After the Battle of Waterloo in 1815, France went into a long decline that has continued until today, when France is a merely a lapdog of the Anglo-American-Zionist Empire. Its president, Emmanuel Macron, a Rothschild bankers’ protégé, is the perfect poster boy of what France has become. Of course, the Anglo-American-Zionist Empire, run out of London, New York, and Tel Aviv, and based on the increasingly worthless U.S. dollar, couldn’t last a day without the fractional reserve banking system thriving on usury that corrupts and eventually destroys all it touches. 

 

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research’s Holiday Fundraiser 

Richard C. Cook is a retired U.S. federal analyst with extensive experience across various government agencies, including the U.S. Civil Service Commission, FDA, the Carter White House, NASA, and the U.S. Treasury. He is a graduate of the College of William and Mary. As a whistleblower at the time of the Challenger disaster, he exposed the flawed O-ring joints that destroyed the Space Shuttle, documenting his story in the book “Challenger Revealed.” After serving at Treasury, he became a vocal critic of the private finance-controlled monetary system, detailing his concerns in “We Hold These Truths: The Hope of Monetary Reform.” He served as an adviser to the American Monetary Institute and worked with Congressman Dennis Kucinich to advocate for replacing the Federal Reserve with a genuine national currency. See his new book, Our Country, Then and Now, Clarity Press, 2023. Also see his Three Sages Substack and his American Geopolitical Institute articles at https://www.vtforeignpolicy.com/category/agi/.

“Every human enterprise must serve life, must seek to enrich existence on earth, lest man become enslaved where he seeks to establish his dominion!” Bô Yin Râ (Joseph Anton Schneiderfranken, 1876-1943), translation by Posthumus Projects Amsterdam, 2014. Also download the Kober Press edition of The Book on the Living God here.

Featured image: Louis XIV of France (From the Public Domain)

The death of former President Jimmy Carter started me thinking about how long it’s been since the United States has been led by a head of state who was also a thoroughly decent human being.

To be sure, while in office Carter made many mistakes in terms of both foreign and national security policy, but much can be attributed to his inexperience and his unfortunate reliance on hardliners in his cabinet, most particularly Russophobe Zbigniew Brzezinski, who was his National Security Adviser.

The neocons were also beginning to make their presence felt while scheming and conspiring under the protection of Senator Henry “Scoop” Jackson, the so-called Senator from Boeing. After failing to get reelected in 1980, Carter dedicated much of his life to helping people worldwide through a foundation that he established and he was renowned for speaking his mind when he observed a human rights problem that might be addressed.

I personally had my five minutes face-to-face with Jimmy Carter while he was still president and he, to my mind, demonstrated to me what kind of man he truly was. I was part of the CIA station in a European country and one of my first jobs was to set up a huge funding operation, referred to as a covert action, to subvert and overthrow a government in another part of the world that the Agency and US State Department did not approve of. My role was to convince one of the political parties in the country where I was based to exploit its friendly relations with another country next door to the target to secretly establish a clandestine base for a guerrilla movement that would be engaged in subverting its neighbor. It would create a double-cutout that would serve as a conduit to fund and arm the rebels using two foreign political parties, concealing the US role in the intended regime change as was appropriate for a “covert action.”

After many quiet meetings with the local politicians to include considerable bribery and pledges of secrecy an arrangement was made, but one week later a senior CIA officer flew in from Washington and came by the Embassy to tell me and the Chief of Station that that deal was off. He provided no reasons for the change of heart, but we were disappointed as it had been a lot of work and was apparently successful from the perspective of what the policy makers had asked us to do. The European partner political party central to the plan, and expecting to profit greatly from it, was informed of the decision and expressed its anger in no uncertain terms by breaking off contact with me and the Station.

As it happened, President Jimmy Carter made a visit to the same European capital city two months later and stopped by the US Embassy. To my astonishment, he asked to see me privately in the Ambassador’s office and both apologized and explained that the change in plans had been caused by the realization that the US would be arming and paying for insurgents who would no doubt kill significant numbers of civilians. He explained that that was a price too high to pay and the sordid arrangement might even be leaked to the media with an election coming up. I thanked him for the background information and we parted. I had the impression from his language and demeanor that he, rather than some power mad bureaucrat at CIA or State, had personally made the decision to abort the operation at least partly due to his own moral reservations.

Palestine: Peace Not Apartheid: Amazon.co.uk: Carter, Jimmy: 9781847391544: Books

Thinking about my encounter with Jimmy Carter in the context of his death, indeed more about his life and his fundamental decency, I considered what it might be like if we Americans again had someone like him in government. As many readers will be aware, Carter was particularly outspoken about what was being done to the Palestinians by Israel. He was roasted and called an antisemite by America’s Israel Lobby after he displayed the temerity to defend the Palestinians and criticize Israeli behavior in his book Palestine: Peace Not Apartheid, which was published in 2006. Few in the Democratic Party were brave enough to stand up for him and the politicians that followed him received the message that calling out Israel would not be tolerated, so they generally shut themselves off from any sympathy for the victims of Israeli aggression, saying rhythmically and over-and-over again like a satanic chorus that “Israel has a right to defend itself!”

The death of Carter triggered another possible initiative to be considered as reflected in an email I had received from a friend in the peace movement the day before. My friend was complaining about the lack of any condemnation from world leaders for what is occurring in Palestine and she asked herself what would happen if someone like Pope Francis were to travel to Gaza in a peacekeeping role. Surely even monsters like Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu would have to pay attention to the possible impact of such a proposal and would have to let the Pope visit with the remaining Catholic community in Gaza to help ease their suffering. The Vatican has, in fact, already put out feelers in that direction. On December 22nd it convinced Israeli authorities to allow Cardinal Pierbattista Pizzaballa, the leader of the Catholic Church in the Holy Land, to enter Gaza and celebrate a pre-Christmas Mass with surviving members of the territory’s small Christian community. A more aggressive move involving the Pope himself might even lead to a ceasefire and something like a peace arrangement that would enable the two communities to work out some formula to live side by side even though it is difficult to imagine such an outcome given the hardline of the Israeli government and its clear intention to proceed with the elimination of the Palestinians.

Organized Christianity, apparently terrified of being labeled antisemitic by the usual strident voices in the American Israel Public Affairs Committee (AIPAC) and the Anti-Defamation League (ADL), has been largely silent and ineffective when confronted by the systematic Israeli destruction of the Christian faith in the land where it was born. Indeed, America’s largely Bible belt Christian Zionists generally applaud Israeli suppression of what it agrees to call “terrorists.” Pope Francis has in fact bravely spoken out about Gaza and has been as a consequence attacked by the Israeli government and the usual suspects in Europe and the US. Nevertheless, there is no official Catholic church pronouncement on Israel/Palestine as far as I have been able to determine except for calls for peace and a ceasefire, though there are a few activists who have been demanding that a more definitive position be developed. Some American Catholics have even been demonstrating and holding signs in front of churches and diocesan offices urging Pope Francis to go to Gaza. Can individual Catholics persuade their parish priests to take a stronger line and pressure bishops and the church hierarchy to “do something?” I am convinced that this is a movement that is just waiting to happen and that once it starts it will capture the public imagination because it attacks a genocidal horror and is manifestly the right thing to do. Certainly, those who believe that life and also freedom of worship are gifts from God have seen enough posters of dead babies and desecrated churches and hospitals to begin to demand that the Church must harness its moral authority to the cause of peace and make it happen.

Some are arguing against a Papal trip to Gaza based on the security issue, that Netanyahu is quite willing and capable of having the Pope killed and setting up a “false flag” scenario blaming it on the Palestinians, a line which will be eagerly picked up and “verified” by the corrupted governments and Zionist controlled media in Washington and London just for starters. Pope Francis is quite old and in poor health, so he might well regard such an Apostolic trip on a peace mission as a final high point that would actually accomplish something of real value during his time on the Throne of Saint Peter. It would certainly be a historic gesture that could well turn the horrors taking place in the Middle East in a new direction. I am sure that Jimmy Carter, if he were still with us, would approve.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research’s Holiday Fundraiser 

This article was originally published on The Unz Review.

Philip M. Giraldi, Ph.D., is Executive Director of the Council for the National Interest, a 501(c)3 tax deductible educational foundation (Federal ID Number #52-1739023) that seeks a more interests-based U.S. foreign policy in the Middle East. Website is councilforthenationalinterest.org, address is P.O. Box 2157, Purcellville VA 20134 and its email is [email protected].

He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

Featured image is from TUR

Fat Oxidation — The Hidden Accelerator of Aging and Disease

January 3rd, 2025 by Dr. Joseph Mercola

Increased fat oxidation is linked to cellular senescence, a process where cells stop dividing, contributing to aging and age-related diseases. The shift from glucose to fat metabolism accelerates this process

ROS are byproducts of metabolism that can damage cells. They play a significant role in promoting senescence, in part through changes in gene expression, which can lead to various age-related conditions

Shifting your body’s energy source from glucose to fat can lead to cellular dysfunction and increase your risk of diseases associated with aging

Certain drugs can mimic the effects of increased fat oxidation, thereby exacerbating cellular aging and dysfunction

Strategies to reduce fat oxidation and promote glucose metabolism could help delay aging and improve overall health. This includes exploring dietary changes and other approaches to maintain metabolic balance

*

Did you know that the way your body burns fat can directly influence how quickly you age and develop age-related diseases? As it turns out, increased fat oxidation is linked to cellular senescence — a process where cells stop dividing, which contributes to aging and age-related diseases — and shifting from glucose to fat metabolism accelerates this process.

This is not good news for the low-carb keto community, which is beyond enthralled with the ostensible health benefits of ketosis. While short bursts of fasting, like 12 to 16 hours, are acceptable, consistently relying on fats as your source of fuel is a prescription for long-term health disaster.

Cellular Senescence’s Role in Aging

Cellular senescence plays a crucial role in aging. As cells enter a state where they no longer divide, they start to secrete harmful substances that contribute to the deterioration of your body.1 This process is heavily influenced by factors like telomeres, which protect your DNA, and anti-oncogene pathways that can trigger senescence to prevent cancer.

Reactive oxygen species (ROS) are another key player in this story. High levels of ROS can damage your cells, pushing them into senescence and accelerating aging.2 These molecules are constantly at work in your body, and their balance is essential for maintaining your health as you age. Targeting these senescent cells could therefore be the key to delaying aging and improving your overall health.3

Once you understand the connection between fat oxidation and aging, you’ll understand why shifting your metabolism from fat to glucose can make such a significant difference in your aging process.

Exploring the Impact of Fat Oxidation on Aging

Fat oxidation, the process by which your body breaks down fatty acids for energy, is increasingly linked to cellular dysfunction and disease. This metabolic pathway, while important for energy production, can lead to adverse effects when it dominates over glucose oxidation. The shift from glucose to fat as a primary energy source is detrimental, as it disrupts the balance of cellular metabolism and accelerates aging.4

The role of reactive oxygen species (ROS) in this process cannot be overstated. ROS are byproducts of oxygen metabolism that, in excess, cause oxidative stress and damage cellular components, pushing cells into a state of senescence.5 This oxidative stress is exacerbated by increased fat oxidation, as it generates more ROS compared to glucose metabolism.

The benefits of prioritizing glucose oxidation are significant. By maintaining a balance between glucose and fat metabolism, you reduce oxidative stress in your body, improve cellular function, and delay the onset of age-related diseases. This approach not only supports overall health but also aligns with a holistic view of aging, where metabolic health plays a central role in longevity and quality of life.

Mitochondrial Fatty Acid Oxidation Spurs Cellular Aging

A recent study published in Science Advances uncovered how the way our cells burn fat directly influences aging.6,7 In short, it was found that a shift from glucose oxidation to fatty acid oxidation leads to cellular senescence by altering mitochondrial energy metabolism.8

When cells experience DNA damage, it sets off a chain reaction within the mitochondria, the cell’s powerhouse. This damage activates a protein called BNIP3, which plays a pivotal role in this process. BNIP3 modifies the mitochondria, leading them to burn more fatty acids for energy.

As fatty acid burning ramps up, it results in the accumulation of a molecule named acetyl-CoA. This buildup is significant because acetyl-CoA affects how our genes are expressed.

Specifically, acetyl-CoA promotes the addition of chemical groups to histones, proteins around which our DNA is wrapped. This modification increases the expression of p16, a protein that signals cells to stop dividing and enter a state of senescence.

Interestingly, the study also found that artificially increasing fatty acid oxidation using certain drugs can trigger this senescence process. This suggests that manipulating fat burning in cells could influence aging and the development of age-related diseases.9,10

FAO Competes with Glucose Oxidation, Disrupting Metabolism

Fatty acid oxidation (FAO) competes directly with glucose oxidation in the cell’s energy-producing pathways. Normally, glucose is the primary fuel, but when FAO increases, it occupies the metabolic pathways that glucose would typically use. This competition results in less glucose being oxidized, causing an overabundance of acetyl-CoA from FAO.

The excess acetyl-CoA from increased FAO promotes histone acetylation, which influences gene expression related to aging processes.11

What’s more, the excess acetyl-CoA interferes with the Krebs cycle, leading to a buildup of electrons in the electron transport chain, which disrupts cellular functions and promote aging.12This buildup of excess electrons is known as reductive stress. It’s like your body’s systems are overwhelmed with energy they can’t properly use, which leads to decreased efficiency and damage over time.

As explained in the featured study, ROS, often mistaken as purely harmful byproducts, are actually indicators of reductive stress within cells. Unlike oxidative stress, which involves an excess of oxidants, reductive stress occurs when there’s an imbalance favoring reduction reactions. Increased FAO contributes to ROS generation through mitochondrial processes, which can drive cellular senescence.13

The study also found that increased FAO lowers the FAD/FADH ratio, causing electrons to accumulate and flow in reverse. This is known as reductive stress, and that too increases ROS production. It also affects the mitochondrial NAD+/NADH ratio, exacerbating metabolic stress. The ongoing reverse electron flow basically creates a vicious cycle that continually disrupts cellular metabolism, pushing cells towards dysfunction and aging.14,15

Interestingly, the research indicated that even saturated fats, which are generally more stable and less prone to oxidation than unsaturated fats, can still push the metabolism towards increased FAO. The study used octanoate, a medium-chain saturated fat, to demonstrate that high levels of saturated fat intake can trigger metabolic shifts similar to those caused by unsaturated fats.16,17

As I’ve stressed in many previous articles, consuming too many PUFAs can lead to significant cellular damage. When PUFAs interact with ROS, such as hydroxyl radicals, they undergo a process called lipid peroxidation. This reaction breaks down the fats, causing them to accumulate in vital parts of the cell, including membranes and mitochondria.

This buildup disrupts normal cell functions and lowers your cells’ ability to produce sufficient energy. Insufficient energy production, in turn, is a contributing factor to most chronic health problems.

As just one example, the lipid peroxidation caused by excessive PUFAs results in the formation of harmful molecules that interfere with insulin signaling. This interference leads to insulin resistance, where cells no longer respond effectively to insulin. Consequently, glucose uptake by cells is impaired, increasing blood sugar levels and raising the risk of developing Type 2 diabetes.

The accumulation of lipid droplets in the liver, a condition known as fatty liver disease, is another direct consequence of high PUFA intake.

High consumption of linoleic acid (LA), a common PUFA found in many seed oils, has also been repeatedly linked to obesity. Excessive intake of LA disrupts your metabolism, making it harder to maintain a healthy weight. Eliminating seed oils from your diet is therefore an effective strategy to manage and reduce your risk of obesity.

Certain Drugs Exacerbate These Metabolic Derangements

The study also revealed that some commonly used drugs, such as doxorubicin and fenofibrate, can mimic the effects of increased FAO, leading to similar metabolic issues. Doxorubicin, a cancer drug, was shown to induce senescence by activating FAO, which accelerates aging and contributes to secondary health problems.

Fenofibrate, used to lower lipid levels, also promotes FAO and reductive stress, increasing the risk of the very diseases it aims to prevent. These findings suggest that certain medications may inadvertently accelerate aging by disrupting normal metabolic processes.18,19

Solutions to Manage Fat Oxidation and Promote Healthy Aging

If you’re noticing signs of aging or feeling more fatigued than usual, addressing fat oxidation in your body can make a significant difference. Here are four steps you can take to help manage fat oxidation and support your overall health:

1. Optimize your fat intake — Focus on incorporating more saturated fats and reducing PUFAs in your diet. Choose sources like grass fed butter, ghee, and tallow instead of vegetable oils. These healthier fat options are more stable and less prone to oxidation, helping to protect your cell membranes and reduce inflammation.

2. Support mitochondrial health — Enhance your mitochondria’s function by including nutrients like magnesium threonate and pharmaceutical-grade methylene blue in your regimen. Only use methylene blue sourced from a compounding pharmacy in capsule or tablet form, adhering to the recommended dose of 5 mg once a day. These supplements can aid in energy production and protect your cells from oxidative damage.

Ensure you follow proper dosage guidelines and consult with a healthcare professional to tailor these supplements to your needs.

3. Incorporate targeted carbohydrates — Integrate 250 to 300 grams of carbohydrates into your daily diet. Select carbs based on your gut health. Good starter options include whole fruits and well-cooked white rice. If using fruit juice, make sure you sip it slowly over time to avoid excess insulin spikes.

If your gut health is good, starches like potatoes and root vegetables are great options. For those with severely compromised gut health, use dextrose water, sipped slowly over time. This approach helps maintain optimal glucose levels, supporting efficient fat metabolism without overwhelming your digestive system.

4. Minimize exposure to environmental oxidants — Reduce your exposure to pollutants such as cigarette smoke.

Managing Fat Oxidation to Slow Aging

In summary, increased fat oxidation disrupts cellular metabolism, leading to accelerated aging and the development of age-related diseases. When your body shifts from burning glucose to burning fats, it creates an imbalance that results in reductive stress and the buildup of harmful molecules like ROS.

This metabolic shift interferes with the Krebs cycle and cellular functions, pushing cells into a state of senescence where they stop dividing and contribute to tissue deterioration.

Reducing your PUFA consumption will help maintain metabolic balance and prevent cellular damage. However, even saturated fats, if consumed in excess, can exacerbate this process by promoting excessive fat burning and oxidative stress. Certain medications also drive this process.

So, to manage fat oxidation and support healthy aging, it is important to optimize fat intake by favoring saturated fats, balancing your intake of fat and carbs to maintain healthy glucose levels, and minimizing exposure to environmental oxidants. These strategies together can help reduce oxidative stress, improve cellular function, and promote longevity.

It is wise to replace the fats with healthy carbs that you can tolerate. As a general rule, you should strive for a minimum of 250 grams of carbs per day, as levels less than that will result in less than optimum health. Again, the safest carbs are fresh fruits. However, if your microbiome is seriously impaired, even fruit can cause problems. My new book, “Your Guide to Cellular Health: Unlocking the Science of Longevity and Joy,” provides more details on what to do in this case.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Notes

1 Interdiscipl Top Gerontol. Basel, Karger, 2014, Vol 39, Pages 45–61

2, 5 Oxidative Medicine and Cellular Longevity, October 17, 2012

3 Oxidative Medicine and Cellular Longevity, May 10, 2016

4, 6, 8, 9, 11, 13, 14, 16, 18 Science Advances, October 25, 2024; 10(43)

7, 10, 12, 15, 17, 19 Haidut, November 1, 2024 (Archived)

Featured image is from Mercola

Bank Employees Sell Your Financial Data to Scammers. Paul C. Roberts

January 3rd, 2025 by Dr. Paul Craig Roberts

The Digital Revolution Was a Massive Mistake

As sophisticated scams increasingly target the life savings of Americans, a more mundane effort is underway to steal from you. It’s part of a little-noticed pattern popping up all across US banking—from towers in Manhattan to hubs in Florida and even suburban Louisiana. It seems the financial industry’s lowest-paid employees keep getting caught selling sensitive customer information—your information—right out from under their boss’s noses. This kind of 20th century scamming (even fake checks are involved) is fast emerging as a critical area of weakness in bank risk controls, which is kind of ironic given the traditional (and continuing) messaging from the bank lobby. The industry has long sought to remind the public that the customers themselves (and certainly not the banks) are the ones primarily responsible for ensuring they don’t get ripped off.

See this. A longer account is here, see excerpt below.

***

Bank Insiders Are Leaking Data on Client Accounts as Scams Surge

By Tom Schoenberg, December 30, 2024 at 6:00 AM CST

The new staffer was supposed to help Toronto-Dominion Bank spot money laundering from an outpost in New York.

She instead used her access to bank data to distribute customer details to a criminal network on Telegram, according to prosecutors in Manhattan. Local detectives who searched her phone allegedly found images of 255 checks belonging to customers, along with other personal information on almost 70 others.

It’s part of a little-noticed pattern popping up across US banking — from towers in Manhattan, to hubs in Florida and even suburban Louisiana.

As sophisticated scams targeting the life savings of Americans create headlines across the US, the industry’s lowest-paid employees keep getting caught selling sensitive customer information out the back door — emerging as a critical area of weakness in banks’ risk controls.

That’s an inconvenient trend as firms steadfastly argue to policymakers and the public that customers bear primary responsibility for ensuring they don’t get conned out of their savings. While many scams seemingly target people at random, some victims have said con artists who tricked them knew a lot about their finances at the outset.

Click here to read the full article on Bloomberg. 

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research’s Holiday Fundraiser 

Paul Craig Roberts is a renowned author and academic, chairman of The Institute for Political Economy where this article was originally published. Dr. Roberts was previously associate editor and columnist for The Wall Street Journal. He was Assistant Secretary of the Treasury for Economic Policy during the Reagan Administration. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

Featured image source

Turbo cancer in 4-month-old baby?

Toronto, Canada – 4 month old Calum Zies was diagnosed with a “rare, super aggressive brain cancer” on Dec. 23, 2024.

In Canada, pregnant women were aggressively targeted and pressured with DNA contaminated Pfizer and Moderna COVID-19 mRNA Vaccines without informed consent despite the fact that Health Canada never authorized mRNA Vaccine use in pregnant women.

I am seeing more of these “extremely rare” cases of newborns with cancers.

These tumors should be stained and sequenced for evidence of COVID-19 Vaccine Integration Events and investigations should be done into any new mother’s COVID-19 Vaccine history if there is a newborn with a rare, aggressive cancer.

These are tragic cases and I wish the baby a full recovery and the family strength, support and hope.

Here’s the link to their GOFUNDME.

.

 

 

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Dr. William Makis is a Canadian physician with expertise in Radiology, Oncology and Immunology. Governor General’s Medal, University of Toronto Scholar. Author of 100+ peer-reviewed medical publications.


The Worldwide Corona Crisis, Global Coup d’Etat Against Humanity

by Michel Chossudovsky

Michel Chossudovsky reviews in detail how this insidious project “destroys people’s lives”. He provides a comprehensive analysis of everything you need to know about the “pandemic” — from the medical dimensions to the economic and social repercussions, political underpinnings, and mental and psychological impacts.

“My objective as an author is to inform people worldwide and refute the official narrative which has been used as a justification to destabilize the economic and social fabric of entire countries, followed by the imposition of the “deadly” COVID-19 “vaccine”. This crisis affects humanity in its entirety: almost 8 billion people. We stand in solidarity with our fellow human beings and our children worldwide. Truth is a powerful instrument.”

Reviews

This is an in-depth resource of great interest if it is the wider perspective you are motivated to understand a little better, the author is very knowledgeable about geopolitics and this comes out in the way Covid is contextualized. —Dr. Mike Yeadon

In this war against humanity in which we find ourselves, in this singular, irregular and massive assault against liberty and the goodness of people, Chossudovsky’s book is a rock upon which to sustain our fight. –Dr. Emanuel Garcia

In fifteen concise science-based chapters, Michel traces the false covid pandemic, explaining how a PCR test, producing up to 97% proven false positives, combined with a relentless 24/7 fear campaign, was able to create a worldwide panic-laden “plandemic”; that this plandemic would never have been possible without the infamous DNA-modifying Polymerase Chain Reaction test – which to this day is being pushed on a majority of innocent people who have no clue. His conclusions are evidenced by renown scientists. —Peter Koenig 

Professor Chossudovsky exposes the truth that “there is no causal relationship between the virus and economic variables.” In other words, it was not COVID-19 but, rather, the deliberate implementation of the illogical, scientifically baseless lockdowns that caused the shutdown of the global economy. –David Skripac

A reading of  Chossudovsky’s book provides a comprehensive lesson in how there is a global coup d’état under way called “The Great Reset” that if not resisted and defeated by freedom loving people everywhere will result in a dystopian future not yet imagined. Pass on this free gift from Professor Chossudovsky before it’s too late.  You will not find so much valuable information and analysis in one place. –Edward Curtin

ISBN: 978-0-9879389-3-0,  Year: 2022,  PDF Ebook,  Pages: 164, 15 Chapters

Price: $11.50 FREE COPY! Click here (docsend) and download.

You may also access the online version of the e-Book by clicking here.

We encourage you to support the eBook project by making a donation through Global Research’s DonorBox “Worldwide Corona Crisis” Campaign Page

In the last two days, we’ve seen three attacks that seem to be terror-related:

  • A Tesla truck bombing in Las Vegas,
  • a fatal vehicular assault attack in New Orleans and
  • now a fatal night club shooting in Queens, NY.

They may all be related, and according to Lara Logan, it may be deep state operators activating Al Qaeda terror cells in the USA that plan to unleash mass chaos over the next few weeks.

In today’s broadcast, I cover the details of what’s happening and how you can protect yourself and be prepared for the expected wave of terror attacks across U.S. cities.

I also reveal two new music videos (and songs) that I just released, plus a special report on how to use AI technology to empower yourself with knowledge and creative expression.

Find it all here.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles. 

Featured image is a screenshot from the video

Video: Denis Rancourt: There Was No Pandemic, It Was the State That Killed Granny

By Prof Denis Rancourt, January 02, 2025

My research group, we were the first to say, back in an article that was published in June 2020, that when we look at all-cause mortality data, there is no pandemic. There was a peak of deaths at the beginning in certain hotspots that was directly due to how people were treated in hospitals and care homes.

Western Democracies and the Threat of Social Disintegration

By Prof Rodrigue Tremblay, January 02, 2025

Established religions have always had problems coexisting with governments and especially, in modern times, with democracy and the secular nature of societies. In the West, in fact, over time, a more or less hermetic separation has developed between religions and democratically elected political power.

Bill Gates’s Foundation Stripped of Immunity in Kenya

By Philippa Jane Winkler, January 02, 2025

Diplomatic immunity is the principle by which only government officials such as ambassadors and their employees are granted protection from local lawsuits and prosecution of another country. This is to ensure that diplomats cannot be coerced or harassed when tensions arise between states.

Slovakia: Suddenly the Most Important EU Country? A Venue for Peace. Richard C. Cook

By Richard C. Cook, January 02, 2025

With the recent trip to Moscow by Slovakia’s Prime Minister Robert Fico to meet with Russian President Vladimir Putin, Slovakia has arguably become the most important country in the EU; especially with Putin now stating that Slovakia, which he characterizes as “neutral” in the Russia-Ukraine conflict, would be a suitable venue for war-ending negotiations with the West.

Jimmy Carter’s Presidency Raises the Question of How Good a Person Can be and Still be a Successful President

By Dr. Paul Craig Roberts, January 02, 2025

President Jimmy Carter departed this world with 2024. He was a good man outfoxed by Washington. A populist, he was not the establishment’s choice for president which set about weakening him by framing his Director of the Office of Management and Budget and then turning on his chief of staff. 

Far From Ignorant: The European Union, Arms Exports and Israel

By Dr. Binoy Kampmark, January 02, 2025

Even if genocide were not ultimately found to be taking place by the International Court of Justice (ICJ) in the South African lawsuit against Israel, the broader scope of war crimes and crimes against humanity would be hard to rebut, from policies of deprivation and starvation, to the hefty civilian death toll.

Mayor of NYC: 500,000 Missing Children! The True Pandemic Nobody Is Fighting

By Peter Koenig, January 02, 2025

New York City (NYC) Mayor Eric Adams proclaims that 500,000 unaccompanied immigrant children are missing [in the US alone]; that they have been handed over to unvetted “sponsors” who may – and probably will – abuse them as sex-slaves, child-labor slaves and possibly worse.

Last Month’s (December 2024) Most Popular Articles

January 3rd, 2025 by Global Research News

Syria Left Alone by an Abandoning World. Russia’s Redline. The End Game Is “Greater Israel”?

Peter Koenig, December 28, 2024

“Greater Israel”: The Zionist Plan for the Middle East

Israel Shahak, December 20, 2024

Donald Trump Calls for the Annexation of Canada. Déjà Vu. General Douglas MacArthur Was to Bomb Vancouver, Halifax, Montreal and Quebec City. This Is No Joking Matter

Prof Michel Chossudovsky, December 28, 2024

There Never Was a “New Corona Virus”, There Never Was a Pandemic

Prof Michel Chossudovsky, January 1, 2025

Autism, Made in the USA

Richard Gale, December 18, 2024

The Role of Vitamin D Deficiency in Mental Illness

Dr. Joseph Mercola, December 23, 2024

Trump’s alleged Ukraine plan unacceptable to Russia, but NATO doesn’t even want that

Drago Bosnic, December 4, 2024

Excess Deaths and Depopulation: Shall We Sit Around in Our Insouciance and Permit This to Happen?

Dr. John Campbell, January 1, 2025

Video: Silver Bullet. “They Want One World Government”. Dr. Mike Yeadon

Dr. Mike Yeadon, December 4, 2024

Video: “Wiping Gaza Off the Map”: Big Money Agenda. Confiscating Palestine’s Maritime Natural Gas Reserves

Felicity Arbuthnot, December 27, 2024

Global Warfare: “We’re Going to Take out 7 Countries in 5 Years: Iraq, Syria, Lebanon, Libya, Somalia, Sudan & Iran..”

General Wesley Clark, December 14, 2024

Technocracy Rising: Why It’s Crucial to Understand the End Game

Jesse Smith, December 19, 2024

Kiev Regime Kills Russian General Who Exposed Western Big Pharma’s Crimes in Ukraine

Lucas Leiroz de Almeida, December 20, 2024

With Nuland in NED, Get Ready for More Color Revolution Bonanza

Drago Bosnic, December 27, 2024

It’s a “Killer” Vaccine Worldwide: Japanese Researchers Say Side Effects of COVID Vaccines Linked to 201 Types of Diseases

Prof Michel Chossudovsky, December 20, 2024

The Effects of Pulsed Microwaves and Extra Low Frequency Electromagnetic Waves on Human Brains? Governments Routinely “Classify Information” Pertaining to the Manipulation of the Human Nervous System

Mojmir Babacek, December 20, 2024

“7 Countries in 5 Years” – Regime Change in Iran Coming Soon?

Gavin OReilly, December 17, 2024

Will Putin Fight or Surrender? Paul C. Roberts

Dr. Paul Craig Roberts, December 18, 2024

Cancer Treatments Nullified, Eyes Wrecked by Ozempic: Studies

Ben Bartee, December 23, 2024

Thirteen Years Ago: The US-NATO-Israel Sponsored Al Qaeda Insurgency in Syria

Prof Michel Chossudovsky, December 8, 2024

Col. Daniel Davis talks with MIT Professor Ted Postol about the possibility of a tactical nuclear explosion dropped by Israel into Syria.

According to Prof. Postol:

My concern has been and continues to be that people do not have a real appreciation for the seriousness of what a nuclear confrontation could be.

Nuclear weapons involve nuclear phenomenon that is completely beyond the normal human experience.

It is very important to graphically understand in some detail the effects associated with nuclear weapons.

In the video below, Prof. Postol shows evidence that it was not a nuclear explosion and expands on the features of nuclear explosions that are completely different than what most people think they understand.

We may disagree with several of the political statements, the initial presentation provides some of the important features of nuclear weapons, which distinguish them from conventional weapons, first 38 minutes.

Video 

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research’s Holiday Fundraiser 

Featured image is a screenshot from the interview


WWIII ScenarioTowards a World War III Scenario: The Dangers of Nuclear War” 

by Michel Chossudovsky

Available to order from Global Research! 

ISBN Number: 978-0-9737147-5-3
Year: 2012
Pages: 102

PDF Edition:  $6.50 (sent directly to your email account!)

Michel Chossudovsky is Professor of Economics at the University of Ottawa and Director of the Centre for Research on Globalization (CRG), which hosts the critically acclaimed website www.globalresearch.ca . He is a contributor to the Encyclopedia Britannica. His writings have been translated into more than 20 languages.

Reviews

“This book is a ‘must’ resource – a richly documented and systematic diagnosis of the supremely pathological geo-strategic planning of US wars since ‘9-11’ against non-nuclear countries to seize their oil fields and resources under cover of ‘freedom and democracy’.”
John McMurtry, Professor of Philosophy, Guelph University

“In a world where engineered, pre-emptive, or more fashionably “humanitarian” wars of aggression have become the norm, this challenging book may be our final wake-up call.”
-Denis Halliday, Former Assistant Secretary General of the United Nations

Michel Chossudovsky exposes the insanity of our privatized war machine. Iran is being targeted with nuclear weapons as part of a war agenda built on distortions and lies for the purpose of private profit. The real aims are oil, financial hegemony and global control. The price could be nuclear holocaust. When weapons become the hottest export of the world’s only superpower, and diplomats work as salesmen for the defense industry, the whole world is recklessly endangered. If we must have a military, it belongs entirely in the public sector. No one should profit from mass death and destruction.
Ellen Brown, author of ‘Web of Debt’ and president of the Public Banking Institute   

Hanukkah is, perhaps, the easiest Jewish holiday to celebrate. There are no restrictions on what one may or may not do—no fasting and, in fact, no prohibitions except one: the lights of Hanukkah must not be used for any practical purpose, not even for studying Torah or lighting the Sabbath candles.

Hanukkah candles are symbols of faith—faith in miracles, i.e., in something we consider impossible according to our life experience. This is the essence of the holiday that celebrates the impossible: a small flask of oil that would normally keep the light going for one day lasted for eight days.

The order of lighting the candles was debated by prominent rabbinic schools. Shammai stated that eight candles should be lit on the first night, seven on the second night, and so on, down to one on the last night. He argued that the miracle was greatest on the first day. Hillel, on the other hand, favored starting with one candle and lighting an additional one every night, up to eight on the eighth night. For Hillel, the miracle grew in greatness each day, and it is Hillel’s opinion that prevails to this day. Some see in this order an allusion to one’s ability to grow spiritually and intellectually, even though it is a law of nature that the body declines with time.

This is not the only time the number eight denotes something that transcends nature. One of the most observed Jewish rituals, circumcision, is performed on the eighth day, signaling that human effort is required to go beyond nature and thereby connect the newborn with Jewish continuity. In the story of Creation, the number eight signifies new beginnings because the eighth day was the first day after the first Sabbath, which began right after the creation of the first human.

One cannot help but notice that, according to the Book of the Maccabees, both circumcision and the Sabbath were prohibited in the context of mass Hellenization. Some Jewish men even underwent operations to restore their foreskin to appear fully Greek.

Faith is something intimate. Hanukkah lights are to be lit at a window or door so that they can be seen from outside. However, the lights must remain inside the home. Thus, the lights embody the tension between our inner selves and the external expectations and circumstances we face. It is our inner light, often hidden even from ourselves, that serves as a personal lighthouse, guiding us through stormy waters and helping us make life choices. Inner light may sometimes be seen from the outside, but faith is not for show even though, when genuine, it may subtly inspire others.

This tension between the internal and external is also present in another aspect of Hanukkah: the encounter between Jewish and Greek cultures about 22 centuries ago. Hellenized Jews sought to join the majority culture and become part of it. Other Jews opposed them, and a civil war ensued. However, the sages of the Talmud are far from praising the intransigence of the Hasmoneans, who started the war and usurped royal privileges reserved for the Davidic dynasty. Ambivalence toward Greek culture—the dominant culture of the time—is evident in Talmudic discourse, alongside an aversion to violence. This may explain why the Talmudic sages excluded the story of the Maccabees’ triumph, culminating in the holiday of Hanukkah, from the Judaic canon (1 Maccabees 4:59).

Our tradition associates Jewish culture with Shem and Greek culture with Japheth, two sons of Noah. The Talmud specifies that Japheth must be brought into the tent of Shem and given space within it. In other words, Greek culture has intrinsic value but must be absorbed and integrated within the Jewish framework. Indeed, the language of the Talmud abounds with Greek terms, such as Sanhedrin or afikoman, to name just two. However, these terms stand for distinctly Jewish concepts: a tribunal convened at the Jerusalem Temple and a broken matzah used in the Passover ritual. Greek notions are thus assimilated into Judaic discourse. A strong inner core of commitment to Judaism allows one to partake in outside culture without losing oneself or disappearing altogether. This lesson remains as relevant as over two millennia ago. 

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research’s Holiday Fundraiser 

This article was originally published on The Times of Israel.

Yakov M. Rabkin is Professor Emeritus of History at the Université of Montréal. His publications include over 300 articles and a few books: Science between Superpowers, Interactions between Jewish and Scientific Cultures, A Threat from Within: a Century of Jewish Opposition to Zionism, What is Modern Israel?, Demodernization: A Future in the Past and Judaïsme, islam et modernité. He did consulting work for, inter alia, OECD, NATO, UNESCO and the World Bank.

Featured image is licensed under CC BY-SA 3.0

Western Democracies and the Threat of Social Disintegration

January 2nd, 2025 by Prof Rodrigue Tremblay

“Millions of men will leave the Southern Hemisphere to go to the Northern Hemisphere. They will not go as friends. They will go to win, and they will by populating it with their sons. The fertile wombs of our women will allow us to conquer Europe and the world. —Houari Boumedienne (1932-1978)Algerian military man and president of Algeria, (in a speech at the United Nations, in Sept 1974, advocating the Ummah, i.e. a global Islamic nation.)

“The mosques [in Western countries] are our barracks, the domes are our helmets, the minarets are our swords, and the faithful are our army” —Recep Tayyip Erdogan (1954- ), Turkish Prime Minister, (comment made in Dec. 1997, when he was Mayor of Istanbul.)

“Seeking proof [about religion] misses the point of religion. It is what it does that matters.” —Hilary Putnam (1926-2016), American philosopher, (as quoted in The Economist, March 26, 2016

“Islamist movements, supported by Western courts, try to prevent any criticism of Islam. We should resist this wind of inquisition in the interest of humanity. Western judges who support this inquisition are real useful idiots who expose their own countries to the worst dangers.” —Sami Aldeeb (1949- ), Palestinian-born Swiss university professor, and Director of the Center of Arab and Muslim Law, Switzerland, 2014

“This is, in theory, still a free country [the U.K.], but our politically correct, censorious times are such that many of us tremble to give vent to perfectly acceptable views for fear of condemnation. Freedom of speech is thereby imperiled, big questions go undebated, and great lies become accepted, unequivocally as great truths.” —Simon Heffer (1960- ), British journalist, (in The Daily Mail, June 7, 2000)

Global Research Editor’s Note 

This article by Prof. Rodrigue Tremblay does not specifically address US-NATO initiatives to destabilize secular governments in Muslim countries leading to the installation of an Islamic State. These include Iran (1953, 1979), Afghanistan (1979, 2001) Iraq, (1991, 2003), Libya,  (2011), Syria (2011-2024). These actions –which include wars and regime change– have a  bearing on the flow of immigrants to Western Europe which is addressed in  Prof. Rodrigue’s article.

****

Introduction

Established religions have always had problems coexisting with governments and especially, in modern times, with democracy and the secular nature of societies. In the West, in fact, over time, a more or less hermetic separation has developed between religions and democratically elected political power.

This is because, in addition to maintaining places of worship, religions are social forces. They are competing organizations of power over people and society, with a structured system of beliefs, mysteries, ‘revealed’ truths, doctrines, dogmas, rules and laws, symbols, texts and images, rites and practices. Religious authorities often base their power over people on concepts of the supremacy of abstract divine powers.

While some established religions are highly centralized, others are much less so, and they reflect a plurality of views and types of operation.

I. Politically Structured Religions and Spiritual and Personal Religions, in a Democracy

Many people think that all religions are equal.

Prof. Rodrigue Tremblay (right)

This is only partly true. On the one hand, there are greatly politicized religions, based on sacred principles. They are highly institutionalized, centralized and omnipresent in terms of political influence in countries where they operate. On the other hand, there are also more philosophical and spiritual religions, mainly focused on the destiny of an individual’s soul and the transcendence of human existence, and they rely mainly on personal life practices.

In the first group, among Abrahamic-type religions, there are Christianity and Christendom and Islam and Islamism, the latter dating from the 7th century. These are religions that can be classified as political. In a second group, there are more philosophical religions whose historical source is mainly Asia, such as Buddhism, Taoism, Hinduism, etc.

II. Politicized Religions and Democracy

However, Christianity and Christendom have undergone transformations and reforms since the time when it was a dominant political religion in some parts of the world. They were even the source of holy wars.

In recent centuries, Christianity has become more of an individual and personal religion rather than a fundamentally political religion. It has gradually adapted to the advent of democracy in most Western societies and to more secular democratic states.

In this context, the ultimate and legitimate power in a democratic society emanates directly or indirectly from the people, and not from abstract divinities and their spokesmen on earth. In the formula of American President Abraham Lincoln, democracy is a “government of the people, by the people, and for the people.” It is also, in many instances, the principle of a more secular state.

The Special Case of Political Islam in the West

In contrast, Islam (the word means ‘submission’ or ‘surrender’ to the will of Allah in Arabic) and Islamism, that is political Islam in action, have remained more or less frozen in their founding dogmatism of the 7th century, and remain an eminently political and social religion. In countries where it is the majority, it often imposes itself as the only compulsory state religion, excluding all others. These countries could then become “Islamic republics“, some of them being openly theocracies, with very little separation between religion and politics.

The best known examples are Saudi Arabia (Sunni branch) and the Islamic Republic of Iran (Shiite branch), which are countries where religious leaders act as “supreme guides” and who play a determining role in the behavior of citizens as individuals, in politics and in social affairs, and in the overall running of society.

Some religions even rely on a religious police to make sure that revealed religious precepts are well observed by members and even by the entire population.

This is why, among all established religions, the case of Islam can be considered special.

Its principles are based on four main components:

  • the Ummah is the global Islamic community or nation to which every believer must belong, with the common goal to advance the cause of Islam;
  • jihad or ‘effort’ can refer, among other things, to an obligation of ‘holy war’ in order to propagate and, if necessary, impose Islamic principles by ‘the heart, by the tongue, by the hand and by the sword’ against the infidels;
  • the Quran is the sacred book of Islam, much as the Bible is for Judaism and Christianity. It is supposed to bring together revelations from Allah transmitted orally by the archangel Gabriel and compiled by different authors, before being transmitted to the prophet Muhammad, in the 7th century;
  • Sharia (Islamic law), like jihad, is taken from the Quran. Sharia represents the various doctrinal, social, cultural and relational laws, norms and rules that are addressed to believers.

The traditional reading of the Quran divides the world and humanity into two areas: the House of Islam, Dar al-Islam or “the world of submission to Allah” where Sharia applies and where Muslims live, and Dar al-Harb, “the world of war” against non-Muslims.

III. Unselective Immigration and the Clash of Civilizations Between Democratically Elected Western Governments and Political Islamism

By their history, laws and rules, Islam and Islamism constitute an  imminently political, proselytizing and conquering religion. It is a serious error to confuse them with reformed religions such as Christianity and other essentially personal and individual religions such as Buddhism.

If there are clashes between a political religion and politics, it is not only because there is competition for power but also because the foundations of a political religion often enter into a subversive conflict with the practice of democracy.

Indeed, when a political religion carries within itself a global political project, we can then speak of a ‘civilization’ with a common ideology, which creates, by extension, a predictable opposition between different civilizations—or even a Clash of Civilizations, according to the title of a book on the subject by American scientist Samuel Huntington (1927-2008), and published in 1996.

This is an expression suggested by the author to demonstrate how conflicts of civilization can arise when different political views or cultures find themselves juxtaposed on the same territory. Indeed, Huntington refers not only to a clash of religions but also to a clash between cultures.

IV. Factors of Social and Political Disintegration in Western Democracies

It is by no means unavoidable that Western democracies must disintegrate under the pressure of politicized religious cultures, especially when they are imported from elsewhere. Already, in France since 1905, in Italy since 1947 and in Spain since 1978, but also in Nordic countries such as Norway, Sweden, Denmark, and also in Switzerland, among others, concrete steps have been taken to adopt the principle of state secularism.

Indeed, if nothing is done and if governments let things happen, or worse, if they consider that their country is a kind of experimental social laboratory and promote the creation of diverse cultural areas, serious problems of integration are bound to arise.

In fact, in certain neighborhoods in France and in some other countries, there has been an emergence of so-called “No-Go zones“, where laws are hardly respected, and where the police dare to venture only with special reinforcement, under the threat of being attacked or worse. This could even deteriorate into a form of domestic terrorism.

.

A typical sight in the commercial areas of “94,” one of the most heavily Muslim areas of France. (Source)

.

The need to take action would seem urgent before the gangrene of social anarchy takes hold. This would require on the part of governments, political elites and the population in general, a serious awareness, a clear vision of the situation, courage and firmness, and the adoption of concrete masures to correct a phenomenon in evolution, before it deteriorates even further.

In the case of France, but also in some other Western countries, this stage is progressing after decades of carelessness, complacency, laxity, negligence, weakness and abdication of responsibilities on the part of public leaders. In many instances, the latter have placed short term partisan political interests above the long term interest of their nation in allowing communitarianism and ethnic ghettos to take hold.

It is not normal for a democracy to let its institutions wither away under the threat of totalitarian ideologies imported from elsewhere (see the frightening quotes from Boumedienne and Erdogan above).

V. There Are a Number of Ways to Prevent and Counter Social and Political Disintegration in the Face of an Uncontrolled Migratory Invasion

Here are a few policies to be considered:

1. A first type of intervention consists in denouncing as unacceptable and a threat to security the leaving of national borders unattended, in the face of un-welcomed and illegal immigration. A government that does not protect national borders is failing in its primary duties. —Peoples and nations, like individuals, have a natural right to protect their survival, their legitimate interests and their values, in the face of transgressions, from within or from outside.

2. A second form of intervention consists in adopting a responsible immigration policy, one that respects the receptive capacity of a population. —This is the principle that immigration must make a net positive and not negative contribution to a host country.

3. Thirdly, reinforcing laws of public education in order to protect children against exactions and intimidations on the part of proselytizing religious predators in public schools, particularly with regard to the democratic principle of equality between men and women.

4. Fourth, governments may want to make the granting of citizenship to new immigrants conditional on a contract of citizenship and integration into the host society. —No country and no government is under the obligation of accepting an influx of foreign individuals who have no intention of integrating into the host country.

Conclusions

The West (European and North American countries) is currently confronted, from within and from without, with a migratory wave of cultures and ideologies that in some cases are strongly opposed to Western democratic values; such is the case with political Islamism [which is often supported covertly by Western powers] 

In the medium and longer term, such a phenomenon is a serious hindrance to the social integration of new immigrants, and it can represent a real danger for the cohesion, freedom, security and prosperity of citizens in the host countries.

On this issue, it may be a quarter to midnight in some countries. One day, it could be too late to act.

Some Western democracies are already threatened in their basic democratic nature. They must adopt integration measures in order to strengthen national laws and regulations and adapt them to new realities. 

The primary objective should be nothing less than preserving the Western democratic system, which is based on the power of the people, against growing and corrosive encroachments from ideologies that are hostile to democracy and fundamental freedoms.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research’s Holiday Fundraiser

This article was originally published on the author’s blogsite, Dr. Rodrigue Tremblay.

International economist Dr. Rodrigue Tremblay is the author of the book about morals “The code for Global Ethics, Ten Humanist Principles” of the book about geopolitics “The New American Empire“, and the recent book, in French, “La régression tranquille du Québec, 1980-2018“. He was Minister of Trade and Industry (1976-79) in the Lévesque government. He holds a Ph.D. in international finance from Stanford University. Please visit Dr Tremblay’s site or email to a friend here.

Prof. Rodrigue Tremblay is a Research Associate of the Centre for Research on Globalization (CRG).

Featured image is from InfoBrics


The Code for Global Ethics: Ten Humanist Principles

by Rodrigue Tremblay, Preface by Paul Kurtz

Publisher: ‎ Prometheus (April 27, 2010)

Hardcover: ‎ 300 pages

ISBN-10: ‎ 1616141727

ISBN-13: ‎ 978-1616141721

Humanists have long contended that morality is a strictly human concern and should be independent of religious creeds and dogma. This principle was clearly articulated in the two Humanist Manifestos issued in the mid-twentieth century and in Humanist Manifesto 2000, which appeared at the beginning of the twenty-first century. Now this code for global ethics further elaborates ten humanist principles designed for a world community that is growing ever closer together. In the face of the obvious challenges to international stability-from nuclear proliferation, environmental degradation, economic turmoil, and reactionary and sometimes violent religious movements-a code based on the “natural dignity and inherent worth of all human beings” is needed more than ever. In separate chapters the author delves into the issues surrounding these ten humanist principles: preserving individual dignity and equality, respecting life and property, tolerance, sharing, preventing domination of others, eliminating superstition, conserving the natural environment, resolving differences cooperatively without resort to violence or war, political and economic democracy, and providing for universal education. This forward-looking, optimistic, and eminently reasonable discussion of humanist ideals makes an important contribution to laying the foundations for a just and peaceable global community.

Click here to purchase.

“Syria is free,” wrote the Syrian Emergency Task Force (SETF) in a post on X, formerly Twitter, shortly after a cluster of militant groups swarmed Damascus on Sunday and overthrew Bashar al-Assad’s government.

“Mission Accomplished. The Syrian Emergency Task Force is proud to announce that the Assad regime, Russia, and Iran have been officially defeated in Syria by the Syrian people on their own and without any outside support from the international community,” the statement read.

In response, an X user took a swipe at the SETF, saying that an al-Qaeda leader with strong ties to the Daesh terrorist group and Western intelligence agencies “is the exact freedom I was hoping for.”

SETF has long been at the forefront of the American “regime change” project in Syria, funded by the US Agency for International Development (USAID), a proxy organization of the Central Intelligence Agency (CIA), the foreign spy agency of the US military-industrial complex.

Operating under the guise of “bringing an end to atrocities against Syrian civilians,” this maligned agency has actively pursued Washington’s “regime change” agenda in Syria through crippling sanctions and psychological operations to sway public opinion in the Arab country against its elected government.

Only a day after Assad was ousted from Damascus, SETF Executive Director Mouaz Moustafa met with US National Security Advisor Jake Sullivan to discuss the accomplishment of the American “mission.”

Moustafa reportedly also called for greater support from the US government as a reward.

SETF and American Dollars

Leaked documents reveal that SETF has received millions of dollars over the years to aggressively further the agenda of the US and its allies in Syria, with funding channeled through USAID.

“Check out SETF’s $153,535 grant from USAID, a CIA cutout. It not only earmarks the delivery of aid to Rukhban camp but also covers ‘conducting key informant interviews,’” wrote American journalist Max Blumenthal in a post on X, sharing an image of one such receipt.

.

SETF’s grant from USAID

.

“SETF has been at the forefront of lobbying for the US to wage war on Syria, taking John McCain on his notorious trip in 2013 before he called to bomb Damascus. It played a seminal role in the Caesar sanctions, which have plunged Syrian civilians into poverty, and remain at the center of all regime change activities,” Blumenthal added.

His remarks came in response to Celine Kasem, a SETF employee and one of its lead propagandists against the Assad government, whose activities have been exposed repeatedly in recent years.

David Miller, producer of the Press TV show Palestine Declassified, had in February this year highlighted the manipulative tactics employed by Kasem and her SETF colleagues in Syria.

“@SyrianETF’s board includes a member from the Foundation for Defense of Democracies, an organization that acts as a direct foreign agent of the Zionist entity in the US,” Miller wrote.

“After I won my tribunal, Celine attempted to sabotage my legal fundraiser by inciting British Sunnis into sectarian hysteria over the failed NATO and Zionist regime change campaign in Syria,” he added.

According to Miller, such tactics form part of a “US strategy to undermine support for material resistance to Zionism,” linking SETF’s anti-Syrian government campaign to the Zionist occupation.

In March this year, SETF commemorated the 13th anniversary of the so-called “Syrian Revolution” — a militant campaign against the Damascus government — at a gathering of prominent US Republican leaders, many of whom are vocal lobbyists for the Israeli regime.

.

SETF Executive Director Mouaz Moustafa speaking at at a gathering of prominent US Republican politicians in March this year

.

Among the attendees was Stephen Rapp, a key figure in lobbying the International Criminal Court (ICC) against granting Palestine jurisdiction to press war crime charges against Israel.

Since Sunday, following the fall of Assad’s government and the militant takeover of Damascus, SETF agents have been celebrating, crediting it to the Syrian people—the same people who have suffered under crippling US sanctions imposed under the ‘Caesar Act,’ which SETF itself lobbied for.

SETF and the American ‘Regime Change’ Plot

In his book The Management of Savagery, Blumenthal explains that SETF emerged as a pro-insurgency, warmongering lobbying group, funded by the US State Department and a collection of private donors.

For years, the group served as the US Congress’ direct link to the so-called Free Syrian Army (FSA) and other rebel factions. Its director, Mouaz Moustafa, is a Washington, DC-based activist of Syrian origin.

Before lobbying for a military attack on his home country, Moustafa had been a consultant to the Libyan National Transitional Council during the lead-up to the invasion by the US-led NATO military alliance.

In May 2013, Moustafa approached Senator John McCain, a notorious warmonger in the US Congress, and persuaded him to visit Syria and meet with anti-government militants.

Mordechai Moti Kahana, an Israeli millionaire who coordinated efforts between these militants and the Israeli military through his NGO Amaliah, openly boasted of financing “the opposition group that took Senator John McCain to visit war-torn Syria.”

The SETF’s role in linking top US officials with militants was confirmed by McCain himself in his memoir The Restless Wave.

“I went to Turkey at the end of the month after convincing the State Department to let me enter northern Syria for a few hours. The Washington-based Syrian Emergency Task Force had arranged for me to meet with members of FSA units. I went with General Salim Idris, the head of the FSA’s Supreme Military Council,” he recalled in his book.

“I don’t know what I had expected, but crossing the border into a war turned out to be a pretty unremarkable experience. General Idris, Brose, two Syrian Emergency Task Force staffers, and I loaded into SUVs and drove less than a mile to a border crossing, where the guards were expecting us.

“They raised the gates, and we crossed into Syria, becoming, for the time being, the highest-ranking US official to visit Syria since the war began. Another short drive took us to the building where FSA commanders from around the country had gathered to meet us.”

After the meetings and the promised joint celebration in Damascus, McCain’s PR office released a photo showing the senator posing beside a smiling Moustafa and two grim-looking armed rebels.

Several days later, Lebanese media identified these two men as Abu Ibrahim and Mohammad Nour, both implicated in the kidnapping of eleven Shia pilgrims a year earlier.

.

SETF’s director Mouaz Moustafa (right) with John McCain and two Syrian militants

.

SETF Leadership and American Terrorism

In June of the same year, Moustafa arranged another meeting in Syria between FSA rebels and Evan McMullin, a former CIA field officer, and vehemently protested the US State Department’s designation of Al-Qaeda’s Syrian branch as a terrorist group.

In 2014, further SETF activities were exposed in the documentary Red Lines, which was ironically intended to showcase the “democratic nature” of the rebels.

Instead, it revealed international arms and rebel smuggling, Takfiri fanatics, looting, war crimes, and McCain, and Moustafa’s central role, further exposing America’s covert operations in the Arab country.

The documentary detailed Moustafa’s frequent trips from Washington to the Syrian-Turkish border, where he helped smuggle militants into areas they controlled in the city of Homs.

It also captured him discussing a multi-million-dollar shipment of heavy weapons and tanks from an unnamed US company, which was reportedly purchasing military equipment from the Ukrainian military after its war in Donbas.

In other scenes, Moustafa and his associates witnessed FSA militants holding prisoners in a school basement, looting a cement factory, and heard an Ahrar al-Sham official admit that they did not want democracy in Syria.

SETF also lobbied within the US to impose sanctions on Syria and played a crucial role in drafting and passing the Caesar Syria Civilian Protection Act, which has driven millions of Syrian civilians into poverty.

In 2016, Moustafa, the head of the White Helmets Raed al-Saleh, and Congressman Eliot Engel, one of the most fervent supporters of the Israeli regime on Capitol Hill, jointly lobbied for expanded sanctions on Syria.

These sanctions targeted the country’s central banking system and blocked the replacement parts for its civilian airliners, which was another big blow to the war-ravaged country.

.

SETF founder Mouaz Moustafa inside Al Qaeda/HTS controlled Idlib in August 2023, leading a delegation for ultra-Zionist Republican members of Congress

.

Other ‘Regime Change’ Organizations in Syria

Other similar pseudo-humanitarian organizations that aggressively campaigned for “regime change” in Syria include the UK-funded White Helmets (Syria Civil Defence), Hand in Hand for Syria (HiHFAD), and the Syrian Observatory for Human Rights (SOHR), among others.

All of these organizations were regarded as trusted and reliable sources by Western journalists and politicians, despite their direct ties to Syrian militants, the Israeli regime, and Western intelligence agencies.

The so-called White Helmets group was founded by former British Army officer James Le Mesurier and funded by the UK and US governments. It operated in areas held by anti-government forces, providing a constant stream of images and reports of their “lifesaving work.”

The effectiveness of the White Helmets was amplified by a UK-government-funded PR company called ARK, which ran its social media accounts and developed an international communications campaign to promote it. The UK Ministry of Foreign Affairs described their advocacy as “invaluable.”

HiHFAD, also a UK-based group operating in both Syria and Turkey, claimed to be engaged in humanitarian work but actively campaigned for foreign military intervention in Syria.

One of its leading figures, Rola Hallam, was linked to the so-called Syrian National Coalition (SNC) anti-government group through her father, Mousa al-Kurdi.

Its co-founder, Faddy Sahloul, once openly declared that they wanted to topple Assad “no matter what lives it takes, no matter how much catastrophe it causes.”

SOHR, which supposedly focuses on human rights, is actually a one-man operation based in England and funded by the British Foreign Office. It has been widely exposed as a mouthpiece for MI6.

Considering its funding sources, leadership, connections, and methods of operation, SETF undeniably belongs to the same group of organizations.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research’s Holiday Fundraiser  

All images in this article are from PressTV

Bill Gates’ Foundation Stripped of Immunity in Kenya

January 2nd, 2025 by Philippa Jane Winkler

The High Court of Kenya has suspended a series of highly controversial legal immunities and privileges recently awarded to the Bill & Melinda Gates Foundation.

Context

It is one of the most widespread practices in international relations since antiquity.

Diplomatic immunity is the principle by which only government officials such as ambassadors and their employees are granted protection from local lawsuits and prosecution of another country. This is to ensure that diplomats cannot be coerced or harassed when tensions arise between states.

In an extraordinary and concerning decision under Kenya’s  Privileges and Immunities Act, Kenya had granted diplomatic protection to the Bill & Melinda Gates Foundation, a private entity,  and their employees.  Privileges included:

  • Exemption from  Kenya’s direct taxes and tariffs
  • Immunity from legal action for acts done in Kenya in the course of official duties
  • Exemption from  Kenya’s national service obligation (conscription)
  • Immunity from immigration restrictions for Gates Foundation’s employees, their spouses and dependents
  • Exemption from taxes on income.

Strikingly, these types of privileges are near-identical to those awarded to European merchants trading in the Middle East from the 16th to the 20th century. The ‘capitulations’ are widely believed to have contributed to the weakening, and eventual demise of the Turkish Ottoman Empire.

Capitulations

.

16th century copy of the first  capitulations signed between Charles IX of France and Sultan Selim II in 1569. Picture source

.

The term ‘capitulations’ referred to the headings or chapters in a treaty. They allowed non-Muslim traders entering the Ottoman Empire to be exempt from:

  • prosecution by local courts
  • import and export taxes, local taxation,
  • military conscription (national service)
  • the searching of their domicile

First introduced by France into the Ottoman Empire in the 16th century, capitulations were subsequently signed with 18 European countries plus the United States until the start of World War 1 in 1914.

In return, Ottoman sultans expected a net rise in exports to European markets.

Instead the capitulations  turned out to be a trojan horse. They facilitated the entry of European finished goods into  the Ottoman empire,  while enabling the exploitation of the region’s raw cotton.  European merchants flooded the region with cheap silver mined in the Americas, causing inflation and debt. The capitulatory system weakened state monopolies, reducing the flow of capital to the state to the detriment of its military capabilities. 

The Ottoman Empire was defeated in World War 1.  Under the 1920 Treaty of Sèvres, its territories minus Turkey, were carved up and distributed to the victors of World War 1, primarily the British (who claimed Palestine and oil-rich Iraq) and the French (Syria, Lebanon.)

.

.

Beware the Gates Bearing Gifts

While professing philanthropic motivations such as eradicating poverty and improving public health, Gates’ own net worth actually doubled from 2000 to 2020.

A report issued in 2016 found that Bill Gates’ philanthropic activities support a self serving agenda.

NonProfit PRO explains,

‘The report notes that the Gates Foundation has funded a huge number of projects for major corporations—including Monsanto, Bayer, GlaxoSmithKline, Merck and Coca-Cola—and that the corporations often stand to profit. According to the report, the foundation has owned or still owns shares in some of the corporations it funds. The foundation is profiting from its investments in corporations which contribute to social and economic injustice.’

Kenya’s grant of  immunities to the Gates Foundation would have removed  legal protection from vaccine injured persons. Such immunity would benefit the Foundation’s mission which it  declares  has ‘mutually beneficial opportunities’ for vaccine manufacturers.

Vaccine injury from Gates’ vaccine programs were reported by the Annual Survey of International & Comparative Law in 2017:

‘In 2010, the Gates Foundation funded experimental malaria and meningitis vaccine trials across Africa and HPV vaccine programs in India. All of these programs resulted in numerous deaths and injuries, with accounts of forced vaccinations and uninformed consent. Ultimately, these health campaigns, under the guise of saving lives, have relocated large scale clinical trials of untested or unapproved drugs to developing markets where administering drugs is less regulated and cheaper.’

A 2020 investigation by The Nation found that the Gates Foundation held corporate stocks and bonds in drug companies like Merck, GSK, Eli Lilly, Pfizer, Novartis, and Sanofi.

The Gates Foundation has also been slammed for causing damage to agriculture through its ‘Green Revolution’ programmes across Africa.

In 2024, the Southern African Faith Communities’ Environment Institute warned in a press release:

‘The Green Revolution has not only failed to increase food security in Africa, but has also inflicted deep ecological and social wounds. As faith leaders, we have a responsibility as custodians of the Earth to call out this injustice.’

The Republic of Kenya and 2024 Protests

The Portuguese Empire began penetration of Kenya in 1500 AD. By the late 19th Century, it was a colony of  the British empire. Resistance was led by the Kenya Land and Freedom Army (known in the West as the ‘Mau Mau.’) Independence came in 1963, under the leadership of Jomo Kenyatta, a pan-Africanist.

.

Map of East Africa (Source: Wikimedia Commons)

.

 Although Kenya’s economy is ranked 7th in terms of Gross Domestic Product in Africa, it was reported that in 2021, 91.30% of the population were living on less than $5.50 a day at 2011 international prices.  This indicates high degrees of corruption, and/or profits siphoned out of the country by multinational corporations.

The influential Communist Party of Kenya describes Kenya’s current President William Ruto as a puppet of the Western ruling class, citing his support of Israel and NATO-backed Ukraine, and unpopular financial laws that benefit foreign interests over Kenyan sovereignty. The Party draws attention to the establishment of ‘an illegal United States military base in Wajir and the expansion of the British military base in Nanyuki [that] demonstrate a total surrender of our sovereignty.’

In June 2024, massive protests broke out against Ruto’s plans to tax basic necessities and cut social services. As a result, Kenya’s government has scrapped some proposed taxes including a 16% levy on bread.

This month, in a surprise move, Kenya has applied to join the BRICS. In 2011, the Gates Foundation ‘joined with the Chinese government and private companies there to make low-cost vaccines, drugs, and diagnostics available for developing countries.’ 

.

Protests in June 2024 over proposal for raised taxes on bread and other necessities. (Source)

.

Conclusion

Questions arise. If Bill Gates believes his foundation is doing nothing but good, what did he need legal immunity in Kenya for?

The Bill & Melinda Gates Foundation is the largest private foundation in the world, reporting $75.2 billion in assets in 2023. Why did it want to short-change Kenya by not paying its taxes and tariffs?

Will the decision to give a Foundation the diplomatic status of a state, encourage other private charities to do the same? Will that undermine the power of the state, paving the way to a world ruled by unelected entities?

The President of Kenya  William Ruto believes that Kenya is getting a good deal from  the Gates Foundation. He has tweeted, ‘We appreciate the support the Bill & Melinda Gates Foundation continues to extend to Kenya in realising our development goals, especially in the areas of healthcare, agriculture, and ICT sectors.’

Global Research reports,

‘The case is slated to return to court in February 2025, for further deliberations. In the meantime, not only will the Gates Foundation’s operations in Kenya almost inevitably now come under even greater scrutiny, but the broader implications of the ruling could well resonate far beyond the country’s borders.’

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research’s Holiday Fundraiser 

Featured image source

Middle East – Towards Endless Chaos?

January 2nd, 2025 by Peter Koenig

Update as of December 22, 8:18 AM ET:

At the moment all indications are that the Middle East is rapidly plunging into Chaos, with capital C.

Since the article below was published, the US has apparently increased its troops stationed in Syria from 900 to at least 2,000. The Pentagon / NATO also has at least one aircraft carrier stationed in the Mediterranean Sea and at least two in the Gulf, thus encircling the Middle East by sea, air and land.

Clearly, the US -still self-styled Empire- does not want to let go of the “Jewel” called the Middle East, loaded with 55% to 60% of the world’s energy resources; or better, and maybe even more importantly called, the “becoming” of Greater Israel for the Chosen People.

This second point is not to be neglected. It is funded by those who have created and control the international monetary system, and reign over the worldwide money flow. We are talking of various quadrillions of US dollars-equivalent.

***

With the Ashkenazi-Zionist-Israel rapid expansion towards a Greater Israel, the sudden fall of Syria, the silence of Iraq, Iran scared to intervene, when Russia is folding up its tents in Syria and is getting the hell out of there — what else, but chaos? 

See also this analysis by Paul Craig Roberts.

Well, the West’s unquestioned support for Israel, or what is still called Israel, though in the hands of mass murderers going by the name of Ashkenazi-Zionist – no original Jews, what can be expected from the region, other than an ever-faster downfall into full chaos? 

Chaos is usually what the rulers want. That is what Washington manages best. The US-Pentagon-NATO have a long history of letting chaos reign for control.

This time though it seems to be different. The chaos is happening because of the West’s collective inaction; possibly negligence of their own interests. 

Just to be sure, Syria has not collapsed because of an “internal” civil war. There NEVER was a civil war; a civil war as we know by its true term where the local people rise up against their ruler. That never happened. Never listen to western media, which would like you to believe that Bashar al-Assad was fighting against a country full of Syrians who disliked him. That is a load of bull***t, as strong as it comes.

Mr. al-Assad’s Syria was infiltrated since before the year 2000, still during his father Hafez Assad’s reign by US-UK-Israeli created terror groups, which lasted up to this day, plus new ones, to which Turkey later also contributed. Today they are called ISIS, IS, al-Qaeda, and finally by Hay’at Tahrir al-Sham (HTS), a coalition of northern Syria-based Sunni Islamist insurgent groups that evolved from Jabhat al-Nusrah, or “Nusrah Front,” al-Qaeda’s former branch in Syria. For sure there are others. For now, HTS seems to be in control of Syria, if anybody is.

Turkey, the flip-flop nation, a so-called NATO heavyweight claiming to be also friends with Russia – but when it comes down to it, Turkey under Erdogan is a traitor of everyone. Erdogan has dreams of grandeur, to bring back the Ottoman Empire. Should he ever be trusted?

Washington wanted to dominate Syria for decades. Why? Her oil riches are much larger than is being officially estimated, her geographic strategic situation is unique to control the region – and not least, Syria is part of the Zionists’ dream of becoming the Greater Israel, the Land for the Chosen People.

One can only wonder, what kind of God would choose such horrifying people?

Syria is central to the downfall of the entire Middle East.

That descent into chaos has started long ago, but accelerated to warp speed in the past weeks. It may go on for an undetermined period of time. It will affect Iran, though Iran, a new BRICS country and part of the Chinese Shanghai Cooperation Organization (SCO), is expected to have Russian and Chinese support. However, recent events have shown that none of this can be taken for granted. So, for practical reasons Iran is on her own, internally still torn apart between the adherents of western values and those who trust the east.

Of course, the western faction is heavily paid, infiltrated and trained by CIA and associated secret services to foment resistance and, if needed, facilitate assassinations of (western) undesirable leaders.

And what about the Saudis?                                                

They are selling their hydrocarbons to China in Yuan, an indication that they would lean towards the East, China. However, when a year ago they were offered a place in the new BRICS, though they had officially accepted, but as of today they have not fulfilled any of the conditions laid out for the BRICS members. For example, they are adamant not letting go of the US dollar, not meaning de-dollarization, but trading among each other in their respective currencies. 

De-dollarization was never a condition for BRICS membership. But the sheer fact of being a member of the BRICS, pulling them closer to China and Russia, scares them. Remember, they are full with US military bases – a tit-for-tat – when they agreed in the 1970s as head of OPEC to trade hydrocarbons only in US dollars, Washington promised to “protect” them from potential enemies by dotting their country with US bases. The very bases from which the US is aggressing her chosen enemies, not only in the Middle East, but all over the world. 

The population of the Middle East is about half a billion people (2024 estimate), and growing. That is only about 6% of the world’s population but extremely rich in natural resources, including energies.

.

.

Does anybody expect these people just to let go, being overrun and their resources – the world’s energy – being stolen by supremacists, who call themselves the Chosen People, without a fight? Not likely.

What incoming President Trump will do to bring Peace to the Middle East is anybody’s guess. From the supposed key positions to be confirmed, with responsibilities for the Middle East, including his VP and Secretary of State – and others of course – the course of unquestioned support for Israel, or let’s call it by the true name, the Ashkenazi-Zionists, seems guaranteed. 

Mr. Trump has not made any indication that he wants Peace with Iran. 

That pits East against West in the Middle East which controls as it is today, between 55% and 60% of all known hydrocarbon reserves. Many countries around the globe depend on these reserves. For the foreseeable future the world’s economies are not going to be run by alternative “renewable” energy, like windmills or solar panels.

By now, most people know that this is a joke. The climate hoax behind it is also about to collapse. The Green Deal people will soon get a hefty blow. Financial giants like BlackRock / Vanguard are clearly distancing themselves from this lie. 

Syria was a shining light in the region. But for most, she was unexpectedly overrun with apparent ease. All prepared for over 30 years, already when Hafez al-Assad was in power, the US started meddling. They intensified their interference in the early 2000 with a supposed pipeline from Qatar through Syria, which was probably planned by the US in connivance with Qatar, knowing that Syria would never allow it to protect her ally’s, Russia, gas market in Europe.

But it gave the US yet another argument to further destabilize Syria. 

Chaos, upheaval and destruction; murdering of the worst kind in Syria of anybody who can still be linked to Bashar al-Assad. Human rights abuse, torture no end. 

Listen to this remarkable discussion between Mike Robinson and Vanessa Beeley about the events of the past week in Syria, including Vanessa’s escape from the terrorists (50-min podcast):

Alternatively, you may listen here.

The west is cheering, and the rest of the world is just looking on. Now the total downfall, total chaos of the Middle East is almost a given.

Will Trump want to find a solution?

The world needs a peace-loving leader from the East or from the West. Not a globalist, because globalists want Power not Peace. The current chaos is what the west wants – the US, UK, Europe, Israel and even Turkey. But it is doubtful that chaos in the Middle East would be in the long-term interest of the self-proclaimed masters of the universe. 

Somalia may be a good example of man-made chaos and kept as continued chaos. For decades Somalia has followed a similar pattern as is now inflicted in the Middle East. When it gets out of hand, and risks to spread to other areas and countries, inconvenient to the west, the US air force comes in on a flash, dropping a few bombs until the chaos becomes normal and manageable again.

Will President Trump leave Syria to the old terror groups set up by the US et al. in the first place – and new ones to be created, which arm themselves largely from the weapons shipments to Ukraine, of which at least 70% goes directly to the black market, already reported on over a year ago by BBC and CNN?

Some analyst-pundits predict that 30 to 50 years from now, the Middle East may become a nuclear-contaminated, uninhabitable, literally untouchable piece of land.

Let us hope this can be avoided.

If a genuine peace-leader, either from the west or the east, were to intervene in the Middle East by stopping the Zionists’ march towards a Greater Israel, restoring old frontiers, giving back Palestine to the Palestinians, there is a chance that the Middle East could become a viable partner to the rest of the world — with the hydrocarbon reserves continuing driving the world economy, towards a civilization of shared values and shared benefits.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research’s Holiday Fundraiser   

Peter Koenig is a geopolitical analyst and a former Senior Economist at the World Bank and the World Health Organization (WHO), where he worked for over 30 years around the world. He is the author of Implosion – An Economic Thriller about War, Environmental Destruction and Corporate Greed; and co-author of Cynthia McKinney’s book “When China Sneezes: From the Coronavirus Lockdown to the Global Politico-Economic Crisis” (Clarity Press – November 1, 2020).

Peter is a Research Associate of the Centre for Research on Globalization (CRG). He is also a non-resident Senior Fellow of the Chongyang Institute of Renmin University, Beijing.

Featured image is from Silent Crow News

With the recent trip to Moscow by Slovakia’s Prime Minister Robert Fico to meet with Russian President Vladimir Putin, Slovakia has arguably become the most important country in the EU; especially with Putin now stating that Slovakia, which he characterizes as “neutral” in the Russia-Ukraine conflict, would be a suitable venue for war-ending negotiations with the West.

Of course, we don’t know with what parties Russia would be negotiating, having declared Ukraine’s expired office-holder Zelensky not a legitimate figure. Still, Slovakia’s Robert Fico now stands out, along with Hungary’s Prime Minister Viktor Orban, as the two most courageous high-ranking European state leaders in trying to call a halt to this most insane of all modern wars. 

Remember too that Robert Fico was shot five times in an assassination attempt by a pro-Ukrainian Slovakian gunman only 7-1/2 months ago. Fico has also said he was offered a bribe of $500 million Euro by Zelensky, who confirmed Fico’s report, if he would abandon Slovakia’s measured position on the war and shift support to Ukraine’s being accepted into NATO. 

Plus Slovakia is standing up to Ukraine’s actions in planning to sever its natural gas supplies from Russia by shutting off the trans-Ukrainian pipeline and is even threatening to retaliate by discontinuing electricity it is supplying to Ukraine under its own contractual obligations. Prime Minister Fico has also threatened in a video message to “significantly reduce support for Ukrainian citizens on Slovak territory.”

Zelensky is also threatening to interfere with Slovakia’s reliance on Russia to help maintain its nuclear power plants. As of this writing, there are no apparent moves by the EU to resolve the looming energy crisis affecting Slovakia and Hungary and possibly other member states or any of the other energy dilemmas affecting Europe due to EU sanctions against Russia that started in 2022.

Yet how many readers outside Europe even know where Slovakia is located? 

Of course, everyone has heard of Czechoslovakia, which in 1993, after the collapse of the Soviet Union, split into its two constituent parts, both later joining the EU and NATO, but with quite distinct populations, languages, and characteristics. Slovakia, with a population of 5.3 million, only half of that of the Czech Republic, is less prosperous, with an economy more on the scale of Greece than the countries of Western Europe. Its capital, Bratislava, with a metro area of only about 720,000, is just an hour down the road, making it practically a suburb of Vienna, Austria.

Most of Slovakia is more mountainous and rural than the Czech Republic, with more of its population identifying as religious, being almost entirely Catholic. In this respect, Slovakia is more akin to its eastern neighbor Poland than to other nations in Central Europe.

Slovakia was a province of Hungary within the Austro-Hungarian Empire until after World War I, when it was combined with the Czech-speaking regions to the west to form the nation of Czechoslovakia under the Treaty of Versailles.

After Hitler took over following the Munich conference in 1938, a German client state of Slovakia was formed until Czechoslovakia was re-created as a vassal of the Soviet Union following World War II. When Slovakia declared independence in 1993, it was assuming a status of nationhood and autonomy it had claimed for centuries with respect to a Slavic ethnicity speaking its own Slovakian language. 

Thus Slovakia’s assertion today of its national interest apart from the EU, NATO, and the Anglo-American-Zionist Empire in advocating a peaceable end to the Russia-Ukraine conflict should not be viewed as eccentric or irrational. Rather it represents a self-determined action by a people long accustomed to bumping up against greater powers in asserting its own sense of identity on the larger European stage. Of course, Slovakia is also acknowledging what many other people in Europe fully realize, which is that economic relations with Russia and its cheap gas and oil are essential to the continuation of European economic viability in today’s competitive world. 

The alternative is for Europe to continue serving as lapdog to the ongoing assault by the Empire against both European autonomy and Russian viability that arguably has been going on during the entire 20th-21st centuries. For additional analysis, see my recent book, Our Country, Then and Now.

Slovakia is also taking a stand against the COVID “vax,” which was part and parcel of the lockdowns enforced by NATO in Europe during the so-called “pandemic” of the years 2020-2023, with the “vax” still being promoted by the subject governments. It has been reported by Dr. William Makis on his website COVID Intel that “Slovakia has moved to withdraw COVID vaccines from the market and ban mRNA technology following the release of a long-anticipated official government report into the pandemic response.”

But is there more to Slovakia’s assertion of inner strength and integrity? Is there something “in the water” or “in the air”?  

Recently, we at Three Sages posted the following commentary on the Litmanova apparitions of the Virgin Mary, Mother of Jesus, who is greatly honored in Slovakia. These apparations took place in early 1990s, around the time of Slovakia’s independence. [Note: The word “apparations” is used within the Roman Catholic Church to designate such visions that the Church also regularly investigates as to their validity. Apparitions at such locations as Guadalupe, Lourdes, and Fatima are among the best-known worldwide, but they have been reported at dozens of other locations.]

We posted the following from the https://litmanova.net/index.html website:

The village Litmanova in Slovakia is 11 kilometers away from the town of Stara Lubovna. Only a few hundred people live in this village and are almost entirely Greek (Byzantine) Catholic. They are in full communion with the Pope in Rome and the Catholic Church. The Greek Catholics who live there are of Carpatho-Rusyn nationality and speak a language called Rusyn.

They also speak and understand Slovak. From August 5, 1990, to August 6, 1995, on the mountain Zvir, which is less than 4 kilometers away from the village, Our Lady appeared to two young girls – Ivetka Korcakova and Katka Ceselkova. Ivetka (born in 1978) was a visionary to whom Our Lady used to give her messages. From April 1991, Katka (born in 1977), played the role as a witness during the apparitions. From this date, she could see Our Lady, but she was not able to hear her. The apparitions took place in a hay-barn, in a small room (2.8 x 4 m). The girls received visits and messages from the Blessed Mother on the first Sunday of every month, which fell after the first Friday. Before the apparition, both girls would pray first, then the Holy Virgin would appear out of what seemed like fog and she would usually sit on a narrow wooden bench that was along the wall. During the apparition, the girls would fall into the ecstasy. They paid no attention to the surroundings and with a gentle smile, they would gaze at the apparition.

During these apparitions, the Virgin Mary would encourage the youth to attend Church services. She asked them to offer sacrifices along with prayers in reparation for their sins, the sins of Slovakia, and the sins of the world. Thousands of pilgrims accompanied the apparition on the mountain. About 100 meters from the hay-barn the Holy Virgin blessed a well, and she recommended people to drink from this spring. According to the testimonies of many witnesses, many miracle recoveries apparently occurred.

.

https://litmanova.net/index.html (Fair Use Claimed)

.

On Sunday, August 6, 1995, more than 100 thousand pilgrims gathered on mount Zvir to mark the fifth anniversary of the apparitions of the Virgin Mary. Shortly after one o’clock, Father Vladimir Sedlacek approach the microphone. His quiet and serious voice, inviting the attendees to a prayer, made it clear that the words to follow would be profoundly significant and serious. During the silence that had accompanied the monthly meetings between two girls and Our Lady over the past year, many people already sensed that this moment was extraordinary, especially when, after the Rosary, it was a priest’s voice they heard instead of the girls. Many people during the silence, which over the past year accompanied monthly meeting both girls with Our Lady, already knew that this moment is unusual, especially when after Rosary they heard the voice of a priest instead of girls.

.

https://litmanova.net/index.html (Fair Use Claimed)

.

On both girls were shown seriousness of this moment.

Katka [through Father Vladimir Sedlacek] addressed the pilgrims with following words: “Glory to Jesus Christ. I would like to share with you that this morning before we came to this mountain, Ivetka and I prayed together so that you could receive and accept this message. We prayed that the God would be present in each of you. Today, Our Lady appeared entirely dressed in the white. She wore no crown, no rosary, and no shoes. She was very serious. I want to tell you that she remains here, on this mountain. She will always be here to help each one of you.”

There was a profound silence as Ivetka took the microphone in her hand and conveyed the message of the Virgin Mary:

“Glory to Jesus Christ!

“Our Lady said today:

“My dear children, this revelation is my last. I love you… and I thank you all for what you have done for me here…

“My beloved children! I wanted this to happen, to wake you up from the dream of emptiness, so you may understand the need for conversion. In this time, conversion is essential! Please, I beg you. I will remain on this mountain. Reflect on my messages! Stay in my heart during this time! Stay, for you must become more vigilant and simple…

“The time that is coming has already begun. Remain like children – completely free for God.

“Please, take my words to heart!

“I love you and await for you in heaven…”

This was the last message reported to be delivered during the sequence of apparitions at Litmanova. Earlier messages may be found on the Litmanova website. The grounds near Litmanova remain open for pilgrimages, and pilgrimage tours are available, including departures from Newark, NJ. These tours include visits to sites in nearby Poland associated with Pope John Paul II. 

Please note that no one needs to “believe” in the literal reality of these experiences to understand how they can fortify the integrity and courage of those who do and so change the world.

Thus we at Three Sages can also hope that everyone reading these words can and will resonate with their message. We call particularly attention to the words of Divine Mother: “to wake you up from the dream of emptiness.”

It is crystal clear today that the Western nations dream only of one thing: total global conquest. This is reflected in particular in the “Great Reset.”

But what is this other than “the dream of emptiness”? We might call it the “Great Delusion”; i.e. that humanity on its own can and should create a totalitarian anthill run by a tiny elite at the very top while the mass of humanity, those not yet “genocided” at any rate, suffocate in silence and despair. 

The people of the small nation of Slovakia, at least, appear to be taking a stand against this insanity. 

We at Three Sages wish all of you a happy and blessed 2025.

[This article was slightly updated on Jan. 2, 10:15 PM ET]

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research’s Holiday Fundraiser 

Richard C. Cook is a retired U.S. federal analyst with extensive experience across various government agencies, including the U.S. Civil Service Commission, FDA, the Carter White House, NASA, and the U.S. Treasury. He is a graduate of the College of William and Mary. As a whistleblower at the time of the Challenger disaster, he exposed the flawed O-ring joints that destroyed the Space Shuttle, documenting his story in the book “Challenger Revealed.” After serving at Treasury, he became a vocal critic of the private finance-controlled monetary system, detailing his concerns in “We Hold These Truths: The Hope of Monetary Reform.” He served as an adviser to the American Monetary Institute and worked with Congressman Dennis Kucinich to advocate for replacing the Federal Reserve with a genuine national currency. See his new book, Our Country, Then and Now, Clarity Press, 2023. Also see his Three Sages Substack and his American Geopolitical Institute articles at https://www.vtforeignpolicy.com/category/agi/.

“Every human enterprise must serve life, must seek to enrich existence on earth, lest man become enslaved where he seeks to establish his dominion!” Bô Yin Râ (Joseph Anton Schneiderfranken, 1876-1943), translation by Posthumus Projects Amsterdam, 2014. Also download the Kober Press edition of The Book on the Living God here.

Featured image: Copyright Gavriil Grigorov/Sputnik (Fair Use Claimed)

Maaloula is synonymous with martyrdom and miracles. Scaling the cliffs that tightly contain it, Maaloula’s sacred and secular architectural wonders rise several stories, usually wearing a wash of blue distemper. Were it not for the vineyards and olive and apricot orchards that carpet the surrounding valley, a casual visitor might ponder how the townspeople have survived the mountains’ sun-dried, barren landscape for millennia. —Mitchell Prothero, 2008

.

.

Maaloula is a Christian town some 50km from Damascus in the north-eastern Damascus countryside, overshadowed by the Qalamoun mountains.

Residents of Maaloula still teach and speak the same dialect spoken by Jesus of Nazareth – the ancient language of Aramaic originated more than 900 years before Christ and was widely used throughout the Middle East from B.C. 1200 to A.D. 700.

The Syrian government under President Assad established a new Aramaic Language Institute in Maaloula to preserve the Aramaic language that was gradually dying out in the region. This is from a Guardian article in 2009:

In Syria there are a lot of minority groups: Circassians, Armenians, Kurds and Assyrians, so it’s a big decision to allow the teaching of other languages in government schools – But the government is interested in promoting the Aramaic language because it goes back so deep into Syria’s history.

Maaloula sits at the head of a fertile valley. Farming is the main local industry, and the village is known for the quality of its produce. It is also known globally for the unique celebration of the Feast of the Holy Cross that has been celebrated here for centuries. The feast commemorates the finding of the ‘true Cross’ in Jerusalem in the fourth century, by Empress Helena, mother of Emperor Constantine. Tradition states that she ordered fires to be lit on high mountains across the region, to announce the discovery. The night before the celebration on 14 September, bonfires are lit on the summit of both mountains north and south of the town to mark the start of the feast.

Maaloula is home to several of Christianity’s oldest holy sites, including the Melkite Greek Catholic Monastery of St. Sergius and the Antiochene Orthodox Convent of St. Thecla.

Built in the early fourth century on the remains of a pagan temple, St. Sergius looms over the town from a high hilltop. Staffed by the Basilian Salvatorian Fathers, the monastery commemorates two Roman soldiers, Sergius and Bacchus, whom the Roman Emperor Maximian exiled to Syria for their Christian beliefs. Resolute in their faith, they were executed (around 303) and buried in Syria. Devotion to Sergius and Bacchus, particularly among officers and soldiers, spread rapidly throughout the empire after Constantine the Great’s edict of religious toleration in 313.

.

.

Prothero wrote:

Near a gap in the mountain, at the bottom of the ridge, stands a 10th-century convent containing a shrine built around a cave honoring Christianity’s first female martyr — St. Thecla, a disciple of the Apostle Paul and considered by the Christian East as “equal to the apostles and protomartyr.”

According to the apocryphal “Acts of Paul and Thecla,” a second-century text of Coptic origin, the young virgin of noble lineage found the cave as she fled soldiers intent on executing her after denying the advances of a nobleman from nearby Pisidian Antioch. Reaching the side of the mountain, Thecla implored the Lord to save her and the ridge opened, revealing her cavernous refuge. From this story originates the town’s name. In Aramaic, Maaloula means “gate” or “entrance.”

Watch Journeyman Pictures – The Village in Syria where they speak Jesus’ tongue.

The First Al Qaeda Invasion of Maaloula 2013

What follows is a report from BBC’s Jeremy Bowen, full of the usual inserts of misleading narratives – “rebels” “Iran and Russia arming the Syrian Arab Army” while he witnesses the Al Qaeda invasion of Maaloula and does not report on the atrocities committed during their reign of terror.

Myself and independent journalist Eva Bartlett would later report on the crimes committed by the so called “rebels” against unarmed Christian civilians. In 2016 Bartlett wrote:

On September 4, 2013, a Jordanian suicide-bomber exploded his truck at the Syrian army checkpoint at the arched gate outside the village. This was immediately followed by attacks on Syrian soldiers nearby, mainly by al-Nusra (al-Qaeda in Syria) and the Free Syrian Army (FSA) terrorists—including Chechens, Uighurs, Turkestanis, Libyans, and Saudis, as well as locals.

Locals believe that Muslim families and neighbours of the Christian residents had given drugged food to the Syrian Arab Army soldiers at the checkpoint so they were impervious to the warnings and alarms given by the residents when they saw the terrorist truck-bomb driving towards the entrance gate.

According to locals – the fighters included people from the Free Syrian Army, the Al Farouq Brigades, Ahfad al Rasul, Jabhat al Nusra, Jaish al Islam, Ahrar al Sham, Jabhat Islammiya, Palestinian Hamas fighters (Jabhat Tahreer al-Qalamoun), and Jabhat al Ruhr Qalomoun. Amongst them were fighters from Libya, Tunisia, Afghanistan, Chechnya, and Uyghur Turkic Chinese as well as Syrians.

.

Safir Hotel – Photo: Vanessa Beeley

.

The militants first occupied the northern lands of Maaloula (near Qalamoun) in December 2012. On 8 February 2013, they occupied the popular and spectacularly located Safir Hotel overlooking the town, making it their headquarters.

On September 7, 2013, terrorists point-blank assassinated three unarmed Maaloula men after they refused to convert to Islam, critically injuring one of the men’s sisters. I was later told that the men were executed one by one, forced to watch as their friends were killed in front of them for refusing to convert to Islam.

Bartlett writes:

Antoinette recounted how lying bleeding inside the house, she heard her brother, brother-in-law, and nephew being murdered.

“The terrorists told Anton to say the Shahada. Anton told them ‘I was born Christian and I will die Christian.’,” Antoinette recalled. Mikhael and Sarkis were likewise ordered to convert to Islam, and likewise refusing, were assassinated.

A few days later, on 7th of September, six young men were kidnapped. What is particularly difficult for the Christian community in Maaloula to forgive is the fact that, “four of the six young men were kidnapped by their Sunni neighbours who were working with the terrorists and then they were executed by the Maaloula Muslim Leader Emad Diab and his local gang.” Their bodies were finally discovered in 2016. I attended their funeral in Damascus:

.

.

On 2 December 2013, Jabhat-al-Nusra kidnapped 13 Greek Orthodox Nuns from the Convent of St. Thecla. They were held for three months in various locations, finally ending up in Yabroud, before negotiations involving the Qatari, Lebanese and Syrian governments resulted in their release on 9 March 2014, in exchange for 150 women detained in prisons in Syria. (Hart UK)

.

View from the mountain of Maaloula. Photo: Vanessa Beeley

.

The terrorists proceeded to take up positions in the hotel and mountainous ridges that overshadowed Maaloula and they were able to snipe residents as they came into the open to collect water or food. Icons were burned and destroyed, including the statue of the Virgin Mary that had always overlooked the town. The terrorist factions would fill tyres with flammable material and roll them down onto the rooves of civilian homes below them.

AP Report from 2016 – Inside Maaloula, ravaged by “militants”

Liberation finally came on April 14th 2014. A year later, a new statue of the Virgin Mary was placed on one of the rocky pinnacles overlooking the town to replace the one that had been destroyed by the Islamist fighters. In Maaloula the scars remain, a testament to the ravages of Western and Zionist-backed sectarian insurgents that again, threaten the town today after the 2024 terrorist coup that finally plunged Syria into the darkest age it has yet faced.

Maaloula 2024 – Under Attack Again by Takfiri Elements

On New Year’s Eve 2024 reports were circulating on social media that internet serices have been cut to Maaloula and no communications were being received from the remaining residents of Maaloula. Members of the Christian community are known to have fled to Damascus just as they were forced to do in 2013. Terrorist factions mocked them as they fled.

The Syrian Arab Army has been replaced by HTS-affiliated factions led by members of the Diab family who were banished from Maaloula in 2014 (by President Assad). The terror of 2013/14 is returning to Maaloula bereft of any legitimate military protection and facing revenge-fueled gangs intent on finishing what they failed to do in 2013 – ethnically cleansing Maaloula of its Christian inhabitants. These factions entered Maaloula chanting:

We will make you taste what we have tasted for 14 years.

The Catholic news agency ACI MENA confirmed the following:

  • Mass displacement of Christians from Maaloula under threat of death if they remain
  • Seizure of businesses and property
  • Return of exiled militants and accomplices involved in the murder and kidnappings of Christians in 2013/14
  • Turkish Takfiri gang is in charge of Maaloula “Sultan Suleyman Shah Brigade”
  • Attempted break-in and burglary by armed militia at the farm of a father and son. One of the armed men died during clashes. The Christian farmer handed himself over to the local priest who transferred him to the HTS authorities in Damascus.

The death of an armed insurgent led to the humiliation of Maaloula’s Christians, forced to the funeral of the dead militant killed in self-defence by a peaceful Christian farmer whose family and relatives were forcibly expelled from their homes by the armed thugs.

Since the initial post-coup invasion of Maaloula by the Turkish and Diab-led factions, HTS has allegedly deployed their “General Security” forces to the town but only after the flight of multiple families under threat of revenge executions and kidnappings.

.

.

While HTS led by Al Qaeda/ISIS-origin Jolani have publicly endorsed Christmas celebrations and decorations, the tree in Maaloula remains undecorated and bare. The tree in the Christian own of Al Sqeilbiyyeh, northern Hama, was set ablaze by the occupation armed gangs.

The US went public with a muted condemnation of revenge attacks on “regime remnants” – a blanket term to justify the extra-judicial execution or abduction of more than 400 individuals since the Turkey-Israel-US-Qatar-backed coup in Syria. It is suspected that many more have disappeared and will have been liquidated.

Jolani, clearly being managed by MI6 rebrand agents, called a meeting with Christian faith leaders providing an antidotal photo op for his western media henchmen:

.

.

Almost simultaneously the Orthodox Times issued a report – Christian leaders in Syria issue a joint statement of hope and reconciliation amid transition.

At this historic moment, as Syria is undergoing a new transition, we, the heads of the Christian Churches in Syria, address the public with a message of love and hope.

The leaders refer to the new constitution – Jolani has indicated that constitutional reform will take three years and no elections will be held for four years – contrary to the concept of the HTS regime being transitional while Jolani appoints foreign mercenaries to military command positions and “redeemed” terrorists to regime power slots.

The necessity for the constitution-drafting process to be inclusive and comprehensive, involving all components of Syrian society, including various ethnicities, denominations, men and women, young and old, to ensure the constitution represents the will of the people in all its diversity.

The full statement can be read here.

.

.

I asked former Ambassador to Syria (2003 – 2006) Peter Ford and Arab Lebanese journalist Myriam Charbaty to comment on the statement in the light of the recent threats to Maaloula by the Turkish armed factions. You can listen to my previous conversation with Charbaty here.

Peter Ford:

The statement by the Patriarchs arouses deep suspicion. Is it really authentic? I have no doubt the Patriarchs gave their possibly coerced approval, but did they really author a statement in perfect English which reads more like it was drafted in Langley, Virginia than Damascus. Syria? No woke button is left untouched, even “hate speech” is referenced!.

The other tell-tale sign of the statement having been drafted by other hands is the prominence given to the call for lifting of sanctions. Would Christian leaders solicitous for their flock really call for the immediate surrender of the main lever Western powers have to ensure good behaviour towards Christians and others by the new jihadi regime?

Why would the US want to engineer this statement, which can only help to launder the terrorists’ image and make them internationally respectable? Because the US Deep State has every interest in grooming iits protege Jolani into becoming a domestically and internationally accepted US client and asset rezpectablewith complete comnand over that rump part of Syria the US/Israeli masters choose to allocate him from the carcass of the Syrian Arab Republic.

The statement reads especially oddly at a moment when the Christians’ oppressors are particularly active in the Christian stronghold of Maaloula.No word about this? Not even an oblique reference to this and other tribulations being suffered by the Christians of Syria? Only “reconciliation” with the oppressors?

Another curious omission is the signature of any dignitary representing Syria’s large Maronite community. Might this be because the Maronite head resides in Lebanon, making it more difficult to pressure him?

In my analysis the Patriarch’s text is a hostage statement which it would be a charity towards its signatories to discount. Alternatively it is a sad case of Stockholm Syndrome, where kidnappees come to embrace the cause of their kidnappers.

Myriam Charbaty:

With all due respect, the statement issued by the patriarchs in Syria falls significantly short of addressing the grave challenges faced by the Christian community and the Syrian people as a whole, particularly amidst the rise of Takfiri ideology in its various forms.

While the statement may have been made in good faith, it reflects a limited understanding of the broader regional dynamics. The West continues to tighten its grip on the region, further fragmenting the already divided Sykes-Picot entities—entities that, if united, could form a strong and liberation-capable Arab world.

Amid persistent Western efforts to destabilize the Axis of Resistance and dismantle Arab identity, the patriarchs’ statement fails to confront the existential threats posed to the Syrian people. Takfiris are waging a brutal campaign of beheadings, torture, and killings, targeting anyone who defends Syria’s historic position as a pro-Resistance, anti-Israel, independent Arab state that embraces all sects and ethnic groups under a unified and collective Arab identity.

As places like Maaloula, Wadi al-Nasara, and Souqailabiyeh face open threats and attacks, Christians and other Syrians have repeatedly called on their Christian leadership to empower them to defend their presence and existence. They have asked to be armed against forces like Abu Mohammad al-Jolani and his Takfiri militia, made up of mercenaries from across the globe.

Instead, under the biblical slogan, “Blessed are the peacemakers, for they will be called sons of God” (Matt. 5:9), the church leadership appears to advocate pacifism in the face of imminent violence and atrocities. However, the Bible—and Jesus Christ himself—does not call for passivity in the face of injustice. Rather, it calls on us to stand for justice, even at great cost, for only through justice can true peace be achieved. Peace cannot coexist with oppression or subjugation; it must be rooted in liberation.

As Father Gustavo Gutiérrez once wrote, “The denunciation of injustice implies the rejection of the use of Christianity to legitimize the established order.” This sentiment is one we must urgently echo today.

While the patriarchs’ diplomatic tone may aim to preserve lives, the reality is that the threats we face are existential. What is required now is not mere rhetoric but a firm and active stance of Resistance.

We are confronted with the expansionist ambitions of the Israeli enemy, orchestrated and backed by the United States.

Our people are being killed and displaced, and Syria’s rich history—our shared Arab identity and social fabric—is being systematically erased, both from museums and from collective memory.

Regrettably, the only viable path left is one of Popular Armed Resistance. Freedom will not be granted; it must be seized through strength and resolve. Maaloula, Wadi al-Nasara, and Souqailabiyeh have learned that well the first time around and this time it must not be any different. Our existence on this land requires sacrifice and that, by Christ’s commandment, is the greatest form of love.

Let it be clear: the conflict in Syria is not a civil war. It is a battle against foreign mercenaries and internal collaborators advancing Western, U.S.-led agendas designed to fragment and dominate our region.

As Myriam later explained to me – Christians are no threat to Takfiris, not like the Alawite, Shia and Sunni communities that oppose foreign-backed Takfirism. The forced exodus of Christians from the region are part of the demographic rearrangement of the Middle East. The removal of Christians leaves the field open to the orchestrated Muslim-centric sectarian wars that serve the Zionist and Western agendas.

While Christians are being “quietly” persecuted, the West can continue a policy of cosmetic defence of the Christians in the region. The drive to conceal the dark agenda and to present life as “normal” in the multi-denominational Christian towns in Syria is designed to prevent any localised resistance until the time that everyone will be displaced or massacred. As Charbaty said:

HTS does not have the numbers to consolidate power in full confrontation with all sects in Syria. It needs to divide and conquer.

Charbaty also added:

These institutions lack the courage to defend our existence. In their desire for a quiet life, they have abandoned righteousness, truth, and solidarity with their brothers in the coastal regions of Syria and beyond. Seeking only to preserve their human form of existence, they have turned away from justice and the noble sacrifices required to uphold it.

They have lowered their heads so that they do not get mistaken for a threat. A move which, in time will prove, was a cheap surrender under the veil of self-preservation.

As Syria begins 2025 in darkness and bloodshed the glimmers of a Resistance against these agendas is beginning to emerge from the initial turmoil, confusion and fear, grounded in love for community, faith and justice. The new Crusader paradigm will not conquer such resistance.

As Malcolm X said:

When the people who are in power want to [..] create an image, to justify something that’s bad, they use the press. And they’ll use the press to create a humanitarian image, for a devil, or a devil image for a humanitarian. They’ll take a person who’s a victim of the crime, and make it appear he’s the criminal, and they’ll take the criminal and make it appear that he’s the victim of the crime.

Stay vigilant and don’t abandon Syria.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research’s Holiday Fundraiser 

All images in this article are from the author

President Jimmy Carter departed this world with 2024. He was a good man outfoxed by Washington. A populist, he was not the establishment’s choice for president which set about weakening him by framing his Director of the Office of Management and Budget and then turning on his chief of staff. 

President Carter intended to continue President Nixon’s policy of defusing tensions with the Soviet Union.  He and Soviet leader Brezhnev agreed to limit the buildup of nuclear weapons by signing a second Strategic Arms Limitation agreement, but the US Senate under the influence of the military/security complex refused to ratify the treaty.

Carter came under the influence of Zbigniew Brzezinski who had the idea of involving the Soviet Union in a Vietnam of its own in Afghanistan. Thus began Washington’s affair with Muslims which developed into the proxy forces Washington used against Libya and Syria.

Carter’s good intentions often had undesirable consequences. His effort to reduce conflict between Israel and Middle Eastern governments produced with the Camp David Accords Egypt’s official recognition of Israel. This resulted in Israel’s legitimization and strengthened Israel at the expense of the Muslim Middle East.

Palestine Peace Not Apartheid | Book by Jimmy Carter | Official Publisher Page | Simon & Schuster

Later in life Carter tried again to restrain Israel with his book, Palestine: Peace Not Apartheid. Jews turned on Carter, called him an anti-semite, and resigned from the Carter Center.

Jimmy Carter, like other genuine peacemakers, was too good of a person to understand the Zionist agenda of Greater Israel. The “Two-State” solution was used for years to cover up Israel’s gradual absorption of Palestine into Israel. Today Palestine is no more and Israel is expanding into Syria and soon Lebanon.

Another of Carter’s good intentions that went wrong was the creation of the Department of Education. This completed federal control over education.

President Carter was hurt politically by the failure of his attempted military rescue of US embassy personnel in Iran who were being held hostages by the new revolutionary Islamist government. This dramatic failure of American arms was a boost to Ronald Reagan’s election. I have always wondered if the military accident in the Iranian desert that destroyed the operation was contrived. The military/security complex does not favor men of peace.

Carter also hurt himself by turning the Panama Canal over to Panama. Americans saw this as giving away America’s accomplishment as a pointless good will gesture. Today Trump is talking about taking it back.

Jimmy Carter’s presidency raises the question of how good a person can be and still be a successful president. Politics is a dirty and dangerous business, and it is not the environment in which good people thrive.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research’s Holiday Fundraiser 

Paul Craig Roberts is a renowned author and academic, chairman of The Institute for Political Economy where this article was originally published. Dr. Roberts was previously associate editor and columnist for The Wall Street Journal. He was Assistant Secretary of the Treasury for Economic Policy during the Reagan Administration. He is a regular contributor to Global Research. 

Featured image is from The Carter Center / Facebook

The extent of the enormous distress caused day after day, year after year is often not realized. One reason for this is that the incredibly huge number of occupational accidents suffered by workers are not considered in many counts of accidents and there is a widespread tendency to look at accidents mainly and sometimes only in terms of road accidents, although the number of other accidents taken together is much higher. Generally, at the level of research, data collection and policy making there has been a failure to take a comprehensive view of all kinds of accidents. 

Hence the huge potential that exists of saving human life and preventing painful injuries and disabilities from reducing accidents has been generally underestimated. In fact planning for accident reduction based on such comprehensive understanding of accidents has been rarely seen.

If on the other hand a comprehensive view of the challenge of reducing all kinds of accidents is taken up firmly and policy is formulated on this basis then it will be able to achieve very significant progress in most countries. Further if there can be a worldwide campaign for reducing accidents on the basis of such a comprehensive understanding, and if there can be adequate funding and international cooperation for this, then at world level truly significant prevention of deaths and injuries, including serious injuries and disabilities can be achieved. Millions of individuals and families can be saved from highly distressing situations and conditions every year.

According to WHO data 3.2 million deaths annually are caused by non-intentional injuries or accidents. (WHO—Injuries and Violence, 2021). It may be a surprise to many people to know that the number of deaths caused by various other accidents (falls, fire, poisonings, drowning, others)   is almost one a half times the number of deaths caused by road accidents (1.9 million compared to 1.3 million).

What is more, the distress related to injuries caused by accidents may be even higher than accident related fatalities, given the very large number of serious injuries many of which result in disabilities. According to the International Labour Organization, while the number of deaths caused by occupational accidents in a year is 350,000, the number of workers involved in non-fatal injuries in a year is 313 million (ILO–Global Trends on Occupational Accidents, 2015). The injuries caused by road crashes annually are estimated at 20 to 50 million by the WHO. The total number of accident related injuries (including those from falls and fires) is over 400 million in a year.

Many accidental injuries can disable victims in very serious ways for almost the entire life. Several accidental injuries can be extremely painful, for the victims as well as those very close to them. This is particularly true of accidents involving burn injuries and accidents involving babies.

As many as about 400,000 people die in burn injuries in a year. In the age group 0-4 years, 47,000 children die in a year from burn injuries, about 57,000 die in road crashes and 58,000 die in drowning accidents. In the age-group 5-14, about 110,000 children die in a year in road crashes, 77,000 in drowning accidents, 27,000 from burning. Among those in the prime of their youth, in the age-group 15-29, around 336,000 die in road accidents and 85,000 in fires in a typical year (WHO factsheet on accidents)

Accident injuries are almost always very traumatic because by definition these occur suddenly and the entire life of an individual and a family can seriously fall out of place, for days or even weeks and months, sometimes years. These problems increase in poorer societies and in those with privatized health care systems because of difficulties in getting proper treatment, increasing the possibility of permanent disability.

As many accidents are caused by glaring negligence and violation of known safety norms, it should be possible by continuing, thoughtful, determined efforts to reduce accident related deaths and injuries by one-half. Hence this writer’s estimate is that it should be possible to save 1.6 million human lives and prevent over 200 million injuries in a year on this basis, apart from avoiding economic loss worth billions. I have made this estimate by first taking the total number of accidental deaths and injuries in a year from the various data sources given above, and then calculating on the basis of the assumption that by a very well planned and efficiently implemented effort, it should be possible to reduce accidental deaths and injury by about 50% or so.

In fact there is hardly any other campaign which can yield such high achievement in terms of reducing deaths, distress and pain with a high chance of success compared to the campaign for reducing accidents. What is more, it is easier to achieve cooperation and to avoid disagreements among various countries in such a worldwide campaign, compared to other campaigns on more controversial issues. There is thus clearly the need for a very well-organized worldwide campaign to reduce all kinds of accidents. 

The financial costs of accidents are also immense. This includes financial costs to the victims as well as financial costs to the authorities. Many families are ruined by accidents. Governments often incur very high expenses in providing medical care and other relief to victims, and in legal cases relating to accidents, apart from loss of any infra-structure. The economic losses reduced by an effective campaign to reduce accidents can also be many times more than the costs incurred in such a campaign, although of course its biggest gains would be in terms of saving human lives and reducing human injury, pain and distress. 

The worldwide campaign being suggested here should seek to enhance the reach of those existing efforts which have already shown promise, while at the same creating a wider framework for integrating various sides of the effort, filling in the gaps, promoting learning from best practices and overall leading to a comprehensive worldwide accident prevention effort.   While prevention of accidents should be the main focus of such a campaign, at the same time this campaign should also aim at significantly improving the availability of timely and proper medical care to accident victims.

Such a campaign should seek a mobilization of people on accident prevention and at the time also seek to influence government policy on prevention issues. One priority can be to try to ensure that the government allocates more resources for accident prevention and uses it carefully to achieve best possible results, something that would be important in several countries having tight budget constraints. A specific proposal which can be useful in many countries may be to press for the creation of a National Accident Prevention Authority at the country level with provincial chapters. A national campaign can have linkages with other such campaigns in various countries with the spirit of sharing best practices and experiences. Media can play a very useful role in the success of such a campaign.

Such a campaign should make a special effort to help the poorer sections of society as they are much more at risk. A child from the lowest social class in the UK is 16 times more likely to die in a house fire than one from a wealthy family. Pedestrians, homeless people and footpath dwellers are often highly exposed to injury and death from speeding vehicles.

Perhaps the only good news to share about accidents is that these can be reduced to a very significant extent by careful planning and consistent efforts. As the WHO says,

“Evidence from many countries shows that dramatic successes in preventing injuries (including accident related injuries) and violence can be achieved through concerted efforts that involve, but are not limited to the health sector.”

Areas of intervention where significant success can be achieved more quickly include preventing drunken driving and preventing use of intoxicants before any kind of high risk work and implementing much better safety in factories and mines where accident rate is high. Safety campaign should be highly participative with close involvement of people. Despite the worldwide nature of the campaign and the keenness to leant from success stories elsewhere, the local realities and special situations should be always considered carefully in all initiatives.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research’s Holiday Fundraiser 

Bharat Dogra is Honorary Convener, Campaign to Save Earth Now. His recent books include Planet in Peril, Man over Machine, How millions of lives can be saved within a decade and A Day in 2071. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

Thomas Friedman probably thought he was being clever when he titled his most recent article “How Elon Musk and Taylor Swift Can Resolve U.S.-China Relations.” It’s a headline meant to catch your attention– appealing to the Swifties, who think Taylor can save the world, the Musketeers, who are certain Elon can save the world, and, of course, their anti-fans who follow their every move with just as much zeal, and perhaps even more. It was the New York Times version of clickbait, because why bother with solid journalism when you can piggyback off the success of billionaires? 

It was clickable, but it was hardly readable. 

Friedman starts his piece off with a kernel of truth, just enough to shock the regular NYT’s readers who are very rarely fed a positive bit of news about China:

“I just spent a week in Beijing and Shanghai, meeting with Chinese officials, economists and entrepreneurs, and let me get right to the point: While we were sleeping China took a great leap forward in high-tech manufacturing of everything.”

Nobody that knows anything about China can argue with that, though a majority of Americans certainly still view the far-away country through the lens of Soviet communism and rural backwardness. The correlation is that the majority of Americans know nothing about China, have never been, and will never go. 

.

Screenshot from NYT

.

He then goes on to express how Donald Trump’s tariffs and anti-China rhetoric jump-started China’s manufacturing prowess, mentioning how Trump’s name on Chinese social media is “Chuan Jiaguo” meaning “Nation Builder.”

No. It was not Donald Trump that ushered in China’s “Sputnik moment,” as quoted by business consultant Jim McGregor. Trump is merely an amusement to China’s general public– a strange American enigma whose hard lines are overshadowed by unexpected candor and comical behavior. For China, the last 40 years has been a continuous Sputnik moment– from the elimination of extreme poverty to unprecedented shift to renewable energy, China has been on the rise, and Donald Trump has never been the yeast making that happen. 

And then comes the meat of Friedman’s theory, what he calls the “Elon Musk-Taylor Swift paradigm.” Instead of suddenly raising US tariffs against China, which will lead us into a kind of supply-chain warfare that benefits nobody, Friedman suggest a gradual rise in tariffs, that would allow the US to “buy time to lift up more Elon Musks” which he describes as “more homegrown manufacturers who can make big stuff so we can export more to the world and import less”, as well as give China more time to “let in more Taylor Swifts” which are “more opportunities for its youth to spend money on entertainment and consumer goods made abroad.”

Friedman isn’t wrong about the idiocy of a US-China trade war, but his prognosis is tone-deaf, and very clearly the result of a Western capitalist tormented by the concept of zero-sum competition:

“It’s important to the world that China continues to be able to give its 1.4 billion people a better life — but it cannot be at the expense of everyone else.”

He does, unsurprisingly, make the Soviet comparison:

But if we don’t use this time to respond to China the way we did to the Soviet Union’s 1957 launch of Sputnik, the world’s first artificial satellite, with our own comprehensive scientific, innovative and industrial push, we will be toast.”

Toast! Don’t we all collectively like toast?

He talks of the dangers of China’s rising economic dominance. How China “owns the future” because it is the main producer of Electric Vehicles.

How China is domestically self-sufficient. How China will soon account for nearly half of all global manufacturing. How all of China’s gains will be everyone else’s loss. How China is going to export robot-run factories to other countries, and thereby steal labor opportunities— as if the West hasn’t exported their own factories and exploited impoverished communities for cheap labor over decades. 

“But here’s what’s scary: We no longer make that many things China wants to buy. It can do almost everything at least cheaper and often better.”

That must be incredibly scary to the average American who would rather pay a few bucks for a Temu version of an item rather than shell out tens of dollars for anything made by local businesses. It’s not their fault. The US is incredibly unaffordable and the government does not seem to care. 

At the same time, Friedman criticizes the lack of consumption within China:

“If I were drawing a picture of China’s economy today as a person, it would have an awesome manufacturing upper body — like Popeye, still eating spinach — with consuming legs resembling thin little sticks.”

It is the fate of a capitalist to view nonconsumption as a societal malady rather than a sign of good health. The truth is those that consume less have other more nourishing and sustainable ways to fill their souls. At a time when consumerism and overspending are contributing to the destruction of the planet, this is a rather thoughtless point to make. Imagine if society applauded community-building rather than the pointless expenditure of money to temporarily fill a gaping emptiness left by a lack of community and an overemphasis on hyperindividualism? It is very American to look for quick solutions rather than address the root cause.

To his credit, Friedman does state the importance of China providing for its 1.4 billion population, but it is a mere drop of humility that does little to balance the western self-righteousness. He does not comment on the fact that China’s population is greater than the US and Europe combined. Neither does he comment on the West’s own role in exporting labor for cheaper prices— because a capitalist system is run on greed, and wherever a buck can be saved, you bet it will be. Even at the expense of the people. 

Friedman suggests that China should “let their people have more of the supply.” Apparently, they want to buy more stuff from us. Stuff that Friedman claims they are being starved of under the rule of the Communist Party of China. Things like art and entertainment. Majors in gender studies and sociology. 

“Its youth need more outlets for creative expression — without having to worry that a song lyric they write could land them in prison.”

I have doubts that Friedman ever ventured out to a concert in Shanghai, let alone listened to some of China’s latest indie music. Culture is something that China definitely does not lack, and to make that claim is so wildly misguided that I question whether he has any understanding of China at all. One merely has to take a walk along the riverside in literally any city, and they will be bombarded by musicians, performers, and an impressive amount of outdoor public karaoke. There are as many artists as there are consumers of art, and indeed, a fair share of students pursuing the humanities. 

He concludes:

“In sum, America needs to tighten up, but China needs to loosen up. Which is why my hat is off to Secretary of State Antony Blinken for showing China the way forward.”

What did Antony Blinken do that was so impressive? He stopped at a record store in China and bought a Taylor Swift album. 

Maybe, just maybe, Friedman is just one giant Swiftie. But more likely, he threw the article together with a preschool level understanding of the WTO, and an opinion that almost sounds like an opinion, but doesn’t really say much of anything when you give it a thought. 

The only difference between sudden tariffs and gradual tariffs is time— and what will time do? In our 4-year system, time is as fickle as our word. Either way, China will still be pioneering the green energy revolution, selling affordable EVs and renewable energy equipment around the globe while the United States, as the NYT Beijing bureau chief Keith Bradsher says, will “become the new Cuba— the place where you visit to see old gas-guzzling cars that you drive yourself.” 

And if the US continues its threatened posture around anything coming from China– including green energy tech— the world will continue to heat up, and we will all face the consequences. 

Friedman’s general lack of understanding about China was a let down. But mostly I was disappointed because the title had me anticipating a much different read– something with a bit of creativity, and maybe even an original thought.

I would have been more impressed if Friedman suggested sticking Elon Musk and his federal spending chopping block DOGE on the over-bloated Department of Defense, and booking Taylor Swift a highly-publicized multi-city tour around China. Send Blinken along with her, if he’s such a big fan, and have him venture outside of his strict China perimeter to meet, talk with locals, and experience a version of China that he never would in his fancy hotel rooms and secure government buildings. Maybe then he would form an opinion based on his own experiences rather than the lines he memorized over the course of his typical ivy league education, and the subsequent falling-in-place that one must do to become the Secretary of State of the United States. A selling out of the soul, if you will. 

And maybe the wellbeing of the people — of all people — would be considered for once, rather than the flimsy monetary aspirations of the already-wealthy.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research’s Holiday Fundraiser 

Megan Russell is CODEPINK’s China is Not Our Enemy Campaign Coordinator. She graduated from the London School of Economics with a Master’s Degree in Conflict Studies. Prior to that, she attended NYU where she studied Conflict, Culture, and International Law. Megan spent one year studying in Shanghai, and over eight years studying Chinese Mandarin. Her research focuses on the intersection between US-China affairs, peace-building, and international development.

Featured image source

“As a scientist, what I decided to do was to look at all-cause mortality data. 

Our nations collect very good data about the number of deaths. That is something you cannot be biased about. 

My research group, we were the first to say, back in an article that was published in June 2020, that when we look at all-cause mortality data, there is no pandemic.

There was a peak of deaths at the beginning in certain hotspots that was directly due to how people were treated in hospitals and care homes.”

Listen to Prof. Rancourt in the video below.

 

The outstanding analysis of Dr. Rancourt and his colleagues is outlined in their online e-Book:

COVID-19 Vaccine-associated Mortality in the Southern Hemisphere

By Prof Denis Rancourt, Dr. Marine Baudin, Dr. Joseph Hickey, and Dr. Jérémie Mercier, February 13, 2024

 

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research’s Holiday Fundraiser 

Prof. Denis Rancourt, Ontario Civil Liberties Association (ocla.ca), [email protected]

Weaponizing Wars

NATO’s missile-makers weaponize Russo-Ukrainian hostilities to land lucrative orders. Missiles, they claim, visibly transform battlefields whilst presaging tactical nuclear warfare. With NATO-missiles already best-in-class, money must flow toward production increases needed to deploy these masterpieces decisively in real-world combat. Governments must ensure:

  • NATO-missiles reign supreme;
  • NATO’s missile-makers reap international sales;
  • Commercial applications of missile R&D spin-off to crony-capitalists.  

Lobbyists say missile expenditures bless myriads of Natonians with well-paid, skill-enhancing jobs. Missile investment buys broad economic stimulus, and hones sunrise industries like digital navigation, situational awareness, computer simulation and hypersonic rocketry. Missilemakers sustain chipmakers. 

(CHIPS and Science Act, 2022 aims $50 billion in tax-breaks, loan guarantees and R&D funding at helping Americans build chips in America. CHIPS won bipartisan support and prompted: European Chips Act, 2022.)

NATO-states give Ukraine 40+ types of: surface-to-air-missile, anti-tank guided missile, surface-to-surface missile, guided glide-bomb, air-to-air missile, unmanned aerial combat vehicle, air-to-surface missile, and guided howitzer round. Each require state-of-the-art sensors, transmitters, computers etc. Precision-missile warfare necessitates state-commanded expansion of microchip production capacity.

If Ukraine fails to elicit consensus for upscaling output, other conflicts will be weaponized. This war, however, remains missile-makers’ bird-in-hand. This war could yield game-changing sales; moreover, this war presents unpassable opportunities for blunting blades upon Russian plate. Cancelling this tournament forsaketh Western techno-supremacy… lobbyists might say. 

Ukraine-deployed NATO Missiles

Of Ukraine’s seven infantry-fired, surface-to-air MANPAD missiles, three show Soviet pedigree. Through NATO Ukraine receives:

Vehicles mounted with antiaircraft-guns and/or launch-tubes for surface-to-air missiles; i.e., Air Defense Platforms (ADPs), rumble amidst multi-vehicle “weapon-systems.” Ukraine’s ADP-systems include nine Soviet models. NATO supplies:

Ukraine possesses seven Anti-Tank-Guided-Missiles (ATGMs); four from NATO:

Except for Ukraine’s Neptune, NATO supplies all Ukraine’s guided surface-to-surface missiles:

NATO-states make four of Ukraine’s air-to-air missiles:

NATO-states supply Ukraine with these air-to-surface missiles:

Ukrainians build most of their own Unmanned Aerial Combat Vehicles (UACVs, kamikaze or bomber-drones), and plan to launch 30,000 long-range UACVs in 2025. Imports include:

Ukraine uses Boeing’s JDAM kits to transform free-fall bombs into laser-guided glide-bombs; and BAE’s Advanced Precision Kill Weapon kits to transform plentiful 70 mm unguided rockets into guided missiles.

Ukraine deploys RTX/BAE’s Excalibur guided artillery round.

NATO’s November Surprise

Tightened sanctions, ruble runs; Assad’s ouster; and hefty Ukraine aid pledges merely garlanded NATO-states greenlighting Ukraine’s firing of NATO-missiles into Russia. November’s Surprise saw scores of NATO-member government agencies synchronize their watches to better destabilize, humiliate, terrorize, isolate, insult, taunt, goad and poke Putin. NATO-missile strikes (alone constituting extraordinary provocations) landed atop incursions into Kursk and evermore drone attacks. The intent could only be to spin the spiral. Putin didn’t disappoint.

Do Missile-people Dream?

Missilepeople dream of money streams powering NATO to see Russians screaming from Ukraine under maelstroms and hailstorms of precision projectiles.

Feasible?

Thrust before our inquiry zoom three celebrity missiles, …two entangled.

Nineteen-eighties-born US Army project, ATACMS (Army TACtical Missile System), centered around a heavy, tracked vehicle (MGM-270) bearing a two-tube launcher.

Nineteen-nineties-born US Army project, HIMARS (HIgh Mobility Artillery Rocket System), introduced MGM-142s – lighter, wheeled vehicles with launchers designed to fire one ATACM missile, or six GMRLS (Guided Multi-Launch Rocket System) missiles.

Upgraded MGM-270s launch GMRLS missiles; hence, both systems now fire both missiles. Both systems cost $5 million (with support vehicles, without missiles). Lockheed Martin discontinued MGM-270s but builds five MGM-142s monthly. Ukraine’s launcher-fleet: 45ish HIMARSs, 25ish ATACMSs.

ATACMS missiles carry 210-kilo warheads up to 300-kilometers. (ATACMS signature steel rain warhead dispenses 300 bomblets pre-impact, at 3,700 k.p.h.) GMLRS missiles carry 100-kilo warheads up to 80-kilometers. ATACMS missiles cost over $1 million a toss; GMLRSs, between $150,000 and $400,000.

Our third celebrity issued from a British-French marriage. Britain named it, Storm Shadow. France christened it, SCALP. These air-launched cruise missiles pack 450-kilo warheads, fly 500-kilometers at 1,100 k.p.h., and cost $1-to-$2.5 million per.

Using ATACMs and Storm Shadows for terrain-denying barrages would cost $billions per month. Still, $1 billion buys several thousand GLMRS strikes.

Bargain-basement options:

  • Small Diameter Bombs (SDB) propel 96-kilo warheads up to 150-kilometers. Boeing invented SDBs by plunking old GBU-39 bombs onto surplus M26 rocket engines. Unit price: $40,000!
  • Disrupter, a Phoenix Ghost drone, flies 1,000-kilometers, or loiters for 4.5 hours, before swooping onto prey with 22-kilo payloads. Unit price: $70,000. (Ukraine secretly purchased 5,000 Ghosts.) 
  • Arrays of Ukrainian and Turkish drones and missiles.

Between February 2022 and December 2024 NATO-members gave Ukraine $130 billion in military aid. Doubling this wouldn’t bankrupt anyone. US military aid to Ukraine equals 0.3% of US federal expenditures. Said peanuts could buy thousands of celebrity missile strikes; plus, tens of thousands of cheapo-missile and drone attacks, per month. This might flip frontline trends.  

Manufacturing capacity and inventories don’t present immediate obstacles. Lockheed Martin yearly adds 500 ATACMS missiles to Army stockpiles of 2,500ish (after deducting Biden’s secret April/24 transfer of 500). Lockheed cranks-out 1,200 GMLRS missiles monthly.

Then again, missilepeople’s dreams climax in overcoming supply-chain bottlenecks; in this instance via government-mandated expansion of microchip production; i.e., doubling-down on pre-existing, statute-enabled programs supported NATO-wide… two birds, one missile.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research’s Holiday Fundraiser 

William Walter Kay is a regular contributor to Global Research.

Featured image: File photo of Ukraine army helicopters flying over Kyiv. Photo Credit: Oleg V. Belyakov, Wikimedia Commons.

Far From Ignorant: The European Union, Arms Exports and Israel

January 2nd, 2025 by Dr. Binoy Kampmark

While international law can, at times, seem an ephemeral creature, vulnerable to manipulation, neglect and outright dismissal, its strictures can surprise.  The evolving body of law stripping back the immunity of heads of state for gross human rights abuses, the potential complicity of third parties and powers in aiding such heads of states and their armies, are salutary reminders to politicians and officials the world over: mind your obligations, abide by your duties.

Few more onerous obligations exist in this canon than the prevention and punishment of genocide, as outlined by the United Nations Genocide Convention.  While claims that it is taking place against the Palestinians as a feature of Israeli policy have been dismissed by the United States and a core group of ministers in the European Union, the human rights fraternity are increasingly convinced: genocide is, and has taken place, in Gaza.

Even if genocide were not ultimately found to be taking place by the International Court of Justice (ICJ) in the South African lawsuit against Israel, the broader scope of war crimes and crimes against humanity would be hard to rebut, from policies of deprivation and starvation, to the hefty civilian death toll.

This makes the continued arms sales to Israel not only problematic, but potentially criminal in a secondary liability sense.  As with the United States, the EU adopts a preferential approach to Israel on the issue of imposing arms embargoes, leaving the matter to individual member states.  In no small part is this due to the EU being Israel’s second largest arms supplier after the US.  The European External Action Service’s COARM database reveals that between 2018 and 2022, EU member states sold arms to Israel to the value of 1.75 billion euros.

As reported in Al Jazeera, certain states – Italy, the Netherlands, Spain, and Belgium’s Wallonia – have made chirpy announcements on suspending arms transfers to Israel, though these have been tardily followed up.  In any case, the measures are only temporary or partial in nature, a form of decorative diplomacy.

While the European Union dithers and stalls on responding to this subject, despite the ICJ’s interim rulings that there was a risk of irreparable harm to the Palestinian right to be protected from genocide, bureaucrats have been busy.  The EU special representative for human rights, Olof Skoog, has been particularly prominent in this regard in penning a harsh assessment of the conflict for EU ministers ahead of their November 18 council meeting.  This was intended to inform debate about a proposal by the then EU foreign policy chief Josep Borrell on whether political dialogue should be suspended with Israel.  Borrell had hoped such a decision would bring pressure to bear on Israel to adhere to international law.

The move encountered resistance, with Germany promising ahead of time it would oppose it.  Little surprise, then, that the ministers eventually opposed Borrell’s suggestion, along with any move to ban arms sales to Israel.

Skoog’s assessment, obtained by The Intercept, runs the whole gamut of evidence on the warring conduct by Israel, Hamas, and Hezbollah since October 7, 2023 when the Hamas-orchestrated assault killing of 1,200 people precipitated the current, unceasing phase of conflict.  The origins of the paper are found in a request made in February 2024 by Spain and Ireland to the European Commission on whether Israel’s military actions in Gaza violated the human rights provisions of the EU-Israel Association Agreement.

In October, the Spanish Prime Minister Pedro Sánchez was still waiting for a response.

“The European Commission must respond once and for all to the formal request by two European countries to suspend the association agreement with Israel if it is found, as everything suggests, that human rights are being violated,” the Spanish PM told an event held in Barcelona.

With the European Commission refusing to entertain the matter, Skoog was commissioned by the European External Action Service to conduct a review.  This led to an initial assessment in July, one that was subsequently updated in November.

Skoog takes Hamas and Hezbollah to task but lashes the Israeli Defense Forces for failing to adopt a sterner, more discriminating position between civilian and military objects. “Given the high level of civilian casualties and human suffering, allegations focus mainly on how duty bearers, including the Israeli Defense Forces (IDF), have seemingly failed to distinguish between civilians and combatants and to take all feasible precautions to protect civilians and civilian objects against the effects of the attacks, in violation of the fundamental principles of IHL [international humanitarian law].”

As with a burgeoning number of reports, legal submissions and the arrest warrants issued by the International Criminal Court for Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu and former Defence Minister Yoav Gallant, the “dehumanizing language” used by Israeli officials vis-à-vis Palestinians draws special attention.  “Incitement to discrimination, hostility or violence – such as that made in statements by Israeli officials – constitutes a serious violation of international human rights law and may amount to the international crime of incitement to genocide,” Skoog notes.

On the subject of arms sales, the suggestion is made that export licenses be denied in cases where “there is a clear risk that the military technology or equipment to be exported might be used in the commission of serious violations of international humanitarian law.”

From the standpoint of culpability, this is significant.  As Yanis Varoufakis, former Greek finance minister and secretary-general of the Democracy in Europe Movement 2025 reasons, EU ministerial ignorance can hardly be pleaded in this case were the ICC to find Netanyahu and Gallant guilty of violating International Humanitarian Law. 

“The world now knows that they knew they were in breach of international law because they were explicitly told so by the EU’s own special representative on human rights.  History will judge them harshly.  And perhaps so will the ICC.” 

Lawyers across Europe are already drafting their briefs in anticipation, even as reputations get shredded and people continue dying.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research’s Holiday Fundraiser 

Dr. Binoy Kampmark was a Commonwealth Scholar at Selwyn College, Cambridge.  He currently lectures at RMIT University.  He is a Research Associate of the Centre for Research on Globalization (CRG). Email: [email protected]

The nation’s first charter school law was passed in Minnesota in 1991. Today there are roughly 3.8 million students enrolled in about 8,000 charter schools across the country. Charter schools are legal in 46 states, Washington DC, Puerto Rico, and Guam.

Over the past 30+ years, thousands of charter schools have failed, closed, and abandoned millions of students, parents, teachers, education support staff, principals, and others—all in the name of “choice,” “competition,” “innovation,” “accountability,” “results,” “empowering parents,” and “busting teacher unions” (see here, here, and here). In Michigan alone, 36% of charter schools fail in the first five years.

The lives of many have been disrupted by frequent charter school failures and closures. And many of these closures are sudden and abrupt, catching many off guard and leaving them stressed out and anxious about what to do next. Shock, anger, grief, and abandonment are often experienced by those left out in the cold by constantly-failing charter schools. When a charter school fails and closes, parents, teachers, and administrators have to scramble frantically to figure out how to place many students in another education setting with the least amount of disruption and instability.

Financial malfeasance, mismanagement, low enrollment, and poor academic performance are the top four reasons charter schools fail and close regularly. These long-standing problems usually operate together, they are interrelated, producing a perfect storm of continual failure and harm.

2025 will be no different. Hundreds of charter schools will again fail, close, and violate thousands of students, parents, teachers, education support staff, and principals. The top-down antisocial neoliberal offensive in education will remain strong. Powerful private interests will continue their onslaught on the public interest under the veneer of high ideals.

To be sure, as charter schools multiply across the country, even more closures and tragedies will occur. More charter schools equals more failures and closures. In this way, chaos and turmoil are further normalized in the sphere of education. Volatility and uncertainty become more entrenched. Vouchers and Education Savings Accounts, two other forms of education privatization, play a significant part in increasing anarchy in education as well.

Such chaos and disorder are the natural result of a “free market” education set-up that glorifies a fend-for-yourself ethos that embraces disorder, mayhem, and insecurity. Every irrational thing takes hold quickly in such a set-up where everyone fends for themselves and hopes that “things work out.” Meaningful guard rails exist nowhere and everyone is pressured to blindly embrace individualism, ego-centrism, consumerism, and competition, thereby undermining the general interests of society.

With no sense of irony, charter school promoters have gone so far as to characterize such turmoil and destruction as a “good thing.” In order to fool the gullible, they nonchalantly assert that numerous charter school failures and closures “might actually be a good thing.” They desperately want people to believe that it is perfectly natural, legitimate, and acceptable for a social responsibility like education to be commodified and marketized. Charter school closures supposedly “prove” that “the free market is working” and that charter schools are “accountable.” “Bad” schools, after all, should be closed so that new entrepreneurs can start new charter schools the same way an investor starts a new shoe store. But thousands of parents, students, teachers, education support staff, and principals brutally abandoned every week by failing charter schools beg to differ. They refuse to be disinformed and gas-lighted. It does not feel good to be violated and betrayed, especially in such a cold way.

Who thinks schools failing and closing all the time is in any way a good desirable thing? Especially in the 21st century? Is it possible to disguise frequent failure, closure, and destruction as something positive and healthy? Should people believe that no alternative exists to endless failure and chaos? Is it impossible to organize education in a human-centered way centuries after the scientific and technical revolution?

In this connection, it is important to stress that the American public school system is not failing, it is being methodically and intentionally destroyed by neoliberals who are then setting up failed charter schools and dividing people along different lines. Public schools have been ruthlessly subjected to the “starve it (of funds)—test it—punish it—privatize it” neoliberal strategy for 50 years. Neoliberals and their entourage are wrecking everything in order to rapidly seize public wealth in the context of a continually failing economy. People should reject all neoliberal disinformation about what constitutes “failure,” why something is “failing,” and why “it needs to be closed.” Neoliberals should not be deciding what is “bad” or “good” for education and society. Analysis and discussion that favor the people is needed.

In the final analysis, subjecting parents, students, teachers, and others to the law of the jungle while depriving public schools of billions of dollars is inhumane and unnecessary in the 21st century. Social Darwinism is outdated. Such a doctrine emerged in the late 1800s to divide people and justify imperialism, racism, and inequality. The whole notion of basing modern life on winning and losing is obsolete. Competition makes everyone a loser. Disorder, volatility, and leaving people high and dry are not inevitable or the “best of all worlds.” There is a human-centered alternative to this capital-centered world.

“Free market” education is socially irresponsible and destructive. Pro-social change is needed immediately. The need today is to defend the right to education while opposing the privatization and marketization of education. Say no to the commodification of education. Teaching and learning is a complex process that takes place over years in a multi-faceted web of direct human relations; it cannot be commodified, quantified, or rushed. Private interests should not be able to cash in on kids. Youth must not be exploited to enrich private interests. Such an outlook and approach molest the most basic premises and principles of human learning, growth, development, and dignity.

Privatization ultimately increases corruption, restricts democracy, raises costs, reduces efficiency, and lowers the quality of services. It does not improve things. It makes everything worse while enriching private interests. It prevents the healthy balanced extended reproduction of society by fracturing the economy and taking money out of it.

No public funds, properties, assets, or authority should ever flow to charter schools because charter schools, whether they are called nonprofit or for-profit, are fundamentally private entities. Calling something public 50 times a day does not magically make it public in the proper sense of the word. Public schools and charter schools have almost nothing in common. Charter schools are public only on paper. Public wealth must remain in public hands at all times.

In a modern society based on mass industrial production, public schools must be free, fully-funded, world-class, and controlled by a public authority worthy of the name. Private interests must not be permitted to touch public education or any social programs because these belong to working people and society.

The architects of the retrogressive neoliberal agenda in education and other spheres are unable and unwilling to affirm the rights of all. They cannot be relied on to open the path of progress to society. They will remain engaged in wrecking activity under the banner of high ideals. Neoliberals will continue to present themselves as saviors and guardians of education and society while actually destroying the fabric of education and society.

In the current context, everyone must remain vigilant, investigate and discuss everything non-stop, affirm their conscience, and speak up in their own name. Reject neoliberal bullying and aggression in all its forms. Defend the public interest. Fight for a modern nation-building project that puts human rights, not property rights, center-stage.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research’s Holiday Fundraiser 

Shawgi Tell, PhD, is author of the book “Charter School Report Card.” His main research interests include charter schools, neoliberal education policy, privatization and political economy. He can be reached at [email protected]

Featured image: In 2003, Granada Hills Charter High School in Los Angeles became the largest charter school in the United States. (Licensed under CC BY-Sa 3.0)

Yale Research: “New evidence suggests genetic material in the COVID shots may INTEGRATE with human DNA”. Spike Protein in the Blood 700 Days After Last COVID-19 mRNA Vaccine

By Alex Berenson and Dr. William Makis, December 31, 2024

New evidence suggests genetic material in the COVID shots may INTEGRATE with human DNA. Yale University scientists have discovered that individuals vaccinated against COVID-19, but never infected, still had spike protein in their bloodstream YEARS after their last shot.

“Yes. The CIA entered Afghanistan before the Russians.” Zbigniew Brzezinski

By Dr. Zbigniew Brzezinski, Prof Michel Chossudovsky, and Le Nouvel Observateur, January 01, 2025

According to the official version of history, CIA aid to the Mujahadeen began during 1980, that is to say, after the Soviet army invaded Afghanistan, 24 Dec 1979. But the reality, secretly guarded until now, is completely otherwise Indeed, it was July 3, 1979 that President Carter signed the first directive for secret aid to the opponents of the pro-Soviet regime in Kabul.

2024: Year of Both Victories and Defeats in the Struggle for Multipolarity

By Lucas Leiroz de Almeida, January 01, 2025

In 2024, the Western reaction to the geopolitical changes has generated conflicts and suffering in many parts of the world, especially in the Middle East. Supported by the Collective West, the Israeli regime has expanded its attack zone, launching a war against Hezbollah in Lebanon and starting an exchange of bombings with Iran.

Hungary, Slovakia, Austria, Italy Fear Losing Russian Gas via Ukraine Following Expiry of Agreement with Kiev Regime

By Ahmed Adel, January 01, 2025

The contract for the transit of Russian gas through Ukraine is just days away from expiring, but several European countries, including Hungary, Austria and Slovakia, seek to extend critical supplies. This agreement is necessary for Central Europe since there are few replacement options.

Nothing Changes on New Year’s Day – The Lies of the Devastators

By Reality Books, December 31, 2024

Chaos marks this world, yet it appears we live in an unchangeable system, an underlying matrix of institutional, political, and financial control. Consider the events of recent years: a fake pandemic, orchestrated wars, communism under a cloak of bogus climate change policy and UN Agenda 2030, etc. Meanwhile, corporate controlled news pushes a freedom-killing agenda building a deceptive jail house for the mind. One could be forgiven for thinking we have been living on a prison planet.

New Year Thoughts—What the World Needs in 2025 and Beyond

By Bharat Dogra, December 31, 2024

It is clear that what the world should be most concerned about is to avoid any possibility of a world war or a nuclear war. In fact the world should keep miles away from any such possibility or brinkmanship relating to this. Normally there should be no need for emphasizing so obvious a fact.

Greenland Redux: Trump and America’s Continuing Obsession

By Dr. Binoy Kampmark, December 31, 2024

A 1868 publication for the US State Department compiled by Benjamin Mills Peirce takes more than a fleeting interest in the resources of Iceland and Greenland, acknowledging the treaty with Denmark which was intended to cede control of the Caribbean islands of St. Thomas and St. John  to the US.

New York City (NYC) Mayor Eric Adams proclaims that 500,000 unaccompanied immigrant children are missing [in the US alone]; that they have been handed over to unvetted “sponsors” who may – and probably will – abuse them as sex-slaves, child-labor slaves and possibly worse.

Most if not all of these children are from the Global South, entering the US over the US-Mexican border.

Mr. Trump during his campaign and after being re-elected as the 47th President has made similar statements, promising that he will stop this crime, by dismantling and bringing the mafias running these international scams to justice.

Massive child abuse and human trading is the true pandemic, nobody is fighting.

Because it is inconvenient for the elite that pretends to run the world, that these crimes come to the fore. They do everything possible to keep them under wraps, that the mainstream does not mention them, or lies about them.

See this full report (15-min video) from US Congressional Hearings as well as Tucker Carlson and other interviews:

 

And this (13-min video and transcript), Mayor Eric Adams Holds In-Person Media Availability Following Meeting with Incoming Border Czar:

On a positive note: It looks like the tides are turning.

Justice and Light will overcome.

However, We, the People MUST stand up and protest and fight for the right of these children, awaken others to the harsh fact of large-scale human rights violations in human trading, mostly women and children – and for justice to be done to the perpetrators.

Sitting on the sideline, waiting for things to happen – won’t cut it anymore.

It never did.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research’s Holiday Fundraiser   

Peter Koenig is a geopolitical analyst and a former Senior Economist at the World Bank and the World Health Organization (WHO), where he worked for over 30 years around the world. He is the author of Implosion – An Economic Thriller about War, Environmental Destruction and Corporate Greed; and co-author of Cynthia McKinney’s book “When China Sneezes: From the Coronavirus Lockdown to the Global Politico-Economic Crisis” (Clarity Press – November 1, 2020).

Peter is a Research Associate of the Centre for Research on Globalization (CRG). He is also a non-resident Senior Fellow of the Chongyang Institute of Renmin University, Beijing. 

Featured image is from Reveal

Jail Time for Questioning COVID Crimes in Alberta?

January 1st, 2025 by Prof. Anthony J. Hall

It seems Humpty Dumpty can’t be put back together again. Nevertheless, we must try to make sense of what has already happened in order get a handle on what should happen and what needs to happen if humanity is to survive the assault we are experiencing.

This essay continues the narrative published in the two prior contributions to this Substack. The first, dated Dec. 4, is entitled “The Jab-Pushing Government of Danielle Smith in Alberta.” The second, dated Dec. 7, is entitled “Premier Smith, Dr. Makis, and the Genetic Manipulation of Humans.”

Before plunging ahead with news and views on the injection controversies still swirling around inside and outside Alberta, let’s take a moment to reflect on the biggest story in the world over the last few days. I refer to the weird politics of regime change in Syria.

There are many meanings that can be read into the remaking of Syria by a number of Islamist organizations all derived from al-Qeada. Al-Qaeda was created and backed in the 1980s by the CIA as part of the effort to create an Islamic mercenary army to overthrow the Soviet-backed puppet regime in Afghanistan.

Al-Qaeda and its offshoots, including the so-called HTS, are suddenly being depicted by much of the Western media as the good guys. These supposed good guys, however, are still categorized by the US and Canadian governments as terrorists..

.

The leader, Muhammad Al-Jawlani, is still a marked man with a $10 million bounty on his head put there by the US State Department. In spite of this damning feature of Al-Jawlani’s very unusual CV, he is presently acting with US and Israeli approval as Syria’s “new strongman.” See this.

How revealing that the core group being backed by the US and Israeli enemies of the vanquished Assad government, is still tagged by the US government as the main Islamic organization responsible for the atrocities that took place in Manhattan and at the Pentagon on 9/11.

Without any investigation whatsoever, Osama bin Laden and al-Qaeda were wrongly depicted on the very day of Sept. 11, 2001 as the culprits responsible for the explosive events. Now this more recent incarnation of al-Qaeda, the supposed “masterminds” of 9/11, form the basis of the proxy forces being entrusted with remaking Syria.

But where does Alberta figure into all this? Albertans, Syrians and all the rest of the world’s peoples are currently living through unusually volatile times. In this volatility many jurisdictions and institutions will inevitably disappear. As the fate of Syria exemplifies, polities we have lived with for years can suddenly vanish, only to be replaced without any consultation or consent by those most affected.

Maybe all life forms, including us humans, will disappear all at once. Nuclear Holocaust is far more imminent now that at any other time in human history.

As we try to navigate our way through the momentous upheavals developing around us, we cannot count on the big media venues to help us make sense of it all. In fact we often have to deal with onslaughts of lies and misrepresentations by those pretending to be honest witnesses in describing the transformations underway in our changing world.

How many have died or have been rendered disabled or ill, by disinformation assuring people that the Covid injections pushed our way, are “safe and effective”? The injections certainly aren’t safe but they have been hyper-effective at harming many of us in devastating ways.

Alberta’s Awkward Colonial Status in the Imperial Dominion of Canada 

Nothing takes place in a vacuum including the 28 October meeting in Red Deer that forms the primary focus of this essay. On the way to my account of this very important meeting, I’ll introduce a few observations on Alberta’s history and character. These reflections on background and context, character and circumstance, help set the stage for the narrative I’m in the process of composing.

Alberta is a province wherein a significant minority are giving serious consideration to altering our geopolitical relations with the rest of Canada and North America. The atrocious failures and corruptions of the Justin Trudeau government in Ottawa have underlined for many Albertans how deeply-rooted are the structural factors that have prevented this province from living up to its full potential.

The province of Alberta remains entrapped as a subordinate colony still being exploited in the imperial dominion established in 1867 when Canada was modelled to maintain and boost the role of the British Empire in North America.

.

Source

.

The uneasy relationship between the national and Alberta governments in Canada has been marked since the Canadian Parliament created the new province in 1905. This troubled relationship has been highlighted and addressed by many organizations. These organizations include the Social Credit Party of Alberta in the 1930s, the Western Canada Concept Party in the 1980s, and a series of organizations after 2004 known sequentially as the Separation Party, the Alberta First Party, the Freedom Conservative Party of Alberta, and the Wildrose Independence Party of Alberta. See this.

The Alberta Prosperity Project , founded by Dr. Dennis Modry, is not a political party. Rather the APP is an innovative public education initiative. Its core narrative— its curriculum— highlights various scenarios for achieving greater sovereignty for Alberta and Albertans through a range of possible scenarios and tactics.

Alberta’s grievances directed at Ottawa have also sparked some political fire works on the federal side of the equation. Preston Manning, Stockwell Day, Stephen Harper, Ezra Levant and Prof. Tom Flanagan are all prominent among the activists that have driven this Conservative trajectory of political activism at the level of Canada’s national government.

Prof. Flanagan is the neocon political scientist at the University of Calgary who inspired in some of his students in his legendary classes, the fighting spirit displayed by many of Alberta’s top politicians. These Albertans in federal politics have significantly altered the face of Canada’s political culture. See this.

In the final analysis, however, much of the energy invested by Alberta politicians in the national government was co-opted by the voting clout exercised by those inhabiting Canada’s largest population centres in Ontario and Quebec. Stephen Harper, the Conservative Party Prime Minister of Canada from 2006 to 2015, was co-opted on multiple fronts. He stands accused of betraying the political economy of Alberta by signing Canada up in 2015 to the UN’s unrealistic “sustainable development” objectives. See this.

According to The Economist, the UN’s Agenda 2030 on sustainable development is so “sprawling, unwieldy and misconceived” that “the entire enterprise is set up to fail.” See this.

Before getting roped into the UN’s so-called “sustainable development” objectives, Harper came up with the metaphor of placing a fire wall around Alberta. A core aspect of Harper’s proposal in 2001 to Alberta’s Premier Ralph Klein, was to follow Quebec’s example of taking control of its own pension funds. Harper indicated that Alberta should take over the administration of its citizens’ own share of the national pension fund still managed by Ottawa. See this.

This unfinished business may be integral to the recent job extended to Harper by the Danielle Smith government around the time of United Conservative Party’s (UCP’s) Annual General Meeting in early November. Harper was appointed Chair of the Alberta Investment Management Company (AIMCo’s). AIMCo is responsible for taking care of the province’s near-$200 billion nest egg.

The fund is composed of several pension funds belonging to the province’s employees. The fund also includes Alberta’s ever-controversial Heritage Savings Trust Fund.

Questions have been raised about whether Harper might be in some conflicts of interest involving his many self-owned businesses as well as his extensive networks of partners, customers, and investors. Other questions are being asked about whether or not Harper will be independent in his investment decisions or whether he will be subject to political pressures from officials and friends of the provincial government.

Even more relevant to the main subject matter of this essay is the fact that some skeptics, including Dr. William Makis, suspect that the UCP government has been altered by some sort of “internal coup” as possibly evidenced by the seemingly sudden arrival of Harper in a high-profile role at Premier Smith’s side.

Much of the tension in recent years between the governments led by Premier Smith and Prime Minister Trudeau has to do with the divide between the two levels of government when it comes to implementing the UN’s “sustainable development” objectives.

The UN goals have been deviously manipulated by Justin Trudeau to undermine the vitality of Alberta’s oil and gas industry. The other side of the federal distain for Alberta’s energy sector, is eastern Canada’s propensity to exploit the wealth generated by oil and gas for many national projects, including transfer payments to “equalize” the standard of living in Quebec and the Maritime provinces.

As far as I know, Harper has never had to answer to this day for inflicting the UN’s Agenda 2030 on Canada in ways that Trudeau tries to exploit by appointing himself energy czar of Alberta’s oil and gas operations. Trudeau’s greenwashed netzero government is so reviled in Alberta that it has only elected 2 of 34 Alberta MPs in the Canadian House of Commons.

One of these two MP’s, Randy Boissonnault, was recently forced to resign from Trudeau’s scandal-infested Cabinet as Minister of Employment. The former Minister had been exposed for dishonestly identifying himself as an Indigenous person.

To read the complete text of Prof. Anthony Hall on Substack click here

All Roads Lead to Red Deer 

 

Continued in Part II.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research’s Holiday Fundraiser 

This article was originally published on Looking out at the World from Canada.

Dr. Anthony Hall is currently Professor of Globalization Studies at the University of Lethbridge in Alberta Canada. He has been a teacher in the Canadian university system since 1982. Dr. Hall, has recently finished a big two-volume publishing project at McGill-Queen’s University Press entitled “The Bowl with One Spoon”.

He is a Research Associate of the Centre for Research on Globalization (CRG).

Featured image is from the author

The contract for the transit of Russian gas through Ukraine is just days away from expiring, but several European countries, including Hungary, Austria and Slovakia, seek to extend critical supplies. This agreement is necessary for Central Europe since there are few replacement options.

Major Central European gas companies have signed a statement calling for the continuation of transit. These include Slovakia’s SPP, its gas network operator Eustream, Hungary’s MOL Hungarian Oil and Gas Plc and MVM Group, as well as trade associations and major industrial customers from Hungary, Austria, Italy and Slovakia, Bloomberg reports.

“We will present the declaration to the President of the European Commission, Ursula von der Leyen, so that she has first-hand information about the threat to energy and economic security in our region,” SPP Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer Vojtech Ferencz said.

Russia’s share of Hungary’s gas imports is 47%, while Slovakia’s is almost 90%. Austria also received 97% of its gas imports from Gazprom in January 2024. Economists attribute this high dependence to infrastructure and long-term contracts. Nord Stream, Yamal and transit pipelines through Ukraine provide uninterrupted direct supplies, and long-term agreements ensure the predictability of gas supplies.

Geography is also a tangible factor in this situation. Hungary, Austria, and Slovakia are landlocked, so access to liquefied natural gas (LNG) is difficult. Any other means of supply would raise tariffs and result in discontent among the population. This means alternative supplies can only be obtained through intermediaries, which is much more expensive. For example, the price of LNG is several times higher this way for these countries.

The countries mentioned, Gazprom’s main customers in Europe, have built their energy policies around reliable supplies from Russia for many years.

Many observers believe that Austria, Hungary and Slovakia have little to rely on. Traditional gas sources for Europe—Norway, Algeria, and Azerbaijan—are unable to cover the volume of imports needed. Together, they are ready to supply up to 45 billion cubic meters a year, which would create a deficit of about 15 billion cubic meters in the markets of individual EU countries. Experts predict that these European countries could turn to the Balkan Stream pipeline. However, its capacity fully occupies the Balkan countries.

In this context, Brussels is categorical and unwilling to budge from its stubborn position. Reuters quoted a representative of the European Commission as saying that the regulator has taken an unequivocal position.

“The Commission does not support any discussions on the contract extension nor other solutions to maintain transit flows and has not been involved in any kind of negotiations on this,” the spokesperson said.

It is recalled that the current agreement on the transit of Russian gas to Europe via Ukraine expires on December 31, 2024. The Kiev regime has repeatedly said they do not plan to extend the agreement. On December 19, Russian President Vladimir Putin confirmed during a press conference that there would be no new contract for the transit of gas through that European country.

Europe faces a new energy crisis due to the decrease in gas reserves, the arrival of cold weather and sanctions imposed by the United States against the Russian bank Gazprombank, which handled payment transactions for importers of Russian fuel. Fuel prices have already risen by 45% during 2024.

At the same time, stocks are rapidly declining due to the cold, resulting in increased demand. According to Bloomberg, in the second quarter of 2025, during the warm season when gas typically becomes cheap enough to fill tanks, prices could be higher than in the third quarter.

Meanwhile, Russian Deputy Prime Minister Alexander Novak said that

Russia exported “around 50 billion cubic meters of gas in the first 11 months – despite all the statements and pressure from sanctions – because it is a very ecological product, it is in demand, and Russian gas is the most advantageous in terms of supply logistics and price.”

He said that Russia’s LNG exports will amount to 33 million tons by the end of 2024, adding that gas reserves in European storage facilities are currently 3-5% lower than in the past five years.

The EU has damaged its economy by refusing to cooperate with Moscow, as evidenced by the decline in production, bankruptcies and recession in the bloc countries. Russia has not denied any country the supply of its energy resources even when the European Union expected the country to collapse without energy revenue.

However, Brussels insists on a complete break with the Russian energy sector and the definitive rejection of energy from Russia in favor of more expensive alternative supplies, especially from the United States, and this will only hurt many European countries, particularly those in landlocked Central Europe.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research’s Holiday Fundraiser   

This article was originally published on InfoBrics.

Ahmed Adel is a Cairo-based geopolitics and political economy researcher. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

Featured image source

Note from the editor of Three Sages:

The following account was written and submitted to the Three Sages for publication by a Jewish American writer who converted to Christianity but wishes to remain anonymous. Part of his account is his personal experience living in an Israeli Orthodox community informed by Talmudic teachings.

This is a rare treatment of an urgently important topic given the tragedies and dramas being played out today in the Middle East, where conservative Jewish interests are a driving force. I believe many sensitive readers will agree that the voice of “Mi-cha-el” desperately needs to be heard and that reading him will introduce a world of vital spiritual experience most of us didn’t know existed.

Disclaimer: The editor is not an expert in the subject matter and disclaims any responsibility for the content. The account is being presented to the public due to “Mi-cha-el”’s personal experience in the subject matter and the urgency of resolving today’s existential crisis facing the world that is due at least in part to religious conflict. The editor also disclaims any accusations of “anti-Semitism.” In fact, the author has restored the editor’s respect for the Jewish people and faith by making it crystal clear that the Holy Family: Jesus, his mother Mary, and his father, Saint Joseph, represent the pinnacle of the Jewish contribution to the world. Nothing could be more important now, during the 2024 Christmas season, when people have so much fear and uncertainty about what 2025 will bring.

Following is “Mi-cha-el’s” account, with headings added by the Three Sages editor.

***

Born and Raised in the U.S.A.

Call me “Mi-cha-el.” I was raised in a comfortable and affluent upper-middle-class Jewish-American home and was given the Hebrew name Menachem at my circumcision ceremony. All Jewish children born outside of Israel are given a Hebrew name and a vernacular name, the boys at their birth, while the girls have a ceremonial baby-naming “kiddush” on the first or second Sabbath after their birth.

Both my parents were raised in traditional Jewish homes, but after graduating from elite colleges, they discarded almost all Jewish practices. Our family did not keep kosher, for example. We had a Passover meal every year. We lit a Hanukkah menorah. We went to the synagogue on Rosh Hashanah and Yom Kippur. But we had no daily religious practices or prayer life such that all Orthodox Jews follow.

Our parents sent me and my two younger brothers to Hebrew school and Sunday school at the local Reform synagogue. We learned to read Hebrew letters but didn’t understand what they meant. (Many Muslims are similarly educated to recite the Qur’an in Arabic without knowing the meaning.) In our Sunday school class we studied Jewish history mainly in the New World, which was regarded as a paradise for Jews, especially compared to the difficulties of the Jewish Diaspora in Europe. We learned nothing about the Jewish experience in the Muslim world.

One of our teachers had been in World War II and told us about his encounter with the concentration camps liberated by Allied soldiers. It appeared to have scarred him for life. Every year our Sunday school had to watch a grizzly documentary about the German concentration camps. Many of my friends shed tears during the broadcast, but I sat there cold and silent, feeling nothing. In high school my German language class went to see the film Cabaret, but I was the only person in the group who expressed distaste for the depraved culture depicted in the movie. The only song that inspired me was Tomorrow Belongs to Me. Nevertheless, I began to acquire a sympathy for the German people who have experienced their own brand of suffering historically.

In our Jewish Sunday school we never opened the Bible except to learn how to recite the Torah reading for our Bar Mitzvahs. I also remember learning that there were Jewish synagogues dotting the Caribbean islands. But we were never told the Jews were there as major participants in the trans-Atlantic African slave trade. The same was the case with the Jewish presence in the American South prior to the American Civil War. I only learned about these unsavory aspects of Jewish history many years later from contacts with the Nation of Islam and the work of Wellesley College African Studies professor Tony Martin.

My father was a medical scientist and eventually became dean of a major American medical school. My maternal uncle was a Nobel Prize winner in nuclear physics. My family highly valued education and achievement. I grew up on the university campus where my father worked. Most of my friends were the product of intermarriages between a Jewish professor father and a Christian mother housemaker. These kids practiced cultural Christianity celebrating Christmas at home. I don’t believe they ever attended church or had a meaningful knowledge of the Christian religion.

Only two friends came from a solid Jewish background where both parents were Jews. One of them named Joshua was a big influence on me. After our Bar Mitzvahs we made a pact to keep kosher. One night I told my mother I couldn’t eat her spare ribs anymore. When she asked why and I explained, she reacted with anger and grounded me for a month, forbidding me from seeing Joshua again.

My few Christian friends came from religious homes. One I have stayed in touch with over the years is a prominent attorney and active in his Lutheran Church. His father was a professor of Reformation history and knew eight languages, including Hebrew, Greek, and Latin. How I wish I could speak with him today! I asked my friend why he never shared his faith with his Jewish friends, and he said his parents warned him it was not socially acceptable. My impression is that my childhood Christian friends fared much better in life than we Jews without any meaningful identity or belief system.

I was introverted and a good student through the end of my high school years. I graduated number three in my class and was admitted to all the colleges to which I applied. In retrospect I should not have gone directly to college because I was immature and lacking in self-confidence, which quickly became a problem when I began my college education. Most of my friends were boys; we played sports together, socialized, and talked about girls, though my mother wondered if I was gay because I didn’t have girlfriends. I was late entering puberty, and my mother’s concerns were completely allayed during my years of college promiscuity. This was a tragic experience for which I was completely unprepared and which almost destroyed me.

In my freshman year at college there were eight guys rooming together in a double suite. Three were Jewish and five were Catholic. The Catholics were very religious and went to Mass every Sunday. I had never met Catholics before and was amazed at their devotion on top of their difficult academic studies. I tried to engage them in discussions, but they were uneasy speaking to me. They probably didn’t understand why this strange Jewish guy wanted to learn about their faith. Once I asked if I could go to church with them and they said, “No, it has a lot of strange rituals that you would not understand.” If those roommates had been Baptist or Mormon they would have grabbed me by the collar and dragged me off to their church! But not the Catholics.

I met some Orthodox Jewish students at college, but they too were extremely cloistered, devoted to their studies, and unwilling or unable to explain their faith to an outsider. In my junior year I took a philosophy survey course nicknamed “From Plato to NATO.” The two professors were both Jewish intellectuals with little interest in religion. My section leader was a philosophy graduate student who said he was a born-again Christian. In the small section that would meet twice a week, he would try to raise the biblical perspective as a counterpoint to the arguments of people like Freud, Marx, and Nietzsche. I was the only Jewish student in our group of about ten, and this man would frequently turn to me and say something like, “Michael, what does the Torah say about this argument of Karl Marx?” I was completely unable to answer because, as I mentioned earlier, we never studied the Bible in all my years of Jewish education. This man was not trying to embarrass me, but I was inwardly humiliated. This experience played a role in my decision to enter an Orthodox Jewish yeshiva a few years later.

I had been majoring in economics, but the philosophy course raised questions of morals and values that made me feel exposed as a person who was devoid of any true ideals or principles. I barely graduated and never did the thesis I was supposed to do since I was preoccupied with these deeper questions. In my senior year I took a vocational aptitude test which scored me at my highest ranking as a Catholic priest. The counselor laughed nervously and said “Well, you’re Jewish so that must be a fluke.” But truly that was probably my calling in life.

I encourage any Catholics reading this to be much more assertive about sharing your faith with others, especially with Jewish people who often are proud of their culture but completely ignorant of their religion. These are lost souls who desperately need the life preserver offered by Jesus. So don’t be embarrassed or reticent to share your faith.

In the summer after my sophomore year in college I went on a Zionist youth trip to Israel. We worked on a kibbutz for a month and traveled around the country for three weeks. This included the Sinai Desert that Israel had recently conquered in the Six-Day War. It was an exhilarating experience for me. I fell in love with Israel. Israelis were brash, confident, and even arrogant, which contrasted notably with the large Jewish student population of my college who were generally insecure, withdrawn, reticent, and constantly on the lookout for anti-Semitism and discrimination. Israelis were not like that at all. If they saw anti-Semitism they attacked it and disabled it. It appealed greatly to my adolescent sense of aggression. I finished college without any clear educational or professional direction but feeling completely devoted to the Zionist cause.

After I graduated, I moved back home with my parents and spent two years doing odd jobs and trying to work up the courage to move to Israel. I did a lot of crazy things. Liberal Jews who wrote articles in the local newspaper critical of Israel I would phone up and try to meet with them and challenge their perspective. One writer was the wife of a college department chairman. She invited me to her home and opened up a filing cabinet of hundreds of articles on the history of Israel and what she claimed was its abuse of the Palestinians. Then she dropped a bombshell claiming that she was a direct descendant of Theodore Herzl, the founder of Zionism!

Another time I was at a traffic light. The car in front of me had a bumper sticker saying Stop the Israeli Genocide in Lebanon. This was following the Israeli invasion of Lebanon 1982 in which they regularly fired aircraft missiles at apartment buildings. This is a tactic the Israelis have used repeatedly and especially in today’s Gaza genocide. I was outraged that these people would accuse Israel of waging an unrighteous war and I followed them home. I went up to their door, rang the doorbell, and a quiet American man answered. I asked him about his bumper sticker. He told me he had worked for Aramco in Saudi Arabia but didn’t know very much about the Middle East. While we were talking, his wife, an Egyptian Muslim, came to the door and started berating me wildly about Israel’s brutal attacks against civilians in Beirut and other places. I was shocked at her vehemence. After I left, I thought to myself that if I really cared so much about Israel I should move there and stop bothering Americans with my one-sided propaganda.

Moving to Israel

And that’s what happened. In the fall of 1982, I bought a one-way plane ticket to Tel Aviv. I had distant relatives on a kibbutz near Haifa so I took a bus there and enrolled in their Ulpan program, which is a crash Hebrew language course designed to allow a person to obtain rapid citizenship and serve in the army within six months of arriving in the country.

We worked in kibbutz factories and industries in the morning and studied the Hebrew language in the afternoon. None of the young American Jews in my group was religious and the kibbutz was secular. During this time, I discovered an English Bible in our Ulpan classroom. I opened it up randomly to some terrifying prophetic warnings from Moses about the future consequences of Jewish disobedience to the law. I read the famous Song of Moses in Deuteronomy 32. I felt the hair standing on my head as I read the wild, angry language. I had read portions of Mein Kampf a few years earlier when I was working in a small bookstore and discovered it on the shelf. The language of Moses in the Bible frankly reminded me of the passionate anger of Adolf Hitler. I also spent about a month wandering the hills outside the kibbutz during our daily breaks asking myself if Moses was really a great prophet or a deranged megalomaniac!

I wasn’t even addressing God. I wasn’t sure if I even believed in Him. But I was doing what Hassidic Master Nachman of Breslov (1772-1810) called Hitbodedut or vocalizing questions in a personal dialogue with the Creator. Perhaps in answer to my perplexity after a month a pair of ultra-Orthodox Jewish men showed up in our kibbutz asking permission to give a series of seminars to our Ulpan group. They spoke about things like Hebrew numerology and very lightweight but intriguing aspects of the Jewish religion. They came once a week to speak to us about the weekly Torah passages. There they introduced rabbinical commentaries that I had never heard of. And I quickly saw there is a depth of Jewish scholarship behind the Bible, which was not just a book of children’s stories.

Encountering Orthodox Judaism

The men eventually invited us to spend the Sabbath in their community. They lived in a new Jewish town next to Nazareth. It was called Upper Nazareth to distinguish it from the old Christian Nazareth. I wasn’t planning to go, but a friend asked me to escort his girlfriend and her twin sister who were interested in attending. I guess he sensed my own interest.

We took a two-hour bus trip to get to this community. There I saw for the first time in my life the intimacy of the Jewish Sabbath, when a family spends 24 hours in close communion. They go to the synagogue together, they have meals together, the parents pay attention to their kids and speak to them asking questions, everyone sings, and the food is terrific. My father back home was a workaholic who rarely came home for dinner. The idea of my parents setting aside 24 hours for family and God was unfathomable to me. This experience touched me to my core and made me suspect that the Orthodox Jews knew something that the rest of us were missing.

I had an unpleasant conversation with the community rabbi during this sabbath. I felt he was arrogant and intolerant, unlike my hosts who were doing everything possible to be welcoming and understanding to me. The rabbi knew of my interest in Christianity and tried to claim that Christianity is a pessimistic religion that believes everything is falling in quality since the time of Jesus, while Judaism believes things are getting better and better. Later I learned this isn’t really true, because Jews believe that earlier sages are superior in knowledge and intellect to later sages. (For example, the Talmudic rabbis of the first two centuries AD would be considered far superior to Maimonides of medieval Spain and all the more so to any Orthodox rabbi today.)

They call this Yeridat Hadorot, or Decline of the Generations. This is a great example of Jews projecting their own flaws and imperfections onto others, especially Christians. In fact, after I read the New Testament I discovered that Christians believe precisely the opposite of what the rabbi claimed, because Jesus said his followers would perform greater works than He! See John 14: 9-14.

Experiences with Christianity and Further Jewish Studies

After I returned to the kibbutz, I discovered a pair of Dutch Christian volunteers and started attending their private Bible study in their quarters. This was the first time I’d ever seen the New Testament, and I remember feeling a sense of shock at the outrageous language of Jesus. Many years later I discovered that English author C.S. Lewis had said the same thing: that Jesus cannot be regarded as merely a great rabbi because his language was grandiose and forces us to consider him either as “Lord lunatic or liar.”

I didn’t know that terminology at the time, but I definitely sensed the grandeur of the rhetoric of Jesus as reported in the New Testament. I then started attending a Messianic group in Haifa which one Saturday had a group baptism on the beach that I witnessed. I felt a sense of dread that I was being invited into something that I felt was powerful but which was alien to me. I was afraid to embrace Christianity because it was just completely different from the identity I had been raised in. Still, I wrote an angry letter to my friends in Upper Nazareth and told them that I was considering being baptized. They immediately came out to the kibbutz and invited me to move in with them for a month so I could learn about Judaism more comprehensively.

My friends asked me at least to understand something about Judaism before I decided to reject it in favor of Christianity. They opened their home to me, and I went to the synagogue with the them every day. I studied with people in the community. And at the end of that month was the Jewish holiday of Shavuoth or Pentecost, when Orthodox Jews stay up all night studying the Torah and other texts. The next day they sent me off on a bus to Jerusalem to enroll in one of the yeshivas that were opening up for Jews like me: college-educated people who had been raised as secular Jews and had virtually no knowledge of the Jewish religion. I visited a couple of classes and decided to enroll in an institution called Ohr Samayach or Happy Light, named after the book of Torah commentaries written by a Polish rabbi named Meir Simcha haCohen of Dvinsk.

Although the atmosphere in the yeshiva was very alien at first, it did remind me of college. The students all wore black trousers with white shirts. Everyone was studious, disciplined, and polite. The teachers were excellent educators who knew how to convey the complexity of Orthodox Jewish practice and scholarship to completely unseasoned though intelligent students. I quickly fell into the routine of morning prayer breakfast, classes throughout the day, supper, and sleep. We never saw a woman for three years. The one woman who worked in the yeshiva kitchen never came out into the dining room. Our contact was only with male rabbis and our fellow male students.

For me it was a great relief to be in such an environment completely lacking in sexual tension and competition. I have read claims of homosexual abuse in yeshiva institutions but I never saw or heard of such a thing in the three years I was at Ohr Samayach. All of our rabbis were married with families of their own, and I could not imagine one of them trying to engage in an inappropriate relationship with a student. The students were focused and directed. I can say that in my three years at the yeshiva I never had an untoward sexual thought or fantasy. It was a completely focused environment. Unlike college, where the professors enjoy challenging and denigrating the students, the rabbis at the yeshiva were encouraging and nurturing us, hoping we would decide to permanently join their community and adopt their way of life.

Adopting Orthodox Judaism

I hope this account conveys some of the advantages and attractions of the Orthodox Jewish way of life compared to the derangement of Western secular culture. Even so, Jesus entered the picture early on. I told the rabbis about my experience with the Dutch missionaries at the kibbutz, so they had me take an anti-missionary course taught by a man who had been prominent in the Anglican Church but converted to Judaism and now lived in Jerusalem and taught anti-Christian propaganda in his apartment. I took some of his classes and was considered safely deprogrammed in order to be fully embraced by the yeshiva community. Although I felt fully committed to the Orthodox Jewish community, I didn’t realize that the rabbis were holding judgment in reservation, waiting to see if I truly would renounce my interest in Christianity. Their suspicions were always just below the surface, although in my naivete I didn’t realize that they had placed a question mark over my head.

Over the next three years, I became one of the top students in the yeshiva. Every month a friend would get married in an arranged marriage coordinated by our yeshiva and its sister seminary for Jewish girls. Eventually my time came, and I was matched up with a very nice Jewish girl from England who was studying at the seminary in Jerusalem. Her parents were both doctors and we were compatible on many levels, even including our physical stature. The rabbis definitely did their homework! She had graduated from an English university with a degree in math and computer science. She was extremely intelligent and idealistic and a wonderful woman, far better than I deserved. This was especially so because since I was in college, I decided I would never get married or have a family of my own.

My wife was very ambitious and wanted me to become an ordained rabbi. She prodded me to move out of the yeshiva into a more advanced program. My teachers warned me it was premature and that I shouldn’t do this, but I did not listen to them which led to difficulties. Eventually I found myself in a radical Messianic Hassidic group called Breslov. My wife was not happy with this group of people, and this eventually led to our divorce after six years of marriage and three children.

Those children all live in a different Hassidic community in Israel to this day. They do not communicate with me due to my eventual Christian baptism, which is considered an act of treason against Judaism. My wife remarried a prominent member of a Hassidic sect who is a community leader in their city in Israel. Her sister back in England is a leader in Jewish education and her brother is a computer scientist who apparently has a prominent role in the British government. After our divorce, I had no further contact with anyone in her family.

Christian Baptism

We had been married in December 1985, and I was baptized in June of 2000. I stayed within the ultra-Orthodox community in Israel and had a couple of unsuccessful attempts at remarriage, as I did not have a job or professional livelihood. But I stayed within the Hasidic community. Eventually this led to my meeting a married couple who were Christian missionaries from South Africa working in the city of Safed in the northern Israeli mountains of Galilee. Safed is the home of Jewish Kabbalah. These Christian missionaries deliberately targeted this city as a ground zero of spiritual warfare. They were extremely courageous and probably the most exemplary Christians I’ve ever met. They led me to Christ and baptized me. I will say more about them later. But for now I want to describe the experiences I had studying the Talmud that started opening my eyes to the negative reputation of Jesus within the Jewish community.

The Talmud and Its Treatment of Jesus

As an introduction, let me say that there was definitely a Messianic fervor in our yeshiva. Every sermon ended with an exhortation about the imminent arrival of the Messiah. Weddings and Bar Mitzvah celebrations also expressed this sentiment. The feeling was that the restoration of Israel so soon after the Holocaust was a miracle and that Messiah must be near.

After my anti-missionary deprogramming seminar, life proceeded inside the yeshiva with complete normalcy. I never consciously thought about Jesus or Christianity for the next three years. However, Jesus was speaking through the cracks trying to get my attention before I realized it. Every year in late July or early August is the solemn Jewish fast day called Tisha beAv, named for the ninth day of the Hebrew month Av, on which supposedly both Jerusalem Temples were destroyed, first by the Babylonians in 586 BC (420 BC according to rabbinic chronology) and then by the Romans in 70 AD.

This is very different from the fast day of Yom Kippur which is a time of joyous repentance. Tisha beAv is more like mourning when someone has died. It’s a tearful day of saying good-bye to all that was precious in the Jewish religion: namely the Temple and its capital city of Jerusalem. The Jewish aspiration to rebuild this Temple is very strong. Orthodox Jews pray for this fervently three times every day, and even more on the Sabbath and festivals. This is an essential aspiration of the Jewish religion and something that Christians are not aware of even in their desire to support the Jews as recompense for the Holocaust.

Consequently, Christians do not seem to realize they are helping to bring to pass a blood sacrificing Temple that the New Testament Book of Hebrews says was made obsolete by the crucifixion and resurrection of Jesus. In this link are some articles discussing the ominous implications of a rebuilt animal-sacrificing blood-spilling Jewish temple in Jerusalem. I might even speculate that American Evangelicals who don’t believe they are consuming the body and blood of Christ in the Eucharistic communion ceremony might see their faith subverted by supporting a bloody rebuilt Jewish Temple.

.

undefined

Destruction of the Temple of Jerusalem, by Francesco Hayez (From the Public Domain)

.

On Tisha beAv, all Torah study is forbidden, apart from the book of Lamentations that mourns the destruction of the Temple by the Babylonians and passages in the Talmud that discuss the later Roman destruction of Jerusalem. The most famous such passage occurs in the Tractate Gittin about divorce. This long passage discusses the historical events behind the Roman destruction of Jerusalem. In this passage is the notorious section that describes a person punished in boiling excrement for eternity. That passage relates that a Jewish Sage who had been a Roman convert to Judaism conjured up the spirits of three great enemies of Israel to ask them how they are faring in the afterlife.

[Three Sages editor’s note: This kind of “spiritism,” evidently similar to the modern idea of seances or use of an Ouija Board, seems to point to the occultist nature of Talmudism.]

The alleged “three enemies” are the Old Testament pagan prophet Balaam, the Roman general Titus, who destroyed Jerusalem on behalf of his father General Vespasian after he was crowned emperor of Rome, and the third person identified only as That Man [Oto Ish] or Sinner of Israel. The first two enemies have a dreadful afterlife of constant torture but notably they continue to express enmity against Jews. The third person, who is described as suffering in boiling excrement, announces that the nations of the world should treat the Jews with kindness because they are the apple of God’s eye. This person is never named explicitly, but when we asked our rabbis who it might be they were evasive. Only later did I discover that this third person is Jesus of Nazareth.

Delving Further Into the Talmud

The Talmud is a massive production of 20 volumes, each over 100 pages long. These are long folio pages with tiny print in the central columns surrounded on all sides by intricate rabbinical commentaries and explication. The Talmud was redacted in 500 AD and hand-copied laboriously for many years. During the Renaissance period a Catholic printing house in Venice was given permission by the Vatican to print the first copies of the Talmud, but only on condition that all anti-Christian passages would be censored and removed. These were passages that denounced Jesus, his mother Mary, his apostles, and Christians in general.

No doubt the printing contract for this version of the Talmud was extremely lucrative for the Venetians. The Vatican was surprisingly tolerant to allow it to go through it all. The censored passages were preserved in separate volumes called Deletions of the Talmud. I had never studied these separate volumes and only heard of them vaguely. I had no idea what was in them. But in the 20th century two new editions of the Talmud inserted these deleted passages or alluded to them in explicatory footnotes. The first was the famous Soncino English translation of the Talmud produced in England. Later came the Steinsaltz Hebrew translation of the Talmud. Rabbi Adin Steinsaltz spent 40 years on this enormous project in which he translated the core Aramaic text of the Talmud into modern colloquial Hebrew. Besides the traditional commentaries, Steinsaltz added his own narrative that explicated many technical complexities of the text. Steinsaltz also clearly indicates that these scandalous passages refer to Jesus and Christianity.

The allusions to Jesus are very subtle and devious. Sometimes he’s called “That Man” or “Sinner of Israel.” Sometimes he’s called Joshua son of so-and-so. Traditional Orthodox rabbis tried to deflect criticism by claiming that Sinner of Israel could refer to anyone and that there were many Joshuas in Jewish history who might be subject to criticism. But it’s pretty clear that these passages refer to Jesus.

For example, one of them states that a notorious Jesus was hung by the leaders of Israel on the eve of Passover. In this link are documents that carefully explain how these Talmudic passages are indictments of Jesus and Christianity. Also, the famous Letter to Yemen of the great sage Maimonides explicitly states that the leaders of Israel had Jesus executed, something for which Maimonides seems proud. See pages iii, iv, xvii here.

I became aware of these passages for the first time during a year of independent study that I undertook with a Steinsaltz edition of the Talmud. The yeshiva I had been studying in was involved in a painful split between two different Orthodox groups, to both of which I had connections. So I dropped out of the yeshiva and did my own independent study. And that’s when I started noticing that the Steinsaltz edition had extremely eye-opening and controversial footnotes that explicated the strong anti-Christian bias of the Talmudic rabbis.

.

undefined

A page of a medieval Jerusalem Talmud manuscript, from the Cairo Geniza (From the Public Domain)

.

Even the Jewish prayer book contains aspersions against Jesus. The famous Amidah, or Standing Prayer, that Orthodox Jews are supposed to recite thrice daily, contains 18 benedictions plus an added 19th that is a malediction against the enemies of Israel, one of whom is described as Minim. This means “heretics” in Hebrew, but some Christian scholars believe it is a Hebrew acronym for Ma’amin Yeshu’a Notzri, or Believer in Jesus of Nazareth. The Aleinu prayer that concludes every public prayer service contains a passage that some think alludes negatively to Jesus.

Later, when I read the New Testament for the first time and saw that the enemies of Jesus claimed that he cast out demons by the prince of demons, I recalled a passage in the Talmud which stated that he used “sorcery” to perform miracles. I believe these are the same basic narrative. Only recently have I considered that the passage in the Gospel of Mark, Chapter 3 that discusses the unpardonable sin of attributing Jesus’s miracles to witchcraft, might be a terrible indictment of the Jewish religion. That’s because, whether Jews are aware of these passages or not, the fact that they are printed in the Talmud enshrines them as a fundamental belief of Orthodox Judaism, which is the official state religion of Israel. Many people are surprised to learn that non-Orthodox branches of Judaism have no standing in the state of Israel and that their rabbis are forbidden to perform marriages, preside over divorces, or conduct funerals.

Ignorance of the law is no excuse. While most Orthodox Jews probably have no explicit knowledge of these anti-Christian passages in the Talmud, I believe that the fact that these passages exist puts a spiritual dark cloud over the entire contemporary Jewish religion and paints it as an explicitly anti-Christian ideology with immensely negative spiritual repercussions. Specifically, the Gospel of Mark claims that attributing Jesus’s miracles to magic sorcery or witchcraft constitutes the “unpardonable sin.” And I do believe now that Judaism suffers under this terrible indictment of being in unpardonable enmity to Jesus Christ of Nazareth and renders it the premier anti-Christ force on earth today.

I have asked numerous Christian pastors about this, and they all are anxious to deflect my concerns and to be apologetic on behalf of Jews. It seems that the Holocaust is the reason for this obsequious policy to Judaism. No one wants to give needless offense, remembering that most German churches supported Hitler and that Hitler himself was raised as a Catholic.

Anti-Christian Claims by Jewish Rabbis and the Answer

When I first met the missionaries in Safed in the year 2000, they opened their home to me and allowed me to use their computer, which allowed me access to the internet where I could do research about the strongly anti-Christian claims of Jewish anti-missionary rabbis. It’s worth noting that the leading anti-missionary rabbis traditionally are drawn from the ranks of the Chabad Hassidic movement, to which President-Elect Donald Trump’s daughter and son-in-law have a strong connection.

I also discovered some fascinating websites of what’s called “Christian apologetics.” The best is called Christian Thinktank, which is a labor of love by a software designer in Silicon Valley named Glenn Miller who is a devout Christian and has devoted virtually all his free time to compiling this website of literally thousands of web pages and probably millions of words of answers to every conceivable objection to the Christian faith from atheists, Jews, Muslims, Buddhists, etc. Going through this website gave me confidence to ignore the deprecations of the rabbis and my friends in Israel against Christianity and to literally take the plunge of baptism. For my life had fallen into great despair, and I was eager to find my Savior. I highly recommend this website. The author is virtually an unknown and unacclaimed hero of the Christian faith.

But back to my journey.

The Christian Missionaries

When I was involved with these Christian missionaries in Israel, I witnessed great spiritual power in their lives. While Orthodox Judaism is almost a totally intellectualized religion and in fact teaches that a Talmudic sage is superior to a biblical prophet, Christians emphasize what they call “gifts of the spirit” through prayer intercession, healing and so forth. Usually once a month the ultra-Orthodox Jewish community would organize a noisy protest outside the apartment of the missionaries. Their landlord was a respected member of the local Orthodox community and the other people tried to pressure him to evict the missionaries under threat of a business boycott. But the landlord knew that the missionaries were good people who always paid their rent on time, took care of the apartment, and were kind and gracious to him. So amazingly he stood up against the pressure of the boycotters. The missionaries themselves would undertake a three-day fast, only drinking water and only speaking words of prayer, without any idle conversation. And invariably after these three days were over the protesters dispersed and left them alone.

Let me add that the first time I had met the Christian missionaries, I had been sent there by friends in my Hassidic community to spy on them. They had heard about a Christian cell operating in town and wanted me to find out more about them. So I knocked on their door one night. I was standing there in my Hassidic garb with a long black coat, a hat, a long beard, and side-curls. A man opened the door not knowing who I was or what I wanted, but he was gracious. He invited me inside, gave me some tea, and we engaged in a conversation. They had just had a prayer meeting, and there was an unusual atmosphere inside the apartment like being in a cloud. I had a kind of dizzy feeling. It was intensely spiritual. I recognized that these people were friendly, sincere, and extremely knowledgeable about the Bible, which they read cover to cover every year. Orthodox Jews know relatively little about the biblical text. The Talmud engages in detailed textual analysis of almost exclusively the Pentateuch (Five Books of Moses). In fact, Orthodox Jews have a saying that only women and children recite Psalms and read the later books of the Bible because they’re not smart enough to engage in the intricate intellectual acrobatics of Talmudic analysis.

The missionary man was very tall and of Scottish descent and once a year he put on a kilt and walked around town playing a bagpipe. He also grew his hair and beard long like a Russian Orthodox icon of Jesus. He did it to attract attention to what they were doing in town. He was not obnoxious and was utterly fearless. They allowed me to watch their copy of the famous Jesus Film produced by Campus Crusade for Christ back in 1979. They had a copy dubbed in modern colloquial Hebrew. I watched this usually once a week which helped me see Jesus as an authentic Jewish person for the first time in my life.

This is a very powerful film. It’s the only Jesus film to my knowledge ever produced entirely in the Holy Land. It was filmed in 1979 with permission of the Israeli government who thought they might win some PR points with the Christian community. However, there were noisy Orthodox Jewish protests against the film the entire time they were making it. The lead actor, Brian Deacon, contracted pneumonia, which jeopardized the entire project. Like Mel Gibson’s The Passion of the Christ, which also was produced under very adverse circumstances, this film triumphed unexpectedly. I highly recommend it. It’s been dubbed into many more languages and really is a phenomenal depiction of Jesus based on the Gospel of Luke.

Final Years in Israel

After my Christian baptism I lived for a year in Jerusalem, but I was unable to associate with my old Jewish venues. On the Sabbath I would go to the Christian or Muslim quarters of the Old City of Jerusalem and use an internet cafe. I abhorred the Western Wall. Jews would go there and arrogantly and excitedly engage in their religious rituals despising Christians and Muslims, always eyeing the Temple Mount above them with envy. I once had a vision of Isaiah 53 written across the Western Wall in giant red letters dripping blood. Much later, after I returned to the States and was able to do more historical research, I came to understand that the Western Wall had been erected by the Edomite imposter King Herod and represents hatred of Jesus Christ.

Christians and Muslims have erected beautiful houses of worship in Jerusalem, including mosques and cathedrals, while the Jews worship at this ugly stone wall which is the remnant of the retaining wall around the Temple that the Romans utterly destroyed. Jesus says in the Gospels that not one stone would remain of the Temple, and Jewish anti-missionaries use the Western Wall as a refutation of Jesus’s prophecy. However, once I understood that the Western Wall was not part of the Temple compound at all but was simply an outer retaining wall I was able to surmount this rabbinical claim against Jesus. The Western Wall is ghastly. It symbolizes Jewish nostalgia for the past embracing an ugly ruin as the centerpiece of their religion rather than accepting the reality that Jesus inaugurated the Messianic era 2,000 years ago.

I also learned that Jews believe that history only lasts for 6,000 years before the world is destroyed. We’re in the year 5785, but some Jewish scholars claim that there’s a missing 200 years from the Jewish chronology, meaning we’re very close to the end. That means that the Jewish Messianic vision is for a great leader to emerge and rule over the nation for 40 years, like David and Solomon, before the whole world and all humanity are destroyed.

For the Jews, the Messiah is an afterthought, like icing on a cake or a cherry on a sundae, expressing Divine affirmation of Jewish self-righteousness and stubborn clinging to their traditions. The Jewish Messiah will enslave and destroy all Gentiles. In the Christian view Jesus inaugurated a 2,000-year process of elevating all of humanity into the light of God. But the Jews don’t see this at all. They don’t even give Christians credit for translating the Bible into every language and disseminating it around the globe. The Jews are spiteful and denigrating of anyone outside their community. Their Messiah is a ruthless destroyer of people and an extinguisher of the hopes of humanity.

I also learned that the Hanukkah story that is so favored not just by Jews but also by Christian Zionists was a civil war of Jewish religious zealots and extremists against Jews who had embraced the positive virtues of Greek Hellenism. All the Jewish academics and secular professionals who dominate American society today would have been targeted for destruction by Hanukkah’s heroic Maccabee family (and by the fanatical Jews who increasingly control Israel today).

Prior to my meeting the Christian missionaries and getting baptized, I had a couple more experiences in Israel that raised red flags in my mind about my ultra-Orthodox practices. Once during a hospitalization, I would converse with the male nursing staff who were Palestinian Muslims. This was the first time I learned anything about the Islam, and I was shocked to realize how similar it is to Judaism. Regular prayers, dietary laws, divorce and purity laws for instance. I was shocked to see that these Palestinians were devout and God-fearing people, so that years later when I heard about the anti-Zionist Naturay Karta movement (“Guardians of the City” in Aramaic) which respects Palestinians as Godly people I was able to understand why.

Another time I was with my Hasidic friends and saw a group of American tourists who were lost. They were looking for the famous artist quarter of Safed. I went over to help them and when I came back my friends asked what they wanted and I explained. My friends were irate saying, “Why did you help them? They’re goyim. Evil people. It’s a sin to do anything to help such people!” So I said to them in shock, “But they’re tourists. They’ve come to our country, and they’re supporting our economy. Why can’t we be gracious to them?” My friends just snickered at me, and I realized that somehow along the way I had crossed a line. I was certainly not raised in my childhood to think I was superior to any other person or to look down on people because of their race, religion, or ethnic background. And something turned inside my stomach, and I started to wonder if I was involved with an evil cult.

In 2005 The Passion of the Christ was released. A movie theater in Tel Aviv had pre-sold thousands of tickets but the ultra-Orthodox political party in the government succeeded in getting the film banned from the country. So people had to buy pirated DVDs. I bought such a DVD from a Palestinian video store in the Old City of Jerusalem. I watched the video at an internet cafe in the Jewish part of Jerusalem. While I was there a group of Orthodox Jewish teenagers came in to use the computers to watch sports, violent movies, and porn. Orthodox Jews do not own televisions and their access to media is restricted, so they used to flock to internet cafes for this kind of entertainment. I should have been braver and asked if they wanted to watch the movie about Jesus. They probably would have killed me on the spot, but maybe that would have been a good way for me to go. I always regret huddling in the corner watching the movie on my computer monitor and hoping the throng of ultra-Orthodox teenagers would leave me alone.

When I left Israel in December of 2005 I told the security guard at the airport that without the help of Christian countries like America and Germany, Israel would be a piece of rotten wood floating in the Mediterranean. He just sneered at me and said good riddance as I walked onto the airplane.

Return to the US and a Message

Since returning to the States in 2006, I’ve availed myself of countless books and articles on the internet. I’ve learned much about the hostile nature of Orthodox Judaism and Jewish culture in general against the Christian world. I’ve learned how the Jews seized control of the global financial system mainly due to Catholic stupidity that granted them monopolistic banking privileges. During the Middle Ages, the Catholics thought it was forbidden to lend money on interest, but a Catholic could borrow money on interest from a Jewish banker. In reality, Old Testament law forbids both lending and borrowing on interest equally. But no one pays any attention to that today.

I have uploaded some articles here that demonstrate the hostility and animosity of rabbinical writings against the person of Jesus, his blessed mother, his apostles, and Christianity in general. These articles have been written by scholars who are much more informed than I am. There’s no need for me to try to replicate what they have done. I couldn’t do it even if I wished to, but I happily refer the reader to the fruits of their research and investigations.

My message today is that you don’t have to be Jewish to believe in Jesus, but you can’t be a Jew if you don’t! For Jesus was the greatest Jew in all human history!

The root of the Hebrew word for Jew—YEHUDI is HODA, meaning one who admits when he’s wrong and who is thankful to God. Really the two meanings of the word HODA are the same: CONFESSION. To confess when we have made mistakes and to admit that God is Great. Exactly as Muslims do every day when they shout ALLAHU AKBAR.

The essence of being Jewish is to admit the truth about our own flaws and imperfections and about God’s greatness and blessedness. Dietrich Bonhoeffer’s Confessing Church could be rightfully called the Essential Jewish Church. So I invite all of my Jewish friends and acquaintances to say:

We confess that we were wrong about Jesus Christ of Nazareth and we confess that God is Great for sending the Messiah born of a Jewish woman the Blessed Virgin Mary, Amen!

Unless we can say that Jesus is God, we will invariably see ourselves as God, the very definition of idolatry. Judaism brought knowledge of the ONE TRUE GOD to the world and always confronted the idolatry of other cultures. But God became too personal for them 2000 years ago and frightened them into ignoring and denouncing His Son Jesus. They think they are being true to their faith and opposing idolatry. But in reality they have idolized themselves by rejecting The Word Become Flesh, Jesus. This is tragic for them and for the rest of us as current events demonstrate their incredible hubris and rampaging genocidal behavior against the rest of humanity, who can be united only under the reign of the ONE TRUE GOD and His Son Jesus Christ. Amen.

Also, very importantly, the idea of Chosenness is totally different between Judaism and Christianity. Jews think Chosenness confers privilege based on their supposed superiority to Gentiles, whom they view with contempt as sub-humans akin to animals worthy only of enslavement or extermination. Christians see Chosenness as a responsibility to work hard to bring the light of God to a darkened humanity. As Jesus said: The greatest among you shall be a servant. This notion of service to humanity is completely antithetical to Judaism.

God Bless You All and Merry Christmas.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research’s Holiday Fundraiser 

Featured image is from the Public Domain

Putin Tells Reporters He’s Ready to Meet Trump

January 1st, 2025 by Kipp Jones

Russian President Vladimir Putin told reporters Thursday he was ready to meet with President-elect Donald Trump during what CNN described as a “marathon” end-of-the-year press conference in Moscow.

During the presser, Putin discussed topics from his country’s war on Ukraine, the fall of his ally Bashar al-Assad in Syria, and a second Trump administration.

According to CNN, Putin was asked about his plans to speak to or meet with Trump by Keir Simmons with NBC News. In his reply, Putin indirectly disputed reporting from Bob Woodward that he and Trump had spoken as many as seven times since January 2021 – when Trump left office.

Putin said he was “ready” to meet with Trump.

“You asked what we can offer, or what I can offer to the newly elected President Trump when we meet,” Putin told Simmons. “First of all, I don’t know when we will meet. Because he hasn’t said anything about it. I haven’t spoken to him at all in over four years. Of course, I am ready for this at any time, and I will be ready for a meeting if he wants it.”

Putin also disputed he was in a weakened position to negotiate, given his country has been at war with Ukraine for nearly three years and his strongest ally in the Middle East had been overthrown earlier this month. Putin said:

You said that this conversation will take place in a situation when I am in some weakened state… And you, and those people who pay your salaries in the US, would very much like Russia to be in a weakened position. I adhere to a different point of view. I believe that Russia has become much stronger over the past two or three years. Why? Because we are becoming a truly sovereign country, we are already hardly dependent on anyone.

Putin further portrayed his military’s campaign against Kyiv as having been successful.

Trump told a crowd of conservatives at a Turning Point USA event in Phoenix on Sunday that he was ready to meet with Putin to discuss ending the war in Europe.

“President Putin said that he wants to meet with me as soon as possible,” Trump said. “So we have to wait for this, but we have to end that war. That war is horrible, horrible.”

President Joe Biden slammed Russia on Thursday after Russian forces bombarded a number of Ukrainian population centers on Christmas. Biden said:

In the early hours of Christmas, Russia launched waves of missiles and drones against Ukrainian cities and critical energy infrastructure. The purpose of this outrageous attack was to cut off the Ukrainian people’s access to heat and electricity during winter and to jeopardize the safety of its grid. Let me be clear: the Ukrainian people deserve to live in peace and safety, and the United States and the international community must continue to stand with Ukraine until it triumphs over Russia’s aggression. In recent months, the United States has provided Ukraine with hundreds of air defense missiles, and more are on the way. I have directed the Department of Defense to continue its surge of weapons deliveries to Ukraine, and the United States will continue to work tirelessly to strengthen Ukraine’s position in its defense against Russian forces.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research’s Holiday Fundraiser    

Featured image is from Black Agenda Report

Since 2022, international society has changed completely. On one hand, it is possible to say that the world is now de facto multipolar, since Western countries no longer have the power to impose their so-called “rules” worldwide. On the other hand, these same Western countries refuse to recognize the new geopolitical reality and react to the changes with aggression, promoting wars and terror around the world.

In 2024, the Western reaction to the geopolitical changes has generated conflicts and suffering in many parts of the world, especially in the Middle East. Supported by the Collective West, the Israeli regime has expanded its attack zone, launching a war against Hezbollah in Lebanon and starting an exchange of bombings with Iran.

Tel Aviv has destroyed all of Gaza’s civilian infrastructure, but has failed to achieve its strategic goals of eliminating Hamas and freeing the prisoners. In the same vein, Israel failed to neutralize Hezbollah, but destroyed much of the civilian infrastructure in southern Lebanon through bombings against demilitarized areas.

As far as the Israeli-Iranian rivalry is concerned, 2024 was a year of unprecedented escalations. After Tel Aviv carried out targeted assassinations against Iranian diplomats in Syria and against the then Hamas leader Ismail Haniyeh in Tehran, the Persian country retaliated with massive bombings that had a major impact on Israel. Never before 2024 had both countries engaged in direct hostilities, but now the future of the rivalry between Tehran and Tel Aviv seems to be heading towards a prolonged limited war, with both sides periodically exchanging bombings and trying to progressively wear down each other.

The most tragic event of the year in the struggle for multipolarity also occurred in the Middle East: the fall of Bashar al-Assad in Syria. In a turbulent context where Syria’s main partners, Russia and Iran, were busy with other conflicts, the legitimate Syrian government was unable to neutralize the radical terrorists of the Turkish-backed HTS (formerly the Al Nusra Front, a Syrian affiliate of Al Qaeda). Now, Damascus is being controlled by radical Islamists, while Israel promotes expansion by annexing new territories in the Golan region. In practice, Syria is heading towards becoming a “failed state”, divided between different political factions, which is a strategic defeat for the countries that advocate for multipolarity and a victory for the NATO-Israel axis.

Regarding the Ukrainian conflict, the situation is heading towards a serious point of military escalation. After losing the presidential election, Joe Biden gave the green light for Ukraine to finally use long-range missiles against recognized Russian territory. Then the UK and France followed the same path. Kiev has used the authorization to launch several attacks against areas outside the official conflict zone, which prompted Russia to unveil a new military technology, the Oreshnik ballistic missile, which was tested in a real combat situation for the first time on November 21, 2024, hitting a Ukrainian military factory in Dnepropetrovsk.

This year, Russia changed its nuclear doctrine, beginning to admit the possibility of a nuclear response to high-intensity non-nuclear strikes. Moscow could at any time legally use its nuclear arsenal against Ukraine and its sponsors, considering the use of long-range weapons against Russian undisputed territory. However, Russia is once again showing its patience and its desire to avoid escalation, giving the West another chance to reverse the situation and resume the path of de-escalation.

In fact, de-escalation already seems a distant reality in the current situation between Russia and the West. Another important event of 2024 was the Ukrainian invasion of the Russian Kursk region, which initiated a new flank within the recognized Russian territory. Even with no chance of victory and suffering constant losses, the Ukrainians continue to send troops massively to Kursk, in addition to committing several war crimes against local civilians. The Russian authorities have already made it clear that this event has made any diplomatic negotiations impossible, since it is no longer possible to trust the Ukrainian side for the success of a diplomatic process – a military solution being the only alternative.

In the end, the special military operation is progressing as expected. Russian troops are advancing substantially in Donbass and the New Regions, liberating several cities and villages. A security zone is being maintained a few kilometers into Ukrainian territory on the border between Kharkov and Belgorod, allowing local civilians to get some relief. And Kursk, in the same sense, might soon be completely liberated. The conflict does not seem to be ending any time soon, since the Russian strategy is to maintain slow but safe progress, saving civilian lives. However, the situation remains under control, despite the West’s unsuccessful attempts at worsening tensions.

Apart from the issue of conflicts, it is important to emphasize that in 2024 elections took place in both Russia and the US. Vladimir Putin was re-elected with an absolute majority of votes, while Donald Trump was chosen by the American people to return to the US presidency. Both leaders will be the main protagonists of major world events from 2025 onwards. Trump promises to suspend support for Ukraine and end the conflict, but it is unlikely that he will succeed, since the pro-war lobby in the US will force him to serve its interests and act hostilely towards Washington’s enemies.

In the same vein, it is worth mentioning the BRICS Summit in Kazan. The bloc made significant progress in its agenda, creating a new category of participants, the associated partner countries. Without being full members, but with more rights than mere candidates, thirteen new countries joined the BRICS as associated partners, expanding the group and making it stronger and more relevant in the world arena. Increasingly, the BRICS seem to be emerging as a kind of “alternative world organization”. While the UN seems to be obsolete in the face of the reality of the contemporary world, the BRICS are proving to be a viable alternative for emerging countries to come together, discuss relevant issues and make joint decisions.

In the end, 2024 was an ambiguous year, with victories and defeats for the multipolar powers in their struggle for a reconfiguration of world geopolitics. Conflicts will continue and there will be many battles in this great global war against Western hegemony. The more reactive the West becomes, the more blood is spilled, but it already seems impossible to prevent the final outcome of this struggle – a multipolar world’s victory.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research’s Holiday Fundraiser   

This article was originally published on InfoBrics.

Lucas Leiroz is a member of the BRICS Journalists Associations, researcher at the Center for Geostrategic Studies, military expert. You can follow Lucas on X (formerly Twitter) and Telegram.

Featured image is from InfoBrics

Chronic disease stems from lack of cellular energy; increasing cellular energy through strategies like sun exposure and proper nutrition can improve health

U.S. healthcare spending reached $4.8 trillion in 2023, but chronic disease remains prevalent, as does an overreliance on prescription drugs, including GLP-1 drugs like Ozempic

Walking outdoors at solar noon can provide optimal sun exposure benefits, including vitamin D production and increased cellular energy through a human photosynthesis-like mechanism

Three major factors negatively impacting cellular health include excess linoleic acid intake, estrogen exposure from sources like microplastics, and electromagnetic field (EMF) exposure

I’m launching a health clinic and app using AI and personalized recommendations to address health issues and provide an alternative to conventional health care models

*

I was recently a keynote speaker at the Biohacking Conference 2024 in Dallas, Texas. In the video above, you can watch my speech in its entirety as I expose the failures of conventional medicine and offer innovative strategies and solutions to reverse chronic disease and restore your individual health and well-being.

At a foundational level, the reason why we get sick is because we don’t have enough energy. The solution is to increase cellular energy, which allows your body to heal and your vitality to increase. At a Biohacking Conference in June 2023, I ended up arm wrestling Dr. Marcos de Andrade, a research physician and CEO of BIOHAXS. De Andrade was 38 years old and an extreme fitness buff, and I was 69. But I still beat him.

This is what happens when you’re making enough cellular energy. My new book, “Your Guide to Cellular Health: Unlocking the Science of Longevity and Joy,” covers this process in great detail, but you can also learn key tips to start on your journey to wellness today.

US Medicine Is the Worst Example of Medicine in the World

In 2023, U.S. health care spending rose to $4.8 trillion,1 but is fraught with failures, including an epidemic of chronic disease. Prescription drug use is at record levels, with 6.3 billion prescriptions filled annually. This works out to about 19 prescriptions for every American, every year.2

Meanwhile, 1 in 8 adults has taken Ozempic or another glucagon-like peptide-1 (GLP-1) mimetic drug at some point in their life.3 Not only are these drugs expensive, costing about $1,000 a month, but when you stop taking them your health your regain your weight because they do nothing to treat the cause and result in many other adverse effects.

Drugs like Ozempic closely mimic the effects of Akkermansia muciniphila, a bacterium that’s a keystone strain in your microbiome. The abundance of Akkermansia in your gut can easily be enhanced through dietary interventions, but first you need to understand the true cause of all disease.

Why Walking in the Sun Is an Ideal Form of Exercise

Getting back to the basics, sunlight is the ultimate source of energy, as it essentially provides electrons either directly or indirectly to your body and electrons are the fuel your body uses to create ATP. When you get sun exposure, the benefits come not just from vitamin D production but also near infrared radiation, which triggers photobiomodulation benefits ultimately increasing your cellular energy.

The average American spends 93% of their time indoors,4 so fitting in that outdoor time is very important. I recommend multitasking, since we’re all so busy. Walking outside at solar noon — wearing minimal clothing — will maximize the benefits of sun exposure, while helping you fit in your 10,000 steps a day to stay active. Ideally, be sure to get in your walking first, then add other forms of exercise on top of that.

Exercising outdoors in the sun is key, as there is a human equivalent of photosynthesis; we can create energy from the sun. There’s a biological mechanism, which I’ve identified but haven’t yet disclosed. We’re in the process of conducting experiments in a New York laboratory, using equipment to measure mitochondrial function. The mechanism essentially converts photons extracellularly into electrons that are ultimately transported to your electron transport chain (ETC).

I strongly believe optimal sun exposure is not only highly beneficial for most people, but essential for optimal health. However, there are instances where individuals experience adverse reactions to sunlight.

One factor that contributes to these negative reactions is a concept known as reductive stress. This condition is characterized by an imbalance in your body’s redox state, where there is an excess of reducing agents or electron donors in your biology. Unlike the more commonly discussed oxidative stress, reductive stress involves an overabundance of electrons in your cells.

This electron excess interferes with your body’s normal metabolic functions and energy production pathways. Your body’s systems struggle to efficiently use this abundance of electrons, leading to decreased metabolic efficiency over time. This manifest as various symptoms or health issues when exposed to additional sources of electrons, such as those generated from sun exposure.

Your ETC operates on a delicate balance of electron transfer between complexes. An excess of electrons disrupts this balance, leading to a backup in your ETC. This disruption results in decreased ATP production efficiency and, even worse, increases the formation of reactive oxygen species.

It is important to remember though one of the reason’s sun exposure is so valuable is that it has many other effects in your body beyond electron generation, including vitamin D production, circadian rhythm regulation, and various neuroendocrine responses. These factors also play significant roles in how you feel after sun exposure.

The ideal way to relieve this reductive stress would be discharge the electron surplus into an ideal grounding system. Due to dirty electricity, most grounding in North America likely provides serious negatives that counter its benefits. The exception would be grounding in the ocean.

Since most don’t have regular access to the ocean one could consider using 5 mg of methylene blue about one hour before going out into the sun. Other strategies that have helped others include 50 mg of niacinamide or 85 mg of aspirin.

Modulate Your Sun Exposure Based on Time Off of Seed Oils

Dermatologists are right. Too much sun can prematurely age your skin and raise your cancer risk. But what they often don’t emphasize is that it’s not just the sun at play — it’s also the vegetable oils in your diet. These oils accumulate in your skin and are then damaged by the sunlight, creating toxic compounds that can cause skin cancer and wrinkle your skin.

To truly protect your skin, consider the foods you eat as much as the time you spend in the sun. To reset your skin’s health, make sure to eliminate vegetable oils and processed foods for at least six months before talking walks or sunbathing at solar noon. Over time, your body will rid itself of most of these harmful fats, allowing you to reap the sun’s health benefits without the toxic side effects.

During that interim period, avoid intense sun exposure during peak hours. Go out well before 10:00 a.m. or after 4:00 p.m. (for example, 9:00 a.m. or 7:00 p.m.). The sunlight isn’t strong enough at those times to give you the exposure necessary for optimal health benefits, but it will keep you safe until the vegetable oils have been eliminated from your body.

Once you have decreased the toxic vegetable oils in your skin, then you can get your full dose of healthy sun exposure without added risk. At this point, shift to soaking up rays right around solar noon. That’s about 12 noon, or 1 p.m. if it’s daylight-saving time. Start with fifteen minutes or so and gradually build up the time you expose your skin to the sun.

This is the prime time to soak in the sun because the UV and near-infrared light are at their peak, which is what your body needs to energize itself and synthesize vitamin D. I walk at solar noon because I have been off vegetable oils for many years, so it’s safe for me to do so.

How Your Cells Obtain Energy from Food

The food you eat goes to your stomach and intestine, and, gradually, those nutrients are transported into your blood. Ultimately, they’re metabolized and sent to your mitochondria. The food that you’re eating — protein, fat and carbs — essentially is a source of electrons, and your body breaks it down.

Eventually, if there’s no reductive stress, the electrons go straight up the chain. And they go to the fifth complex. The chain is five proteins, they’re called complexes. And the fifth complex is called ATP synthase. It’s what makes adenosine triphosphate (ATP), which is often referred to as the “energy currency” of the cell because it stores and transfers energy necessary for various cellular processes.

.

excess fat lowers nad+ illustration

.

Inside every cell of your body, a bustling powerhouse is at work, generating the energy that keeps you alive and thriving. This energy comes in the form of a tiny molecule called ATP which acts as the universal currency of cellular energy. At the heart of this ATP production lies a remarkable enzyme known as ATP synthase. This molecular marvel spins at an astonishing rate of five revolutions per second.5

Now, imagine the scale of this process. Each mitochondrion houses around 2,500 ATP synthases,6all working in unison to generate a staggering half a million ATP molecules every second. With an estimated 500 mitochondria per cell and approximately 40 trillion cells in your body,7 you have a mind-boggling 20 quadrillion mitochondria8 working tirelessly to power your existence.

The numbers become even more awe-inspiring when you consider the total ATP output. By multiplying the number of mitochondria by their production rate, we arrive at a figure that defies comprehension: 200 million quadrillion ATP molecules per second, constantly being generated within your body. This colossal energy production is so immense that, over a single day, you produce the equivalent of your own body weight in ATP.

As Nick Lane eloquently describes in his book “Power, Sex, Suicide,”9 mitochondria are not only prolific energy producers but also incredibly energy dense. Gram for gram, they are a staggering 10,000 times more energy-dense than the sun itself. This extraordinary efficiency allows your mitochondria to meet the tremendous energy demands required for the constant repair and regeneration of your cells and tissues.

The ultimate fuel for your mitochondria is glucose, but many cannot use it properly. The primary reason glucose cannot be burned in your mitochondria is because the mitochondria are dysfunctional. This dysfunction is the result of the electron transport chain being backed up with an excess of electrons that are unable to flow easily through the five complexes, or, in other words, reductive stress.

Three Poisons That Destroy Your Mitochondrial Function

There are three pernicious poisons that destroy your mitochondrial function, by affecting intracellular calcium and your body’s overall cellular health. Elevated intracellular calcium can result in increased superoxide and nitric oxide levels, which combine into peroxynitrite, a potent reactive oxygen species that can contribute to poor health. These three poisons include:

  • Excess linoleic acid (LA) intake — LA, an omega-6 polyunsaturated fat (PUFA), is found abundantly in seed and vegetable oils as well as ultraprocessed foods, may be the most harmful ingredient in the Western diet. When consumed in excess, it negatively impacts your metabolic rate and gut microbiome, which are the two of the most important factors that impact your health.
  • Endocrine-Disrupting Chemicals (EDC) — Exposure to EDCs from sources like microplastics is over activating your estrogen receptors. Microplastics are so pervasive that you may be eating a credit card’s worth of plastic every week.10 That plastic is loaded with phthalates and bisphenol A (BPA), which activate estrogen receptors. Estrogen increases intracellular calcium levels,11 which can result in the generation of peroxynitrite.
  • Excessive electromagnetic field (EMF) exposure — People are bombarded with EMFs, such as from cellphones, every day with hidden consequences to public health. EMFs activate voltage-gated calcium channel (VGCC) receptors within the cell, catalyzing the production of peroxynitrite by triggering an influx of calcium.12

.

unified theory of cellular health

.

Mitochondrial Dysfunction Destroys Your Gut Health

Daily exposure to these three poisons catalyzes the destruction of your microbiome. And if you don’t recover the health of your microbiome, you radically decrease the remaining time you will have on this planet. A healthy gut with a properly maintained anaerobic environment supports the growth of beneficial oxygen intolerant bacteria, such as the keystone species Akkermansia.

When the oxygen gradient is disturbed due to insufficient energy production (as seen in metabolically inflexible individuals), it allows pathogenic oxygen tolerant bacteria to proliferate.

These bacteria often produce more virulent endotoxins, also known as lipopolysaccharides (LPS), which can cause inflammation if they translocate across the compromised gut barrier into the systemic circulation. Colonocytes are the epithelial cells lining the surface of your colon, where they make up the majority — about 80% — of the epithelial cell population.

Not only do they serve as the barrier, the actual lining of your gut, but they perform beta oxidation and are involved in the metabolism of short chain fatty acids that the beneficial bacteria produce from the fibers that you eat — typically from healthy foods like vegetables, apples and other fruits. In the process of metabolizing these short chain fatty acids, like butyrate, your colonocytes consume a significant amount of oxygen, and reduce the oxygen levels in your colon.

These fibers nourish both good and bad bacteria. However, if you have a preponderance of pathogenic bacteria, eating healthy foods can frequently make you feel worse due to the radical increase in endotoxin, which, in excess, can kill you and frequently does because, in my view, the No. 1 cause of death is septic shock, and endotoxemia is often its underlying cause. Even chronic diseases like heart disease and cancer are triggers for increasing endotoxin production.

To help address the root of poor cellular health, it would be wise to keep your LA intake below 5 grams from all sources. If you can get it below 2 grams, that’s even better. To help you track your LA intake, make it a habit to enter all your foods into a new app I am creating and will be available shortly in the app store, called Mercola Health Coach.

One of the most important steps you can take is to remove and avoid all sources of seed oils and nuts from your diet, as these are high in linoleic acid. I also advise restricting your intake of monounsaturated fatty acids (MUFAs) like olive oil and macadamia nuts as they contain oleic acid, which is nearly as bad for your health as linoleic acid.

Revealing a 24/7 Learning System to Address Global Health

Walmart recently closed all of its health centers in the U.S.13 One of the most successful businesses ever in the history of the U.S. could not make the conventional health care model work. This is a clue that the system is broken, but there’s a light at the end of the tunnel.

With the support of a team of 20 developers, we’ve created a 24/7 learning system that’s globally patented, which will be the foundation for the solution to address declining public health worldwide. We’ll be launching the Mercola Dynamic Health Coach app, which I’m predicting will be the most popular app on all platforms.

This innovative platform personalizes recommendations with real-time feedback and adaptive deep reinforcement learning that addresses your specific needs. This tool will create tunnels under the existing medical industries and allow them to self-implode because people will regain health independence that frees them from medical tyranny.

The groundbreaking new coach has access to all your health data, food history, bodyweight and health goals. Our coach acts as an endlessly patient teacher that understands and adapts to your unique health journey with real-time feedback to help you make wise health choices.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research’s Holiday Fundraiser

Notes

1 Reuters June 13, 2024

2 Demography. 2023 Oct 1; 60(5): 1549–1579

3 CNN Health May 10, 2024

4 Journal of Exposure Science & Environmental Epidemiology volume 11, pages 231–252 (2001)

5 Neupane P, Bhuju S, Thapa N, Bhattarai HK. ATP Synthase: Structure, Function and Inhibition. Biomol Concepts. 2019 Mar 7;10(1):1-10

6 Gnaiger, Erich, et al. “Mitochondrial respiratory states and rates: Building blocks of mitochondrial physiology.” Biochimica et Biophysica Acta (BBA)

7 Sender R, Fuchs S, Milo R. Revised Estimates for the Number of Human and Bacteria Cells in the Body. PLoS Biol. 2016 Aug 19;14(8):e1002533

8 Picard M, Wallace DC, Burelle Y. The Rise of Mitochondria in Medicine. Mitochondrion. 2016 Sep;30:105-116

9 Lane, N. (2005). Power, Sex, Suicide: Mitochondria and the Meaning of Life. Oxford University Press

10 World Wildlife Fund, Assessing Plastic Ingestion From Nature to People

11 International Journal of Biological Sciences 2022; 18(3): 1065-1078

12 Open Journal of Veterinary Medicine, 11, 57-86, Abstract

13 Walmart April 30, 2024

Featured image source

[This article was first published by GR in January 2024.]

Introductory Note

Excess deaths — why is this not discussed in mainstream media? Why is this not top agenda in the Congress or Parliament?

The compilation of relevant Global Research articles focussing on several underlying causes of excess deaths was first published by Dr. Paul Craig Roberts

Short Excerpts of these articles were then prepared by Global Research, followed by the video production of John Campbell. 

Our thanks to Dr. Paul Craig Roberts and Dr. John Campbell.

—Michel Chossudovsky. Global Research, January 2, 2024

***

1. 5G Danger: 13 Reasons 5G Wireless Technology Will Be a Catastrophe for Humanity, see this.

The 5G danger can’t be overstated. 

5G (5th Generation) is now being actively rolled out in many cities around the world. Simultaneously, as awareness over its horrific health and privacy impacts is rising, many places are issuing moratoriums on it or banning it, such as the entire nation of Belgium, the canton of Vaud (Switzerland) and San Francisco (USA). Radiofrequency radiation (RF or RFR) and electromagnetic fields (EMF) are being increasingly recognized as new types of pollution – environmental pollution. Here are 13 reasons exposing the 5G danger, which could turn into an unmitigated health and privacy catastrophe if enough people don’t rise up to stop it.  

By Makia Freeman

2. Depopulation: The New York Times Predicts Massive Population Reduction, see this.

“Fewer babies’ cries.

More abandoned homes.

Toward the middle of this century, as deaths start to exceed births, changes will come that are hard to fathom.”

Screenshot of the NYT article

“All over the world, countries are confronting population stagnation and a fertility bust, a dizzying reversal unmatched in recorded history that will make first-birthday parties a rarer sight than funerals, and empty homes a common eyesore.”

And it continues,

“Maternity wards are already shutting down in Italy. Ghost cities are appearing in northeastern China. Universities in South Korea can’t find enough students, and in Germany, hundreds of thousands of properties have been razed, with the land turned into parks.”

Is it all true? It remains to be verified. Omission?

At no time does the article mention the eugenist nature of deliberate population reduction, in connection with the covid plandemic, the coerced and by many accounts poisonous – vaccination campaign, with a non-vaccine, but instead a novel, totally untested mRNA-type “gene therapy” which the US CDC has allowed to be applied as an “emergency measure” in these dire circumstances of a pandemic, that actually lacks all characteristics of a pandemic, but has to be pumped up to make it appear as a pandemic – with literally almost all deaths appearing from whatever causes – even car accidents – can be – and “must” be categorized as covid deaths.

By Peter Koenig

 

3. Bill Gates Plans for New Catastrophic Contagion, see this.

“October 23, 2022, Gates, Johns Hopkins and the World Health Organization cohosted “a global challenge exercise” dubbed “Catastrophic Contagion,”3,4 involving a novel (and as of now fictional) pathogen called “severe epidemic enterovirus respiratory syndrome 2025” or SEERS-25 for short.

Enterovirus D685 is typically associated with cold and flu-like illness in infants, children and teens. In rare cases, it’s also been known to cause viral meningitis and acute flaccid myelitis, a neurological condition resulting in muscle weakness and loss of reflexes in one or more extremities.

Enteroviruses A71 and A6 are known to cause hand, foot and mouth disease,6 while poliovirus, the prototypical enterovirus, causes polio (poliomyelitis), a potentially life-threatening type of paralysis that primarily affects children under age 5. So, the virus they modeled in this simulation appears to be something similar to enterovirus D68, but worse.

Training African Leaders to Go Along With the Narrative

Tellingly, the Catastrophic Contagion exercise focused on getting leadership in African countries involved and trained in following the script. Participants included 10 current and former Health Ministers and senior public health officials from Senegal, Rwanda, Nigeria, Angola, Liberia, Singapore, India and Germany, as well as Gates himself.”

By Dr. Joseph Mercola

4. Israel’s Expertise in Pacifying the Palestinians Is in High Demand by Capitalist Elites as Populations Around the World Grow Restive, see this.

“As the world watches in horror Israel’s military assault on the people of Gaza, people are left to wonder why world leaders are not doing more to censure Israel and are allowing Israel to get away with mass killing.

Jeff Halper, an American-Israeli anthropologist who has written numerous books on Israeli history, has a clear answer.

He says that leaders of countries around the world are feeling more insecure as wealth is increasingly concentrated in the hands of a tiny capitalist elite and popular disaffection and the threat of rebellion grows.

Israel is revered precisely for its mastery of population-control techniques against the Palestinians, which many leaders want to emulate against dissident or minority groups within their own borders.

Part of Israel’s ace in the hole, according to Halper, is its development of a formidable weapons industry that allows it to supply high-tech weapons to countries around the world for the purpose of population control.

Israel is at the cutting edge in the development of surveillance satellites, weaponized and surveillance drones, Artificial Intelligence (AI) target identification systems, spyware gadgets and crowd control and cyberwarfare technologies, which it sells around the world.”

By Jeremy Kuzmarov

5. The WHO Plans to Have 10 Years of Pandemics (2020-2030), see this. 

“THE PLAN shows the official agenda of the World Health Organization to have ten years of ongoing pandemics, from 2020 to 2030.

This is revealed by a WHO virologist, Marion Koopmans. You will also see shocking evidence that the first pandemic was planned and abundantly announced right before it happened.

Make sure to watch, and share this everywhere.

More information, and to see all the documents in THE PLAN, go to: https://www.stopworldcontrol.com/proof

6. Video: The Plan 

 

“A group of almost one thousand medical doctors in Germany called ‘Doctors for Information’, which is supported by more than 7,000 professionals including attorneys, scientists, teachers etc., made a shocking statement during a national press conference: (1)

‘The Corona panic is a play. It’s a scam. A swindle. It’s high time we understood that we’re in the midst of a global crime.’

This large group of medical experts publishes a newspaper with circulation of 500,000 copies every week, to alert the public about the misinformation in the mainstream media about the coronavirus.”

By Stop World Control

 

7. Video: Excess Deaths. Analysis by John Campbell 

8. Covid Vaccine Excess Mortality.  Michel Chossudovsky

 

The data for excess mortality in 2020 (the year prior to the vaccine) are negative with the exception of “malignant neoplasm without specification of site”.

The COVID-19 vaccine was rolled-out in several phases in England and Wales starting on December 8, 2020  and extending into March-April 2021.

The upward movement in excess mortality (%) commences in 2021. The increase in excess mortality related to malignant neoplasm is tabulated for the two first years of the vaccine. 

England and Wales: Covid Vaccine Excess Mortality

 

Below is a similar table pertaining to Excess Mortality in Germany, which points to the Deviation of Observed Mortality from Expected Mortality (by age group) in 2020, 2021, and 2022.

Notice the upward shift in excess mortality in 2021 and 2022 following the rollout of the Covid Vaccine in December 2020

Germany: Covid Vaccine Excess Mortality 

Germany: Excess Mortality by Age Group (%)

Excess Mortality in Red by age group, Total Excess Mortality in Gray 

Japan:  Covid Vaccine Excess Mortality

Japan. Excess Mortality (2020-2022): Jump in Excess mortality in 2021 and 2022 (January-October 2022)

United States: Reported Covid Vaccine Mortality (2021)

 .
 .
Official Figures for Vaccine Deaths. Official Data (click ito access the VAERS website)
The graph below: “All Deaths reported to Vaers by Year” starting in 1990. (e.g. reported by the Victim’s family to VAERS). These are official figures, deaths attributable to the Vaccine. Only a very small percentage of vaccine deaths is reported. Nonetheless the graph below indicates more than 19,000 Vaccine related deaths in 2021 in the U.S. Neither the media nor the U.S government have informed the public.
What can be observed is that the number of reported vaccine deaths has increased dramatically in the course of 2021 corresponding to the first year of the Covid vaccine which was launched in the U.S. in mid December 2020.
.

 

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Our thanks to Dr. Paul Craig Roberts for this compilation of articles. 

Featured image source


The Worldwide Corona Crisis, Global Coup d’Etat Against Humanity

by Michel Chossudovsky

Michel Chossudovsky reviews in detail how this insidious project “destroys people’s lives”. He provides a comprehensive analysis of everything you need to know about the “pandemic” — from the medical dimensions to the economic and social repercussions, political underpinnings, and mental and psychological impacts.

“My objective as an author is to inform people worldwide and refute the official narrative which has been used as a justification to destabilize the economic and social fabric of entire countries, followed by the imposition of the “deadly” COVID-19 “vaccine”. This crisis affects humanity in its entirety: almost 8 billion people. We stand in solidarity with our fellow human beings and our children worldwide. Truth is a powerful instrument.”

Reviews

This is an in-depth resource of great interest if it is the wider perspective you are motivated to understand a little better, the author is very knowledgeable about geopolitics and this comes out in the way Covid is contextualized. —Dr. Mike Yeadon

In this war against humanity in which we find ourselves, in this singular, irregular and massive assault against liberty and the goodness of people, Chossudovsky’s book is a rock upon which to sustain our fight. –Dr. Emanuel Garcia

In fifteen concise science-based chapters, Michel traces the false covid pandemic, explaining how a PCR test, producing up to 97% proven false positives, combined with a relentless 24/7 fear campaign, was able to create a worldwide panic-laden “plandemic”; that this plandemic would never have been possible without the infamous DNA-modifying Polymerase Chain Reaction test – which to this day is being pushed on a majority of innocent people who have no clue. His conclusions are evidenced by renown scientists. —Peter Koenig 

Professor Chossudovsky exposes the truth that “there is no causal relationship between the virus and economic variables.” In other words, it was not COVID-19 but, rather, the deliberate implementation of the illogical, scientifically baseless lockdowns that caused the shutdown of the global economy. –David Skripac

A reading of  Chossudovsky’s book provides a comprehensive lesson in how there is a global coup d’état under way called “The Great Reset” that if not resisted and defeated by freedom loving people everywhere will result in a dystopian future not yet imagined. Pass on this free gift from Professor Chossudovsky before it’s too late.  You will not find so much valuable information and analysis in one place. –Edward Curtin

ISBN: 978-0-9879389-3-0,  Year: 2022,  PDF Ebook,  Pages: 164, 15 Chapters

Price: $11.50 FREE COPY! Click here (docsend) and download.

We encourage you to support the eBook project by making a donation through Global Research’s DonorBox “Worldwide Corona Crisis” Campaign Page